ML15201A545: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
Line 15: Line 15:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:* FPL St. Lucie Nuclear Plant JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PUMP ECCS AREA SUMPS TO ROT POST L.:OCA -UNIT 1 HLC 22 NRC C-1 Unit-1 Control Room This JPM is NOT TIME CRITICAL This is NOT an ALTERNATE PATH JPM JPM C-1 Page 1 NRC 2 2 JPM C-1 Un it 1 Contro l Ro o m Page 1 of 7 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS Task: 07006020, Pump ECCS Area Sumps to the Containment (Pump ECCS Area Sumps to the Reactor Drain Tank post LOCA -Unit 1 ). Faulted JPM? No Facility JPM #: 0821089 KJA: 006K4.08 Knowledge of ECCS design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following:
{{#Wiki_filter:* FPL St. Lucie Nuclear Plant JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PUMP ECCS AREA SUMPS TO ROT POST L.:OCA -
Recirculation flowpath of reactor building sump KJA Rating(s):
UNIT 1 HLC 22 NRC C-1 Unit-1 Control Room This JPM is NOT TIME CRITICAL This is NOT an ALTERNATE PATH JPM NRC 22 JPM C-1 Un it 1 Control Room Page 1 of 7 JPM C-1 Page 1
3.4/3.6 Duty Area(s): N/A Task Information:
 
N/A Task Standard:
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS Task: 07006020, Pump ECCS Area Sumps to the Containment (Pump ECCS Area Sumps to the Reactor Drain Tank post LOCA - Unit 1).
This JPM is complete when the US is notified that the ECCS Area Sumps are aligned to the Reactor Drain Tank. Evaluation Location:
Faulted JPM?         No Facility JPM #:     0821089 KJA: 006K4.08 Knowledge of ECCS design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following:
Simulator  
Recirculation flowpath of reactor building sump KJA Rating(s): 3.4/3.6 Duty Area(s):       N/A Task Information: N/A Task Standard: This JPM is complete when the US is notified that the ECCS Area Sumps are aligned to the Reactor Drain Tank.
Evaluation Location:                                                Performance Level:
Simulator       In Plant        Lab        Other                Perform        Simulate          Discuss x                                                              x


==References:==
==References:==
* 1-EOP-03, "Loss of Coolant Accident" Validation Time: 5 minutes                                          Time Critical:
Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:
* 1-EOP-03 , "Loss of Coolant Accident" , (Step 40)
Specific Safety Rules, Personal Protective Equipment and Hazards associated with the task.
* None Radiological Protection and RWP Requirements:
None NRC 22 JPM C-1 Unit 1 Control Room Page 2 of7 JPM C-1 Page 2


In Plant x Lab
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS:
* 1-EOP-03 , " Loss of Coolant Accident" Validation Time: 5 m i nutes Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed: Other
* The task you are to perform is: Align ECCS Area Sumps to the Reactor Drain Tank post LOCA - Unit 1.
* 1-EOP-03 , " Loss of Coolant Accident" , (Step 40) Performance Level: Perform Simulate x Time Critical:
The performance level to be used for this JPM is Simulate This is not a time critical JPM.
Discuss Specific Safety Rules, Personal Protective Equipment and Hazards associated with the task.
During the performance of the task, I will tell you which steps to simulate or discuss.
* None Radiological Protection and RWP Requirements:
I will provide you with the appropriate cues for steps that are simulated or discussed .
None JPM C-1 Page 2 NRC 22 JPM C-1 Un i t 1 Control Room Page 2 o f7 SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS:
* You may use any approved reference materials normally available in the execution of this task, including logs.
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS
* Indicate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you .
* The task you are to perform is: Align ECCS Area Sumps to the Reactor Drain Tank post LOCA -Unit 1. The performance level to be used for this JPM is Simulate This is not a time cr i tical JPM. During the performance of the task, I will tell you which steps to simulate or discuss. I will prov ide you with the appropriate cues for steps that are simulated or discussed.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
* You may use any approved reference materials normally available in the execution of this task , including logs.
Unit 1 has experienced a LOCA. RAS has occurred and all normal post-trip power is available.
* Indicate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you. INITIAL CONDITIONS:
INITIATING CUES:
Unit 1 has experienced a LOCA. RAS has occurred and all normal post-trip power is available. INITIATING CUES: You are the Desk RCO. The Unit Supervisor has directed you to align the ECCS Sumps to the Reactor Drain Tank in accordance with 1-EOP-03 , " Loss of Coolant Accident" , Step 40. JPM C-1 Page 3 NRC 22 JPM C-1 Unit 1 Control Room Page 3 of 7 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCW CHECKLIST START TIME: ___ _ 1-EOP-03, "Loss of Coolant Accident" Step 40: !f RAS is present, Then ALIGN the ECCS sum s to the reactor drain tank b erformin ALL of the followin : STEP 1 (40.A): PLACE the ECCS Area Leakage System control switch, located on CRAC panel , to the ROT POSITION. STANDARD: POSITION the ECCS Area Leakage System control switch to RDT. EXAMINER'S CUE: ECCS Area Leakage System control switch indicates RDT EXAMINER'S NOTE: If candidate asks if RAS has actuated (provided in the cue) provide the following:
You are the Desk RCO. The Unit Supervisor has directed you to align the ECCS Sumps to the Reactor Drain Tank in accordance with 1-EOP-03, "Loss of Coolant Accident", Step 40.
* Annunciator R-3 " RAS Channel A/B Actuation is lit
NRC 22 JPM C-1 Unit 1 Control Room Page 3 of 7 JPM C-1 Page 3
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCW CHECKLIST START TIME: _ _ __
1-EOP-03, "Loss of Coolant Accident" Step 40: !f RAS is present, Then ALIGN the ECCS sum s to the reactor drain tank b     erformin ALL of the followin :
STEP 1 (40 .A) : PLACE the ECCS Area Leakage System control switch, located on CRAC         CRITICAL panel , to the ROT POSITION .                                               STEP STANDARD:       POSITION the ECCS Area Leakage System control switch to RDT.                         SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: ECCS Area Leakage System control switch indicates RDT UN SAT EXAMINER'S NOTE: If candidate asks if RAS has actuated (provided in the cue) provide the following:
* Annunciator R-3 "RAS Channel A/B Actuation is lit
* Channel "A" RAS actuation red light on
* Channel "A" RAS actuation red light on
* Channel " B" RAS actuation red light on COMMENTS: STEP 2: (40.B) VERIFY ALL of the following: 1. HCV-06-9 , RDT Pump Suction, CLOSES 2. HCV-06-7, Sump Pump to EDT , CLOSES 3. HCV-06-8, Sump Pump to RDT, OPENS STANDARD: VERIFY HCV-06-9 and HCV-06-7 are CLOSED and HCV-06-8 is OPEN. EXAMINER'S CUE: Provide picture for valve positions COMMENTS: HCV-06-9 indicates Green light ON, Red light OFF, HCV-06-7 indicates Green light ON, Red light OFF, HCV-06-8 indicates Green light OFF, Red light ON CRITICAL STEP SAT UN SAT SAT UN SAT NRC 22 JPM C-1 Unit 1 Control Room Page 4 of 7 JPM C-1 Page 4 STEP 3 (40.C): JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCW CHECKLIST PERFORM BOTH of the following on RTGB 105: CRITICAL STEP 1. PLACE V6301 , Rx Orn Tk Cntmt lsol , to RESET and then to OPEN. STANDARD: POSITION V6301 control switch to RESET, then to OPEN. EXAMINER'S CUE: V6301 indicates RED light ON, Green light OFF COMMENTS: STEP 3 (40.C): STANDARD: PERFORM BOTH of the following on RTGB 105: 2. PLACE V6302 , Rx Drain Tank Cntmt Isolation , to RESET and THEN to OPEN. POSITION V6302 control switch to RESET, then to OPEN. EXAMINER'S CUE: V6302 indicates Red light ON, Green light OFF COMMENTS:
* Channel "B" RAS actuation red light on COMMENTS:
JPM C-1 Page 5 SAT UN SAT CRITICAL STEP SAT UN SAT NRC 22 JPM C-1 Unit 1 Control Room Page 5 of 7 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCW CHECKLIST STEP 4 (Step 40.D): VERIFY Annunciator Y-19, ECCS Pump Room Leakage Valves Misaligned , is LIT. STANDARD: VERIFY Annunciator Y-19 is LIT. EXAMINER'S CUE: Annunciator Y-19 is LIT COMMENTS: STEP 5: NOTIFY the US that the ECCS Sumps have been ALIGNED to the ROT. STANDARD: NOTIFY the US that the ECCS Sumps have been ALIGNED to the ROT. SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: Unit Supervisor ACKNOWLEDGES COMMENTS:
STEP 2: (40.B) VERIFY ALL of the following :
END OF TASK STOP TIME: ___ _ JPM C-1 Page 6 UN SAT NRC 22 JPM C-1 Unit 1 Control Room Page 6 of 7 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED TO THE EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF THE TASK) INITIAL CONDITIONS:
: 1. HCV-06-9, RDT Pump Suction, CLOSES SAT
Unit 1 has experienced a LOCA. RAS has occurred and all normal post-trip power is available. INITIATING CUES: You are the Desk RCO. The Unit Supervisor has directed you to align the ECCS Sumps to the Reactor Drain Tank in accordance with 1-EOP-03 , " Loss of Coolant Accident", Step 40. JPM C-1 Page 7 REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE: 36 LOSS OF COOLANT ACCIDENT PROCEDURE NO.: 33 of 72 1-EOP-03 ST. LUCIE UNIT 1 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS (continued)
: 2. HCV-06-7, Sump Pump to EDT, CLOSES
INSTRUCTIONS CONTINGENCY ACTIONS 0 40. Align ECCS Sumps to ROT J1 RAS is present, Then ALIGN the ECCS sumps to the reactor drain tank by performing ALL of the following: A. PLACE the ECCS Area Leakage System control switch , located on CRAC panel , to the ROT position.
: 3. HCV-06-8, Sump Pump to RDT, OPENS                                                 UN SAT STANDARD:       VERIFY HCV-06-9 and HCV-06-7 are CLOSED and HCV-06-8 is OPEN.
B. VERIFY ALL of the following: 1. HCV-06-9, ROT Pump Suction , CLOSES. 2. HCV-06-7 , Sump Pump to EDT, CLOSES. 3. HCV-06-8 , Sump Pump to ROT , OPENS. c. PERFORM BOTH of the following on RTGB 105: 1. PLACE V6301 , Rx Orn Tk Cntmt lsol , to RESET and then to OPEN. 2. PLACE V6302 , Rx Drain Tank Cntmt Isolation , to RESET and then to OPEN. D. VERIFY Annunciator Y-19 , ECCS Pump Room Leakage Valves Misaligned , is lit. JPM C-1 Page 8
EXAMINER'S CUE:           Provide picture for valve positions HCV-06-9 indicates Green light ON, Red light OFF, HCV-06-7 indicates Green light ON, Red light OFF, HCV-06-8 indicates Green light OFF, Red light ON COMMENTS:
,.._ I "° 0 I :c CIC)
NRC 22 JPM C-1 Unit 1 Control Room Page 4 of 7 JPM C-1 Page 4
* co 0 I > (.) O> :c I co 0 1 > (.) :r: JPM C-1 Page 9 REVISION NO.: 18 PROCEDURE TITLE: CONTROL ROOM PANEL R RTGB-106 PAGE: 6 PROCEDURE NO.: WINDOW: 1-ARP-01-ROO ST. LUCIE UNIT 1 R-3 (Page 1 of 1) CAUSES: An y of the following:
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCW CHECKLIST STEP 3 (40.C):     PERFORM BOTH of the following on RTGB 105:                             CRITICAL STEP
: 1. PLACE V6301 , Rx Orn Tk Cntmt lsol , to RESET and then to OPEN .
STANDARD:     POSITION V6301 control switch to RESET, then to OPEN .
SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: V6301 indicates RED light ON, Green light OFF UN SAT COMMENTS :
STEP 3 (40.C):     PERFORM BOTH of the following on RTGB 105:                           CRITICAL STEP STANDARD:      2. PLACE V6302 , Rx Drain Tank Cntmt Isolation, to RESET and THEN to OPEN.
POSITION V6302 control switch to RESET, then to OPEN.                               SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: V6302 indicates Red light ON, Green light OFF                             UN SAT COMMENTS:
NRC 22 JPM C-1 Unit 1 Control Room Page 5 of 7 JPM C-1 Page 5
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCW CHECKLIST STEP 4 (Step 40 .D) : VERIFY Annunciator Y-19, ECCS Pump Room Leakage Valves Misaligned , is LIT.
STANDARD:       VERIFY Annunciator Y-19 is LIT.
EXAMINER'S CUE: Annunciator Y-19 is LIT COMMENTS:
STEP 5 :       NOTIFY the US that the ECCS Sumps have been ALIGNED to the ROT.
STANDARD :     NOTIFY the US that the ECCS Sumps have been ALIGNED to the ROT.                 SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: Unit Supervisor ACKNOWLEDGES UN SAT COMMENTS:
END OF TASK STOP TIME: _ _ __
NRC 22 JPM C-1 Unit 1 Control Room Page 6 of 7 JPM C-1 Page 6
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED TO THE EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF THE TASK)
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
Unit 1 has experienced a LOCA. RAS has occurred and all normal post-trip power is available.
INITIATING CUES:
You are the Desk RCO. The Unit Supervisor has directed you to align the ECCS Sumps to the Reactor Drain Tank in accordance with 1-EOP-03, "Loss of Coolant Accident", Step 40 .
JPM C-1 Page 7
 
REVISION NO .:           PROCEDURE TITLE:                               PAGE :
36                         LOSS OF COOLANT ACCIDENT 33 of 72 PROCEDURE NO.:
1-EOP-03                               ST. LUCIE UNIT 1 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS (continued)
INSTRUCTIONS                             CONTINGENCY ACTIONS 0   40. Align ECCS Sumps to ROT J1 RAS is present, Then ALIGN the ECCS sumps to the reactor drain tank by performing ALL of the following :
A. PLACE the ECCS Area Leakage System control switch , located on CRAC panel , to the ROT position.
B. VERIFY ALL of the following :
: 1. HCV-06-9, ROT Pump Suction, CLOSES .
: 2. HCV-06-7, Sump Pump to EDT, CLOSES.
: 3. HCV-06-8, Sump Pump to ROT , OPENS.
: c. PERFORM BOTH of the following on RTGB 105:
: 1. PLACE V6301 , Rx Orn Tk Cntmt lsol , to RESET and then to OPEN .
: 2. PLACE V6302 , Rx Drain Tank Cntmt Isolation , to RESET and then to OPEN .
D. VERIFY Annunciator Y-19 ,
ECCS Pump Room Leakage Valves Misaligned , is lit.
JPM C-1 Page 8
 
,.._
I
"° 0
I
~
:c     CIC)
* co 0
I
      >
(.)
O>   :c I
co 0
1
>
(.)
:r:
JPM C-1 Page 9
 
REVISION NO.:                 PROCEDURE TITLE:                                                         PAGE:
18                                                                                                6 CONTROL ROOM PANEL R RTGB-106 PROCEDURE NO.:                                                                                         WINDOW:
1-ARP-01-ROO                                             ST. LUCIE UNIT 1                               R-3 (Page 1 of 1)
CAUSES:     An y of the following :
* Automatic actuation of RAS
* Automatic actuation of RAS
* Manual actuation of RAS
* Manual actuation of RAS                                                          RAS
* i nstrumentation failur e DEVICE: RAS CH A PB 302-2/RAS ON CS-302-2 BA 105/205/305/405 (RAS) RAS CH B PB 303-2/RAS ON CS-303-2 BA 105/205/305
* instrumentation failure                                                    CHANNEL A/B ACTUATION R-3 DEVICE:                         SETPOINT:                                            LOCATION:
/405 (RA S) SETPOINT:
RAS CH A                         Energized                                            ESC-SA PB 302-2/RAS ON                   Depressed                                        RTGB-106 CS-302-2                         Placed to RAS ON position                        RTGB-106 BA 105/205/305/405               At least two of the bistables tri p lights are ON ESC-MA/MB/MC/MD (RAS)
Energized Depressed Placed to RAS ON position At least two of the bistables t ri p lights are ON Energized Depressed Placed to RAS ON pos i t i on At least two of the b is tables tr i p lights are ON ALARM CONFIRMATION
RAS CH B                         Energized                                            ESC-SB PB 303-2/RAS ON                   Depressed                                        RTGB-106 CS-303-2                         Placed to RAS ON position                        RTGB-1 06 BA 105/205/305/405               At least two of the bistables trip lights are ON ESC-MA/MB/MC/MD (RAS)
: 1. Channel A RAS , red light ON. 2. Channel B RAS , red light ON. RAS CHANNEL A/B ACTUATION LOCATION:
ALARM CONFIRMATION
ESC-SA RTGB-106 RTGB-106 ESC-MA/MB/MC/MD ESC-SB RTGB-106 RTGB-1 06 ESC-MA/MB/MC
: 1. Channel A RAS , red light ON.
/MD 3. At least two of indicators LIS-07-2A thru 20 , REFUELING WATER TANK LEVEL , are 4.0 feet or less. OPERA TOR ACTIONS 1. IF at least two of indicators LIS-07-2A thru 20 , REFUELING WATER TANK LEVEL , are less than 4.0 feet or less , THEN ENSURE RAS is ACTUATED.
2 . Channel B RAS , red light ON.
: 2. IF an inadvertent RAS occurs , THEN IMPLEMENT 1-AOP-69.01 , Inadvertent ESFAS Actuation. 3. IF an ESFAS Refueling Water Tank Level channel is failed , THEN IMPLEMENT 1-AOP-99.01, Loss of Tech Spec Instrumentation.  
3 . At least two of indicators LIS-07-2A thru 20 , REFUELING WATER TANK LEVEL, are 4.0 feet or less.
OPERA TOR ACTIONS
: 1. IF at least two of indicators LIS-07-2A thru 20, REFUELING WATER TANK LEVEL, are less than 4.0 feet or less, THEN ENSURE RAS is ACTUATED.
: 2. IF an inadvertent RAS occurs, THEN IMPLEMENT 1-AOP-69.01 , Inadvertent ESFAS Actuation .
: 3. IF an ESFAS Refueling Water Tank Level channel is failed , THEN IMPLEMENT 1-AOP-99.01, Loss of Tech Spec Instrumentation .


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
: 1. CWD 8770-B-327 sheets 302 and 303 JPM C-1 Page 10 R-3 
: 1. CWD 8770-B-327 sheets 302 and 303 JPM C-1 Page 10
'-* FPL St. Lucie Nuclear Plant JOB PERFORMANCE MEAStJRE ALTERNATE CHARGING FLOW PATH TO RCS THROUGH THE A HRSI HEADER HLC 22 NRC JPM P-1 In-Plant This JPM i s NOT TIME CRITICAL This is NOT an ALTERNATE PATH JPM JPM P-1 Page 1 NRC 22 JPM P-1 In-Plant Page 1 of 6 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS Task: 05002180 Respond to a Loss of Charging Alternate Path JPM? No Facility JPM #: 0521305 KIA: 006A2.02 Ability to predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the ECCS and based on these predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
* FPL St. Lucie Nuclear Plant JOB PERFORMANCE MEAStJRE ALTERNATE CHARGING FLOW PATH TO RCS THROUGH THE A HRSI HEADER HLC 22 NRC JPM P-1 In-Plant This JPM is NOT TIME CRITICAL This is NOT an ALTERNATE PATH JPM
Loss of flow path KIA Rating(s):
'-                                           NRC 22 JPM P-1 In-Plant Pag e 1 of 6 JPM P-1 Page 1
3.9/4.3 Task Standard:
 
This JPM is complete when the control room is notified that SNPO actions of 2-AOP-02.03, "Charging and Letdown," Attachment 2, Alternate Charging Flow Path through A HPSI Header have been completed. Evaluation Location:
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS Task: 05002180 Respond to a Loss of Charging Alternate Path JPM?     No Facility JPM #: 0521305 KIA: 006A2.02 Ability to predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the ECCS and based on these predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations: Loss of flow path KIA Rating(s): 3.9/4.3 Task Standard: This JPM is complete when the control room is notified that SNPO actions of 2-AOP-02.03, "Charging and Letdown," Attachment 2, Alternate Charging Flow Path through A HPSI Header have been completed .
Simulator  
Evaluation Location:                                                  Performance Level:
Simulator       In Plant        Lab      Other                      Perform        Simulate      Discuss x                                                                    x


==References:==
==References:==
In Plant x Lab
* 2-AOP-02.03 , "Charging and Letdown"
* 2-AOP-02.03 , "Charging and Letdown"
* 2-ARP-01-M14 Validation Time: 20 minutes Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed: Other
* 2-ARP-01-M14 Validation Time: 20 minutes                                           Time Critical:
Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:
* Standard Personal Protective Equipment
* Standard Personal Protective Equipment
* Flashlight
* Flashlight
* Radio
* Radio
* Shift Keys
* Shift Keys
* 2-AOP-02.03 , "Charging and Letdown" Performance Level: Perform Simulate x Time Critical:
* 2-AOP-02.03 , "Charging and Letdown" Specific Safety Rules, Personal Protective Equipment and Hazards associated with the task.
Discuss Specific Safety Rules, Personal Protective Equipment and Hazards associated with the task.
* None Radiological Protection and RWP Requirements:
* None Radiological Protection and RWP Requirements:
* RCA General Entry RWP JPM P-1 Page 2 NRG 22 JPM P-1 In-Plant Page 2 of 6 SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS:
* RCA General Entry RWP NRG 22 JPM P-1 In-Plant Page 2 of 6 JPM P-1 Page 2
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS
 
* The task you are to perform is: Perform the SNPO actions of 2-AOP-02.03, "Charging and Letdown," Attachment 2, Alternate Charging Flow Path through A HPSI Header.
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS:
* The task you are to perform is: Perform the SNPO actions of 2-AOP-02 .03, "Charging and Letdown,"
Attachment 2, Alternate Charging Flow Path through A HPSI Header.
* The performance level to be used for this JPM is Simulate
* The performance level to be used for this JPM is Simulate
* This is not a time critical JPM.
* This is not a time critical JPM.
* You may use any approved reference materials normally available in the execution of this task , including logs.
* You may use any approved reference materials normally available in the execution of this task, including logs.
* Indicate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you.
* Indicate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you.
* SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS FOR SIMULATOR JPMs:
SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS FOR SIMULATOR JPMs:
* All simulator JPM steps , including communications , shall be performed for this JPM.
                                                                                *
* All simulator JPM steps, including communications, shall be performed for this JPM.
* You are to operate any plant equipment that is necessary for the completion of this JPM.
* You are to operate any plant equipment that is necessary for the completion of this JPM.
* The simulator will provide the cues as you perform this JPM.
* The simulator will provide the cues as you perform this JPM.
* Indicate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you. Initial Conditions:
* Indicate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you .
Unit 2 is at 100% Power and Charging and Letdown are in-service. The Charging header has developed a bad leak down-stream of V2523, Charging Pump Disch at Penetr # 27 lsol, and the normal charging flow path is unavailable. There is no fire event involved. Initiating Cues: RCO has verified that in accordance with 2-ARP-01-M14, that Charging flow has been lost. You are the SNPO and the RCO has given direction for you to assist in the performance of Steps 1 F and 1 G of 2-AOP-02.03 , "Charging and Letdown," Attachment 2 , Alternate Charging Flow Path to RCS Through the A HPSI Header. JPM P-1 Page 3 NRC 22 JPM P-1 In-Plant Page 3 of 6 START TIME: ___ _ JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST 2-AOP-02.03, "Charging and Letdown," Attachment 2, Alternate Charging Flow Path to RCS throu h A HPSI Header -Ste 1. F STEP 1 (1.F.1): OPEN V3519 , CHARGING PUMP TO A HPSI HOR ISOL. (RAB/-3/S-RA1Z/E-CRITICAL RAG , west of the 2A HPSI Pump) STEP STANDARD: OPEN V3519, Charging Pump to A HPSI Hdr lsol. EXAMINER'S CUE: V3519 is OPEN EXAMINER'S NOTE: Located in the 2A HPSI pump room COMMENTS: STEP 2 (1.F.2): OPEN V2340, CHARGING PUMP DISCH HOR TO AUX HPSI HOR ISOI. (RAB/7/N-RA3/E-RAE , inside the 2C Charging Pump cubic STANDARD: OPEN V2340, Charging Pump Disch to Aux HPSI Hdr lsol EXAMINER'S CUE: V2340 is OPEN EXAMINER'S NOTE: Located in the 2C Charging pump cubicle COMMENTS: JPM P-1 Page 4 SAT UN SAT CRITICAL STEP SAT UNSAT NRC 22 JPM P-1 In-Plant Page 4 of 6 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST NOTE V2429, CHARGING PUMP DISCH AT PENETR # 27 ISOL , must be closed i f this attachment is used during a fire event due to potential spurious operation of V2523, CHARGING LINE. STEP 3 (1.G): CLOSE one of the following:
Initial Conditions:
* V2523 , CHARGING LINE. (RTGB-205, Key 42)
Unit 2 is at 100% Power and Charging and Letdown are in-service. The Charging header has developed a bad leak down-stream of V2523, Charging Pump Disch at Penetr # 27 lsol, and the normal charging flow path is unavailable. There is no fire event involved .
Initiating Cues:
RCO has verified that in accordance with 2-ARP-01-M14, that Charging flow has been lost. You are the SNPO and the RCO has given direction for you to assist in the performance of Steps 1F and 1G of 2-AOP-02 .03, "Charging and Letdown," Attachment 2, Alternate Charging Flow Path to RCS Through the A HPSI Header.
NRC 22 JPM P-1 In-Plant Page 3 of 6 JPM P-1 Page 3
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST START TIME: _ _ __
2-AOP-02.03, "Charging and Letdown," Attachment 2, Alternate Charging Flow Path to RCS throu h A HPSI Header - Ste 1. F STEP 1 (1 .F.1): OPEN V3519, CHARGING PUMP TO A HPSI HOR ISOL. (RAB/-3/S-RA1Z/E- CRITICAL RAG , west of the 2A HPSI Pump)                                     STEP STANDARD:         OPEN V3519, Charging Pump to A HPSI Hdr lsol.
SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: V3519 is OPEN EXAMINER'S NOTE: Located in the 2A HPSI pump room                                       UN SAT COMMENTS:
STEP 2 (1 .F.2): OPEN V2340, CHARGING PUMP DISCH HOR TO AUX HPSI HOR ISOI.           CRITICAL (RAB/7/N-RA3/E-RAE, inside the 2C Charging Pump cubic               STEP STANDARD :       OPEN V2340, Charging Pump Disch to Aux HPSI Hdr lsol SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: V2340 is OPEN                                                           UNSAT EXAMINER'S NOTE: Located in the 2C Charging pump cubicle COMMENTS:
NRC 22 JPM P-1 In-Plant Page 4 of 6 JPM P-1 Page 4
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST NOTE V2429, CHARGING PUMP DISCH AT PENETR # 27 ISOL, must be closed if                            SAT this attachment is used during a fire event due to potential spurious operation of V2523, CHARGING LINE.
UN SAT STEP 3 (1 .G): CLOSE one of the following:
* V2523, CHARGING LINE. (RTGB-205, Key 42)
* V2429, CHARGING PUMP DISCH AT PENETR # 27 ISOL. (RAB/34/N-RA1/W-RAE)
STANDARD :      RCO CLOSES V2523 , Charging Line, from the Control Room .
EXAMINER'S CUE : V2523 is CLOSED from the Control Room (RTGB-205, Key
: 42) by the RCO.
EXAMINER'S NOTE: The NOTE does not apply. The cue stated that there is no Fire event in progress COMMENTS :
STEP 4:          Notify the control room that SNPO steps of 2-AOP-02.03, "Charging and Letdown," Attachment 2, Alternate Charging Flow Path through A HPSI Header have been completed .                                                                  SAT STANDARD :      NOTIFY control room .
UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS:
END OF TASK STOP TIME: _ _ __
NRG 22 JPM P-1 In-Plant Page 5 of6 JPM P-1 Page 5
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED TO THE EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF THE TASK)
Initial Conditions:
Unit 2 is at 100% Power and Charging and Letdown are in-service. The Charging header has developed a bad leak down-stream of V2523, Charging Pump Disch at Penetr # 27 lsol, and the normal charging flow path is unavailable. There is no fire event involved .
Initiating Cues:
RCO has verified that in accordance with 2-ARP-01 -M14, that Charging flow has been lost. You are the SNPO and the RCO has given direction for you to assist in the performance of Steps 1F and 1G of 2-AOP-02 .03, "Charging and Letdown," Attachment 2, Alternate Charging Flow Path to RCS Through the A HPSI Header.
JPM P-1 Page 6
 
REVISION NO.:            PROCEDURE TITLE :
10 CHARGING AND LETDOWN PROCEDURE NO. :
2-AOP-02 .03                                  ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 2 Alternate Charging Flow Path to RCS Through the A HPSI Header (Page 1 of 10)
NOTE Letdown will NOT be available while charging through A HPSI header due to loss of cooling flow through the regenerative heat exchanger.
CAUTION
* Use of this flowpath has the potential for lifting V3417, 2A HPSI PUMP DISCH HOR RELIEF, once a charging pump is started .
* When all charging pumps are in the STOP position , Tech Spec. 3.0.3 is applicable.
: 1.      IF charging flow is lost due to a rupture or component failure downstream of V2429, CHARGING PUMP DISCH AT PENETR # 27 ISOL, THEN PERFORM the following :
A. STOP the charging pumps one at a time.
B. MAINTAIN charging pump control switches in the STOP position .
C. PLACE PUMP 2A (2A HPSI PUMP) in STOP.
NOTE Closure of V3656, PUMP 2A DISCHARGE VALVE, will render the A HPSI Header inoperable.
D. CLOSE V3656, PUMP 2A DISCHARGE VALVE .
Jt-'M l"-1 !-'age 7
 
REVISION NO.:            PROCEDURE TITLE:                                              PAGE:
10 CHARGING AND LETDOWN                        *22 of 44 PROCEDURE NO.:
2-AOP-02 .03                                    ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 2                                            ...
Alternate Charging Flow Path to RCS Through the A HPSI Header (Page 2 of 10)
: 1.      (continued)
NOTE During a fire event local manual operation of the A HPSI Header Isolation valves may be required . If A Train is the protected train, HCV-3617, HEADER A TO LOOP 2A2 VALVE, should be used. If 8 Train is the protected train ,
HCV-3637, HEADER A TO LOOP 281 VALVE, should be used .
(Section 6.1.3, Management Directive 1)
E.      OPEN one of the following valves: (RTG8-206)
* HCV-3617, HEADER A TO LOOP 2A2 VALVE .
* HCV-3627, HEADER A TO LOOP 2A1 VALVE.
* HCV-3637, HEADER A TO LOOP 281 VALVE.
o      HCV-3647, HEADER A TO LOOP 282 VALVE.
F.      PERFORM the following :
(1)    OPEN V3519 , CHARGING PUMP TO A HPSI HOR ISOL.
(RA8/-3/S-RA1Z/E-RAG, west of the 2A HPSI Pump)
(2)    OPEN V2340, CHARGING PUMP DISCH HOR TO AUX HPSI HOR ISOI. (RA8/7/N-RA2/E-RAE, inside the 2C Charging Pump cubicle)
NOTE V2429, CHARGING PUMP DISCH AT PENETR # 27 ISOL, must be closed if this attachment is used during a fire event due to potential spurious operation of V2523, CHARGING LINE.
G.      CLOSE one of the following :
* V2523 , CHARGING LINE . (RTG8-205, Key 42)
* V2429 , CHARGING PUMP DISCH AT PENETR # 27 ISOL.
* V2429 , CHARGING PUMP DISCH AT PENETR # 27 ISOL.
RA1/W-RAE) STANDARD: RCO CLOSES V2523 , Charging Line , from the Control Room. EXAMINER'S CUE: V2523 is CLOSED from the Control Room (RTGB-205, Key 42) by the RCO. EXAMINER'S NOTE: The NOTE does not apply. The cue stated that there is no Fire event in progress COMMENTS: STEP 4: Notify the control room that SNPO steps of 2-AOP-02.03, "Charging and Letdown ," Attachment 2, Alternate Charging Flow Path through A HPSI Header have been completed. STANDARD: NOTIFY control room. EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS: END OF TASK STOP TIME: ___ _ SAT UN SAT SAT UN SAT NRG 22 JPM P-1 In-Plant Page 5 of6 JPM P-1 Page 5 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED TO THE EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF THE TASK) Initial Conditions:
(RA8/34/N-RA 1/W-RAE)
Unit 2 is at 100% Power and Charging and Letdown are in-service.
Jt"IVI I"'- I t"age ti
The Charging header has developed a bad leak down-stream of V2523 , Charging Pump Disch at Penetr # 27 lsol, and the normal charging flow path is unavailable.
 
There is no fire event involved. Initiating Cues: RCO has verified that in accordance with 2-ARP-01-M14, that Charging flow has been lost. You are the SNPO and the RCO has given direction for you to assist in the performance of Steps 1 F and 1 G of 2-AOP-02.03, "Charging and Letdown," Attachment 2, Alternate Charging Flow Path to RCS Through the A HPSI Header. JPM P-1 Page 6 REVISION NO.: 10 PROCEDURE TITLE: CHARGING AND LETDOWN PROCEDURE NO.: 1. 2-AOP-02.03 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 2 Alternate Charging Flow Path to RCS Through the A HPSI Header (Page 1 of 10) NOTE Letdown will NOT be available while charging through A HPSI header due to loss of cooling flow through the regenerative heat exchanger.
REVISION NO.:           PROCEDURE TITLE:                                             PAGE :
*
10 CHARGING AND LETDOWN                       23 of 44 PROCEDURE NO. :
* CAUTION Use of this flowpath has the potential for lifting V3417, 2A HPSI PUMP DISCH HOR RELIEF, once a charging pump is started. When all charging pumps are in the STOP position , Tech Spec. 3.0.3 is applicable. IF charging flow is lost due to a rupture or component failure downstream of V2429, CHARGING PUMP DISCH AT PENETR # 27 ISOL, THEN PERFORM the following: A. STOP the charging pumps one at a time. B. MAINTAIN charging pump control switches in the STOP position. C. PLACE PUMP 2A (2A HPSI PUMP) in STOP. NOTE Closure of V3656, PUMP 2A DISCHARGE VALVE, will render the A HPSI Header inoperable. D. CLOSE V3656 , PUMP 2A DISCHARGE VALVE. Jt-'M l"-1 !-'age 7 REVISION NO.: 10 PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE: CHARGING AND LETDOWN PROCEDURE NO.: 2-AOP-02.03 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 2 Alternate Charging Flow Path to RCS Through the A HPSI Header (Page 2 of 10) 1. (continued)
2-AOP-02.03                                 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 2 Alternate Charging Flow Path to RCS Through the A HP.SI Header (Page 3 of 10)
NOTE *22 of 44 During a fire event local manual operation of the A HPSI Header Isolation valves may be required. If A Train is the protected train, HCV-3617 , HEADER A TO LOOP 2A2 VALVE , should be used. If 8 Train is the protected train , HCV-3637 , HEADER A TO LOOP 281 VALVE, should be used. (Section 6.1.3, Management Directive
: 1.     (continued)
: 1) E. OPEN one of the following valves: (RTG8-206)
H.       ENSURE RCS Pressure is being maintained less than or equal to 2250 psia .
* HCV-3617 , HEADER A TO LOOP 2A2 VALVE.
CAUTION Use of this flowpath will result in a boron addition to the RCS . Up to 650 gallons of highly borated water may be contained in the Auxiliary HPSI header line being used. RCS temperature must be closely monitored during this evolution .
* HCV-3627 , HEADER A TO LOOP 2A1 VALVE.
I.       START the selected charging pump .
* HCV-3637 , HEADER A TO LOOP 281 VALVE. o HCV-3647 , HEADER A TO LOOP 282 VALVE. F. PERFORM the following: (1) OPEN V3519 , CHARGING PUMP TO A HPSI HOR ISOL. (RA8/-3/S-RA1Z/E-RAG, west of the 2A HPSI Pump) (2) OPEN V2340, CHARGING PUMP DISCH HOR TO AUX HPSI HOR ISOI. (RA8/7/N-RA2/E-RAE, inside the 2C Charging Pump cubicle) NOTE V2429, CHARGING PUMP DISCH AT PENETR # 27 ISOL , must be closed if this attachment is used during a fire event due to potential spurious operation of V2523 , CHARGING LINE. G. CLOSE one of the following:
NOTE RCS pressure must NOT exceed 2250 psia at any time a charging pump is discharging into the HPSI header.
* V2523 , CHARGING LINE. (RTG8-205, Key 42)
J.       IF RCS pressure exceeds 2250 psia , THEN STOP the charging pump.
* V2429 , CHARGING PUMP DISCH AT PENETR # 27 ISOL. (RA8/34/N-RA 1/W-RAE) Jt"IVI I"'-I t"age ti ...
NOTE
REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: 10 CHARGING AND LETDOWN PROCEDURE NO.: 2-AOP-02.03 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 2 Alternate Charging Flow Path to RCS Through the A HP.SI Header (Page 3 of 10) 1. (continued)
* During a fire event HPSI Loop Flow indication may NOT be available.
H. ENSURE RCS Pressure is being maintained less than or equal to 2250 psia. CAUTION PAGE: 23 of 44 Use of this flowpath will result in a boron addition to the RCS. Up to 650 gallons of highly borated water may be contained in the Auxiliary HPSI header line being used. RCS temperature must be closely monitored during this evolution. I. START the selected charging pump. NOTE RCS pressure must NOT exceed 2250 psia at any time a charging pump is discharging into the HPSI header. J. IF RCS pressure exceeds 2250 psia , THEN STOP the charging pump. NOTE
(Section 6.1 .3, Management Directive 1)
* During a fire event HPSI Loop Flow indication may NOT be available. (Section 6.1.3 , Management Directive
* If charging flow to the RCS can NOT be verified, V3417, 2A HPSI PUMP DISCH HOR RELIEF, may have lifted.
: 1)
K.       VERIFY charging flow to RCS by both of the following :
* If charging flow to the RCS can NOT be verified, V3417 , 2A HPSI PUMP DISCH HOR RELIEF , may have lifted. K. VERIFY charging flow to RCS by both of the following:
* Pressurizer level rise.
* Pressurizer level rise.
* Flow increase on applicable HPSI loop flow indicator:
* Flow increase on applicable HPSI loop flow indicator:
Line 114: Line 258:
* Fl-3331 , HPSI Loop 281 Flow.
* Fl-3331 , HPSI Loop 281 Flow.
* Fl-3341 , HPSI Loop 282 Flow.
* Fl-3341 , HPSI Loop 282 Flow.
REVISION NO.: 10 PROCEDURE TITLE: P,A.GE: CHARGING AND LETDOWN PROCEDURE NO.: 2-AOP-02.03 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 2 Alternate Charging Flow Path to RCS Through the A HPSI Header (Page 4 of 10) 1. (continued)
 
NOTE 24 of 4!4 V3417, 2A HPSI PUMP DISCH A HP HOR RELIEF , will not reseat until HPSI header pressure lowers to approximately 2116 psig .. L. IF V3417, 2A HPSI PUMP DISCH A HP HOR RELIEF , has lifted, THEN PERFORM the following: (1) STOP the charging pump. (2) WHEN V3417, 2A HPSI PUMP DISCH A HP HOR RELIEF, has reseated, THEN DETERMINE the reason it lifted. (3) IF it has been determined V3417,2A HPSI PUMP DISCH A HP HOR RELIEF, is NOT malfunctioning, THEN START the charging pump. NOTE Restoring charging system to a normal alignment may NOT be an option during a fire event. (Section 6.1.3 , Management Directive
REVISION NO. :           PROCEDURE TITLE:                                         P,A.GE:
: 1) (4) IF it has been determined V3417, 2A HPSI PUMP DISCH A HP HOR RELIEF , is malfunctioning , THEN GO TO Attachment 2, Step 1.0. M. PERFORM the following:
10 CHARGING AND LETDOWN                     24 of 4!4 PROCEDURE NO.:
(1) CYCLE the selected charging pump as necessary to maintain pressurizer level between 27% and 68%. (2) RETURN the selected charging pump control switch to AUTO. N. PERFORM the following: (1) RECORD all charging pump cycles, per AP-0010134 , Components Cycles and Transients. (2) FORWARD to the Shift Technical Advisor for review. M P-1 Page 10 REVISION NO.: 10 PROCEDURE TITLE: CHARGING AND LETDOWN PROCEDURE NO.: 2-AOP-02.03 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 2 Alternate Charging Flow Path to RCS Through the A HPSI Header (Page 5 of 10) 1. (continued)
2-AOP-02 .03                                 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 2 Alternate Charging Flow Path to RCS Through the A HPSI Header (Page 4 of 10)
: 0. WHEN alternate charging to the RCS through A HPSI header is no longer required, THEN PERFORM the following: (1) STOP the charging pump. (2) MAINTAIN charging pump control switches in the STOP position.
: 1.     (continued)
(3) ENSURE the following valves are LOCKED OPEN:
NOTE V3417, 2A HPSI PUMP DISCH A HP HOR RELIEF , will not reseat until HPSI header pressure lowers to approximately 2116 psig . .
L.     IF V3417, 2A HPSI PUMP DISCH A HP HOR RELIEF , has lifted, THEN PERFORM the following :
(1)   STOP the charging pump .
(2)   WHEN V3417, 2A HPSI PUMP DISCH A HP HOR RELIEF, has reseated, THEN DETERMINE the reason it lifted .
(3)   IF it has been determined V3417,2A HPSI PUMP DISCH A HP HOR RELIEF, is NOT malfunctioning, THEN START the charging pump .
NOTE Restoring charging system to a normal alignment may NOT be an option during a fire event. (Section 6.1.3, Management Directive 1)
(4)   IF it has been determined V3417, 2A HPSI PUMP DISCH A HP HOR RELIEF , is malfunctioning , THEN GO TO Attachment 2, Step 1.0.
M.     PERFORM the following:
(1)   CYCLE the selected charging pump as necessary to maintain pressurizer level between 27% and 68% .
(2)   RETURN the selected charging pump control switch to AUTO .
N.     PERFORM the following :
(1)   RECORD all charging pump cycles, per AP-0010134 , Components Cycles and Transients.
(2)   FORWARD to the Shift Technical Advisor for review.
M P-1 Page 10
 
REVISION NO.:           PROCEDURE TITLE:                                         PAGE:
10 CHARGING AND LETDOWN                       25 of 44 PROCEDURE NO.:
2-AOP-02.03                               ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 2 Alternate Charging Flow Path to RCS Through the A HPSI Header (Page 5 of 10)
: 1.     (continued)
: 0. WHEN alternate charging to the RCS through A HPSI header is no longer required, THEN PERFORM the following :
(1)   STOP the charging pump.
(2)   MAINTAIN charging pump control switches in the STOP position.
(3)   ENSURE the following valves are LOCKED OPEN :
* V2523, CHARGING LINE.
* V2523, CHARGING LINE.
* V2429, CHARGING PUMP DISCH AT PENETR #27 ISOL. (4) PERFORM the following:
* V2429, CHARGING PUMP DISCH AT PENETR #27 ISOL.
PAGE: 25 of 44 a. CLOSE V2340, CHARGING PUMP DISCH HOR TO AUX HPSI HOR ISOI. b. CLOSE V3519, CHARGING PUMP TO A HPSI HOR ISOL. (5) ENSURE the following valves are CLOSED : a. HCV-3617, HEADER A TO LOOP 2A2 VALVE. b. HCV-3627, HEADER A TO LOOP 2A1 VALVE. c. HCV-3637, HEADER A TO LOOP 281 VALVE. d. HCV-3647, HEADER A TO LOOP 282 VALVE. (6) LOCK OPEN V3656 , PUMP 2A DISCHARGE VALVE. P. NOTIFY OSE to perform required check valve leak testing when this evolution is complete. Q. PLACE all charging pumps switches to AUTO. R. RESTORE charging and letdown if required. JPM P-1 Page 11 REVISION NO.: 10 PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE: CHARGING AND LETDOWN PROCEDURE NO.: 2-AOP-02.03 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 2 Alternate Charging Flow Path to RCS Through the A HPSI Header (Page 6 of 10) NOTE 2C Charging Pump will be required to perform this lineup. CAUTION When all charging pumps are in the STOP position , Tech Spec 3.0.3 is applicable.
(4)   PERFORM the following:
26 of 44 2. IF charging flow is lost due to a rupture or component failure upstream of V2429, CHARGING PUMP DISCH AT PENETR # 27 ISOL , THEN PERFORM the following: A. STOP the charging pumps one at a time. B. MAINTAIN charging pump control switches in the STOP position while realigning the system. C. PLACE PUMP 2A (2A HPSI PUMP) in STOP. CAUTION Closure of V3656 , PUMP 2A DISCHARGE VALVE , will render A HPSI Header inoperable. D. CLOSE V3656 , PUMP 2A DISCHARGE VALVE. (RTG8-206)
: a. CLOSE V2340, CHARGING PUMP DISCH HOR TO AUX HPSI HOR ISOI.
: b. CLOSE V3519, CHARGING PUMP TO A HPSI HOR ISOL.
(5)   ENSURE the following valves are CLOSED :
: a. HCV-3617, HEADER A TO LOOP 2A2 VALVE.
: b. HCV-3627, HEADER A TO LOOP 2A1 VALVE.
: c. HCV-3637, HEADER A TO LOOP 281 VALVE.
: d. HCV-3647, HEADER A TO LOOP 282 VALVE.
(6)   LOCK OPEN V3656 , PUMP 2A DISCHARGE VALVE.
P. NOTIFY OSE to perform required check valve leak testing when this evolution is complete.
Q. PLACE all charging pumps switches to AUTO.
R. RESTORE charging and letdown if required .
JPM P-1 Page 11
 
REVISION NO.:           PROCEDURE TITLE:                                             PAGE:
10 CHARGING AND LETDOWN                         26 of 44 PROCEDURE NO.:
2-AOP-02 .03                               ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 2 Alternate Charging Flow Path to RCS Through the A HPSI Header (Page 6 of 10)
NOTE 2C Charging Pump will be required to perform this lineup.
CAUTION When all charging pumps are in the STOP position , Tech Spec 3.0.3 is applicable.
: 2.     IF charging flow is lost due to a rupture or component failure upstream of V2429, CHARGING PUMP DISCH AT PENETR # 27 ISOL, THEN PERFORM the following :
A. STOP the charging pumps one at a time.
B. MAINTAIN charging pump control switches in the STOP position while realigning the system .
C. PLACE PUMP 2A (2A HPSI PUMP) in STOP.
CAUTION Closure of V3656, PUMP 2A DISCHARGE VALVE, will render A HPSI Header inoperable.
D. CLOSE V3656, PUMP 2A DISCHARGE VALVE. (RTG8-206)
E. CLOSE V2338, 2C CHARGING PUMP DISCH TO COMMON DISCH HOR ISOL. (RA8/7/N-RA3/E-RAE)
E. CLOSE V2338, 2C CHARGING PUMP DISCH TO COMMON DISCH HOR ISOL. (RA8/7/N-RA3/E-RAE)
F. OPEN one of the following valves: (RTG8-206)
F. OPEN one of the following valves : (RTG8-206)
(1) HCV-3617, HEADER A TO LOOP 2A2 VALVE. (2) HCV-3627, HEADER A TO LOOP 2A1 VALVE. (3) HCV-3637 , HEADER A TO LOOP 281 VALVE. (4) HCV-3647, HEADER A TO LOOP 282 VALVE. JPM P-1 Page 12 REVISION NO.: 10 PROCEDURE TITLE: Pl,\GE: CHARGING AND LETDOWN PROCEDURE NO.: 2-AOP-02.03 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 2 Alternate Charging Flow Path to RCS Through the A HPSI Header (Page 7 of 10) 2. {continued)
(1)   HCV-3617, HEADER A TO LOOP 2A2 VALVE.
G. PERFORM the following: (1) OPEN V3519, CHARGING PUMP TO A HPSI HOR ISOL. (RAB/-3/S-RA1Z/E-RAG, west of the 2A HPSI Pump) (2) OPEN V2340 , CHARGING PUMP DISCH HOR TO AUX HPSI HOR ISOI. (RAB/7/N-RA2/E-RAE, inside the 2C Charging Pump cubicle) H. ENSURE RCS pressure is being maintained less than or equal to 2250 psia. CAUTION 27 of 44 Use of this flowpath will result in a boron addition to the RCS. Up to 650 gallons of highly borated water may be contained in the Auxiliary HPSI header line being used. RCS temperature must be closely monitored during this evolut i on. I. START the 2C Charging pump. NOTE RCS pressure must NOT exceed 2250 psia at any time a charging pump is discharging into the HPSI header. J. IF RCS pressure exceeds 2250 psia, THEN STOP the charging pump. JPM P-1 Page 13 REVISION NO.: . PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE: 10 CHARGING AND LETDOWN PROCEDURE NO.: 2-AOP-02.03 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 2 Alternate Charging Flow Path to RCS Through the A HPSI Header (Page 8 of 10) 2. (continued)
(2)   HCV-3627, HEADER A TO LOOP 2A1 VALVE.
(3)   HCV-3637, HEADER A TO LOOP 281 VALVE.
(4)   HCV-3647, HEADER A TO LOOP 282 VALVE.
JPM P-1 Page 12
 
REVISION NO.:           PROCEDURE TITLE:                                           Pl,\GE:
10 CHARGING AND LETDOWN                       27 of 44 PROCEDURE NO.:
2-AOP-02 .03                               ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 2 Alternate Charging Flow Path to RCS Through the A HPSI Header (Page 7 of 10)
: 2.     {continued)
G.     PERFORM the following :
(1)   OPEN V3519, CHARGING PUMP TO A HPSI HOR ISOL.
(RAB/-3/S-RA1Z/E-RAG, west of the 2A HPSI Pump)
(2)   OPEN V2340 , CHARGING PUMP DISCH HOR TO AUX HPSI HOR ISOI. (RAB/7/N-RA2/E-RAE, inside the 2C Charging Pump cubicle)
H.     ENSURE RCS pressure is being maintained less than or equal to 2250 psia .
CAUTION Use of this flowpath will result in a boron addition to the RCS. Up to 650 gallons of highly borated water may be contained in the Auxiliary HPSI header line being used. RCS temperature must be closely monitored during this evolution.
I.     START the 2C Charging pump .
NOTE RCS pressure must NOT exceed 2250 psia at any time a charging pump is discharging into the HPSI header.
J.     IF RCS pressure exceeds 2250 psia, THEN STOP the charging pump .
JPM P-1 Page 13
 
REVISION NO.: .           PROCEDURE TITLE:                                         PAGE:
10 CHARGING AND LETDOWN                     28 of 44 PROCEDURE NO.:
2-AOP-02 .03                                 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 2 Alternate Charging Flow Path to RCS Through the A HPSI Header (Page 8 of 10)
: 2.     (continued)
NOTE
NOTE
* During a fire event HPSI Loop Flow indication may NOT be available. (Section 6.1.3 , Management Directive
* During a fire event HPSI Loop Flow indication may NOT be available .
: 1)
(Section 6.1.3, Management Directive 1)
* If charging flow to the RCS can NOT be verified , V3417 , 2A HPSI PUMP DISCH HOR RELIEF, may have lifted. K. VERIFY charging flow to RCS by both of the following:
* If charging flow to the RCS can NOT be verified , V3417 , 2A HPSI PUMP DISCH HOR RELIEF, may have lifted.
* Pressurizer level rise.
K.       VERIFY charging flow to RCS by both of the following :
* Pressurizer level rise .
* Flow increase on applicable HPSI loop flow indicator:
* Flow increase on applicable HPSI loop flow indicator:
* Fl-3311, HPSI Loop 2A2 Flow.
* Fl-3311, HPSI Loop 2A2 Flow.
* Fl-3321 , HPSI Loop 2A1 Flow.
* Fl-3321 , HPSI Loop 2A1 Flow.
* Fl-3331 , HPSI Loop 281 Flow.
* Fl-3331 , HPSI Loop 281 Flow.
* Fl-3341 , HPSI Loop 282 Flow. NOTE 28 of 44 V3417 , 2A HPSI PUMP DISCH A HP HOR RELIEF , will NOT reseat until HPSI header pressure lowers to approximately 2116 psig. L L IF V3417, 2A HPSI PUMP DISCH A HP HOR RELIEF , has lifted, THEN PERFORM the following: (1) STOP 2C CHARGING PUMP. (2) WHEN V3417 , 2A HPSI PUMP DISCH A HP HOR RELIEF , has reseated , THEN DETERMINE the reason it lifted. (3) IF it has been determined V3417 , 2A HPSI PUMP DISCH A HP HOR RELIEF , is NOT malfunctioning , THEN START 2C CHARGING PUMP. JPM P-1 Page 14 REVISION NO.: 10 PROCEDURE TITLE: CHARGING AND LETDOWN PAGE: 29 of 44 PROCEDURE NO.: 2. 2-AOP-02.03 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 L. ATTACHMENT 2 Alternate Charging Flow Path to RCS Through the A HPSI Header (Page 9 of 10) (continued)
* Fl-3341 , HPSI Loop 282 Flow.
(4) IF it has been determined V3417 , 2A HPSI PUMP DISCH A HP HOR RELIEF , is malfunctioning, THEN GO TO Attachment 2, Step 1.0. M. PERFORM the following: (1) CYCLE the 2C charging pump as necessary to maintain pressurizer level between 27% and 68%. (2) RETURN the selected charging pump control switch to AUTO. N. PERFORM the following: (1) RECORD all charging pump cycles, per AP-0010134 , Component Cycles and Transients. (2) FORWARD to the Shift Technical Advisor for review. 0. WHEN alternate charging to the RCS through A HPSI header is no longer desired, THEN PERFORM the following: (1) ENSURE the charging pumps are STOPPED. (2) LOCK OPEN V2338, 2C CHARGING PUMP DISCH TO COMMON DISCH HOR ISOL. (3) PERFORM the following:
NOTE V3417 , 2A HPSI PUMP DISCH A HP HOR RELIEF, will NOT reseat until HPSI header pressure lowers to approximately 2116 psig .
: a. CLOSE V2340, CHARGING PUMP DISCH HOR TO AUX HPSI HOR ISOI. b. CLOSE V3519, CHARGING PUMP TO A HPSI HOR ISOL. JPM P-1 Page 15 REVISION NO.: 10 PROCEDURE TITLE: CHARGING AND LETDOWN PROCEDURE NO.: 2. 2-AOP-02.03 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 0. ATTACHMENT 2 Alternate Charging Flow Path to RCS Through the A HPSI Header (Page 10of10) (continued)
LL        IF V3417, 2A HPSI PUMP DISCH A HP HOR RELIEF , has lifted, THEN PERFORM the following :
(4) ENSURE the following valves are CLOSED: a. HCV-3617 , HEADER A TO LOOP 2A2 VALVE. b. HCV-3627 , HEADER A TO LOOP 2A1 VALVE. c. HCV-3637 , HEADER A TO LOOP 2B1 VALVE. d. HCV-3647, HEADER A TO LOOP 282 VALVE. (5) LOCK OPEN V3656 , PUMP 2A DISCHARGE VALVE. P. NOTIFY OSE to perform required check valve leak testing when this evolution is complete. Q. PLACE all charging pumps switches to AUTO. R. RESTORE charging and letdown if required. JPM P-1 Page 16 PAGE: 30 of 44  
(1)   STOP 2C CHARGING PUMP.
-u s: "E -u Q) (C (1) -.J V2340 Can access from "B" Chg Pump Room with ladder. Simulate climbing over scaffolding and stepping on support to operate valve. Recommend ladder from "B" room. It would be a reach though   
(2)   WHEN V3417, 2A HPSI PUMP DISCH A HP HOR RELIEF, has reseated , THEN DETERMINE the reason it lifted .
-u s: "E -u Q) (C (1) OJ Turn around 1800 when looking at 2A HPSI pump. In overhead and probably would need ladder. I don't want to go there with having someone get a ladder, particularly a short person. This valve is in a 3-4 mr/hr field e FPL Reminder to the TPE Evaluator Refer to the OJTfTPE Procedure and follow the instruct i ons. St. Lucie Nuclear Plant Operations Training JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE RETURN STATIC INVERTER 2A TO SERVICE -UNIT 2 HLC 22 NRC JeM P-2 In-Plant
(3)   IF it has been determined V3417 , 2A HPSI PUMP DISCH A HP HOR RELIEF , is NOT malfunctioning , THEN START 2C CHARGING PUMP .
* This JPM is NOT TIME CRITICAL This is NOT an ALTERNATE PATH JPM JPM P-2 Page 1 NRC 22 JPM P-2 In-Plant Page 1 of 1 O JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS Task: 05049090 , Place an Instrument Inverter in service Faulted JPM? NO Facility JPM #: 0821211 KIA: 062A3.04 Ability to monitor automatic operation of the ac distribution system , including:
JPM P-1 Page 14
Operation of inverter (e.g., precharging synchronizing light , static transfer)
 
KIA Rating(s):
REVISION NO.:           PROCEDURE TITLE:                                       PAGE:
2.7/2.9 Duty Area(s): NA Task Information:
10 CHARGING AND LETDOWN                     29 of 44 PROCEDURE NO.:
NA Task Standard:
2-AOP-02 .03                             ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 2 Alternate Charging Flow Path to RCS Through the A HPSI Header (Page 9 of 10)
Place the 2A Static Inverter in service. Evaluation Location:
: 2.      L.    (continued)
Simulator  
(4)   IF it has been determined V3417, 2A HPSI PUMP DISCH A HP HOR RELIEF, is malfunctioning, THEN GO TO Attachment 2, Step 1.0.
M. PERFORM the following :
(1)   CYCLE the 2C charging pump as necessary to maintain pressurizer level between 27% and 68% .
(2)   RETURN the selected charging pump control switch to AUTO .
N. PERFORM the following :
(1)   RECORD all charging pump cycles, per AP-0010134, Component Cycles and Transients.
(2)   FORWARD to the Shift Technical Advisor for review.
: 0. WHEN alternate charging to the RCS through A HPSI header is no longer desired, THEN PERFORM the following :
(1)   ENSURE the charging pumps are STOPPED.
(2)   LOCK OPEN V2338, 2C CHARGING PUMP DISCH TO COMMON DISCH HOR ISOL.
(3)   PERFORM the following:
: a.     CLOSE V2340, CHARGING PUMP DISCH HOR TO AUX HPSI HOR ISOI.
: b.     CLOSE V3519, CHARGING PUMP TO A HPSI HOR ISOL.
JPM P-1 Page 15
 
REVISION NO.:           PROCEDURE TITLE:                                         PAGE:
10 CHARGING AND LETDOWN                       30 of 44 PROCEDURE NO. :
2-AOP-02 .03                             ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 2 Alternate Charging Flow Path to RCS Through the A HPSI Header (Page 10of10)
: 2.      0.    (continued)
(4)   ENSURE the following valves are CLOSED :
: a. HCV-3617, HEADER A TO LOOP 2A2 VALVE.
: b. HCV-3627, HEADER A TO LOOP 2A1 VALVE.
: c. HCV-3637, HEADER A TO LOOP 2B1 VALVE.
: d. HCV-3647, HEADER A TO LOOP 282 VALVE .
(5)   LOCK OPEN V3656, PUMP 2A DISCHARGE VALVE.
P. NOTIFY OSE to perform required check valve leak testing when this evolution is complete.
Q. PLACE all charging pumps switches to AUTO.
R. RESTORE charging and letdown if required .
JPM P-1 Page 16
 
V2340
'-
  -u s:
"E
-u Q)
(C (1)
~
-.J Can access from "B" Chg Pump Room with ladder.
Simulate climbing over scaffolding and stepping on support to operate valve.
Recommend ladder from "B" room. It would be a reach though
 
'-
  -u s:
"E
-u Q)
(C (1)
~
OJ Turn around 1800 when looking at 2A HPSI pump.
In overhead and probably would need ladder. I don't want to go there with having someone get a ladder, particularly a short person.
This valve is in a 3-4 mr/hr field
 
eFPL Reminder to the TPE Evaluator Refer to the OJTfTPE Procedure and follow the instructions .
St. Lucie Nuclear Plant Operations Training JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE RETURN STATIC INVERTER 2A TO SERVICE - UNIT 2 HLC 22 NRC JeM P-2 In-Plant
* This JPM is NOT TIME CRITICAL This is NOT an ALTERNATE PATH JPM NRC 22 JPM P-2 In-Plant Page 1 of 1O JPM P-2 Page 1
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS Task: 05049090 , Place an Instrument Inverter in service Faulted JPM?         NO Facility JPM #:     0821211 KIA: 062A3 .04 Ability to monitor automatic operation of the ac distribution system ,
including: Operation of inverter (e.g., precharging synchronizing light, static transfer)
KIA Rating(s): 2.7/2 .9 Duty Area(s):       NA Task Information: NA Task Standard: Place the 2A Static Inverter in service.
Evaluation Location:                                                  Performance Level:
Simulator       In Plant        Lab          Other                    Perform          Simulate      Discuss x                                                                      x


==References:==
==References:==
 
* 2-NOP-49.0SA, 120 VAC Instrument Bus 2MA (Class 1E) Normal Operation Validation Time: 10 minutes                                            Time Critical:
In Plant x Lab Other Performance Level: Perform Simulate x
* 2-NOP-49.0SA , 120 VAC Instrument Bus 2MA (Class 1E) Normal Operation Validation Time: 10 m i nutes Time Critical:
Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:
Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:
* 2-NOP-49.0SA , 120 VAC Instrument Bus 2MA (Class 1E) Normal Operation Discuss Specific Safety Rules, Personal Protective Equipment and Hazards associated with the task.
* 2-NOP-49.0SA, 120 VAC Instrument Bus 2MA (Class 1E) Normal Operation Specific Safety Rules, Personal Protective Equipment and Hazards associated with the task.
* None Radiological Protection and RWP Requirements:
* None Radiological Protection and RWP Requirements:
* None JPM P-2 Page 2 NRC 22 JPM P-2 In-Plant Page 2of10 SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS:
* None NRC 22 JPM P-2 In-Plant Page 2of10 JPM P-2 Page 2
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS:
* The task you are to perform is: Place the 2A Static Inverter in service IAW 2-NOP-49.0SA.
* The task you are to perform is: Place the 2A Static Inverter in service IAW 2-NOP-49.0SA.
* The performance level to be used for this JPM is Simulate
* The performance level to be used for this JPM is Simulate
* This is not a time critical JPM.
* This is not a time critical JPM.
* During the performance of the task , I will tell you which steps to simulate or discuss.
* During the performance of the task, I will tell you which steps to simulate or discuss.
* I will provide you with the appropriate cues for steps that are simulated or discussed.
* I will provide you with the appropriate cues for steps that are simulated or discussed.
* You may use any approved reference materials normally available in the execution of this task, including logs.
* You may use any approved reference materials normally available in the execution of this task, including logs.
* Indicate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you. INITIAL CONDITIONS:
* Indicate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you .
The 2MN2MA-1 Instrument Bus is currently on its alternate source of power due to an inverter failure. Electrical Maintenance has just completed repairs to the 2A Static Inverter. INITIATING CUES: The US has directed you to return the 2A Static Inverter to service IAW 2-NOP-49.0SA, Section 4.2. For the purposes of this JPM , consider all concurrent verifications complete. JPM P-2 Page 3 NRG 22 JPM P-2 In-Plant Page 3 of 10 START TIME: ___ _ JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST 2-NOP-49.05A 120 VAC INSTRUMENT BUS 2MA CLASS 1 E NORMAL OPERATION Section 4.2 STEP 1 (4.2.1 ): At Static Inverter 2A, Perform the following: A. ENSURE B-1 DC INPUT breaker is OFF STANDARD: VERIFY B-1 DC INPUT breaker in the OFF position. EXAMINER'S CUE: B-1 DC INPUT breaker is in the DOWN position.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
COMMENTS: STEP 2 (4.2.1 ): At Static Inverter 2A, Perform the following: B. ENSURE B-2 INVERTER OUTPUT breaker is OFF STANDARD: VERIFY B-2 INVERTER OUTPUT breaker in the OFF position. EXAMINER'S CUE: B-2 INVERTER OUTPUT breaker is DOWN position.
The 2MN2MA-1 Instrument Bus is currently on its alternate source of power due to an inverter failure .
COMMENTS: STEP 3(4.2.2): At 125V DC Bus Power Panel 2A , PLACE breaker 2-60126, CKT # 26 (Static Inverter Cab 2A}, in ON. STANDARD: POSITION 2-60126 TO on EXAMINER'S CUE: 2-60126 is ON COMMENTS: JPM P-2 Page 4 SAT UN SAT SAT UN SAT CRITICAL STEP SAT UN SAT NRC 22 JPM P-2 In-Plant Page 4 of 10 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 4(4.2.3) : At Static Inverter 2A, PERFORM the following: A. PRESS PRECHARGE pushbutton until PRECHARGE light is ON. STANDARD: DEPRESS AND HOLD PRECHARGE pushbutton until PRECHARGE light is on. EXAMINER'S CUE: Amber PRECHARGE light is ON. COMMENTS:
Electrical Maintenance has just completed repairs to the 2A Static Inverter.
CRITICAL STEP SAT UNSAT STEP 5 (4.2.3): At Static Inverter 2A , PERFORM the following: CRITICAL STEP 8. While the PRECHARGE light is ON, PLACE 2A 8-1 DC INPUT breaker, to ON. SAT STANDARD: POSITION breaker 8-1 to ON. EXAMINER'S CUE: B-1 DC INPUT breaker is in the UP position.
INITIATING CUES:
The US has directed you to return the 2A Static Inverter to service IAW 2-NOP-49.0SA, Section 4.2. For the purposes of this JPM , consider all concurrent verifications complete.
NRG 22 JPM P-2 In-Plant Page 3 of 10 JPM P-2 Page 3
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST START TIME: _ _ __
2-NOP-49.05A 120 VAC INSTRUMENT BUS 2MA CLASS 1E NORMAL OPERATION Section 4.2 STEP 1 (4.2.1 ): At Static Inverter 2A, Perform the following :
A. ENSURE B-1 DC INPUT breaker is OFF SAT STANDARD:       VERIFY B-1 DC INPUT breaker in the OFF position .                       UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: B-1 DC INPUT breaker is in the DOWN position.
COMMENTS:
STEP 2 (4 .2.1): At Static Inverter 2A, Perform the following :
B. ENSURE B-2 INVERTER OUTPUT breaker is OFF SAT STANDARD:       VERIFY B-2 INVERTER OUTPUT breaker in the OFF position .                 UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: B-2 INVERTER OUTPUT breaker is DOWN position.
COMMENTS :
STEP 3(4.2.2) : At 125V DC Bus Power Panel 2A, PLACE breaker 2-60126, CKT # 26   CRITICAL (Static Inverter Cab 2A}, in ON .                               STEP SAT STANDARD:       POSITION 2-60126 TO on UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: 2-60126 is ON COMMENTS:
NRC 22 JPM P-2 In-Plant Page 4 of 10 JPM P-2 Page 4
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 4(4.2.3) : At Static Inverter 2A, PERFORM the following :                         CRITICAL STEP A. PRESS PRECHARGE pushbutton until PRECHARGE light is ON .
SAT STANDARD:         DEPRESS AND HOLD PRECHARGE pushbutton until PRECHARGE light is on .                                                                     UNSAT EXAMINER'S CUE: Amber PRECHARGE light is ON.
COMMENTS:
STEP 5 (4 .2.3): At Static Inverter 2A, PERFORM the following :                       CRITICAL STEP
: 8. While the PRECHARGE light is ON, PLACE 2A 8-1 DC INPUT breaker, to ON .                                                                 SAT STANDARD:         POSITION breaker 8-1 to ON .                                                 UNSAT EXAMINER'S CUE: B-1 DC INPUT breaker is in the UP position.
EXAMINER NOTE: Per a note in the procedure, the PRECHARGE light will extinguish over time due to normal capacitor discharge.
EXAMINER NOTE: Per a note in the procedure, the PRECHARGE light will extinguish over time due to normal capacitor discharge.
COMMENTS: STEP 6 (4.2.3): At Static Inverter 2A , PERFORM the following:
C. PLACE breaker 2A 8-2 , INVERTER OUTPUT breaker , in ON. STANDARD: POSITION breaker 2A 8-2 to ON. EXAMINER'S CUE: Breaker B-2 is in the UP position.
COMMENTS: JPM P-2 Page 5 UNSAT CRITICAL STEP SAT UN SAT NRC 22 JPM P-2 In-Plant Page 5 of 10 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 7 (4.2.3): At Static Inverter 2A, PERFORM the following: D. VERIFY DC INPUT DC VOLTS meter indicates 132 to 137 VDC. STANDARD:
Same as step. EXAMINER'S CUE: DC input Volts indicate 133.6 VDC. COMMENTS: STEP 8 (4.2.3): At Static Inverter 2A, PERFORM the following: E. PLACE B-4 , BYPASS SOURCE AC INPUT breaker, to ON. STANDARD:
POSITION breaker B-4 to ON. EXAMINER'S CUE: Breaker B-4 is in the UP position.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
STEP 9 (4.2.3): At Static Inverter 2A , PERFORM the following: F. VERIFY IN SYNC light is ON. STANDARD: Same as step. EXAMINER'S CUE: Green IN SYNC light is ON. COMMENTS: JPM P-2 Page 6 SAT UN SAT SAT UNSAT SAT UN SAT NRC 22 JPM P-2 In-Plant Page 6of10 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 10 (4.2.3): At Static Inverter 2A , PERFORM the following:
STEP 6 (4 .2.3) : At Static Inverter 2A, PERFORM the following:                        CRITICAL STEP C. PLACE breaker 2A 8-2, INVERTER OUTPUT breaker, in ON .
STANDARD: G. IF the IN SYNC light is OFF, THEN STOP procedure and NOTIFY Electrical Maintenance. DETERMINE step is N/A. EXAMINER'S CUE: None. COMMENTS: STEP 11 (4.2.3): At Static Inverter 2A, PERFORM the following: SAT UN SAT H. VERIFY INVERTER OUPUT AC VOL TS meter indicates between 118 SAT to 124 VAC. UN SAT STANDARD: Same as step. EXAMINER'S CUE: AC Volts indicate 121.3 VAC. COMMENTS:
SAT STANDARD :          POSITION breaker 2A 8-2 to ON .
STEP 12 (4.2.3): At Static Inverter 2A, PERFORM the following: I. VERIFY INVERTER OUTPUT HERTZ meter indicates between 59.4 to SAT 60.6 HZ. STANDARD: Same as step. EXAMINER'S CUE: Inverter Output Hertz indicates 60.02 HZ. COMMENTS: JPM P-2 Page 7 UN SAT NRC 22 JPM P-2 In-Plant Page 7 of 10 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 13(4.2.3): At Static Inverter 2A, PERFORM the following: J. PLACE MANUAL BYPASS SWITCH in NORMAL OPERATION. STANDARD: POSITION MANUAL BYPASS SWITCH to NORMAL OPERATION. EXAMINER'S CUE: MANUAL BYPASS SWITCH is in NORMAL OPERATION.
UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: Breaker B-2 is in the UP position.
COMMENTS: STEP 14 (4.2.3): At Static Inverter 2A, PERFORM the following: K. PRESS INVERTER TO LOAD pushbutton. STANDARD: DEPRESS the INVERTER TO LOAD pushbutton. EXAMINER'S CUE: INVERTER TO LOAD pushbutton has been depressed.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS: STEP 15 (4.2.3): At Static Inverter 2A, PERFORM the following: L. VERIFY green INVERTER SUPPLYING LOAD light is ON. STANDARD: Same as step. EXAMINER'S CUE: Green INVERTER SUPPL YING LOAD light is ON. COMMENTS: JPM P-2 Page 8 CRITICAL STEP SAT UN SAT CRITICAL STEP SAT UN SAT SAT UNSAT NRC 22 JPM P-2 In-Plant Page 8 of 10 Procedure No. ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 2-NOP-49.0SA NORMAL OPERATING PROCEDURE 1----R-ev-is-io_n_N-o.-----4 FPL Title: SAFETY RELATED CONTINUOUS USE 120 VAC INSTRUMENT BUS 2MA (CLASS 1 E) NORMAL OPERATION Responsible Department:
NRC 22 JPM P-2 In-Plant Page 5 of 10 JPM P-2 Page 5
OPERATIONS Special Considerations:
 
Revision 0 5 FOR INFORMATION ONLY Before use , verify revision and change documentation (if applicable) with a controlled index or document.
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 7 (4.2.3): At Static Inverter 2A, PERFORM the following :
DATE VERIFIED INITIAL ___ _ Approved By Approval Date David Lanyi 05/30/08 T. Spillman 07/16/14 JPM P-2 Page 9 UNIT# DATE DOCT DOCN SYS STATUS REV #OF PGS 5 UNIT2 PROCEDURE 2-NOP-49.05A COMPLETED 5
SAT D.      VERIFY DC INPUT DC VOLTS meter indicates 132 to 137 VDC.
RE V ISION NO.: 5 PROCEDURE NO.: PRO C EDURE TITLE: 120 VAC INSTRUMENT BUS 2MA (CLASS 1E) NORMAL OPERATION PAGE:* 2 of 22 2-NOP-49.05A ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 REVISION  
UN SAT STANDARD:        Same as step.
EXAMINER'S CUE: DC input Volts indicate 133.6 VDC.
COMMENTS:
STEP 8 (4.2 .3):        At Static Inverter 2A, PERFORM the following :
E.      PLACE B-4, BYPASS SOURCE AC INPUT breaker, to ON .
SAT STANDARD:        POSITION breaker B-4 to ON .
UNSAT EXAMINER'S CUE: Breaker B-4 is in the UP position.
COMMENTS:
STEP 9 (4.2.3): At Static Inverter 2A, PERFORM the following :
SAT F. VERIFY IN SYNC light is ON .
UN SAT STANDARD:       Same as step.
EXAMINER'S CUE: Green IN SYNC light is ON.
COMMENTS:
NRC 22 JPM P-2 In-Plant Page 6of10 JPM P-2 Page 6
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 10 (4.2.3): At Static Inverter 2A, PERFORM the following:
SAT G. IF the IN SYNC light is OFF, THEN STOP procedure and NOTIFY Electrical Maintenance .
UN SAT STANDARD :        DETERMINE step is N/A.
EXAMINER'S CUE: None.
COMMENTS:
STEP 11 (4.2.3) : At Static Inverter 2A, PERFORM the following :
H. VERIFY INVERTER OUPUT AC VOL TS meter indicates between 118               SAT to 124 VAC .
UN SAT STANDARD:         Same as step.
EXAMINER'S CUE: AC Volts indicate 121.3 VAC.
COMMENTS:
STEP 12 (4.2.3) : At Static Inverter 2A, PERFORM the following :
I. VERIFY INVERTER OUTPUT HERTZ meter indicates between 59.4 to           SAT 60.6 HZ.
UN SAT STANDARD :         Same as step.
EXAMINER'S CUE: Inverter Output Hertz indicates 60.02 HZ.
COMMENTS:
NRC 22 JPM P-2 In-Plant Page 7 of 10 JPM P-2 Page 7
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 13(4.2.3): At Static Inverter 2A, PERFORM the following :                   CRITICAL STEP J . PLACE MANUAL BYPASS SWITCH in NORMAL OPERATION .
SAT STANDARD :       POSITION MANUAL BYPASS SWITCH to NORMAL OPERATION .
UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: MANUAL BYPASS SWITCH is in NORMAL OPERATION.
COMMENTS:
STEP 14 (4.2.3): At Static Inverter 2A, PERFORM the following :                 CRITICAL STEP K. PRESS INVERTER TO LOAD pushbutton .
SAT STANDARD :       DEPRESS the INVERTER TO LOAD pushbutton .
EXAMINER'S CUE: INVERTER TO LOAD pushbutton has been depressed.                   UN SAT COMMENTS:
STEP 15 (4.2.3) : At Static Inverter 2A, PERFORM the following :
L. VERIFY green INVERTER SUPPLYING LOAD light is ON.                   SAT STANDARD:         Same as step.                                                           UNSAT EXAMINER'S CUE:             Green INVERTER SUPPL YING LOAD light is ON.
COMMENTS:
NRC 22 JPM P-2 In-Plant Page 8 of 10 JPM P-2 Page 8
 
Procedure No.
ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 2-NOP-49.0SA NORMAL OPERATING PROCEDURE                       1----R-ev-is-io_n_N-o.-----4 FPL                                 SAFETY RELATED                                 5 CONTINUOUS USE Title:
120 VAC INSTRUMENT BUS 2MA (CLASS 1 E)
NORMAL OPERATION Responsible Department:         OPERATIONS Special Considerations:
FOR INFORMATION ONLY Before use, verify revision and change documentation (if applicable) with a controlled index or document.
DATE VERIFIED                   INITIAL_ _ __
Revision                  Approved By                   Approval Date UNIT#            UNIT2 DATE DOCT          PROCEDURE 0                      David Lanyi                       05/30/08 DOCN          2-NOP-49.05A SYS STATUS        COMPLETED 5                        T. Spillman                     07/16/14 REV                5
                                                                            #OF PGS JPM P-2 Page 9
 
REV ISION NO.:           PROCEDURE TITLE:                                                 PAGE:*
5                      120 VAC INSTRUMENT BUS 2MA (CLASS 1E)
NORMAL OPERATION                               2 of 22 PROCEDURE NO .:
2-NOP-49 .05A                               ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 REVISION  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
Rev. No. Description 5 Incorporated PCR 1978044. In Section 4.1 Step 4 the sentence should have stated lsolimiter 2A is supplying 120 VAC Instrument Buses 2MA and 2MA-1. (Author: J Fiori) ' ) 4 Incorporated PCR 1769005 to correct procedural references. (Author: D. Coggeshall) 3 Incorporated PCR 1714439 to change 132V to 125V to prov i de use during a wider variety of plant conditions. (Author: Dave deFerrari) 2 Incorporated PCR 1624829 for an editorial change to Section 5.3.1.B. Breaker B-2 should read Inverter Output not DC Output. Incorporated PCR 562760 for enhancement items found during PUP extended review. (Author: J. Fiori) 1 Incorporated PCR 09-0595 for PCM 06005M, operating instructions for the new Ametek Solid State Controls Inverters and lsolim i ters. (Author: Dave deFerrar i) 0 THIS NEW PROCEDURE HAS BEEN CREATED BY THE PUP GROUP. Incorporated PCR 08-1821 to upgrade OP 2-0970020 , Operation of the 120V Instrument AC System (Class1 E), to AD-AA-100-1003 standards. Original procedure has been split into 4 new procedures:
2-NOP-49.05A , 120 VAC Instrument Bus 2MA (Class 1 E) Normal Operation; 2-NOP-49.05B, 120 VAC Instrument Bus 2MB (Class 1 E) Normal Operation; 2-NOP-49.05C , 120 VAC Instrument Bus 2MC (Class 1 E) Normal Operation; and 2-NOP-49.05D , 120 VAC Instrument Bus 2MD (Class 1 E) Normal Operation. Removed Tech Spec NOTE and replaced with step to enter NOP-100.01 where applicable. Replaced CAUTION concerning IN SYNC light with procedural steps. Removed step requiring a 30-minute warm-up of the inverter. Added NOTE throughout procedure to warn of possible Control Room alarm. Changed output voltage range from 117 .6 to 122.4 VAC to 118 to 122 VAC and added statement to Limitations section. Provided greater detail to procedure for ground detection and isolation. Added new section for removing power to AC instrument buses (complete shutdown). Corrected l/M number i n references. Removed (per System Engineer) 30 minute warm up requirement for inverter as it is not requ i red by the manufacturer
; it will actually warm up qu i cker if loaded. (Author: Robert Ross) JPM P-2 Page 10 REVISION NO.: 5 PROCEDURE NO.: 2-NOP-49.05A SECTION PROCEDURE TITLE: 120 VAC INSTRUMENT BUS 2MA (CLASS 1E) NORMAL OPERATION ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE: 3 of 22 PAGE 1.0 PURPOSE ...........................
.....................................
................................................... 4 2.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS
...................
.............
..............................
............. 4 3.0 PREREQUISITES AND INITIAL CONDITIONS
..................................................
........ 6
* 4.0 INSTRUCTIONS
...............................................
..........
................................................. 7 4.1 Remove Static Inverter 2A from Service (lsolimiter 2A Available)
............................... 7 4.2 Return Static Inverter 2A to Service ............................
.......................
......................... 9 4.3 Remove lsolimiter 2A from Service (Static Inverter 2A In Service) .................
........... 12 4.4 Return lsolimiter 2A to Service ...................
.................
.........................
..................... 13 5.0 INFREQUENT OPERATIONS
...............................
...........................
......................... 14 5.1 Bus Ground Detection and Isolation
.......................
................................................... 14 5.2 Remove Power to 120 VAC Instrument Buses 2MA and 2MA-1 ............
...................
17 5.3 Restore Power to 120 VAC Instrument Buses 2MA and 2MA-1 ............
............
........ 19 6.0 RECORDS ...........................................
...................
................................................... 22


==7.0 REFERENCES==
Rev. No.      Description 5      Incorporated PCR 1978044. In Section 4.1 Step 4 the sentence should have stated lsolimiter 2A is supplying 120 VAC Instrument Buses 2MA and 2MA-1 .
(Author: J Fiori)
                                                                                            '
                                                                                                  )
4      Incorporated PCR 1769005 to correct procedural references .            ,:-_}~
(Author: D. Coggeshall) 3      Incorporated PCR 1714439 to change 132V to 125V to provide use during a wider variety of plant conditions . (Author: Dave deFerrari) 2      Incorporated PCR 1624829 for an editorial change to Section 5.3.1 .B.
Breaker B-2 should read Inverter Output not DC Output. Incorporated PCR 562760 for enhancement items found during PUP extended review. (Author:
J. Fiori) 1      Incorporated PCR 09-0595 for PCM 06005M, operating instructions for the new Ametek Solid State Controls Inverters and lsolimiters .
(Author: Dave deFerrari) 0       THIS NEW PROCEDURE HAS BEEN CREATED BY THE PUP GROUP.
Incorporated PCR 08-1821 to upgrade OP 2-0970020 , Operation of the 120V Instrument AC System (Class1 E), to AD-AA-100-1003 standards. Original procedure has been split into 4 new procedures: 2-NOP-49 .05A, 120 VAC Instrument Bus 2MA (Class 1E) Normal Operation ; 2-NOP-49.05B, 120 VAC Instrument Bus 2MB (Class 1E) Normal Operation; 2-NOP-49.05C , 120 VAC Instrument Bus 2MC (Class 1 E) Normal Operation ; and 2-NOP-49.05D, 120 VAC Instrument Bus 2MD (Class 1E) Normal Operation. Removed Tech Spec NOTE and replaced with step to enter NOP-100.01 where applicable.
Replaced CAUTION concerning IN SYNC light with procedural steps.
Removed step requiring a 30-minute warm-up of the inverter. Added NOTE throughout procedure to warn of possible Control Room alarm. Changed output voltage range from 117 .6 to 122.4 VAC to 118 to 122 VAC and added statement to Limitations section . Provided greater detail to procedure for ground detection and isolation . Added new section for removing power to AC instrument buses (complete shutdown). Corrected l/M number in references . Removed (per System Engineer) 30 minute warm up requirement for inverter as it is not requ ired by the manufacturer; it will actually warm up quicker if loaded . (Author: Robert Ross)
JPM P-2 Page 10


............
REVISION NO. :          PROCEDURE TITLE :                                                                                                  PAGE:
.....................................................
5                              120 VAC INSTRUMENT BUS 2MA (CLASS 1E)
....................................
NORMAL OPERATION                                                                    3 of 22 PROCEDURE NO.:
..... 22 JPM P-2 Page 11 R EVISION N O.: 5 PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE: PROCEDURE NO.: 2-NOP-49.05A 1.0 PURPOSE 120 VAC INSTRUMENT BUS 2MA (CLASS 1E) NORMAL OPERATION ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 This procedure provides instructions for start-up , transfer and shutdown of the following:
2-NOP-49.05A                                                ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION                                                                                                                                    PAGE 1.0      PURPOSE ..... ...................... .... ...... .... ....... .. .. ............ .. ..... .. .... ...... ... ... .. ... ..... ...... ... ....... 4 2.0      PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS ... ...... .......... ............. ... .... .. ..... ................ .... .. ... ... . 4 3.0      PREREQUISITES AND INITIAL CONDITIONS ... ... ... ...... ... ..... ... .. ....... ............... ........ 6 4.0
* INSTRUCTIONS ....... ......... ..... .. ... ... .. ... ............. .......... .. .. .... ..... ...... ... .... ....... ......... .... .. . 7 4.1      Remove Static Inverter 2A from Service (lsolimiter 2A Available) ........ ....... ........ ..... ... 7 4.2      Return Static Inverter 2A to Service .... ..... ................... .... .. ... .............. ..... ... .. .. .... ... .. .... 9 4.3      Remove lsolimiter 2A from Service (Static Inverter 2A In Service) ................. ... .... .... 12 4.4      Return lsolimiter 2A to Service ................... ................. ..... .. ... .. ............. ..... ..... ... ........ 13 5.0      INFREQUENT OPERATIONS ... .... ... ..... ................ ....... ........ ............ ......... ...... ... ....... 14 5.1      Bus Ground Detection and Isolation ....................... .......... .... ..... .... ..... ........ ... ....... .... . 14 5.2      Remove Power to 120 VAC Instrument Buses 2MA and 2MA-1 ............ ..... .. ............ 17 5.3      Restore Power to 120 VAC Instrument Buses 2MA and 2MA-1 ............ ............ .... .... 19 6.0      RECORDS ... ........ .. ... .. .... ...... .... ........... ......... .......... .... .. .... ... ... ... .. ...... .. ..... ..... ... ... ..... . 22
 
==7.0      REFERENCES==
............ ..... .... ...... .. .... .. .............................. ... ... ......... ..... ... ............. ... .. 22 JPM P-2 Page 11
 
REVISION NO.:             PROCEDURE TITLE :                                           PAGE :
5                      120 VAC INSTRUMENT BUS 2MA (CLASS 1E)
NORMAL OPERATION                          4 of 22 PROCEDURE NO .:
2-NOP-49.05A                                 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 1.0      PURPOSE This procedure provides instructions for start-up, transfer and shutdown of the following :
* Static Inverter 2A
* Static Inverter 2A
* Instrument buses 2MA and 2MA-1
* Instrument buses 2MA and 2MA-1
* lsolimiter 2A 2.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS 2.1 Precautions
* lsolimiter 2A 2.0       PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS 2.1       Precautions
: 1. The IN SYNC light shall be verified ON prior to operation of the transfer switch during normal operation.
: 1.     The IN SYNC light shall be verified ON prior to operation of the transfer switch during normal operation. BYPASS SOURCE AC INPUT Breaker B-4 is used to provide the SYNC signal.
BYPASS SOURCE AC INPUT Breaker B-4 is used to provide the SYNC signal. 2. MANUAL BYPASS SWITCH transfers load. INVERTER TO LOAD Pushbutton only provides light indication. 3. Correct voltage and frequency on inverter shall be verified prior to executing any transfer from bypass to the inverter. 4. Prior to performing any maintenance on the static inverter , the MANUAL BYPASS SWITCH for the inverter should be in the BYPASS TO LOAD position and the inverter placed on bypass. 5. Incorrect execution of this procedure can result in the actuation of Safeguards equipment and a Reactor trip. The Control Room shall be immediately notified if any discrepancies are noted during performance of this procedure. 6. The indicating lights " INVERTER SUPPL YING LOAD" and " BYPASS SOURCE SUPPLYING LOAD" DO NOT necessarily represent which source is actually supplying the MA and MA-1 buses. Only the position of the MANUAL BYPASS SWITCH indicates actual power source NORMAL OPERATION (Inverter) or BYPASS TO LOAD (lsolimiter) 2.2 Limitations
: 2.     MANUAL BYPASS SWITCH transfers load . INVERTER TO LOAD Pushbutton only provides light indication .
: 1. The inverter shall be declared INOPERABLE when output voltage is outside the design bases range of 117.6 to 124.4 VAC Normal range of 118 to 124 VAC is used in this procedure since output voltage meter can only be read to an accuracy of 1 volt. JPM P-2 Page 12 4 of 22 REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: P A GE: 5 PROCEDURE NO.: 2-NOP-49.05A 120 VAC INSTRUMENT BUS 2MA (CLASS 1 E) NORMAL OPERATION ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 2.2 Limitations (continued)
: 3.     Correct voltage and frequency on inverter shall be verified prior to executing any transfer from bypass to the inverter.
: 2. The inverter should not be operated when DC input voltage is below 100 voe or above 140 voe. 3. If the inverter has been removed from service , then the inverter shall be returned to service within 24 hours or the plant shall be in at least HOT STANDBY within the next 6 hours and in COLD SHUTDOWN within the following 30 hours. (Section 7 .2, Commitment
: 4.     Prior to performing any maintenance on the static inverter, the MANUAL BYPASS SWITCH for the inverter should be in the BYPASS TO LOAD position and the inverter placed on bypass.
: 1) JPM P-2 Page 13 5 of 22 REVISI O N N O.: 5 PROCEDURE TITLE: P RO CEDURE NO.: 2-NOP-49.05A 120 VAC INSTRUMENT BUS 2MA (CLASS 1 E) NORMAL OPERATION ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 3.0 PREREQUISITES AND INITIAL CONDITIONS 3.1 Prerequisites
: 5.     Incorrect execution of this procedure can result in the actuation of Safeguards equipment and a Reactor trip . The Control Room shall be immediately notified if any discrepancies are noted during performance of this procedure.
: 1. 125V DC Bus 2A is energized to support operation of the static inverter. 2. 480V MCC 2A-5 is energized to support operation of the maintenance isolimiters. 3. Annunciator B-43 , 120 VAC INVTR 2NINSTR BUS 2MN2MA-1 TROUBLE (RTGB-201) is capable of providing alarm indications. 4. Tech Specs have been reviewed to determine applicability in accordance with current plant MODE. 3.2 Initial Conditions None JPM P-2 Page 14 PAGE: 6 of 22 INITIAL R E VI SIO N N O.: PRO C EDU RE TITLE: PAG E: 5 PRO C EDURE NO.: 120 VAC INSTRUMENT BUS 2MA (CLASS 1E) NORMAL OPERATION 2-NOP-49.05A ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 INSTRUCTIONS 4.1 Remove Static Inverter 2A from Service (lsolimiter 2A Available)
: 6.     The indicating lights "INVERTER SUPPL YING LOAD" and "BYPASS SOURCE SUPPLYING LOAD" DO NOT necessarily represent which source is actually supplying the MA and MA-1 buses. Only the position of the MANUAL BYPASS SWITCH indicates actual power source NORMAL OPERATION (Inverter) or BYPASS TO LOAD (lsolimiter) 2.2       Limitations
: 1. INITIATE documentation for removing Static Inverter 2A from service per ADM-09.22, Equipment Out of Service. CAUTION Incorrect execution of this section can result in the actuation of Safeguards equipment and a Reactor trip. Control Room notification is expected if any discrepancies are noted during the execution of this section. Concurrent Verification
: 1.     The inverter shall be declared INOPERABLE when output voltage is outside the design bases range of 117.6 to 124.4 VAC Normal range of 118 to 124 VAC is used in this procedure since output voltage meter can only be read to an accuracy of 1 volt.
: 2. At 480V MCC 2A-5 , VERIFY breaker 2-41207 , ISOLIMITER 2A , is ON. 3. At Static Inverter 2A , PERFORM the follow i ng: A. VERIFY B-4 , BYPASS SOURCE AC INPUT breaker , is ON. 8. VERIFY the green IN SYNC light is ON. C. IF the IN SYNC light is OFF , THEN STOP procedure and NOTIFY Electrical Maintenance. Concurrent Verification D. PLACE the MANUAL BYPASS SWITCH in BYPASS TO LOAD. E. PRESS BYPASS SOURCE TO LOAD pushbutton. JPM P-2 Page 15 7 of 22 INITIAL CV CV CV CV CV REVISION NO.: 5 PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE: PROC E DURE NO.: 120 VAC INSTRUMENT BUS 2MA (CLASS 1E) NORMAL OPERATION 2-NOP-49.05A ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.1 Remove Static Inverter 2A from Service (lsolimiter 2A Available) (continued)
JPM P-2 Page 12
: 3. (continued)
 
F. VERIFY BYPASS SOURCE SUPPL YING LOAD amber light is ON. 4. NOTIFY Control Room that lsolimiter 2A is supplying 120 VAC Instrument Buses 2MA and 2MA-1. NOTE Performance of the following steps will cause annunciator B-43 , 120 VAC INVTR 2A INSTR BUS 2MA/2MA-1 TROUBLE, to alarm. Concurrent Verification
REVISION NO .:           PROCEDURE TITLE:                                               PAGE:
: 5. At Static Inverter 2A , PERFORM the following:
5                     120 VAC INSTRUMENT BUS 2MA (CLASS 1E)
A. PLACE B-2 , INVERTER OUTPUT breaker , in OFF. 8. PLACE B-1 , DC INPUT breaker, in OFF. PLACE B-4 , BYPASS SOURCE AC INPUT breaker , in OFF 6. At 125V DC Bus Power Panel 2A, PLACE breaker 2-60126 , CKT #26 (Stat i c Inverter Cab 2A), in OFF. 7. NOTIFY Control Room that Static Inverter 2A is removed from serv i ce. JPM P-2 Page 16 8 of 22 INITIAL CV CV CV CV CV REVISION NO.: 5 PROCEDURE T ITLE: PAGE: 120 VAC INSTRUMENT BUS 2MA (CLASS 1 E) NORMAL OPERATION 9 of 22 PROCEDURE NO.: 2-NOP-49.05A ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.2 Return Static Inverter 2A to Service NOTE After energizing the static inverter, annunciator B-43 , 120 VAC I NVTR 2A INSTR BUS 2MN2MA-1 TROUBLE, may alarm as the inverter warms up. CAUTION Incorrect execution of this section can result in the actuation of Safeguards equipment and a Reactor trip. The Control Room notification is expected if any discrepancies are noted during the execution of this section. Concurrent Verification
NORMAL OPERATION                            5 of 22 PROCEDURE NO .:
: 1. At Static Inverter 2A , PERFORM the following: A. ENSURE B-1 , DC INPUT breaker , is OFF. B. ENSURE B-2 , INVERTER OUTPUT breaker , is OFF. 2. At 125V DC Bus Power Panel 2A, PLACE breaker 2-60126 , CKT #26 (Static Inverter Cab 2A), in ON. 3. At Static Inverter 2A , PERFORM the following: A. PRESS PRECHARGE pushbutton until PRECHARGE light is ON. JPM P-2 Page 17 INITIAL CV CV CV CV REVISION NO.: 5 PROCEDURE NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: 120 VAC INSTRUMENT BUS 2MA (CLASS 1 E) NORMAL OPERATION 2-NOP-49.05A ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.2 Return Static Inverter 2A to Service (continued)
2-NOP-49.05A                                 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 2.2       Limitations (continued)
: 3. (continued)
: 2. The inverter should not be operated when DC input voltage is below 100 voe or above 140 voe.
NOTE The PRECHARGE light will extinguish over time due to normal capacitor discharge. B. While the PRECHARGE light is ON , PLACE B-1, DC INPUT breaker , in ON. C. PLACE B-2 , INVERTER OUTPUT breaker , in ON. D. VERIFY DC INPUT DC VOLTS meter indicates 125 to 137 voe. E. PLACE B-4, BYPASS SOURCE AC INPUT breaker , in ON. F. VERIFY the green IN SYNC light is ON. G. IF the IN SYNC light is OFF , THEN STOP procedure and NOTIFY Electrical Maintenance.
: 3. If the inverter has been removed from service, then the inverter shall be returned to service within 24 hours or the plant shall be in at least HOT STANDBY within the next 6 hours and in COLD SHUTDOWN within the following 30 hours. (Section 7 .2, Commitment 1)
Concurrent Verification H. VERIFY INVERTER OUTPUT AC VOL TS meter indicates between 118 to 124 VAC. I. VERIFY INVERTER OUTPUT HERTZ meter indicates between 59.4 to 60.6 HZ. JPM P-2 Page 18 P A GE: ' 10 of 22 . INITIAL CV CV CV CV CV CV CV REVISION NO.: 5 PROCEDURE NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: 120 VAC INSTRUMENT BUS 2MA (CLASS 1 E) NORMAL OPERATION 2-NOP-49.05A ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.2 Return Static Inverter 2A to Service (continued)
JPM P-2 Page 13
: 3. (continued)
 
J. PLACE MANUAL BYPASS SWITCH in NORMAL OPERATION. K. PRESS INVERTER TO LOAD pushbutton. L. VERIFY green INVERTER SUPPL YING LOAD light is ON. 4. NOTIFY Control Room that Static Inverter 2A is supplying 120 VAC Instrument Buses 2MA and 2MA-1. 5. DECLARE Static Inverter 2A OPERABLE. JPM P-2 Page 19 PAGE: 11 of 22 INITIAL CV CV CV us JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 16(4.2.4): NOTIFY Control Room that Static Inverter 2A is supplying 120V AC Instrument Buses 2MA and 2MA-1. STANDARD: CONTACT the Control Room , and notify them the 2A Static Inverter is supplying the 2MA/2MA-1 buses. EXAMINER'S CUE: Control Room acknowledges, and states that they will declare the 2A Static Inverter operable.
REVISI ON NO.:           PROCEDURE TITLE :                                       PAGE:
COMMENTS: END OF TASK STOP TIME: ___ _ JPM P-2 Page 20 SAT UNSAT NRC 22 JPM P-2 In-Plant Page 9 of 10 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED TO THE EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF THE TASK) INITIAL CONDITIONS:
5                      120 VAC INSTRUMENT BUS 2MA (CLASS 1E)
The 2MN2MA-1 Instrument Bus is currently on its alternate source of power due to an inverter fa i lure. Elect ri cal Ma i ntenance has just completed repairs to the 2A Static Inverter. INITIATING CUES: The US has di r ected you to return the 2A Static Inverter to service IAW 2-NOP-49.0SA , Section 4.2. For the purposes of th i s JPM , consider all concurrent ver i ficat i ons complete. JPM P-2 Page 21
NORMAL OPERATION                   6 of 22 PROCEDURE NO.:
* FPL JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS St. Lucie Nuclear Plant JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE ALIGN UNIT 2 CST TO SUPPLY 1 C AFW PUMP HLC 22 NRC JPM P-3 In-Plant This JPM is NOT TIME CRITICAL This is NOT an ALTERNATE PATH JPM NRC 22 JPM P-3 In-Plant Page 1of10 Task Number: JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS 03105050 and 07009055 Task Title: Align AFW System in Response to Component Malfunction/Failure Faulted JPM: D Yes [gl No N/A Facility JPM # K/A: 061A1 .03 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the AFW controls including:
2-NOP-49 .05A                                  ST. LUCIE UNIT 2                   INITIAL 3.0       PREREQUISITES AND INITIAL CONDITIONS 3.1       Prerequisites
K/A Ratings: Duty Areas: Task Information:
: 1.     125V DC Bus 2A is energized to support operation of the static inverter.
Interactions when multi unit systems are cross tied 3.1/3.6 N/A N/A Task Standard:
: 2.     480V MCC 2A-5 is energized to support operation of the maintenance isolimiters.
Task is complete when the 1 C AFW pump is aligned to take suction from the Unit 2 CST. Evaluation Location D Simulator D Lab D Other  
: 3.     Annunciator B-43, 120 VAC INVTR 2NINSTR BUS 2MN2MA-1 TROUBLE (RTGB-201) is capable of providing alarm indications.
: 4.     Tech Specs have been reviewed to determine applicability in accordance with current plant MODE.
3.2       Initial Conditions None JPM P-2 Page 14
 
REVI SION NO. :           PRO CEDURE TITLE :                                             PAG E:
5                       120 VAC INSTRUMENT BUS 2MA (CLASS 1E)
NORMAL OPERATION                           7 of 22 PROCEDURE NO .:
2-NOP-49 .05A                               ST. LUCIE UNIT 2                           INITIAL 4.0       INSTRUCTIONS 4.1       Remove Static Inverter 2A from Service (lsolimiter 2A Available)
: 1. INITIATE documentation for removing Static Inverter 2A from service per ADM-09 .22, Equipment Out of Service.
CAUTION Incorrect execution of this section can result in the actuation of Safeguards equipment and a Reactor trip . Control Room notification is expected if any discrepancies are noted during the execution of this section .
Concurrent Verification
: 2. At 480V MCC 2A-5, VERIFY breaker 2-41207 , ISOLIMITER 2A, is ON .
CV
: 3. At Static Inverter 2A, PERFORM the following :
A. VERIFY B-4, BYPASS SOURCE AC INPUT breaker, is ON .
CV
: 8. VERIFY the green IN SYNC light is ON .
CV C. IF the IN SYNC light is OFF, THEN STOP procedure and NOTIFY Electrical Maintenance.
Concurrent Verification D. PLACE the MANUAL BYPASS SWITCH in BYPASS TO LOAD.
CV E. PRESS BYPASS SOURCE TO LOAD pushbutton .
CV JPM P-2 Page 15
 
REVISION NO.:           PROCEDURE TITLE:                                         PAGE:
5                      120 VAC INSTRUMENT BUS 2MA (CLASS 1E)
NORMAL OPERATION                     8 of 22 PROCEDURE NO .:
2-NOP-49.05A                                 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2                     INITIAL 4.1       Remove Static Inverter 2A from Service (lsolimiter 2A Available)
(continued)
: 3.     (continued)
F. VERIFY BYPASS SOURCE SUPPL YING LOAD amber light is ON.
CV
: 4. NOTIFY Control Room that lsolimiter 2A is supplying 120 VAC Instrument Buses 2MA and 2MA-1 .
NOTE Performance of the following steps will cause annunciator B-43, 120 VAC INVTR 2A INSTR BUS 2MA/2MA-1 TROUBLE, to alarm .
Concurrent Verification
: 5. At Static Inverter 2A, PERFORM the following:
A.     PLACE B-2 , INVERTER OUTPUT breaker, in OFF.
CV
: 8. PLACE B-1 , DC INPUT breaker, in OFF.
CV PLACE B-4, BYPASS SOURCE AC INPUT breaker, in OFF CV
: 6. At 125V DC Bus Power Panel 2A, PLACE breaker 2-60126 , CKT
                #26 (Static Inverter Cab 2A) , in OFF.
CV
: 7. NOTIFY Control Room that Static Inverter 2A is removed from service.
JPM P-2 Page 16
 
REVISION NO .:           PROCEDURE TITLE :                                             PAGE:
5                      120 VAC INSTRUMENT BUS 2MA (CLASS 1E)
NORMAL OPERATION                           9 of 22 PROCEDURE NO .:
2-NOP-49.05A                                 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2                           INITIAL 4.2       Return Static Inverter 2A to Service NOTE After energizing the static inverter, annunciator B-43, 120 VAC I NVTR 2A INSTR BUS 2MN2MA-1 TROUBLE, may alarm as the inverter warms up.
CAUTION Incorrect execution of this section can result in the actuation of Safeguards equipment and a Reactor trip . The Control Room notification is expected if any discrepancies are noted during the execution of this section .
Concurrent Verification
: 1. At Static Inverter 2A, PERFORM the following :
A. ENSURE B-1, DC INPUT breaker, is OFF.
CV B. ENSURE B-2, INVERTER OUTPUT breaker, is OFF.
CV
: 2. At 125V DC Bus Power Panel 2A, PLACE breaker 2-60126, CKT
                #26 (Static Inverter Cab 2A), in ON .
CV
: 3. At Static Inverter 2A, PERFORM the following :
A. PRESS PRECHARGE pushbutton until PRECHARGE light is ON.
CV JPM P-2 Page 17
 
REVISION NO.:         PROCEDURE TITLE :                                       PAGE: '
5                    120 VAC INSTRUMENT BUS 2MA (CLASS 1E)
NORMAL OPERATION                       10 of 22 .
PROCEDURE NO.:
2-NOP-49.05A                             ST. LUCIE UNIT 2                       INITIAL 4.2       Return Static Inverter 2A to Service (continued)
: 3.   (continued)
NOTE The PRECHARGE light will extinguish over time due to normal capacitor discharge.
B. While the PRECHARGE light is ON , PLACE B-1, DC INPUT breaker, in ON .
CV C. PLACE B-2 , INVERTER OUTPUT breaker, in ON .
CV D. VERIFY DC INPUT DC VOLTS meter indicates 125 to 137 voe.
CV E. PLACE B-4, BYPASS SOURCE AC INPUT breaker, in ON .
CV F. VERIFY the green IN SYNC light is ON .
CV G. IF the IN SYNC light is OFF, THEN STOP procedure and NOTIFY Electrical Maintenance.
Concurrent Verification H. VERIFY INVERTER OUTPUT AC VOL TS meter indicates between 118 to 124 VAC.
CV I. VERIFY INVERTER OUTPUT HERTZ meter indicates between 59.4 to 60.6 HZ.
CV JPM P-2 Page 18
 
REVISION NO .:         PROCEDURE TITLE:                                         PAGE :
5                    120 VAC INSTRUMENT BUS 2MA (CLASS 1E)
NORMAL OPERATION                         11 of 22 PROCEDURE NO.:
2-NOP-49.05A                           ST. LUCIE UNIT 2                         INITIAL 4.2       Return Static Inverter 2A to Service (continued)
: 3.   (continued)
J. PLACE MANUAL BYPASS SWITCH in NORMAL OPERATION .
CV K. PRESS INVERTER TO LOAD pushbutton .
CV L. VERIFY green INVERTER SUPPL YING LOAD light is ON .
CV
: 4. NOTIFY Control Room that Static Inverter 2A is supplying 120 VAC Instrument Buses 2MA and 2MA-1 .
: 5. DECLARE Static Inverter 2A OPERABLE.
us JPM P-2 Page 19
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 16(4.2.4) : NOTIFY Control Room that Static Inverter 2A is supplying 120V AC Instrument Buses 2MA and 2MA-1 .                                               SAT STANDARD :       CONTACT the Control Room , and notify them the 2A Static Inverter is           UNSAT supplying the 2MA/2MA-1 buses.
EXAMINER'S CUE: Control Room acknowledges, and states that they will declare the 2A Static Inverter operable.
COMMENTS:
END OF TASK STOP TIME: _ _ __
NRC 22 JPM P-2 In-Plant Page 9 of 10 JPM P-2 Page 20
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED TO THE EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF THE TASK)
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
The 2MN2MA-1 Instrument Bus is currently on its alternate source of power due to an inverter fa ilure.
Electrical Maintenance has just completed repairs to the 2A Static Inverter.
INITIATING CUES:
The US has directed you to return the 2A Static Inverter to service IAW 2-NOP-49.0SA, Section 4.2. For the purposes of th is JPM, consider all concurrent verifications complete.
JPM P-2 Page 21
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS
* FPL St. Lucie Nuclear Plant JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE ALIGN UNIT 2 CST TO SUPPLY 1C AFW PUMP HLC 22 NRC JPM P-3 In-Plant This JPM is NOT TIME CRITICAL This is NOT an ALTERNATE PATH JPM NRC 22 JPM P-3 In-Plant Page 1of10
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS Task Number:            03105050 and 07009055 Task Title:             Align AFW System in Response to Component Malfunction/Failure Faulted JPM:             D Yes           [gl No Facility JPM #          N/A K/A:                     061A1 .03 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the AFW controls including:
Interactions when multi unit systems are cross tied K/A Ratings:            3.1/3.6 Duty Areas:              N/A Task Information:        N/A Task Standard:           Task is complete when the 1C AFW pump is aligned to take suction from the Unit 2 CST.
Evaluation Location                                                     Performance Level D Simulator               [gl In Plant                D Perform        [gl Simulate    D Discuss D Lab D Other


==References:==
==References:==
 
* 1-AOP-09.02, "Auxiliary Feedwater" Validation Time:     15 Minutes                             Time Critical    D Yes          [gl No Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:
[gl In Plant
* 1-AOP-09.02, "Auxiliary Feedwater" Validation Time: 15 Minutes Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:
* Standard Personal Protective Equipment
* Standard Personal Protective Equipment
* Flashlight
* Flashlight
* Radio
* Radio
* Watch Stander Key Ring for Locked Valves
* Watch Stander Key Ring for Locked Valves
* 1-AOP-09.02, "Auxiliary Feedwater" Performance Level D Perform [gl Simulate D Discuss Time Critical D Yes [gl No Specific Safety Concerns, PPE and Hazards associated with the task:
* 1-AOP-09.02, "Auxiliary Feedwater" Specific Safety Concerns, PPE and Hazards associated with the task:
* None. Radiological Protection and RWP Requirements:
* None.
* None NRC 22 JPM P-3 In-Plant Page 2of10 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS Specific Directions:
Radiological Protection and RWP Requirements:
* The Task you are to perform is: Align Unit 2 CST to Supply 1 C AFW Pump
* None NRC 22 JPM P-3 In-Plant Page 2of10
* The performance level to be used for this JPM is Simulate. (Circle the performance level being used for this implementation of the JPM.)
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS Specific Directions:
* The Task you are to perform is:         Align Unit 2 CST to Supply 1C AFW Pump
* The performance level to be used for this JPM is Simulate.
(Circle the performance level being used for this implementation of the JPM.)
* This Is Not a time critical JPM.
* This Is Not a time critical JPM.
* During the performance of the task, I will tell you which steps to simulate or discuss.
* During the performance of the task, I will tell you which steps to simulate or discuss.
* I will provide you with the appropriate cues for steps that are simulated or discussed.
* I will provide you with the appropriate cues for steps that are simulated or discussed.
* You may use any approved reference materials normally available in the execution of this task, including logs.
* You may use any approved reference materials normally available in the execution of this task, including logs.
* Indicate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you. Initial Conditions:
* Indicate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you.
Unit 1 is experiencing a Total Loss of Feedwater event. Unit 1 CST in unavailable, Unit 2 CST level is 43 Feet. Unit 2 is in Mode 1. Initiating Cues: You are the Unit 1 NPO. The Unit 1 Unit Supervisor has directed you to line up the Unit 2 CST to supply the 1 C AFW Pump IAW 1-AOP-09.02, "Auxiliary Feedwater," Attachment 5, Steps 1.A through 1.D, and 1.F.1 through 1.F.5. NRC 22 JPM P-3 In-Plant Page 3of10 Start Time: JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST 1-AOP-09.02, "Auxiliary Feedwater,"Attachment 5 Step 1 STEP 1 (1.A) Notify Unit 2 Control Room. Standard:
Initial Conditions:
NOTIFY Unit 2 Control Room that Unit 2 CST will be ALIGNED to supply the 1 C AFW Pump. Examiner's Cue: Unit 2 Control Room ACKNOWLEDGES NOTE Comments:
Unit 1 is experiencing a Total Loss of Feedwater event. Unit 1 CST in unavailable, Unit 2 CST level is 43 Feet. Unit 2 is in Mode 1.
In the event Unit 2 CST is utilized to supply condensate to Unit 1, a minimum of 182,000 gallons (19'6") must be maintained in the Unit 2 CST unless Unit 2 is in Modes 4, 5, or 6. This is to ensure that Unit 2 has the capability to cool the RCS to less than 350 degrees. CAUTION
Initiating Cues:
You are the Unit 1 NPO. The Unit 1 Unit Supervisor has directed you to line up the Unit 2 CST to supply the 1C AFW Pump IAW 1-AOP-09.02, "Auxiliary Feedwater," Attachment 5, Steps 1.A through 1.D, and 1.F.1 through 1.F.5.
NRC 22 JPM P-3 In-Plant Page 3of10
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST Start Time:
1-AOP-09.02, "Auxiliary Feedwater,"Attachment 5 Step 1 STEP 1 (1.A)         Notify Unit 2 Control Room.
Standard:             NOTIFY Unit 2 Control Room that Unit 2 CST will be ALIGNED to - - Sat supply the 1C AFW Pump.
                                                                                        - - Unsat Examiner's Cue:       Unit 2 Control Room ACKNOWLEDGES NOTE Comments:             In the event Unit 2 CST is utilized to supply condensate to Unit 1, a minimum of 182,000 gallons (19'6") must be maintained in the Unit 2 CST unless Unit 2 is in Modes 4, 5, or 6. This is to ensure that Unit 2 has the capability to cool the RCS to less than 350 degrees.
CAUTION
* During the performance of this attachment, close communications with the Unit 2 Control Room must be maintained to ensure administrative requirements and safety issues are considered in regards to both units.
* During the performance of this attachment, close communications with the Unit 2 Control Room must be maintained to ensure administrative requirements and safety issues are considered in regards to both units.
* In the event the Unit 1 AFW Pump suction pressure decreases to 3 psig during the performance of this attachment, the AFW Pump discharge valves must be throttled to maintain suction pressure.
* In the event the Unit 1 AFW Pump suction pressure decreases to 3 psig during the performance of this attachment, the AFW Pump discharge valves must be throttled to maintain suction pressure.
* Performance of this attachment will require Unit 1 to enter action statement for Tech. Spec. 3.7.1.2 and 3.7.1.3. Unit 2 will be in action statement for Tech. Spec. 3.7.1.3 and possibly 3.7.1.2 depending on valve selection in Attachment 5 Step 1.C. Sat --Unsat --NRC 22 JPM P-3 In-Plant Page 4of10 STEP 2 (1.B} Standard:
* Performance of this attachment will require Unit 1 to enter action statement for Tech. Spec. 3.7.1.2 and 3.7.1.3. Unit 2 will be in action statement for Tech. Spec. 3.7.1.3 and possibly 3.7.1.2 depending on valve selection in Attachment 5 Step 1.C.
Examiner's Cue: Comments:
NRC 22 JPM P-3 In-Plant Page 4of10
STEP 3 (1.C.1} Standard:
 
Examiner's Cue: Comments:
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 2 (1.B}   ENSURE all Unit 1 Auxiliary Feedwater pumps are OFF.
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST ENSURE all Unit 1 Auxiliary Feedwater pumps are OFF. ENSURE all Unit 1 Auxiliary Feedwater pumps are OFF by calling the Unit 1 Control Room OR physically checking the AFWpumps.
Standard:       ENSURE all Unit 1 Auxiliary Feedwater pumps are OFF by        - - Sat calling the Unit 1 Control Room OR physically checking the AFWpumps.                                                      - - Unsat Examiner's Cue: All Unit 1 Auxiliary Feedwater pumps are OFF.
All Unit 1 Auxiliary Feedwater pumps are OFF. At the Unit 2 CST, PERFORM one of the following to establish a flowpath from the Unit 2 CST to Unit 1 AFW pumps: 1. IF the Unit 2 CST level is greater than 40 feet, THEN OPEN V12803, CST INLET TO I FROM UNIT 1 ISOL. (CST/23/N-6/E-
Comments:
: 21) UNLOCK and POSITION V12803 to OPEN. V12803 is OPEN. Initiating Cue gives Unit 2 CST level as 43 Feet. Valve does not have to be re-locked to meet the Critical Step. Required key is on the Withstander's key ring. Sat --Unsat --CRITICAL STEP Sat --Unsat --NRC 22 JPM P-3 In-Plant Page 5of10 STEP 3 (1.C.2} Standard:
STEP 3 (1.C.1}  At the Unit 2 CST, PERFORM one of the following to establish a flowpath from the Unit 2 CST to Unit 1 AFW pumps:              CRITICAL STEP
Examiner's Cue: Comments:
: 1. IF the Unit 2 CST level is greater than 40 feet, THEN OPEN V12803, CST INLET TO I FROM UNIT 1 ISOL. (CST/23/N-6/E-
STEP 4 (1.D} Standard:
: 21)                                                           - - Sat Standard:      UNLOCK and POSITION V12803 to OPEN.                           - - Unsat Examiner's Cue: V12803 is OPEN.
Examiner's Cue: Comments:
Comments:      Initiating Cue gives Unit 2 CST level as 43 Feet. Valve does not have to be re-locked to meet the Critical Step. Required key is on the Withstander's key ring.
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST At the Unit 2 CST, PERFORM one of the following to establish a flowpath from the Unit 2 CST to Unit 1 AFW pumps: 2. IF the Unit 2 CST level is less than or equal to 40 feet, THEN PERFORM one of the following:
NRC 22 JPM P-3 In-Plant Page 5of10
* OPEN V12801, 2C AFW PUMP SUCT TO I FROM UNIT 1 ISOL. (CST/23/N-14/E-20)  
 
*OPEN V12802, 2A/2B AFW PUMP SUCT TO I FROM UNIT 1 ISOL. (CST /23/N-14/E-20)
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 3 (1.C.2} At the Unit 2 CST, PERFORM one of the following to establish a flowpath from the Unit 2 CST to Unit 1 AFW pumps:                 - - Sat
Determined to be NA, due to initiating cue. Initiating Cue gives Unit 2 CST level as 43 Feet. D. OPEN V12805, CST CROSSTIE TO UNIT 1 ISOL. (CST/24/N-685/E-1191)
: 2. IF the Unit 2 CST level is less than or equal to 40 feet, THEN PERFORM one of the following:                                     - - Unsat
UNLOCK and POSITION V12805 to OPEN. V12805 is OPEN. (EXAMINERS NOTE) Step 1.E is for aligning 1A and 18 AFW pump. N/A for this task. Valve does not have to be re-locked to meet the Critical Step. Sat --Unsat --CRITICAL STEP Sat --Unsat --NRC 22 JPM P-3 In-Plant Page 6of10 STEP 5 (1.F.1} Standard:
* OPEN V12801, 2C AFW PUMP SUCT TO I FROM UNIT 1 ISOL. (CST/23/N-14/E-20)
Examiner's Cue: Comments:
                *OPEN V12802, 2A/2B AFW PUMP SUCT TO I FROM UNIT 1 ISOL. (CST/23/N-14/E-20)
STEP 6 (1.F.2} Standard:
Standard:      Determined to be NA, due to initiating cue.
Examiner's Cue: Comments:
Examiner's Cue: Initiating Cue gives Unit 2 CST level as 43 Feet.
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST To supply 1 C AFW pump, PERFORM the following:
Comments:
CLOSE V12506, CST OUTLET TO 1 C AFW PUMP SUCT ISOL at the Unit 1 CST. (CST/23/N-9/E-19)
STEP 4 (1.D}    D. OPEN V12805, CST CROSSTIE TO UNIT 1 ISOL.
UNLOCK and POSITION V12506 to CLOSE. V12506 is CLOSED. Valve does not have to be re-locked to meet the Critical Step. To supply 1 C AFW pump, PERFORM the following:
CRITICAL STEP (CST/24/N-685/E-1191)
OPEN V12175, TO/FROM UNIT 2 FROM 1C AFW PUMP SUCT LINE ISOL, at the Unit 1 CST. (CST/21/N-13/E-24)
Standard:      UNLOCK and POSITION V12805 to OPEN.
UNLOCK and POSITION V12175 to OPEN. V12175 is OPEN. Valve does not have to be re-locked to meet the Critical Step. CRITICAL STEP Sat --Unsat --CRITICAL STEP Sat --Unsat --NRC 22 JPM P-3 In-Plant Page 7of10 STEP 7 (1.F.3} Standard:
                                                                                  - - Sat
Examiner's Cue: Comments:
                                                                                  - - Unsat Examiner's Cue:
STEP 8 (1.F.4} Standard:
V12805 is OPEN.
Examiner's Cue: Comments:
(EXAMINERS NOTE) Step 1.E is for aligning 1A and 18 AFW pump. N/A for this task.
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST To supply 1 C AFW pump, PERFORM the following:
Comments:      Valve does not have to be re-locked to meet the Critical Step.
ENSURE Pl-12-18C, 1C AFW PUMP SUCT PRESS, instrument isolation valve is OPEN. (TRSL/27/N-T3/W-TA)
NRC 22 JPM P-3 In-Plant Page 6of10
POSITION Pl-12-18C instrument isolation to OPEN. Pl-12-1 SC instrument isolation valve is OPEN. Valve is normally open To supply 1 C AFW pump, PERFORM the following:
 
VERIFY greater than 3 psig suction pressure on Pl-12-18C, 1 C AFW PUMP SUCTION PRESSURE.
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 5 (1.F.1} To supply 1C AFW pump, PERFORM the following:
VERIFY GREATER THAN 3 psig on Pl-12-18C.
CRITICAL STEP CLOSE V12506, CST OUTLET TO 1C AFW PUMP SUCT ISOL at the Unit 1 CST. (CST/23/N-9/E-19)
Pl-12-18C INDICATES 10.5 psig. Sat --Unsat --Sat --Unsat --NRC 22 JPM P-3 In-Plant Page 8of10 STEP 9 (1.F.5.a}
Standard:      UNLOCK and POSITION V12506 to CLOSE.                      - - Sat Examiner's Cue: V12506 is CLOSED.                                        - - Unsat Comments:       Valve does not have to be re-locked to meet the Critical Step.
Standard:
STEP 6 (1.F.2}  To supply 1C AFW pump, PERFORM the following:
Examiner's Cue: Comments:
CRITICAL STEP OPEN V12175, TO/FROM UNIT 2 FROM 1C AFW PUMP SUCT LINE ISOL, at the Unit 1 CST. (CST/21/N-13/E-24)
STEP 10 (1.F.5.b}
Standard:        UNLOCK and POSITION V12175 to OPEN.                     - - Sat Examiner's Cue:  V12175 is OPEN.                                         - - Unsat Comments:        Valve does not have to be re-locked to meet the Critical Step.
Standard:
NRC 22 JPM P-3 In-Plant Page 7of10
Examiner's Cue: Comments:
 
Stop Time: __ JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST IF feeding S/Gs with the 1 C Auxiliary Feedwater Pump, THEN PERFORM the following:
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 7 (1.F.3}  To supply 1C AFW pump, PERFORM the following:
CLOSE V09399, 1 C AFW PUMP REC I RC ISOL. (TRSL/23-N-T3/W-TA) UNLOCK and POSITION V09399, 1 C AFW PUMP REC I RC ISOL. to CLOSE The 1C AFW will be used to feed the SG's V09399, 1 C AFW PUMP RECIRC ISOL. is closed START 1C AUXILIARY FEEDWATER PUMP NOTIFY Unit 1 Unit Supervisor that 1 C AFW Pump is lined up to take a suction on the Unit 2 CST IAW 1-AOP-09.02, "Auxiliary Feedwater".
                                                                              - - Sat ENSURE Pl-12-18C, 1C AFW PUMP SUCT PRESS, instrument isolation valve is OPEN. (TRSL/27/N-T3/W-TA)                  - - Unsat Standard:       POSITION Pl-12-18C instrument isolation to OPEN.
Unit 1 Unit Supervisor ACKNOWLEDGES.
Examiner's Cue: Pl-12-1 SC instrument isolation valve is OPEN.
If candidate continues onward, then inform him "This JPM is complete." END OF TASK CRITICAL STEP Sat --Unsat --Sat --Unsat --NRC 22 JPM P-3 In-Plant Page 9of10 Initial Conditions:
Comments:       Valve is normally open STEP 8 (1.F.4} To supply 1C AFW pump, PERFORM the following:
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE CANDIDATE CUE SHEET Unit 1 is experiencing a Total Loss of Feedwater event. Unit 1 CST in unavailable, Unit 2 CST level is 43 Feet. Unit 2 is in Mode 1. Initiating Cues: You are the Unit 1 NPO. The Unit 1 Unit Supervisor has directed you to line up the Unit 2 CST to supply the 1 C AFW Pump IAW 1-AOP-09.02, "Auxiliary Feedwater," Attachment 5, Steps 1.A through 1.D, and 1.F.1 through 1.F.5.
VERIFY greater than 3 psig suction pressure on Pl-12-18C, 1C - - Sat AFW PUMP SUCTION PRESSURE.
* FPL St. Lucie Nuclear Plant JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VERIFY CSAS -UNIT 2 Simulator This JPM is NOT TIME CRITICAL This is an ALTERNATE PATH JPM JPM S-1 Page 1 NRC 22 JPM S-1 S i mu l ato r Page 1 of 1 O JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS Task: 07200440, PERFORM ACTION ASSOCIATED WITH CSAS 07007040, ALIGN CONTAINMENT SPRAY Faulted JPM? Yes Facility JPM #: Modified from 0821014A KJA: 026A4.01 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: CSS controls KJA Rating: 4.5/4.3 Task Standard:
                                                                              - - Unsat Standard:      VERIFY GREATER THAN 3 psig on Pl-12-18C.
This JPM is complete when CSAS has been verified per 2-EOP-99 Table 3, and the US has been informed that FCV-07-1A could not be opened and the 28 Containment Spray Pump had to be manually started. Evaluation Location:
Examiner's Cue: Pl-12-18C INDICATES 10.5 psig.
Simulator x  
Comments:
NRC 22 JPM P-3 In-Plant Page 8of10
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 9 (1.F.5.a}  IF feeding S/Gs with the 1C Auxiliary Feedwater Pump, THEN PERFORM the following:                                        CRITICAL STEP CLOSE V09399, 1C AFW PUMP REC IRC ISOL. (TRSL/23-N-T3/W-TA)                                                      - - Sat Standard:         UNLOCK and POSITION V09399, 1C AFW PUMP REC IRC              - - Unsat ISOL. to CLOSE Examiner's Cue:   The 1C AFW will be used to feed the SG's V09399, 1C AFW PUMP RECIRC ISOL. is closed Comments:
STEP 10 (1.F.5.b} START 1C AUXILIARY FEEDWATER PUMP Standard:         NOTIFY Unit 1 Unit Supervisor that 1C AFW Pump is lined up to - - Sat take a suction on the Unit 2 CST IAW 1-AOP-09.02, "Auxiliary Feedwater".                                                  - - Unsat Examiner's Cue:   Unit 1 Unit Supervisor ACKNOWLEDGES.
Comments:        If candidate continues onward, then inform him "This JPM is complete."
END OF TASK Stop Time: _ _
NRC 22 JPM P-3 In-Plant Page 9of10
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE CANDIDATE CUE SHEET Initial Conditions:
Unit 1 is experiencing a Total Loss of Feedwater event. Unit 1 CST in unavailable, Unit 2 CST level is 43 Feet. Unit 2 is in Mode 1.
Initiating Cues:
You are the Unit 1 NPO. The Unit 1 Unit Supervisor has directed you to line up the Unit 2 CST to supply the 1C AFW Pump IAW 1-AOP-09.02, "Auxiliary Feedwater," Attachment 5, Steps 1.A through 1.D, and 1.F.1 through 1.F.5.
* FPL St. Lucie Nuclear Plant JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VERIFY CSAS - UNIT 2 Simulator This JPM is NOT TIME CRITICAL This is an ALTERNATE PATH JPM NRC 22 JPM S-1 Simulator Page 1 of 1O JPM S-1 Page 1
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS Task: 07200440, PERFORM ACTION ASSOCIATED WITH CSAS 07007040, ALIGN CONTAINMENT SPRAY Faulted JPM? Yes Facility JPM #: Modified from 0821014A KJA:  026A4 .01 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room : CSS controls KJA Rating: 4.5/4 .3 Task Standard: This JPM is complete when CSAS has been verified per 2-EOP-99 Table 3, and the US has been informed that FCV-07-1A could not be opened and the 28 Containment Spray Pump had to be manually started .
Evaluation Location:                                                    Performance Level:
Simulator       In Plant        Lab        Other                    Perform      Simulate      Discuss x                                                                      x


==References:==
==References:==


In Plant Lab 2-EOP-03 , Loss of Coolant Accident Other 2-EOP-99 , Table 3 , Containment Spray Actuation Signal Validation Time: 10 minutes Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed: 2-EOP-03, Step 12
2-EOP-03, Loss of Coolant Accident 2-EOP-99, Table 3, Containment Spray Actuation Signal Validation Time:     10 minutes                                         Time Critical:
* 2-EOP-99 , Table 3, Containment Spray Actuation Signal Performance Level: Perform x Simulate Time Critical:
Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:
Discuss Specific Safety Rules, Personal Protective Equipment and Hazards associated with the task.
2-EOP-03, Step 12
* 2-EOP-99, Table 3, Containment Spray Actuation Signal Specific Safety Rules, Personal Protective Equipment and Hazards associated with the task.
* None Radiological Protection and RWP Requirements:
* None Radiological Protection and RWP Requirements:
* None JPM S-1 Page 2 NRC 22 JPM S-1 Simulator Page 2of10 SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS:
* None NRC 22 JPM S-1 Simulator Page 2of10 JPM S-1 Page 2
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS
 
* The task you are to perform is: Verify CSAS -Unit 2 The performance level to be used for this JPM is Perform This is not a time critical JPM.
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS:
* You may use any approved reference materials normally available in the execution of this task , including logs. Indicate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you. SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS FOR SIMULATOR JPMs: All simulator JPM steps , including communications , shall be performed for this JPM. You are to operate any plant equipment that is necessary for the completion of this JPM. The simulator will provide the cues as you perform this JPM. Indicate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you. INITIAL CONDITIONS:
* The task you are to perform is:     Verify CSAS - Unit 2 The performance level to be used for this JPM is Perform This is not a time critical JPM.
A Loss of Coolant Accident is in progress at Unit 2. INITIATING CUES: The US directs you to perform Step 12 of 2-EOP-03 , Loss of Coolant Accident.
* You may use any approved reference materials normally available in the execution of this task, including logs.
JPM S-1 Page 3 NRC 22 JPM S-1 Simulator Page 3of10 ST ART TIME: ___ _ 2-EOP-03 Ste 12 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 1 (12.1): Ensure Containment Spray Actuation If Containment pressure is greater than 5.4 psig, Then VERIFY BOTH SAT of the following: 1. CSAS has ACTUATED. STANDARD: DETERMINE that both CSAS Channel 'A' and CSAS Channel '8' have failed to ACTUATE and refers to contingency step. ' EXAMINER'S CUE: CSAS Channel 'A' indicates Green light ON, Red light OFF. CSAS Channel 'B' indicates Green light ON, Red light OFF. COMMENTS: UN SAT STEP 2: (12.1) MANUALLY ACTUATE CSAS. CRITICAL STANDARD: DEPRESS and HOLD the CSAS Channel 'A' pushbutton and POSITION the Channel 'A' CSAS control switch to "CSAS ON''. DEPRESS and HOLD the STEP CSAS Channel 'B' pushbutton and POSITION the Channel 'B' CSAS control SAT switch to "CSAS ON". EXAMINER'S CUE: CSAS Channel 'A' indicates Green light OFF, Red light ON. CSAS Channel 'B' indicates Green light OFF, Red light ON. COMMENTS: STEP 3 (12.2): Ensure Conta i nment Spray Actuation UN SAT SAT If Containment pressure is greater than 5.4 psig, Then VERIFY BOTH of the follow i ng: STANDARD: 2. Containment Spray flow i s at least 2700 gpm from EACH header. OBSERVE "A" and "B" spray header flows are zero and refers to contingency step. EXAMINER'S CUE: "A" and "B" spray header flows are zero. EVALUATOR'S NOTE: Steps 3, 4 and 5 may be evaluated in a different order COMMENTS: JPM S-1 Page 4 UN SAT NRC 22 JPM S-1 S i mulator Page 4of10 
Indicate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you.
--'---* STEP 4 (12.2): STANDARD: COMMENTS: JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST If: Containment Spray flow is less than 2700 gpm from each header , then START/ALIGN CSAS components. REFER to Table 3 of 2-EOP-99 , Containment Spray Actuation Signal. REFER TO Table 3 , Containment Spray Actuation Signal AND Manually START/ALIGN CSAS components. 2-EOP-99 Table 3 STEP 5 (Step 1 ): STANDARD: ENSURE Containment Spray Pumps RUNNING.
SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS FOR SIMULATOR JPMs:
All simulator JPM steps, including communications, shall be performed for this JPM.
You are to operate any plant equipment that is necessary for the completion of this JPM.
The simulator will provide the cues as you perform this JPM.
Indicate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you .
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
A Loss of Coolant Accident is in progress at Unit 2.
INITIATING CUES:
The US directs you to perform Step 12 of 2-EOP-03, Loss of Coolant Accident.
NRC 22 JPM S-1 Simulator Page 3of10 JPM S-1 Page 3
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST ST ART TIME : _ _ __
2-EOP-03 Ste 12 STEP 1 (12 .1):         Ensure Containment Spray Actuation If Containment pressure is greater than 5.4 psig, Then VERIFY BOTH           SAT of the following :
: 1.       CSAS has ACTUATED.                                                   UN SAT STANDARD:       DETERMINE that both CSAS Channel 'A' and CSAS Channel '8' have failed to ACTUATE and refers to contingency step.                     '
EXAMINER'S CUE:           CSAS Channel 'A' indicates Green light ON, Red light OFF. CSAS Channel 'B' indicates Green light ON, Red light OFF.
COMMENTS:
STEP 2: (12.1)         MANUALLY ACTUATE CSAS.                                               CRITICAL STEP STANDARD :     DEPRESS and HOLD the CSAS Channel 'A' pushbutton and POSITION the Channel 'A' CSAS control switch to "CSAS ON''. DEPRESS and HOLD the CSAS Channel 'B' pushbutton and POSITION the Channel 'B' CSAS control                 SAT switch to "CSAS ON" .
EXAMINER'S CUE:               CSAS Channel 'A' indicates Green light OFF, Red                 UN SAT light ON. CSAS Channel 'B' indicates Green light OFF, Red light ON.
COMMENTS :
STEP 3 (12 .2):       Ensure Containment Spray Actuation SAT If Containment pressure is greater than 5.4 psig, Then VERIFY BOTH of the following :
UN SAT
: 2. Containment Spray flow is at least 2700 gpm from EACH header.
STANDARD :      OBSERVE "A" and "B" spray header flows are zero and refers to contingency step.
EXAMINER'S CUE:       "A" and "B" spray header flows are zero.
EVALUATOR'S NOTE: Steps 3, 4 and 5 may be evaluated in a different order COMMENTS :
NRC 22 JPM S-1 Simulator Page 4of10 JPM S-1 Page 4
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 4 (12.2):         If: Containment Spray flow is less than 2700 gpm from each header, then START/ALIGN CSAS components . REFER to Table 3 of 2-EOP-99 , Containment Spray Actuation Signal.
STANDARD:        REFER TO Table 3, Containment Spray Actuation Signal AND Manually START/ALIGN CSAS components.
COMMENTS:
2-EOP-99 Table 3 STEP 5 (Step 1):       ENSURE Containment Spray Pumps RUNNING.
* C.S. Pump 2A
* C.S. Pump 2A
* C.S. Pump 28 Recognizes C.S. Pump 2A is running. Recognizes C.S. Pump 28 is not running. EXAMINER'S CUE: C.S. Pump 2A shows Green light OFF, Red light ON. C.S. Pump 28 shows Green light ON, Red light OFF. COMMENTS: If asked 2A pump indicates 30 amps. If asked 28 pump indicates 0 amps. JPM S-1 Page 5 SAT UN SAT NRC 22 JPM S-1 Simulator Page 5 of 1 O STEP 6 (Step 1 ): JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST Manually Start 2B Containment Spray Pump. STANDARD: Starts 2B Containment Spray Pump. CRITICAL STEP SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: 28 Containment Spray Pump indicates Green light OFF, Red light ON. If asked 28 pump indicates 45 amps COMMENTS: STEP 7 (Step 2): ENSURE Containment Spray Header NB Valves OPEN.
* C.S. Pump 28 SAT STANDARD :      Recognizes C.S . Pump 2A is running.
Recognizes C.S. Pump 28 is not running .
UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE :         C.S. Pump 2A shows Green light OFF, Red light ON.
C.S . Pump 28 shows Green light ON, Red light OFF.
If asked 2A pump indicates 30 amps.
If asked 28 pump indicates 0 amps.
--    COMMENTS :
'---*                                                                                        NRC 22 JPM S-1 Simulator Page 5 of 1O JPM S-1 Page 5
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 6 (Step 1):         Manually Start 2B Containment Spray Pump.                     CRITICAL STEP STANDARD :       Starts 2B Containment Spray Pump.
SAT EXAMINER'S CUE:         28 Containment Spray Pump indicates Green light OFF, Red light ON.
UNSAT If asked 28 pump indicates 45 amps COMMENTS :
STEP 7 (Step 2) :         ENSURE Containment Spray Header NB Valves OPEN .             FAULTED STEP
* FCV-07-1A
* FCV-07-1A
* FCV-07-1 B STANDARD: Recognizes FCV-07-1A is closed. Recognizes FCV-07-1 B is open. EXAMINER'S CUE: FCV-07-1A shows Green light ON, Red light OFF. FCV-07-18 shows Green light OFF, Red light ON. EXAMINER'S NOTE: Faulted step -FCV-07-1A does not open. COMMENTS: STEP 8 (Step 2): ENSURE Containment Spray Header NB Valves OPEN.
* FCV-07-1 B SAT STANDARD :       Recognizes FCV-07-1A is closed .
* FCV-07-1A
Recognizes FCV-07-1 B is open .
* FCV-07-1 B STANDARD: Attempts to open FCV-07-1A.
UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE:         FCV-07-1A shows Green light ON, Red light OFF.
EXAMINER'S CUE: FCV-07-1A show Green lights ON, Red lights OFF. EXAMINER'S NOTE: Faulted step -FCV-07-1A does not open. COMMENTS: JPM S-1 Page 6 UNSAT FAULTED STEP SAT UN SAT FAULTED STEP SAT UNSAT NRC 22 JPM S-1 Simulator Page 6of10 STEP 9 (Step 3): JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST VERIFY EACH operating Containment Spray Header is delivering greater than or equal to 2700 gpm. Fl-07-1A and Fl-07-18 STANDARD: Recognizes Fl-07-1A indicates 0 gpm. SAT UN SAT Recognizes Fl-07-18 indicates greater than or equal to 2700 gpm (if 28 CS pump was manually started).
FCV-07-18 shows Green light OFF, Red light ON.
EXAMINER'S CUE: COMMENTS: Fl-07-1A indicates 0 gpm. Fl-07-18 indicates 3300 gpm STEP 10 (Step 4): VERIFY Hydraz i ne Pumps RUNNING.
EXAMINER'S NOTE:         Faulted step - FCV-07-1A does not open.
COMMENTS :
STEP 8 (Step 2) :       ENSURE Containment Spray Header NB Valves OPEN .
FAULTED
* FCV-07-1A                                               STEP
* FCV-07-1B STANDARD :     Attempts to open FCV-07-1A.                                                     SAT EXAMINER'S CUE:           FCV-07-1A show Green lights ON, Red lights OFF.               UNSAT EXAMINER'S NOTE:         Faulted step - FCV-07-1A does not open.
COMMENTS :
NRC 22 JPM S-1 Simulator Page 6of10 JPM S-1 Page 6
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 9 (Step 3) :       VERIFY EACH operating Containment Spray Header is delivering greater than or equal to 2700 gpm .
SAT Fl-07-1A and Fl-07-18 STANDARD :     Recognizes Fl-07-1A indicates 0 gpm .                                                 UN SAT Recognizes Fl-07-18 indicates greater than or equal to 2700 gpm (if 28 CS pump was manually started).
EXAMINER'S CUE:             Fl-07-1A indicates 0 gpm.
Fl 18 indicates 3300 gpm COMMENTS:
STEP 10 (Step 4):       VERIFY Hydrazine Pumps RUNNING.
SAT
* Hyd. Pump 2A
* Hyd. Pump 2A
* Hyd. Pump 28 STANDARD: Verify Hydrazine Pumps 2A and 28 are running. EXAMINER'S CUE: COMMENTS: Hyd. Pump 2A shows Green light OFF, Red light ON. Hyd. Pump 28 shows Green light OFF, Red light ON. STEP 11 (Step 5): VERIFY Hyd r azine Pump Discharge Valves OPEN.
* Hyd. Pump 28 UNSAT STANDARD:       Verify Hydrazine Pumps 2A and 28 are running .
EXAMINER'S CUE :             Hyd. Pump 2A shows Green light OFF, Red light ON.
Hyd. Pump 28 shows Green light OFF, Red light ON.
COMMENTS:
STEP 11 (Step 5) :     VERIFY Hydrazine Pump Discharge Valves OPEN .
SAT
* l-SE-07-3A
* l-SE-07-3A
* l-SE-07-38 STANDARD: Verify l-SE-07-3A and 38 are open. EXAMINER'S CUE: COMMENTS: 1-SE-07-3A indicates Green light OFF, Red light ON. l-SE-07-38 indicates Green light OFF, Red light ON. JPM S-1 Page 7 SAT UNSAT SAT UN SAT NRC 22 JPM S-1 Simulator Page 7of10 
* l-SE-07-38 UN SAT STANDARD :       Verify l-SE-07-3A and 38 are open.
'--* STEP 12 (Step 6): JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST VERIFY Hydrazine flow on ANY of the following: Fl-07-2-1 (Hydrazine Spray Flow)
EXAMINER'S CUE:               1-SE-07-3A indicates Green light OFF, Red light ON.
* FR-07-2-2 (Hydrazine Spray Flow) STANDARD: Verify Hydrazine flow on Fl-07-2-1 and/or FR-07-2-2. EXAMINER'S CUE: Common flow element (FE-07-2) both Fl-07-2-1 and FR-07-2-2 read:::: .75 to 1.5 gpm. COMMENTS: STEP (done): NOTIFY the US that Table 3 is complete, 28 Containment Spray Pump had to be started manually and FCV-07-1A will not open. STANDARD: Notify the US that Table 3 is complete , FCV-07-1A could not be opened and SAT the 28 Containment Spray Pump had to be manually started. EXAMINER'S CUE: US ACKNOWLEDGES.
l-SE-07-38 indicates Green light OFF, Red light ON .
COMMENTS: END OF TASK JPM S-1 Page 8 UN SAT NRC 22 JPM S-1 Simulator Page 8of10
COMMENTS :
: 1. 2. 3. \.._ _ __-RESTORE IC-84. JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE SIMULATOR JPM SETUP SELECT AND EXECUTE JPM Lesson S-1 UNFREEZE the Simulator when the student is ready. JPM S-1 Page 9 NRC 22 JPM S-1 Simulator Page 9of10 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED TO THE EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF THE TASK) INITIAL CONDITIONS:
NRC 22 JPM S-1 Simulator Page 7of10 JPM S-1 Page 7
A Loss of Coolant Accident is in progress at Unit 2. INITIATING CUES: The US directs you to perform Step 12 of 2-EOP-03, Loss of Coolant Accident.
 
JPM S-1 Page 10 REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE: 34 LOSS OF COOLANT ACCIDENT 13 of 74 PROCEDURE NO.: 2-EOP-03 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS (continued)
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 12 (Step 6):     VERIFY Hydrazine flow on ANY of the following :
INSTRUCTIONS
Fl-07-2-1 (Hydrazine Spray Flow)
: 11. (continued)
* FR-07-2-2 (Hydrazine Spray Flow)
STANDARD:       Verify Hydrazine flow on Fl-07-2-1 and/or FR-07-2-2.
EXAMINER'S CUE:         Common flow element (FE-07-2) both Fl-07-2-1 and FR-07-2-2 read:::: .75 to 1.5 gpm.
COMMENTS:
STEP (done) :           NOTIFY the US that Table 3 is complete, 28 Containment Spray Pump had to be started manually and FCV-07-1A will not open .
STANDARD :     Notify the US that Table 3 is complete, FCV-07-1A could not be opened and           SAT the 28 Containment Spray Pump had to be manually started .
UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE:         US ACKNOWLEDGES.
COMMENTS :
'--*
END OF TASK NRC 22 JPM S-1 Simulator Page 8of10 JPM S-1 Page 8
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE SIMULATOR JPM SETUP
: 1. RESTORE IC-84.
: 2. SELECT AND EXECUTE JPM Lesson S-1
: 3. UNFREEZE the Simulator when the student is ready.
\..____-
NRC 22 JPM S-1 Simulator Page 9of10 JPM S-1 Page 9
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED TO THE EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF THE TASK)
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
A Loss of Coolant Accident is in progress at Unit 2.
INITIATING CUES:
The US directs you to perform Step 12 of 2-EOP-03, Loss of Coolant Accident.
JPM S-1 Page 10
 
REVISION NO .:           PROCEDURE TITLE :                                         PAGE:
34                       LOSS OF COOLANT ACCIDENT 13 of 74 PROCEDURE NO.:
2-EOP-03                               ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0   OPERATOR ACTIONS (continued)
INSTRUCTIONS                               CONTINGENCY ACTIONS
: 11.    (continued)                                  11. (continued)
A. VERIFY BOTH of the following:
A. VERIFY BOTH of the following:
: 1. CIAS has ACTUATED.
: 1. CIAS has ACTUATED.                    1.1  Manually ACTUATE CIAS .
: 2. !f Containment pressure is greater than 3.5 psig, Then VERIFY MSIS has ACTUATED.
1.2 START/ALIGN CIAS components.
REFER TO Table 2, Containment Isolation Actuation Signal.
: 2. !f Containment pressure is           2.1  Manually ACTUATE MSIS.
greater than 3.5 psig, Then VERIFY MSIS has                 2.2 START/ALIGN MSIS components.
ACTUATED.                                REFER TO Table 5, Main Steam Isolation Actuation Signal.
B. ENSURE ALL available Emergency Containment HVAC systems are RUNNING:
B. ENSURE ALL available Emergency Containment HVAC systems are RUNNING:
* At least ONE train of SBVS
* At least ONE train of SBVS
* At least ONE train of Containment Fan Coolers 0 12. Ensure Containment Spray Actuation  
* At least ONE train of Containment Fan Coolers 0     12. Ensure Containment Spray Actuation
!f Containment pressure is greater than 5.4 psig, Then VERIFY BOTH of the following:
            !f Containment pressure is greater than 5.4 psig, Then VERIFY BOTH of the following:
: 1. CSAS has ACTUATED. 2. Containment Spray flow is at least 2700 gpm from EACH header. JPM S-1 Pa e 11 CONTINGENCY ACTIONS 11. (continued) 1.1 Manually ACTUATE CIAS. 1.2 START/ALIGN CIAS components. REFER TO Table 2, Containment Isolation Actuation Signal. 2.1 Manually ACTUATE MSIS. 2.2 START/ALIGN MSIS components. REFER TO Table 5, Main Steam Isolation Actuation Signal. 12.1 Manually ACTUATE CSAS. 12.2 !f Containment Spray flow is less than 2700 gpm from each header then START/ALIGN CSAS components.
: 1. CSAS has ACTUATED .
REFER TO Table 3, Containment Spray Actuation Signal.
12.1 Manually ACTUATE CSAS.
: 2. Containment Spray flow is at least 2700 gpm from EACH                 12.2 !f Containment Spray flow is less header.                                      than 2700 gpm from each header then START/ALIGN CSAS components. REFER TO Table 3, Containment Spray Actuation Signal.
JPM S-1 Pa e 11
 
D 5. VERIFY Hydrazine Pump Discharge Valves OPEN.
D 5. VERIFY Hydrazine Pump Discharge Valves OPEN.
* l-SE-07-3A
* l-SE-07-3A
* l-SE-07-38 D 6. VERIFY Hydrazine flow on ANY of the following:
* l-SE-07-38 D 6. VERIFY Hydrazine flow on ANY of the following:
D Fl-07-2-1 (Hydrazine Spray Flow) D FR-07-2-2 (Hydrazine Spray Flow) END OF TABLE 3 fj FPL St. Lucie Nuclear Plant Operations Training JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE Withdraw Shutdown Group CEAs in preparation for Reactor  
D Fl-07-2-1 (Hydrazine Spray Flow)
-Unit 2 HLC 22 NRC S-2 Simulator This JPM is NOT TIME CRITICAL This is an ALTERNATE PATH JPM JPM S-2 Page 1 NRG 22 JPM S-2 Simulator Page 1 of 16 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS Task: Withdraw Shutdown Group CEAs in preparation for reactor startup -Unit 2 Alternate Path JPM? Yes Facility JPM #: KIA: 001A2.11 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of situations requiring a reactor trip on the CRDS-and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct , control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations.
D FR-07-2-2 (Hydrazine Spray Flow)
Situations requiring a reactor trip KIA Rating(s):
END OF TABLE 3
4.4/4.7 Duty Area(s): N/A Task Information:
 
N/A Task Standard:
fj FPL St. Lucie Nuclear Plant Operations Training JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE Withdraw Shutdown Group CEAs in preparation for Reactor Startu~ - Unit 2 HLC 22 NRC         ~PM  S-2 Simulator This JPM is NOT TIME CRITICAL This is an ALTERNATE PATH JPM NRG 22 JPM S-2 Simulator Page 1 of 16 JPM S-2 Page 1
This JPM is complete when the reactor is tripped. Evaluation Location:
 
Simulator x  
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS Task:   Withdraw Shutdown Group CEAs in preparation for reactor startup - Unit 2 Alternate Path JPM?     Yes Facility JPM #:
KIA: 001A2.11 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of situations requiring a reactor trip on the CRDS- and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations. Situations requiring a reactor trip KIA Rating(s):       4.4/4 .7 Duty Area(s):       N/A Task Information: N/A Task Standard: This JPM is complete when the reactor is tripped .
Evaluation Location:                                                    Performance Level:
Simulator       In Plant        Lab      Other                      Perform        Simulate      Discuss x                                                                      x


==References:==
==References:==
 
* 2-GOP-302, "Reactor Plant Startup - Mode 3 to Mode 2"
In Plant Lab Other
* 2-GOP-302 , "Reactor Plant Startup -Mode 3 to Mode 2"
* 2-EOP-01 , "Standard Post Trip Actions"
* 2-EOP-01 , "Standard Post Trip Actions"
* 2-AOP-02.02, " Emergency Boration"
* 2-AOP-02.02, "Emergency Boration"
* Emergency Boration Hard Card, OA 2-06-04 Validation Time: 08 minutes Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed: Performance Level: Perform x Simulate Time Critical:
* Emergency Boration Hard Card, OA 2-06-04 Validation Time: 08 minutes                                             Time Critical:
Discuss
Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:
* Placekept copy of 2-GOP-302, placekept to step 4.3.1.5 with step B circled but not slashed
* Placekept copy of 2-GOP-302, placekept to step 4.3.1.5 with step B circled but not slashed
* RTGB-204 DCS screen selected to Shutdown Bank "B" RSPT
* RTGB-204 DCS screen selected to Shutdown Bank "B" RSPT
* BRCO DCS screen selected to Shutdown Bank "B" Pulse Counts Specific Safety Rules, Personal Protective Equipment and Hazards associated with the task.
* BRCO DCS screen selected to Shutdown Bank "B" Pulse Counts Specific Safety Rules, Personal Protective Equipment and Hazards associated with the task.
* None . Radiological Protection and RWP Requirements:
* None .
* None JPM S-2 Page 2 NRC 22 JPM S-2 Simulator Page 2 of 16 SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS:
Radiological Protection and RWP Requirements:
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS
* None NRC 22 JPM S-2 Simulator Page 2 of 16 JPM S-2 Page 2
* The task you are to perform is: respond to plant conditions  
 
-Unit 2
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS:
* The task you are to perform is: respond to plant conditions - Unit 2
* The performance level to be used for this JPM is Perform
* The performance level to be used for this JPM is Perform
* This is not a time critical JPM. During the performance of the task , I will tell you which steps to simulate or discuss. I will provide you with the appropriate cues for steps that are simulated or discussed.
* This is not a time critical JPM.
* You may use any approved reference materials normally available in the execution of this task , including logs.
During the performance of the task, I will tell you which steps to simulate or discuss.
* Indicate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you. SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS FOR SIMULATOR JPMs:
I will provide you with the appropriate cues for steps that are simulated or discussed .
* You may use any approved reference materials normally available in the execution of this task, including logs.
* Indicate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you.
SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS FOR SIMULATOR JPMs:
* All simulator JPM steps, including communications, shall be performed for this JPM.
* All simulator JPM steps, including communications, shall be performed for this JPM.
* You are to operate any plant equipment that is necessary for the completion of this JPM.
* You are to operate any plant equipment that is necessary for the completion of this JPM.
* The simulator will provide the cues as you perform this JPM.
* The simulator will provide the cues as you perform this JPM.
* Indicate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you. INITIAL CONDITIONS:
* Indicate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you .
* Unit 2 is starting up after a 10 day forced outage following repairs to the main generator.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
2-GOP-302, " Reactor Plant Startup-Mode 3 To Mode 2 is in progress.
* Unit 2 is starting up after a 10 day forced outage following repairs to the main generator. 2-GOP-302, "Reactor Plant Startup-Mode 3 To Mode 2 is in progress.
* Shutdown bank "A" has been withdrawn to the upper electrical limit.
* Shutdown bank "A" has been withdrawn to the upper electrical limit.
* The Operating crew is at step 4.3.1.5 with Shutdown Bank "B" having been withdrawn 39 inches.
* The Operating crew is at step 4.3.1.5 with Shutdown Bank "B" having been withdrawn 39 inches.
* Currently, another crew is being briefed to perform the reactor startup. INITIATING CUES: You are to complete the withdrawal of Shutdown Bank "B" to the upper electrical limit continuing at 2-GOP-302 , " Reactor Plant Startup -Mode 3 to Mode 2" step 4.3.1.5.B. Another crew will pick up at step 4.3.2. JPM S-2 Page 3 NRC 22 JPM S-2 Simulator Page 3 of 16 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST START TIME: ___ _ 2-GOP-302, Reactor Plant Start U -Mode 3 to Mode 2 STEP 1 (4.3.1.5.B): PLACE MODE SELECT switch in MG STANDARD:
* Currently, another crew is being briefed to perform the reactor startup.
Ensures Group Selector switch is in MG. EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS: STEP 2 (4.3.1.5.C:) PLACE GROUP SELECT switch in "B" STANDARD: Ensures Group Select switch is in "B" EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS: STEP 3 (4.3.1.5.D): WITHDRAW Shutdown Group "B" STANDARD: WITHDRAW Shutdown Group "B". EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS: STEP 4 (4.3.1.5.E): MONITOR Individual CEA position indications during withdrawal STANDARD:
INITIATING CUES:
MONITORS CEAs are stepping out and CEA position EXAMINER'S CUE: None SAT UNSAT SAT UNSAT SAT UNSAT SAT EXAMINER'S NOTE: Shutdown Group "B" starts at 37" withdrawn and a approximately 42" withdrawn, CEA# 40 stops moving with the rest of th group. UN SAT COMMENTS: JPM S-2 Page 4 NRC 22 JPM S-2 Simulator Page 4 of 16 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 5 (4.3.1.5.F.1): If a deviation between CEA's in Shutdown Group B exceeds 4 inches, FAULTED THEN PERFORM the following: STEP STOP withdrawal STANDARD: STOP Shutdown Group B CEA withdrawal due to CEA 40 not moving and caus i ng a deviation of 4 inches. COMMENTS: EXAMINER'S CUE: None EXAMINER'S NOTE: Applicant may stop CEA withdrawal prior t reaching a 6 inch deviation if recognized early. The Pulse Counting system is still sending pulses to CEA 40 during withdrawal so it i counting them. Due to this, no deviation alarm from the pulse coun (DCS) will occur. STEP 6 (4.3.1.5.F.2): If a deviat i on between CEA's in Shutdown Group B exceeds 4 inches , SAT UN SAT THEN PERFORM the following: SAT REALIGN CEAs to the group using Manual Individual UNSAT STANDARD: REALIGN CEA 40 with the rest of Group Busing Manual Indiv i dual COMMENTS: EXAMINER'S CUE: None EXAMINER'S NOTE: This step won't be performed since Group B CEA's continue to move out even when the CEA withdrawal selector switch is released.
You are to complete the withdrawal of Shutdown Bank "B" to the upper electrical limit continuing at 2-GOP-302 , "Reactor Plant Startup - Mode 3 to Mode 2" step 4.3.1.5.B. Another crew will pick up at step 4.3.2.
JPM S-2 Page 5 NRG 22 JPM S-2 S i mu l ator Page 5 of 1 6 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 7 (4.3.1.5.G.1 ): If a deviation between CEA's in Shutdown Group B exceeds 6 inches, THEN PERFORM the following:
NRC 22 JPM S-2 Simulator Page 3 of 16 JPM S-2 Page 3
STOP withdrawal STANDARD: STOP Shutdown Group B CEA withdrawal due to CEA 40 not moving and causing a deviation of 6 inches. COMMENTS: EXAMINER'S CUE: None EXAMINER'S NOTE: Annunciator K-30 "CEA POSITION DEVIATION MOTION BLOCK (ADS) comes in at 6 inches deviation sensed from the Reed Switch Position Transmitters (ADS).Group B CEA's continue to move out even when the CEA withdrawal selector switch is released.
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST START TIME: _ _ __
2-GOP-302, Reactor Plant Start U - Mode 3 to Mode 2 STEP 1 (4 .3.1.5.B) :   PLACE MODE SELECT switch in MG SAT STANDARD: Ensures Group Selector switch is in MG.
EXAMINER'S CUE: None                                                           UNSAT COMMENTS:
STEP 2 (4.3.1 .5.C:)   PLACE GROUP SELECT switch in "B" SAT STANDARD : Ensures Group Select switch is in "B" EXAMINER'S CUE: None                                                           UNSAT COMMENTS:
STEP 3 (4 .3.1.5.D):   WITHDRAW Shutdown Group "B" STANDARD: WITHDRAW Shutdown Group "B".
EXAMINER'S CUE: None                                                           SAT COMMENTS:
UNSAT STEP 4 (4.3.1.5.E):     MONITOR Individual CEA position indications during withdrawal STANDARD: MONITORS CEAs are stepping out and CEA position SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None EXAMINER'S NOTE: Shutdown Group "B" starts at 37" withdrawn and a               UN SAT approximately 42" withdrawn, CEA# 40 stops moving with the rest of th group.
COMMENTS:
NRC 22 JPM S-2 Simulator Page 4 of 16 JPM S-2 Page 4
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 5 (4.3.1 .5.F.1): If a deviation between CEA's in Shutdown Group B exceeds 4 inches, FAULTED THEN PERFORM the following :                                       STEP STOP withdrawal SAT STANDARD: STOP Shutdown Group B CEA withdrawal due to CEA 40 not moving and causing a deviation of 4 inches.
UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None EXAMINER'S NOTE: Applicant may stop CEA withdrawal prior t reaching a 6 inch deviation if recognized early. The Pulse Counting system is still sending pulses to CEA 40 during withdrawal so it i counting them. Due to this, no deviation alarm from the pulse coun (DCS) will occur.
COMMENTS:
STEP 6 (4.3.1 .5.F.2) : If a deviation between CEA's in Shutdown Group B exceeds 4 inches, THEN PERFORM the following :                                               SAT REALIGN CEAs to the group using Manual Individual UNSAT STANDARD : REALIGN CEA 40 with the rest of Group Busing Manual Individual EXAMINER'S CUE: None EXAMINER'S NOTE: This step won't be performed since Group B CEA's continue to move out even when the CEA withdrawal selector switch is released.
COMMENTS:
NRG 22 JPM S-2 Simulator Page 5 of 16 JPM S-2 Page 5
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 7 (4 .3.1.5.G.1): If a deviation between CEA's in Shutdown Group B exceeds 6 inches, THEN PERFORM the following:
STOP withdrawal SAT STANDARD: STOP Shutdown Group B CEA withdrawal due to CEA 40 not moving and causing a deviation of 6 inches.                                                     UNSAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None EXAMINER'S NOTE: Annunciator K-30 "CEA POSITION DEVIATION MOTION BLOCK (ADS) comes in at 6 inches deviation sensed from the Reed Switch Position Transmitters (ADS).Group B CEA's continue to move out even when the CEA withdrawal selector switch is released.
The applicant may take the CEDMCS Mode Select switch to OFF to try to stop CEA movement.
The applicant may take the CEDMCS Mode Select switch to OFF to try to stop CEA movement.
STEP 8 (4.3.1.5.G.2): If a deviation between CEA's in Shutdown Group B exceeds 6 inches, THEN PERFORM the following:
COMMENTS:
REALIGN CEA's per 2-AOP-66.01 , " Dropped or Misaligned CEA Abnormal Operation" STANDARD:
STEP 8 (4 .3.1.5.G.2) : If a deviation between CEA's in Shutdown Group B exceeds 6 inches, THEN PERFORM the following:
Enter 2-AOP-66.01, " Dropped or Misaligned CEA Abnormal Operation" COMMENTS: EXAMINER'S CUE: None EXAMINER'S NOTE: Applicant may trip the reactor at this time knowing from memory that with continual CEA withdrawal occurring, a manual reactor trip is required IAW 2-AOP-66.01, "Dropped or Misaligned CEA Abnormal Operation" SAT UNSAT SAT UN SAT NRC 22 JPM S-2 Simulator Page 6of16 JPM S-2 Page 6 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST 2-AOP-66.01, "Dropped or Misaligned CEA Abnormal Operation" Immediate Operato Actions Section 4.1 STEP 9 (4.1.1): PLACE CEDMCS MODE SELECT switch in OFF. STANDARD:
REALIGN CEA's per 2-AOP-66.01 , "Dropped or Misaligned CEA Abnormal Operation"                                                         SAT STANDARD: Enter 2-AOP-66.01, "Dropped or Misaligned CEA Abnormal Operation" UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None EXAMINER'S NOTE: Applicant may trip the reactor at this time knowing from memory that with continual CEA withdrawal occurring, a manual reactor trip is required IAW 2-AOP-66.01, "Dropped or Misaligned CEA Abnormal Operation" COMMENTS:
Places CEDMCS MODE SELECT switch in OFF. EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS: STEP 10 (4.1.2): VERIFY all CEA motion has STOPPED. STANDARD: Verifies that all CEA motion has STOPPED EXAMINER'S CUE: Group B CEA's continue to withdraw.
NRC 22 JPM S-2 Simulator Page 6of16 JPM S-2 Page 6
COMMENTS: STEP 11 (4.1.2.1 ): Trip reactor. STANDARD: Manually Trip the reactor using the manual trip pushbuttons on RTGB 204 EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS:
 
STEP 12 (4.1.2.1 ): GO TO 2-EOP-01 , Standard Post Trip Actions. STANDARD: Exit 2-AOP-66.01, "Dropped or Misaligned CEA Abnormal Operation" and enter 2-EOP-01 at Reactivity Control Safety Function COMMENTS: EXAMINER'S CUE: None EXAMINER'S NOTE: On the reactor trip, CEA 40 remains at 42 inche withdrawn (i.e. not fully inserted)
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST 2-AOP-66.01, "Dropped or Misaligned CEA Abnormal Operation" Immediate Operato Actions Section 4.1 STEP 9 (4 .1.1): PLACE CEDMCS MODE SELECT switch in OFF.
SAT UN SAT SAT UN SAT CRITICAL STEP SAT UN SAT SAT UNSAT NRC 22 JPM S-2 Simulator Page 7 of 16 JPM S-2 Page 7 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST 2-EOP-01, Standard Post Tri Actions Section 4.0 0 erator Actions STEP 13 (4.1.A): DETERMINE Reactivity Control acceptance criteria are met VERIFY Reactor Power is lowering STANDARD: VERIFY reactor power LOWERING using redundant Nuclear Instrumentation EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS: STEP 14 (4.1.B): VERIFY Startup Rate is negative. STANDARD: VERIFY Startup Rate is NEGATIVE using redundant Nuclear Instrumentation indications EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS:
STANDARD: Places CEDMCS MODE SELECT switch in OFF.                                           SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None UN SAT COMMENTS:
STEP 15 (4.1.C): VERIFY ALL CEAs are fully inserted STANDARD: Using Core Mim i c , ADS CRT, and CEDS Control Panel , DETERMINE that CEA 40 is still at 42 inches withdrawn.
STEP 10 (4.1.2): VERIFY all CEA motion has STOPPED.
EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS: JPM S-2 Page 8 SAT UNSAT SAT UN SAT FAULTED STEP SAT UNSAT NRC 22 JPM S-2 S i mulator Page 8 of 16 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 16 (4.1.C .. 1): INITIATE Emergency Boration to achieve adequate SDM. STANDARD: ENTER 2-AOP-02.02 , 'Emergency Boration' COMMENTS:
STANDARD : Verifies that all CEA motion has STOPPED                                         SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: Group B CEA's continue to withdraw.                       UN SAT COMMENTS:
EXAMINER'S CUE: None EXAMINERS NOTE: Applicant may elect to perform steps from memory. If so, when lineup is complete he should refer to the procedure to verif proper lineup. THE APPLICANT MAY CHOOSE ANY ONE OF THE THREE AVAILABLE EMERGENCY BORATION LINEUPS TO COMPLETE THIS TASK. Th order of the lineups in 2-AOP-02.02, "Emergency Boration" are: 1) Boric Acid Makeup pumps and V2514, "Emergency Boration Valve" 2) Gravity Feed valves and V2501, "VCT Outlet valve" 3) Refueling Water Tank outlet valve V2504 and V2501, "VCT Outle valve" STEP 17 (4.2.1 ): VERIFY at least one charging pump is running with control switch in START SAT UN SAT STANDARD:
STEP 11 (4.1.2.1): Trip reactor.                                                     CRITICAL STEP STANDARD: Manually Trip the reactor using the manual trip pushbuttons on RTGB 204 SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS:                                                                                   UN SAT STEP 12 (4.1 .2.1): GO TO 2-EOP-01 , Standard Post Trip Actions.
OBSERVES at least one charging pump running with 44 gpm flow and switch SAT position in RUN EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS: STEP 18 (4.2.2): VERIFY the MAKEUP MODE SELECTOR switch is in MANUAL. STANDARD: OBSERVES Makeup Mode Selector Switch to MANUAL EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS: JPM S-2 Page 9 UN SAT SAT UN SAT NRC 22 JPM S-2 S i mulator Page 9of16 
STANDARD : Exit 2-AOP-66 .01, "Dropped or Misaligned CEA Abnormal Operation" and           SAT enter 2-EOP-01 at Reactivity Control Safety Function EXAMINER'S CUE: None                                                       UNSAT EXAMINER'S NOTE: On the reactor trip, CEA 40 remains at 42 inche withdrawn (i.e. not fully inserted)
-JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 19 (4.2.3): VERIFY V2525, BORON LOAD CONTROL VALVE is CLOSED. STANDARD: OBSERVES V2525 is CLOSED EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS: STEP 20 (4.2.4.A): PERFORM the following to Emergency Borate using V2514, EMERGENCY BORATE: Start at least one of the following:
COMMENTS :
NRC 22 JPM S-2 Simulator Page 7 of 16 JPM S-2 Page 7
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST 2-EOP-01, Standard Post Tri Actions Section 4.0 0 erator Actions STEP 13 (4.1.A): DETERMINE Reactivity Control acceptance criteria are met VERIFY Reactor Power is lowering                                             SAT STANDARD: VERIFY reactor power LOWERING using redundant Nuclear Instrumentation               UNSAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS:
STEP 14 (4.1.B) : VERIFY Startup Rate is negative.
STANDARD : VERIFY Startup Rate is NEGATIVE using redundant Nuclear Instrumentation           SAT indications UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE : None COMMENTS:
STEP 15 (4.1.C): VERIFY ALL CEAs are fully inserted                                   FAULTED STEP STANDARD: Using Core Mimic, ADS CRT, and CEDS Control Panel, DETERMINE that CEA 40 is still at 42 inches withdrawn.                                         SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None UNSAT COMMENTS :
NRC 22 JPM S-2 Simulator Page 8 of 16 JPM S-2 Page 8
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 16 (4.1.C .. 1): INITIATE Emergency Boration to achieve adequate SDM .
STANDARD: ENTER 2-AOP-02.02, 'Emergency Boration'                                                   SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None                                                                 UN SAT EXAMINERS NOTE: Applicant may elect to perform steps from memory.
If so, when lineup is complete he should refer to the procedure to verif proper lineup.
THE APPLICANT MAY CHOOSE ANY ONE OF THE THREE AVAILABLE EMERGENCY BORATION LINEUPS TO COMPLETE THIS TASK. Th order of the lineups in 2-AOP-02.02, "Emergency Boration" are:
: 1) Boric Acid Makeup pumps and V2514, "Emergency Boration Valve"
: 2) Gravity Feed valves and V2501, "VCT Outlet valve"
: 3) Refueling Water Tank outlet valve V2504 and V2501, "VCT Outle valve" COMMENTS:
STEP 17 (4.2.1 ): VERIFY at least one charging pump is running with control switch in START STANDARD: OBSERVES at least one charging pump running with 44 gpm flow and switch                   SAT position in RUN UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS:
STEP 18 (4 .2.2): VERIFY the MAKEUP MODE SELECTOR switch is in MANUAL.
SAT STANDARD: OBSERVES Makeup Mode Selector Switch to MANUAL UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS:
NRC 22 JPM S-2 Simulator Page 9of16 JPM S-2 Page 9
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 19 (4.2.3) : VERIFY V2525, BORON LOAD CONTROL VALVE is CLOSED.
STANDARD: OBSERVES V2525 is CLOSED                                                             SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None                                                             UNSA COMMENTS:
STEP 20 (4 .2.4 .A): PERFORM the following to Emergency Borate using V2514,               CRITICAL EMERGENCY BORATE:                                                   STEP Start at least one of the following:                                     SAT
* 2A (BORIC ACID PUMP)
* 2A (BORIC ACID PUMP)
* 2B (BORIC ACID PUMP) STANDARD: POSITION 2A or 2B BAM Pump control switch to RUN COMMENTS:
* 2B (BORIC ACID PUMP)                                         UN SAT STANDARD: POSITION 2A or 2B BAM Pump control switch to RUN EXAMINER'S CUE: None EXAMINER'S NOTE: Since the procedure doesn't specify which pump to run, either one is acceptable. Optimally, however, the candidate should start the pump associated with the Tech Spec designated BAM tank COMMENTS:
EXAMINER'S CUE: None EXAMINER'S NOTE: Since the procedure doesn't specify which pump to run, either one is acceptable.
STEP 21 (4.2.4.B): PERFORM the following to Emergency Borate using V2514, EMERGENCY BORATE:
Optimally, however, the candidate should start the pump associated with the Tech Spec designated BAM tank STEP 21 (4.2.4.B): PERFORM the following to Emergency Borate using V2514, EMERGENCY BORATE: IF 2A BORIC ACID PUMP was started, THEN CLOSE V2650, TANK 2A RECIRC VALVE. STANDARD:
IF 2A BORIC ACID PUMP was started, THEN CLOSE V2650, TANK 2A                 SAT RECIRC VALVE.
POSITION V2650 control switch to CLOSE if 2A BORIC ACID PUMP was started. EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS: SAT UNSA CRITICAL STEP SAT UN SAT SAT UNSAT NRC 22 JPM S-2 Simulator Page 10of16 JPM S-2 Page 10 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 22 (4.2.4.C): PERFORM the following to Emergency Borate using V2514, EMERGENCY BORATE: IF 2B BORIC ACID PUMP was started, THEN CLOSE V2651, TANK 2B RECIRC VALVE. STANDARD:
STANDARD: POSITION V2650 control switch to CLOSE if 2A BORIC ACID PUMP was                       UNSAT started .
POSITION V2651 control switch to CLOSE if 2B BORIC ACID PUMP was started EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS: STEP 23 (4.2.4.D): PERFORM the following to Emergency Borate using V2514, EMERGENCY BORATE: STANDARD: COMMENTS: OPEN V2514 EMERGENCY BORATE. POSITION V2514 control switch to OPEN and OBSERVE that the valve opens. EXAMINER'S CUE: None EXAMINER'S NOTE: JPM is complete if the Boric Acid Makeup pump and V2514 Emergency Boration lineup was chosen. Go to Step 32. If th gravity feed valve lineup was chosen to Emergency Borate, continue on with the next step. SAT UN SAT CRITICAL STEP SAT UN SAT NRC 22 JPM S-2 Simulator Page 11 of 16 JPM S-2 Page 11
EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS:
-JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 24 (4.2.5): IF unable to Emergency Borate using V2514 , THEN PERFORM the following: A. STOP the running BORIC ACID PUMPS STANDARD: POSITIONS the control switch for the 2A and 2B BORIC ACID PUMPS to the STOP position EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS:
-                                                                                        NRC 22 JPM S-2 Simulator Page 10of16 JPM S-2 Page 10
* STEP 25 (4.2.5): IF unable to Emergency Borate using V2514, THEN PERFORM the following:
 
B. OPEN at least one of the following V2508 VALVE (BA Gravity Feed B) STANDARD: POSITION V2508 VALVE (BA Gravity Feed B) to OPEN and observes the valve opens. EXAMINER'S CUE: None EXAMINER'S NOTE: Either one of gravity feed valves can be opened to satisfy the step. The applicant may open BOTH gravity feed valves if desired. COMMENTS:
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 22 (4 .2.4 .C): PERFORM the following to Emergency Borate using V2514, EMERGENCY BORATE:
SAT UN SAT CRITICAL STEP SAT UN SAT STEP 26 (4.2.5): IF unable to Emergency Borate using V2514, THEN PERFORM the CRITICAL following STEP B (Continued).
SAT IF 2B BORIC ACID PUMP was started, THEN CLOSE V2651, TANK 2B RECIRC VALVE.
OPEN at least one of the following:
UN SAT STANDARD: POSITION V2651 control switch to CLOSE if 2B BORIC ACID PUMP was started EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS:
V2509 VAL VE (BA Gravity Feed A) SAT STANDARD: POSITION V2509 VALVE (BA Gravity Feed A) to OPEN and observes the valve opens. UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS: JPM S-2 Page 12 NRC 22 JPM S-2 Simulator Page 12of16 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 27 (4.2.5): IF unable to Emergency Borate using V2514, THEN PERFORM the CRITICAL following STEP C. CLOSE V2501, VCT OUTLET VALVE. STANDARD:
STEP 23 (4 .2.4.D): PERFORM the following to Emergency Borate using V2514,               CRITICAL EMERGENCY BORATE:                                                 STEP OPEN V2514 EMERGENCY BORATE.                                               SAT STANDARD :        POSITION V2514 control switch to OPEN and OBSERVE that the valve opens.                                                                         UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None EXAMINER'S NOTE: JPM is complete if the Boric Acid Makeup pump and V2514 Emergency Boration lineup was chosen. Go to Step 32. If th gravity feed valve lineup was chosen to Emergency Borate, continue on with the next step.
POSITION V2501 VCT OUTLET VALVE. to CLOSE and observes the valve closes. EXAMINER'S CUE: None EXAMINERS NOTE: The JPM is complete if the gravity feed valve Emergenc Boration lineup was chosen. Go to Step 32. If the Refueling Water Tan outlet valve lineup was chosen to Emergency Borate, continue on wit the next step. COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP 28 (4.2.6): IF the Boric Acid Makeup Tanks are unavailable OR both Gravity Fee CRITICAL valves failed to OPEN, Then PERFORM the following: STEP STANDARD: A OPEN V2504, REFUEL WATER TO CHARGING PUMPS POSITION V2504 to OPEN EXAMINER'S CUE: COMMENTS: SAT UNSAT STEP 29 (4.2.6): IF the Boric Acid Makeup Tanks are unavailable OR both Gravity Fee CRITICAL valves failed to OPEN , Then PERFORM the following: STEP B. ENSURE V2501, VCT Outlet Valve Closed STANDARD: POSITION V2501 to CLOSE. EXAMINER'S CUE: COMMENTS: JPM S-2 Page 13 SAT UN SAT NRC 22 JPM S-2 Simulator Page 13 of 16 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 30 (4.2.6): IF the Boric Acid Makeup Tanks are unavailable OR both Gravity Fee valves failed to OPEN , Then PERFORM the following:
COMMENTS:
C. CLOSE V2508 , BA GRAVITY FEED B STANDARD: This step is N/A since there is no malfunction on this valve. EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS: STEP 31 (4.2.6): IF the Boric Acid Makeup Tanks are unavailable OR both Gravity Fee valves failed to OPEN, Then PERFORM the following:
NRC 22 JPM S-2 Simulator Page 11 of 16 JPM S-2 Page 11
D. CLOSE V2509 BA GRAVITY FEED A STANDARD: This step is N/A since there is no malfunction on this valve. EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS: STEP 32 (4.2.6): IF the Boric Acid Makeup Tanks are unavailable OR both Gravity Fee valves failed to OPEN, Then PERFORM the following: E. CLOSE V2514 EMERGENCY BORATE STANDARD: This step is N/A since there is no malfunction on this valve. EXAMINER'S CUE: THIS JPM IS COMPLETE.
 
COMMENTS: END OF TASK STOP TIME: ___ _ SAT UN SAT SAT UN SAT SAT UN SAT NRC 22 JPM S-2 Simulator Page 14of16 JPM S-2 Page 14
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 24 (4.2.5): IF unable to Emergency Borate using V2514, THEN PERFORM the following :
: 1. RESTORE IC-81 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE SIMULATOR JPM SETUP 2. SELECT and EXECUTE JPM Lesson S-2 3. FREEZE SIMULATOR
SAT A. STOP the running BORIC ACID PUMPS STANDARD:       POSITIONS the control switch for the 2A and 2B BORIC ACID PUMPS to the STOP position                                                                   UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE:           None COMMENTS:
: 4. Copy of 2-GOP-302 , placekept to step 4.3.1.5 with step B circled but not slashed 5. RTGB-204 DCS screen selected to Shutdown Bank " B'' RSPT 6. BRCO DCS screen selected to Shutdown Bank " B" Pulse Counts JPM S-2 Page 15 JPM NRC S-2 RevO S i mulator Page 15 of 16 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED TO THE EVALUATOR'S UPON COMPLETION OF THE TASK) INITIAL CONDITIONS:
* STEP 25 (4.2.5): IF unable to Emergency Borate using V2514, THEN PERFORM the               CRITICAL following:                                                                 STEP B. OPEN at least one of the following V2508 VALVE (BA Gravity Feed B)                                                 SAT STANDARD :     POSITION V2508 VALVE (BA Gravity Feed B) to OPEN and observes the valve opens.                                                                       UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE:           None EXAMINER'S NOTE:         Either one of gravity feed valves can be opened to satisfy the step. The applicant may open BOTH gravity feed valves if desired.
* Unit 2 is starting up after a 10 day forced outage following repairs to the main generator. 2-GOP-" Reactor Plant Startup-Mode 3 To Mode 2 is in progress.
COMMENTS:
* Shutdown bank " A" has been withdrawn to the upper electrical limit.
STEP 26 (4.2.5) : IF unable to Emergency Borate using V2514, THEN PERFORM the               CRITICAL following                                                               STEP B (Continued). OPEN at least one of the following:
* The Operating crew is at step 4.3.1.5 with Shutdown Bank " B" having been withdrawn 39 inches.
V2509 VAL VE (BA Gravity Feed A)                                           SAT STANDARD :     POSITION V2509 VALVE (BA Gravity Feed A) to OPEN and observes the valve opens.                                                                       UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE:           None COMMENTS:
* Currently , another crew is being briefed to perform the reactor startup. INITIATING CUES: You are to complete the withdrawal of Shutdown Bank " B" to the upper electrical limit continuing at 2-GOP-302 , " Reactor Plant Startup -Mode 3 to Mode 2" step 4.3.1.5.B. Another crew will pick up at step 4.3.2. JPM S-2 Page 16 REVISION NO.: 60 PROCEDURE NO.: 2-GOP-302 PROCEDURE TITLE: REACTOR PLANT STARTUP-MODE 3 TO MODE 2 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.3.1 Shutdown Group CEA Alignment for Reactor Startup (continued)
-                                                                                        NRC 22 JPM S-2 Simulator Page 12of16 JPM S-2 Page 12
: 4. (continued)
 
E. IF a deviation between CEAs in Shutdown Group A exceeds 4 inches , THEN PERFORM the following:
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 27 (4.2.5) : IF unable to Emergency Borate using V2514, THEN PERFORM the           CRITICAL following                                                             STEP C. CLOSE V2501, VCT OUTLET VALVE.                                               SAT STANDARD:     POSITION V2501 VCT OUTLET VALVE. to CLOSE and observes the valve closes.
(1) STOP withdrawal.
UNSAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None EXAMINERS NOTE: The JPM is complete if the gravity feed valve Emergenc Boration lineup was chosen. Go to Step 32. If the Refueling Water Tan outlet valve lineup was chosen to Emergency Borate, continue on wit the next step.
(2) REALIGN CEAs to the group using Manual Individual.
COMMENTS :
F. IF deviation between CEAs in Shutdown Group A reaches 6 inches , THEN PERFORM the following: (1) STOP withdrawal.
STEP 28 (4 .2.6):   IF the Boric Acid Makeup Tanks are unavailable OR both Gravity Fee CRITICAL valves failed to OPEN, Then PERFORM the following :                 STEP A OPEN V2504, REFUEL WATER TO CHARGING PUMPS SAT STANDARD :      POSITION V2504 to OPEN EXAMINER'S CUE:                                                                           UNSAT COMMENTS:
(2) REALIGN CEAs per 2-AOP-66.01 , Dropped or Misaligned CEA Abnormal Operations. G. WHEN Shutdown Group A has been withdrawn to the Upper Group Stop, THEN ALIGN Shutdown Group A CEAs to the h) Upper Electrical Limit using Manual Individual. (Y WITHDRAW Shutdown Group Bas follows either of the following: (Section 7.1.3 , Management Directive
STEP 29 (4.2.6) : IF the Boric Acid Makeup Tanks are unavailable OR both Gravity Fee     CRITICAL valves failed to OPEN , Then PERFORM the following :               STEP B. ENSURE V2501, VCT Outlet Valve Closed STANDARD:       POSITION V2501 to CLOSE.                                                       SAT EXAMINER'S CUE:
: 2) All Shutdown Group B Lower Electrical Limit (LEL) U lights are ON f')r-Shutdown Group B LELs light during initial rod withdrawal PLACE MODE SELECT switch i n MG. C. PLACE GROUP SELECT switch in B. D. WITHDRAW Shutdown Group B. E. MONITOR individual CEA position indications during withdrawal.
UN SAT COMMENTS:
JPM S-2 Page 17 PAGE: 25 of 83 REVISION NO.: 60 PROCEDURE NO.: 2-GOP-302 PROCEDURE TITLE: REACTOR PLANT STARTUP-MODE 3 TO MODE 2 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.3.1 Shutdown Group CEA Alignment for Reactor Startup (continued)
NRC 22 JPM S-2 Simulator Page 13 of 16 JPM S-2 Page 13
: 5. (continued)
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 30 (4.2.6): IF the Boric Acid Makeup Tanks are unavailable OR both Gravity Fee valves                   failed to OPEN , Then PERFORM the following:
C. CLOSE V2508 , BA GRAVITY FEED B                                           SAT STANDARD :       This step is N/A since there is no malfunction on this valve.               UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE:           None COMMENTS:
STEP 31 (4 .2.6): IF the Boric Acid Makeup Tanks are unavailable OR both Gravity Fee valves failed to OPEN, Then PERFORM the following:
D. CLOSE V2509 BA GRAVITY FEED A                                             SAT STANDARD:       This step is N/A since there is no malfunction on this valve.               UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE:           None COMMENTS:
STEP 32 (4.2 .6): IF the Boric Acid Makeup Tanks are unavailable OR both Gravity Fee valves failed to OPEN, Then PERFORM the following :
E. CLOSE V2514 EMERGENCY BORATE                                             SAT STANDARD:       This step is N/A since there is no malfunction on this valve.               UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE:           THIS JPM IS COMPLETE.
COMMENTS:
END OF TASK STOP TIME: _ _ __
NRC 22 JPM S-2 Simulator Page 14of16 JPM S-2 Page 14
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE SIMULATOR JPM SETUP
: 1. RESTORE IC-81
: 2. SELECT and EXECUTE JPM Lesson S-2
: 3. FREEZE SIMULATOR
: 4. Copy of 2-GOP-302, placekept to step 4.3.1.5 with step B circled but not slashed
: 5. RTGB-204 DCS screen selected to Shutdown Bank "B'' RSPT
: 6. BRCO DCS screen selected to Shutdown Bank "B" Pulse Counts JPM NRC S-2 RevO Simulator Page 15 of 16 JPM S-2 Page 15
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED TO THE EVALUATOR'S UPON COMPLETION OF THE TASK)
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
* Unit 2 is starting up after a 10 day forced outage following repairs to the main generator. 2-GOP-30~ , "Reactor Plant Startup-Mode 3 To Mode 2 is in progress.
* Shutdown bank "A" has been withdrawn to the upper electrical limit.
* The Operating crew is at step 4.3.1.5 with Shutdown Bank "B" having been withdrawn 39 inches.
* Currently, another crew is being briefed to perform the reactor startup.
INITIATING CUES:
You are to complete the withdrawal of Shutdown Bank "B" to the upper electrical limit continuing at 2-GOP-302 , "Reactor Plant Startup - Mode 3 to Mode 2" step 4.3.1.5.B. Another crew will pick up at step 4.3.2 .
JPM S-2 Page 16
 
REVISION NO .:         PROCEDURE TITLE:                                         PAGE:
60 REACTOR PLANT STARTUP- MODE 3 TO MODE 2             25 of 83 PROCEDURE NO.:
2-GOP-302                              ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.3.1     Shutdown Group CEA Alignment for Reactor Startup (continued)
: 4.   (continued)
E. IF a deviation between CEAs in Shutdown Group A exceeds 4 inches, THEN PERFORM the following:
(1)     STOP withdrawal.
(2)   REALIGN CEAs to the group using Manual Individual.
F. IF deviation between CEAs in Shutdown Group A reaches 6 inches, THEN PERFORM the following :
(1)   STOP withdrawal.
(2)   REALIGN CEAs per 2-AOP-66.01 , Dropped or Misaligned CEA Abnormal Operations.
G. WHEN Shutdown Group A has been withdrawn to the Upper Group Stop, THEN ALIGN Shutdown Group A CEAs to the h)             Upper Electrical Limit using Manual Individual.
(Y       WITHDRAW Shutdown Group Bas follows
              ~VERIFY either of the following :
              ~      (Section 7.1 .3, Management Directive 2)
                    ~        All Shutdown Group B Lower Electrical Limit (LEL)
U         lights are ON f')r-   Shutdown Group B LELs light during initial rod
                  ~          withdrawal
              ~      PLACE MODE SELECT switch in MG.
C. PLACE GROUP SELECT switch in B.
D. WITHDRAW Shutdown Group B.
E. MONITOR individual CEA position indications during withdrawal.
JPM S-2 Page 17
 
REVISION NO.:         PROCEDURE TITLE:                                         PAGE:
60 REACTOR PLANT STARTUP- MODE 3 TO MODE 2             26 of 83 PROCEDURE NO .:
2-GOP-302                              ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.3.1     Shutdown Group CEA Alignment for Reactor Startup (continued)
: 5.   (continued)
F. IF a deviation between CEAs in Shutdown Group B exceeds 4 inches, THEN PERFORM the following:
F. IF a deviation between CEAs in Shutdown Group B exceeds 4 inches, THEN PERFORM the following:
(1) STOP withdrawal.
(1)   STOP withdrawal.
(2) REALIGN CEAs to the group using Manual Individual.
(2)   REALIGN CEAs to the group using Manual Individual.
G. IF deviation between CEAs in Shutdown Group Breaches 6 inches , THEN PERFORM the following: (1) STOP withdrawal. (2) REALIGN CEAs per 2-AOP-66.01 , Dropped or Misaligned CEA Abnormal Operations. H. WHEN Shutdown Group B has been withdrawn to the Upper Group Stop, THEN ALIGN Shutdown Group B CEAs to the Upper Electrical Limit using Manual Individual.
G. IF deviation between CEAs in Shutdown Group Breaches 6 inches, THEN PERFORM the following :
JPM S-2 Page 18 PAGE: 26 of 83 REVISION NO.: 60 PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE: REACTOR PLANT STARTUP-MODE 3 TO MODE 2 PROCEDURE NO.: 2-GOP-302 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.3.2 Regulating Group CEA Alignment for Reactor Startup 1. WHEN performing CEA operations, THEN MONITOR the following:
(1)   STOP withdrawal .
(2)   REALIGN CEAs per 2-AOP-66.01 , Dropped or Misaligned CEA Abnormal Operations.
H. WHEN Shutdown Group B has been withdrawn to the Upper Group Stop, THEN ALIGN Shutdown Group B CEAs to the Upper Electrical Limit using Manual Individual.
JPM S-2 Page 18
 
REVISION NO .:         PROCEDURE TITLE :                                             PAGE:
60 REACTOR PLANT STARTUP- MODE 3 TO MODE 2                 27 of 83 PROCEDURE NO. :
2-GOP-302                                 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.3.2     Regulating Group CEA Alignment for Reactor Startup
: 1. WHEN performing CEA operations, THEN MONITOR the following:
* Reed switch position indicators
* Reed switch position indicators
* Pulse counting position indicators
* Pulse counting position indicators
: 2. VERIFY CEA REG GRP WTHDRL PROHIBIT amber light is OFF. 3. VERIFY fil! Regulating Group CEAs are functioning properly as follows: A. VERIFY either of the following: (Section 7.1.3 , Management Directive
: 2. VERIFY CEA REG GRP WTHDRL PROHIBIT amber light is OFF.
: 2)
: 3. VERIFY   fil! Regulating Group CEAs are functioning properly as follows:
A. VERIFY either of the following :
(Section 7.1.3, Management Directive 2)
* All Regulating Group CEAs Lower Electrical Limit (LEL) lights are ON
* All Regulating Group CEAs Lower Electrical Limit (LEL) lights are ON
* Regulating Group CEA LELs light during initial rod withdrawal NOTE Placing GROUP SELECT switch in 1 is for Regulating Group 1, placing GROUP SELECT switch in 2 is for Regulating Group 2, etc. 8. ALIGN Regulating Group CEAs as follows: (1) PLACE MODE SELECT switch in MG. (2) PLACE GROUP SELECT switch in 1. (3) WITHDRAW each Regulating Group CEA between 2 and 3 inches. (4) IF any Regulating Group CEA in group is greater than or equal to 4 inches withdrawn, THEN REALIGN CEA to between 2 and 3 inches withdrawn using Ml (manual individual).
* Regulating Group CEA LELs light during initial rod withdrawal NOTE Placing GROUP SELECT switch in 1 is for Regulating Group 1, placing GROUP SELECT switch in 2 is for Regulating Group 2, etc.
(5) IF pulse count position is NOT in agreement with ADS , THEN RESET pulse count position indication per 2-NOP-102.01, Distributed Control System (DCS) Operations. JPM S-2 Page 19 27 of 83 REVISION NO.: 29 PROCEDURE TITLE: CONTROL ROOM PANEL K RTGB 204 PAGE: 33 PROCEDURE NO.: WINDOW: 2-ARP-01-KOO ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 K-30 (Page 1of1) CAUSES: Dev i ation between the h i ghest and lowest CEA i n any Group reach i ng 5.5 inches. CEA POSITION DEVIATION MOTION BLOCK (ADS) DEVICE: ADS-SETPOINT: in. (highest to lowest CEA posit i on w i thin a Group) LOCATION:
: 8. ALIGN Regulating Group CEAs as follows:
RTGB-204 ALARM CONFIRMATION
(1)     PLACE MODE SELECT switch in MG .
: 1. Annunciator K-11 , CEA MOTION INHIBIT , in ALARM. 2. Pulse Count CEA position i nformation.
(2)     PLACE GROUP SELECT switch in 1.
: 3. CEA position on ADS. 4. Affected "Group" Button indicated RED on ADS RSPT Group Overview Display. 5. DEV Alarm Indicators on Group Overview and spec i fic Group Display for affected CEAs. OPERATOR ACTIONS NOTE
(3)     WITHDRAW each Regulating Group CEA between 2 and 3 inches.
(4)     IF any Regulating Group CEA in group is greater than or equal to 4 inches withdrawn, THEN REALIGN CEA to between 2 and 3 inches withdrawn using Ml (manual individual).
(5)     IF pulse count position is NOT in agreement with ADS ,
THEN RESET pulse count position indication per 2-NOP-102.01, Distributed Control System (DCS)
Operations.
JPM S-2 Page 19
 
REVISION NO.:                 PROCEDURE TITLE:                                                     PAGE:
29                                                                                            33 CONTROL ROOM PANEL K RTGB 204 PROCEDURE NO .:                                                                                     WINDOW:
2-ARP-01-KOO                                             ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 K-30 (Page 1of1 )
CAUSES :     Deviation between the highest and lowest CEA in any Group reach ing 5.5 inches.                                                     CEA POSITION DEVIATION MOTION BLOCK (ADS)
K-30 DEVICE:                         SETPOINT:                                          LOCATION:
ADS-                           ~5 . 5 in. (highest to lowest CEA position within a RTGB-204 Group)
ALARM CONFIRMATION
: 1. Annunciator K-11 , CEA MOTION INHIBIT, in ALARM .
: 2. Pulse Count CEA position information.
: 3. CEA position on ADS.
: 4. Affected "Group" Button indicated RED on ADS RSPT Group Overview Display.
: 5. DEV Alarm Indicators on Group Overview and specific Group Display for affected CEAs .
OPERATOR ACTIONS NOTE
* This condition results in a CEA Motion inhibit (K-11 ).
* This condition results in a CEA Motion inhibit (K-11 ).
* This alarm is part of the Tech Spec 3/4.1.3.1, Movable Control Assemblies  
* This alarm is part of the Tech Spec 3/4.1 .3.1, Movable Control Assemblies - CEA Position , requirement for CEA Block Circuit.
-CEA Posit i on , requirement for CEA Block Circuit.
* Both the ADS RSPT Group Overview and the CEA Pulse Count Overview displays are based on a group average . Misaligned CEAs within a group will NOT be indicated graphically on these displays except for a small change to the group average on the ADS display. Both display systems indicate a deviation by the DEV Alarm Indicators on the various displays changing from Gray to RED .
* Both the ADS RSPT Group Overview and the CEA Pulse Count Overview displays are based on a group average. Misaligned CEAs within a group w i ll NOT be indicated graphically on these d i splays except for a small change to the group average on the ADS display. Both display systems indicate a deviation by the DEV Alarm Indicators on the various displays changing from Gray to RED.
* Both the ADS and Pulse Count displays will show 2 DEV Alarm Indicators (In RED) in the Group with the deviation, indicating the highest and lowest CEAs within that Group. The Pulse Count displays will also show 2 MINOR DEV Alarm Indicators (in RED) for the same 2 rods.
* Both the ADS and Pulse Count displays will show 2 DEV Alarm Ind i cators (In RED) in the G r oup w i th the deviation , indicating the highest and lowest CEAs within that Group. The Pulse Count displays will also show 2 MINOR DEV Alarm Indicators (in RED) for the same 2 rods. 1. ENSURE all CEA motion STOPPED. 2. COMPARE ADS CEA positions with Pulse Count CEA positions on the individual CEA display of the affected group. 3. IF alarm valid and misalignment confirmed , THEN GO TO 2-AOP-66.01 , Dropped or Misaligned CEA Abnormal Operations. 4. IF CEA position indication malfunction is suspected , THEN GO TO 2-AOP-66.02 , CEA Position I ndicating System Abnormal Operations. REFERENCES
: 1. ENSURE all CEA motion STOPPED.
: 1. CWD 2998-B-327 SH 398 and 1097 JPM S-2 Page 20 K-30 REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE: 5 PROCEDURE NO.: DROPPED OR MISALIGNED CEA ABNORMAL OPERATIONS 7 of 33 2-AOP-66.01 I INSTRUCTIONS I 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS 4.1 Immediate Operator Actions D 1. D 2. 3. PLACE CEDMCS MODE SELECT switch in OFF. VERIFY fil! CEA motion has STOPPED. VERIFY NO dropped CEAs:
: 2. COMPARE ADS CEA positions with Pulse Count CEA positions on the individual CEA display of the affected group.
: 3. IF alarm valid and misalignment confirmed , THEN GO TO 2-AOP-66.01 , Dropped or Misaligned CEA Abnormal Operations .
: 4. IF CEA position indication malfunction is suspected , THEN GO TO 2-AOP-66.02 , CEA Position Indicating System Abnormal Operations .
REFERENCES :           1. CWD 2998-B-327 SH 398 and 1097 JPM S-2 Page 20
 
REVISION NO.:       PROCEDURE TITLE :                                                 PAGE:
5                           DROPPED OR MISALIGNED CEA ABNORMAL OPERATIONS                             7 of 33 PROCEDURE NO.:
2-AOP-66.01                             ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 IINSTRUCTIONS I                           ICONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.0       OPERATOR ACTIONS 4.1       Immediate Operator Actions D       1. PLACE CEDMCS MODE SELECT switch in OFF.
D        2. VERIFY fil! CEA motion has               2.1 TRIP reactor.
STOPPED.
2.2 GO TO 2-EOP-01, Standard Post Trip Actions.
: 3. VERIFY NO dropped CEAs:                  3.1 IF both of the following conditions are met:
* Rod bottom lights
* Rod bottom lights
* Unit is in MODE 1 or 2.
* ADS FLAT PANEL DISPLAY
* ADS FLAT PANEL DISPLAY
* Pulse Count Displays ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 I CONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 2.1 TRIP reactor. 2.2 GO TO 2-EOP-01, Standard Post Trip Actions. 3.1 IF both of the following conditions are met:
* TWO or more CEAs are dropped.
* Unit is in MODE 1 or 2.
* Pulse Count Displays THEN PERFORM the following:
* TWO or more CEAs are dropped. THEN PERFORM the following:
A. TRIP reactor.
A. TRIP reactor. B. GO TO 2-EOP-01 , Standard Post Trip Actions. JPM S-2 Page 21 REVISION NO.: PROC E DURE TITLE: PAGE: 33 STANDARD POST TRIP ACTIONS . 5 of 19 PROCEDURE NO.: 2-EOP-01 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS REACTIVITY CONTROL INSTRUCTIONS CONTINGENCY ACTIONS D 1. DETERMINE Reactivity Control acceptance criteria are met: A. VERIFY Reactor power is A.1 PERFORM the following AS lowering. NECESSARY to insert CEAs: 1. Manually TRIP the Reactor. 2. DEENERGIZE the CEDM MG Sets by opening BOTH of the following breakers:
B. GO TO 2-EOP-01 ,
Standard Post Trip Actions .
JPM S-2 Page 21
 
REVISION NO.:         PROCEDURE TITLE:                                     PAGE : ~
33                   STANDARD POST TRIP ACTIONS
                                                                              . 5 of 19 PROCEDURE NO .:
2-EOP-01                           ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0   OPERATOR ACTIONS REACTIVITY CONTROL INSTRUCTIONS                         CONTINGENCY ACTIONS D     1. DETERMINE Reactivity Control acceptance criteria are met:
A. VERIFY Reactor power is         A.1 PERFORM the following AS lowering .                         NECESSARY to insert CEAs:
: 1. Manually TRIP the Reactor.
: 2. DEENERGIZE the CEDM MG Sets by opening BOTH of the following breakers:
* LC 2A2 , 8kr 2-40212 , CEA Drive MG Set 2A
* LC 2A2 , 8kr 2-40212 , CEA Drive MG Set 2A
* LC 282, 8kr 2-40511 , CEA Drive MG Set 28 3. OPEN TC8-1 through TC8-8 , at Rx Trip Swgr. 8. VERIFY Startup Rate is negative. c. VERIFY ALL CEAs are fully C.1 INITIATE Emergency 8oration to inserted. ach i eve adequate SOM. D. ENSURE NO dilution is in progress.
* LC 282, 8kr 2-40511 , CEA Drive MG Set 28
REVISION NO.: 6 PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE: EMERGENCY BORATION 6of15 PROCEDURE NO.: 2-AOP-02.02 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 I INSTRUCTIONS I I CONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS 4.1 Immediate Operator Actions None 4.2 Subsequent Operator Actions D D D NOTE
: 3. OPEN TC8-1 through TC8-8 , at Rx Trip Swgr.
: 8. VERIFY Startup Rate is negative.
: c. VERIFY ALL CEAs are fully C.1 INITIATE Emergency 8oration to inserted.                         achieve adequate SOM .
D. ENSURE NO dilution is in progress.
 
REVISION NO.:           PROCEDURE TITLE:                                             PAGE :
6 EMERGENCY BORATION                           6of15 PROCEDURE NO.:
2-AOP-02 .02                             ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 IINSTRUCTIONS I                           ICONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.0       OPERATOR ACTIONS 4.1       Immediate Operator Actions None 4.2       Subsequent Operator Actions NOTE
* This Procedure may contain steps that could adversely affect reactivity.
* This Procedure may contain steps that could adversely affect reactivity.
Proper consideration and appropriate briefings shall occur prior to performance of steps that could challenge reactivity.
Proper consideration and appropriate briefings shall occur prior to performance of steps that could challenge reactivity.
* The following information is posted as an Operator Aid at RTGB-205 Panel " M". Any changes made to this section must be included in the Operator Aid per 0010140 , Control of Operator Aids. 1. VERIFY at least one charging pump is running with control switch in ST ART. NOTE 1.1 START at least one charging pump with control switch in START. The MAKEUP MODE SELECTOR switch is required to be in MANUAL prior to switching the Boric Acid Pump control switches to preclude pump breaker trips. 2. VERIFY the MAKEUP MODE 2.1 PLACE the MAKEUP MODE SELECTOR switch is in MANUAL. SELECTOR switch in MANUAL. 3. VERIFY V2525, BORON LOAD 3.1 CLOSE V2525 , BORON LOAD CONTROL VALVE is CLOSED. CONTROL VALVE.
* The following information is posted as an Operator Aid at RTGB-205 Panel "M". Any changes made to this section must be included in the Operator Aid per 0010140 , Control of Operator Aids .
REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: Pf.GE: 6 EMERGENCY BORATION 7of15 PROCEDURE NO.: 2-AOP-02.02 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 I INSTRUCTIONS I I CONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2 Subsequent Operator Actions (continued)
D      1.     VERIFY at least one charging pump is running with control 1.1   START at least one charging pump with control switch in switch in START.                              START.
D NOTE Both Boric Acid Pumps are required to be placed in service when the combined Boric Acid Makeup Tank volumes are being credited as a borated water source. Otherwise, the pump associated with the Boric Acid Makeup Tank being credited as the borated water source should be started. 4. PERFORM the following to Emergency Borate using V2514 , EMERGENCY BORATE: A. ST ART at least one of the following:
NOTE The MAKEUP MODE SELECTOR switch is required to be in MANUAL prior to switching the Boric Acid Pump control switches to preclude pump breaker trips .
D        2. VERIFY the MAKEUP MODE SELECTOR switch is in MANUAL.
2.1   PLACE the MAKEUP MODE SELECTOR switch in MANUAL.
D        3. VERIFY V2525, BORON LOAD CONTROL VALVE is CLOSED.
3.1   CLOSE V2525 , BORON LOAD CONTROL VALVE.
 
REVISION NO.:           PROCEDURE TITLE:                                             Pf.GE:
6 EMERGENCY BORATION                           7of15 PROCEDURE NO.:
2-AOP-02 .02                             ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 IINSTRUCTIONS I                               ICONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2       Subsequent Operator Actions (continued)
NOTE Both Boric Acid Pumps are required to be placed in service when the combined Boric Acid Makeup Tank volumes are being credited as a borated water source. Otherwise, the pump associated with the Boric Acid Makeup Tank being credited as the borated water source should be started .
D      4.     PERFORM the following to Emergency Borate using V2514, 4.1  GO TO Section 4.2 Step 5.
EMERGENCY BORATE:
A. START at least one of the following:
* 2A (BORIC ACID PUMP)
* 2A (BORIC ACID PUMP)
* 2B (BORIC ACID PUMP) IF 2A BORIC ACID PUMP was started, THEN CLOSE V2650, TANK 2A RECIRC VALVE. C.
* 2B (BORIC ACID PUMP)
* IF 2B BORIC ACID PUMP was started, THEN CLOSE V2651, TANK 2B RECIRC VALVE. D. OPEN V2514 , EMERGENCY BORATE. JPM S-2 Page 24 4.1 GO TO Section 4.2 Step 5.
IF 2A BORIC ACID PUMP was started, THEN CLOSE V2650, TANK 2A RECIRC VALVE.
REVIS ION N O.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE: 8of15 4 EMERGENCY BORATION P ROC EDURE N O.: 2-AOP-02.02 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 I INSTRUCTIONS I I CONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2 Subsequent Operator Actions (continued)
C.
D NOTE Both Boric Acid Gravity Feed valves are required to be placed in service when the combined Bor i c Acid Makeup Tank volumes are being credited as a borated water source. Otherwise , the Gravity Feed valve associated with the Boric Acid Makeup Tank being cred i ted as the borated water source should be opened. 5. IF unable to Emergency Borate using V2514 , THEN PERFORM the following: A. STOP the running BORIC ACID PUMPS. B. OPEN at least one of the following:
* IF 2B BORIC ACID PUMP was started, THEN CLOSE V2651, TANK 2B RECIRC VALVE.
* V2508 VAL VE , (BA Gravity Feed B)
D. OPEN V2514 ,
* V2509 VAL VE, (BA Grav i ty Feed A) C. CLOSE V2501, VCT OUTLET VAL VE. JPM S-2 Page 25 5.1 GO TO Section 4.2 Step 6.
EMERGENCY BORATE.
REVI S ION N O.: PROCEDUR E T ITLE: PAGE:
JPM S-2 Page 24
* 4 EMERGENCY BORATION 9of15 P ROC EDURE NO.: 2-AOP-02.02 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 I INSTRUCTIONS I I CONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2 Subsequent Operator Actions (continued)
 
CAUTION The RWT to Charging Pump Suction line is not seismically designed and may NOT be available during a seismic event. D 6. IF the Boric Acid Makeup Tanks are unavailable OR both Gravity Feed valves failed to OPEN , THEN PERFORM the following: A. OPEN V2504 , REFUEL WATER TO CHARGING PUMPS. B. ENSURE V2501, VCT OUTLET VAL VE , CLOSED. C. CLOSE V2508 , BA GRAVITY FEED B. D. CLOSE V2509 BA GRAVITY FEED A E. CLOSE V251.4 , EMERGENCY BORATE. JPM S-2 Page 26 I;*'.': '-.,_..., " : ...:. ..... ... I *. 'j .. 2-AOP-02.Q2 .. Emergency  
REVIS ION NO. :         PROCEDURE TITLE:                                             PAGE:
.. St. ... : ....... *
4 EMERGENCY BORATION                         8of15 PROC EDURE NO.:
* j *; *; ;_-:-*-. . . NOTE/:' .  
2-AOP-02 .02                             ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 IINSTRUCTIONS I                             ICONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2       Subsequent Operator Actions (continued)
* :: . . **'"'\ . This procedure may contain steps that  
NOTE Both Boric Acid Gravity Feed valves are required to be placed in service when the combined Boric Acid Makeup Tank volumes are being credited as a borated water source. Otherwise, the Gravity Feed valve associated with the Boric Acid Makeup Tank being cred ited as the borated water source should be opened .
*. : . \ consideration and appropriate briefings shalLoccifr pnor to 6f step_t that . . . . . / . *'*. . . .... -** , .. * .......... : .. ,....,.. . . could challenge .,* . * / '''J. -.: :.* * ,. /,,. *-:. l. VERIFY at leasfone charging pump is running , . --U --ST AR 9rt. e charging pump With control sWitch in START. with control switch in START./:'_ , ** *1 ---* **..........
D        5.     IF unable to Emergency Borate using V2514 ,
...-,* *NOTE .-....... __ . The MAKEUP MODE SELECTOR switch is required to be in MANUAL prior"to "\ switching the Boric Acid Pump control switches to preclude pump *breaker trips. '( I --. . . / ---2. VERIFY the ._ SELECTOR switch is in * '"-, , *  
5.1  GO TO Section 4.2 Step 6.
... * -2.1 PLACE the MAKEUP MODE SELECTORsWitcI:i fu MANuAL. . __
THEN PERFORM the following :
.;
A.     STOP the running BORIC ACID PUMPS .
: 3. VERIFY LOAD CONTROL\!ALVEisCLOSED 3.1 C+;QSEW2525, BORtlNtCJAD. . coNTR.oL'v ALyE. ) , , .. . .* NOT-E . . ... . .,I ":'.'.p *": Both Boric Acid Pumps are required to be placed in the combilleo-Bori;: Acid Makeup Tank volumes are being as a boratec(water * .. Otherwise, the pump assoCiated Vl'.i!h the Acid Makeup Tmµ( being tl!e borated water source should be started., * ' --* * * * -........ . . *.*: ..
B. OPEN at least one of the following :
* 4. PERFORM the following to Emergency  
* V2508 VAL VE ,
;""'."\ 4': 1 GO TO Section 4.2 Step?: Borate using V25 l 4 ,-.EMERGENG¥ BORA TE: A. B. C. D. START at least one of the following:
(BA Gravity Feed B)
* V2509 VALVE, (BA Gravity Feed A)
C. CLOSE V2501, VCT OUTLET VAL VE .
JPM S-2 Page 25
 
REVI SION NO.:           PROCEDURE TITLE :                                       PAGE:
* 4 EMERGENCY BORATION                       9of15 PROC EDURE NO.:
2-AOP-02 .02                             ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 IINSTRUCTIONS I                             ICONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2       Subsequent Operator Actions (continued)
CAUTION The RWT to Charging Pump Suction line is not seismically designed and may NOT be available during a seismic event.
D       6. IF the Boric Acid Makeup Tanks are unavailable OR both Gravity Feed valves failed to OPEN ,
THEN PERFORM the following :
A.     OPEN V2504 , REFUEL WATER TO CHARGING PUMPS.
B.     ENSURE V2501, VCT OUTLET VALVE ,
CLOSED.
C.     CLOSE V2508 , BA GRAVITY FEED B.
D.     CLOSE V2509 BA GRAVITY FEED A E.     CLOSE V251 .4 ,
EMERGENCY BORATE.
JPM S-2 Page 26
 
                                                                                                            ... I
                                        *.
                                                                                                                                                                                                          'j . .
: ...:.
                                .....                                                                     2-AOP-02.Q2
                                                                                            . Emergency .:f?or~#9n ..
* j *;
I;* '.' :                          *-.                                                                                                                                          *;   ;_-:-
St. -Lucie:tJmi'.2-~ ...: ... . . .*
                                                                  .                                           . NOTE/:' .                                   .::.~ *           :: . . **'"'\ .
This procedure may contain steps that cou:rcf"ad.v~rs.ely ~rt:e.st:t~~-ctGiit)i'.~-Pn;iper *. ~ : . \
consideration
                                        .              and appropriate   ..                 briefings .shalLoccifr
                                                                                                                  . /                 pnor to
                                                                                                                                . *'*. .
peffcjifu.aJic*~ 6f step_
                                                                                                                                                      . .... - * * , .. *....... ..: .. ,....,..
t that.
                                                                                                                                                                                                        .
could challenge re.~ct1VIty.:                                                  .,* .         *               /                   ' ''J. -.: :. * * ,.
                                                                                                                                                /,,.                               *- :.
: l. VERIFY at leasfone charging pump is running                                                           ,.     -- U --STARIi1U~a.:st 9rt.e charging pump with control switch in START./:'_                                                 ,         **     *1                           With control sWitch in START.
                                              ---*     **. . . . .         . .-                             ,* *NOTE                   .-. . . .                             ~ __           .
The MAKEUP MODE SELECTOR switch is required to be in MANUAL prior"to                                                                                                           "\
switching the Boric Acid Pump control switches to preclude pump *b reaker trips.                                                                                             '( I
                                                      -                         -       ..               .             /                                         -         -                 -
: 2. VERIFY the MAKEUP-MODE -:~cc;* ._                                                                                   2.1 PLACE the MAKEUP MODE SELECTOR switch is in Ma.D:uill-~--
* SELECTORsWitcI:i fu MANuAL.
                                      '"-,,           -~          *~ .~2s:. ;-~--: . . ~ *- ~                                                          . i~~~t~~}~;~.~*~~;.~*~_ *;~>-f~. *::?:~:~~ .;- ~~-~
: 3. VERIFY V252~, *.BOR0N LOAD                                                                                         3.1 C+;QSEW2525, BORtlNtCJAD .
CONTROL\!ALVEisCLOSED                                                                                                        . coNTR.oL'v ALyE. ) ,,                                         ..
                                                    .                                     .*                     NOT-E                 .           .         ..       .         .,I ":'.'.p *":
Both Boric Acid Pumps are required to be placed in ~eM,~e,wheri the combilleo-Bori;:
Acid Makeup Tank volumes are being credit~q as a boratec(water sourc.~. *.. Otherwise, the pump assoCiated Vl'.i!h the Bori~ Acid Makeup Tmµ( being eredi~ecJ.:~ tl!e borated water source should be started., * ' -                                                           -* *                                     *                   *
                                                                                              -.. . . .                           . . *>~ - *~-                          *. *: ..*
: 4. PERFORM the following to Emergency                                                                   ;""'."\ 4':1 GO TO Section 4.2 Step?:
Borate using V25 l 4,-.EMERGENG¥ BORATE:
'-.,_...,                          A. START at least one of the following:
* 2A (BORIC ACID PUMP)
* 2A (BORIC ACID PUMP)
* 2B (BORIC ACID PUMP) IF 2A BORIC ACID started,
    "
* THEN CLOSE V26_50, TANK 2A RECIRC VALVE. IF 2B BORJC ACID PUMP wo.S started, THAN CLOSE V26Sl, TANK 2B RECIRC VAL VE. OPEN V2514, EMERGENCY BORATE. NOTE Both Boric Acid GravitY Feed valves are required to be in service when the .,., ,.
* 2B (BORIC ACID PUMP)
* combined Boric Acid-Makeup Tank volumes. are being credited as a borated water source. Otherwise, the Gravity Feed valve associated with the Boric Acid Makeup Tank being credited as the borated water source should be 9pened. 5. IF unable to Emergency Borate using V2514 , THEN PERFORM thefoll6wip.g
B. IF 2A BORIC ACID P~was started,
:: 5.1 GO TO Section 4.2 Step 6. A. *STOP the.running BORlC_ACII;>_E.UMP.S ---------*** B. OPEN.at least one 'q(the follqWfug: . --. *. V2508 VALVE (BA Gravity FeedB)
* THEN CLOSE V26_50, TANK 2A RECIRC VALVE.
* V2509 VAL VE (BA Gravity Feed A) C. CLOSEV2501, VCT OUTLET VALVE. 6. IF the Boric Acid Makeup Tanks are unavailable OR both Gravify Fe"eci :vaives failed OPEN, THEN PERFORM the following:
C. IF 2B BORJC ACID PUMP wo.S started, THAN CLOSE V26Sl, TANK 2B RECIRC VALVE.
A. OPENV2504, REFUEL WATER TO CHARGING PUMPS. B. ENSUREV2501, VCTOUTLETVALVE,CLOSED.
D. OPEN V2514, EMERGENCY BORATE.
NOTE Both Boric Acid GravitY Feed valves are required to be pi~ceo in service when the                                                                                                 .,.,,.
* combined Boric Acid-Makeup Tank volumes. are being credited as a borated water source. Otherwise, the Gravity Feed valve associated with the Boric Acid Makeup Tank being credited as the borated water source should be 9pened.
: 5. IF unable to Emergency Borate using                                                                                 5.1 GO TO Section 4.2 Step 6.
V2514, THEN PERFORM thefoll6wip.g: :                                                                                                                                                  .. ----*
A. *STOP the.running BORlC_ACII;>_E.UMP.S - - - - -- - --***
B. OPEN.at least one 'q(the follqWfug: . - - .
                                                  *. V2508 VALVE (BA Gravity FeedB)
* V2509 VALVE (BA Gravity Feed A)
C. CLOSEV2501, VCT OUTLET VALVE.
: 6. IF the Boric Acid Makeup Tanks are unavailable OR both Gravify Fe"eci :vaives failed OPEN, THEN PERFORM the following:
A. OPENV2504, REFUEL WATER TO CHARGING PUMPS.
B. ENSUREV2501, VCTOUTLETVALVE,CLOSED.
C. CLOSE V2508, BA GRAVITY F_EED B.
C. CLOSE V2508, BA GRAVITY F_EED B.
* D. CLOSE V2509, BA GRAVITY FEED A. E. CLOSE V2514 , EMERGENCY BORATE. .. ----*
* D. CLOSE V2509, BA GRAVITY FEED A.
fj FPL St. Lucie Nuclear Plant Operations Training JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE RESPOND TO A CCW HEADER RUPfURE-UNIT 2 This JPM IS TIME CRITICAL This is an ALTERNATE PATH JPM JPM S-3 Page 1 NRC 22 JPM S-3 Simulator Page 1 of 11 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS Task: Respond to a CCW Header rupture Un i t 2 Alternate Path JPM? Yes Facility JPM #: N/A KIA: 008A2.02 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the CCWS , and (b) based on those predictions , use procedures to correct, control , or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations
E. CLOSE V2514, EMERGENCY BORATE.
: High I Low CCW surge tank level. KIA Rating(s):
 
3.2/3.5 Task Standard:
fj FPL St. Lucie Nuclear Plant Operations Training JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE RESPOND TO A CCW HEADER RUPfURE-UNIT 2 This JPM IS TIME CRITICAL This is an ALTERNATE PATH JPM NRC 22 JPM S-3 Simulator Page 1 of 11 JPM S-3 Page 1
This JPM is complete when all Reactor Coolant Pumps have been stopped within 10 minutes of losing CCW to the RC P's. Evaluation Location:
 
S i mulator x  
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS Task: Respond to a CCW Header rupture Unit 2 Alternate Path JPM?     Yes Facility JPM #: N/A KIA: 008A2 .02 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the CCWS, and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control , or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations: High I Low CCW surge tank level.
KIA Rating(s): 3.2/3.5 Task Standard: This JPM is complete when all Reactor Coolant Pumps have been stopped within 10 minutes of losing CCW to the RC P's.
Evaluation Location:                                                  Performance Level:
Simulator      In Plant        Lab        Other                      Perform      Simulate        Discuss x                                                                    x


==References:==
==References:==
In Plant Lab Other
* 2-AOP-14.01 , Component Cooling Water Abnormal Operation
* 2-AOP-14.01 , Component Cooling Water Abnormal Operation
* 2-AOP-01.09A1, Reactor Coolant Pump Validation Time: 10 minutes Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:
* 2-AOP-01.09A1, Reactor Coolant Pump Validation Time:   10 minutes                                         Time Critical:
* 2-AOP-14.01 Component Cooling Water Abnormal Operation Performance Level: Perform x Simulate Time Critical:
Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:
Discuss Specific Safety Rules, Personal Protective Equipment and Hazards associated with the task.
* 2-AOP-14.01 Component Cooling Water Abnormal Operation Specific Safety Rules, Personal Protective Equipment and Hazards associated with the task.
* None Radiological Protection and RWP Requirements:
* None Radiological Protection and RWP Requirements:
* None JPM S-3 Page 2 NRC 22 JPM S-3 Simulator Page 2 of 11 SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS:
* None NRC 22 JPM S-3 Simulator Page 2 of 11 JPM S-3 Page 2
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS:
* The task you are to perform is: Respond to a CCW header rupture Unit 2.
* The task you are to perform is: Respond to a CCW header rupture Unit 2.
* The performance level to be used for this JPM is Perform
* The performance level to be used for this JPM is Perform
* This is a time critical JPM.
* This is a time critical JPM.
* During the performance of the task , I will tell you which steps to simulate or discuss.
* During the performance of the task, I will tell you which steps to simulate or discuss.
* I will provide you with the appropriate cues for steps that are simulated or discussed.
* I will provide you with the appropriate cues for steps that are simulated or discussed.
* You may use any approved reference materials normally available in the execution of this task, including logs.
* You may use any approved reference materials normally available in the execution of this task, including logs.
* Indicate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you. SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS FOR SIMULATOR JPMs:
* Indicate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you .
SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS FOR SIMULATOR JPMs:
* All simulator JPM steps, including communications, shall be performed for this JPM.
* All simulator JPM steps, including communications, shall be performed for this JPM.
* You are to operate any plant equipment that is necessary for the completion of this JPM.
* You are to operate any plant equipment that is necessary for the completion of this JPM.
* The simulator will provide the cues as you perform this JPM.
* The simulator will provide the cues as you perform this JPM.
* Indicate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you. INITIAL CONDITIONS:
* Indicate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you .
Unit 2 is in Mode 3 , normal operating temperature and pressure. INITIATING CUES: A suspected CCW leak has occurred.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
CCW surge tank alarms Annunciators LA-10 and LB-10 came in one minute ago. The SNPO has been directed to carry out the local actions as defined in the annunciator summaries for the above alarms. The US has directed you to carry out the actions of 2-AOP-14.01 Component Cooling Water-Abnormal Operation, Step 4.2.8 " Rupture of a CCW Header". ELEMENTS OF THIS JPM ARE TIME CTITICAL JPM S-3 Page 3 NRC 22 JPM S-3 Simulator Page 3 of 11 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST START TIME: ___ _ 2-AOP-14.01 Com onent Coolin Water -Abnormal 0 eration EXAMINER'S NOTE The simulator is frozen while the candidate is provided an opportun i ty to walk down the RTG8 and reviews the status of alarms that are in. NOTE The following annunciators will alarm on a rupture of either the CCW Header A , 8 or N , or failure of the makeup system.
Unit 2 is in Mode 3, normal operating temperature and pressure.
* LA-10 , CCW Surge Tank Compartment A Level Low
INITIATING CUES:
* L8-10 , CCW Surge Tank Level High I Compartment 8 Level Low CCW Header N automatically isolates from CCW Headers A and 8 due to low l evels in both compartments of the CCW Surge Tank due to a rupture of any of the cross:-connected CCW headers. CCW will be lost to CCW N Header Com onents , includin RCP's and Letdown HX STEP 1 (4.2.8.1 ): Rupture of CCW Header A. VERIFY CCW Header N i solation valves CLOSED:
A suspected CCW leak has occurred. CCW surge tank alarms Annunciators LA-10 and LB-10 came in one minute ago. The SNPO has been directed to carry out the local actions as defined in the annunciator summaries for the above alarms. The US has directed you to carry out the actions of 2-AOP-14 .01 Component Cooling Water-Abnormal Operation, Step 4.2.8 "Rupture of a CCW Header".
* HCV-14-8A , Normal Hdr Isolation
ELEMENTS OF THIS JPM ARE TIME CTITICAL NRC 22 JPM S-3 Simulator Page 3 of 11 JPM S-3 Page 3
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST START TIME : _ _ __
2-AOP-14.01 Com onent Coolin Water - Abnormal 0 eration EXAMINER'S NOTE The simulator is frozen while the candidate is provided an opportun ity to walk down the RTG8 and reviews the status of alarms that are in.
SAT NOTE The following annunciators will alarm on a rupture of either the CCW Header A , 8 UN SAT or N, or failure of the makeup system.
* LA-10, CCW Surge Tank Compartment A Level Low
* L8-10, CCW Surge Tank Level High I Compartment 8 Level Low CCW Header N automatically isolates from CCW Headers A and 8 due to low levels in both compartments of the CCW Surge Tank due to a rupture of any of the cross:-connected CCW headers. CCW will be lost to CCW N Header Com onents , includin RCP's and Letdown HX STEP 1 (4.2.8.1 ):       Rupture of CCW Header A. VERIFY CCW Header N isolation valves CLOSED:
* HCV-14-8A, Normal Hdr Isolation
* HCV-14-9, From Normal Hdr Isolation
* HCV-14-9, From Normal Hdr Isolation
* HCV-14-88 , Normal Hdr Isolation
* HCV-14-88, Normal Hdr Isolation
* HCV-1 4-10 , From Normal Hdr Isolation STANDARD: DETERMINES HCV-14-8A , HCV-14-88, HCV-14-9 , HCV-14-10 have closed. Time Critical clock starts when Appl i cant has completed this step. Time Start (Time 1) EXAMINER'S CUE: NONE (If asked when LA-10 and LB-10 came in, state they just came in (If asked when L-14 'RCP CCW Flow Low 10 minute Timer Started' state it just came in. EXAMINER'S NOTE: Annunciator LB-10 will clear 45 seconds after the simulator is unfrozen.
* HCV-14-10, From Normal Hdr Isolation STANDARD:         DETERMINES HCV-14-8A, HCV-14-88, HCV-14-9, HCV-14-10 have closed . Time Critical clock starts when Applicant has completed this step.
This indicates that the rupture is occurring on the 'A' header. EXAMINER'S NOTE: If the applicant calls the SNPO for status of the CCW surge tank, state 'LCV-14-1 is open and a continuous makeup is occurring EXAMINER'S NOTE: If the applicant enters APPENDIX A CCW LEAK SEARCH, state another RO will perform APPENDIX A. COMMENTS: SAT UN SAT NRC 22 JPM S-3 S i mulator Page 4 of 11 JPM S-3 Page 4 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST ST E P 1 (4.2.8.1 ): Cont i nued. NOTE *If both annunc i ators LA-10 , CCW SURGE TANK COMPARTMENT A LEVEL LOV'{, and LB-10 , CCW SURGE TANK LEVEL HIGH I COMPARTMENT B LEVEL LOW , clear , then the rupture is in CCW Header N. *If only annunciator LA-10 , CCW SURGE TANK COMPARTMENT A LEVEL LOW clears , then the rupture is in CCW Header B. *If only annunc i ator LB-10 , CCW SURGE TANK LEVEL HIGH I COMPARTMENT B LEVEL LOW, clears , then the rupture is i n CCW Header A. *If both annunciators LA-10 , CCW SURGE TANK COMPARTMENT A LEVEL LOW , and LB-10 , CCW SURGE TANK LEVEL HIGH I COMPARTMENT B LEVEL LOW , do NOT c l ear , then the problem may lie with CCW Sur e Tank Makeu . STEP 2 (4.2.8.2): IDENTIFY ruptured CCW Header SAT UNSAT STANDARD: RECOGNIZES LB-10 has cleared and identifies the rupture is in th " A" Essential CCW Header EXAMINER'S CUE: NONE EXAMINER'S NOTE: The 3rd bullet applies for the given conditions COMMENTS: JPM S-3 Page 5 NRC 22 JPM S-3 Simulator Page 5of11 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 3 (4.2.8.3): PERFORM the applicable section per Table 2 STANDARD: DETERMINES the applicable section of Table 2 is 4.2.9 EXAMINER'S CUE: NONE TABLE 2 Abnormal Condition Section Rupture of CCW Header A Section 4.2.9 Rupture of CCW Header B Section 4.2.10 Rupture of CCW Header N Section 4.2.11 Loss of CCW Surge Tank makeup Section 4.2.12 ,.. EXAMINER'S NOTE: Since it was determined that the leak is in the A CCW, Section 4.2.9 should be selected STEP 4 (4.2.9.1 ): VERIFY Section 4.2.8 , Rupture of CCW Header performed STANDARD:
Time Start                 (Time 1)
RECOGNIZES Section 4.2.8 has been performed. EXAMINER'S CUE: NONE COMMENTS: JPM S-3 Page 6 SAT UNSAT NRC 22 JPM S-3 Simulator Page 6 of 1 1 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 5 (4.2.9.2): VERIFY CCW Header A ruptured:
EXAMINER'S CUE: NONE (If asked when LA-10 and LB-10 came in, state they just came in (If asked when L-14 'RCP CCW Flow Low 10 minute Timer Started' state it just came in.
EXAMINER'S NOTE: Annunciator LB-10 will clear 45 seconds after the simulator is unfrozen. This indicates that the rupture is occurring on the 'A' header.
EXAMINER'S NOTE: If the applicant calls the SNPO for status of the CCW surge tank, state 'LCV-14-1 is open and a continuous makeup is occurring EXAMINER'S NOTE: If the applicant enters APPENDIX A CCW LEAK SEARCH, state another RO will perform APPENDIX A.
COMMENTS :
NRC 22 JPM S-3 Simulator Page 4 of 11 JPM S-3 Page 4
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 1 (4.2.8.1): Continued.
NOTE                                             SAT
*If both annunciators LA-10, CCW SURGE TANK COMPARTMENT A LEVEL LOV'{, and LB-10, CCW SURGE TANK LEVEL HIGH I                                 UNSAT COMPARTMENT B LEVEL LOW, clear, then the rupture is in CCW Header N.
*If only annunciator LA-10, CCW SURGE TANK COMPARTMENT A LEVEL LOW clears , then the rupture is in CCW Header B.
*If only annunciator LB-10, CCW SURGE TANK LEVEL HIGH I COMPARTMENT B LEVEL LOW, clears , then the rupture is in CCW Header A.
*If both annunciators LA-10 , CCW SURGE TANK COMPARTMENT A LEVEL LOW, and LB-10, CCW SURGE TANK LEVEL HIGH I COMPARTMENT B LEVEL LOW, do NOT clear, then the problem may lie with CCW Sur e Tank Makeu .
STEP 2 (4.2.8.2): IDENTIFY ruptured CCW Header STANDARD:     RECOGNIZES LB-10 has cleared and identifies the rupture is in th "A" Essential CCW Header EXAMINER'S CUE: NONE EXAMINER'S NOTE: The     3rd bullet applies for the given conditions COMMENTS:
NRC 22 JPM S-3 Simulator Page 5of11 JPM S-3 Page 5
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 3 (4.2.8.3) : PERFORM the applicable section per Table 2 SAT STANDARD: DETERMINES the applicable section of Table 2 is 4.2.9 EXAMINER'S CUE: NONE                                                                 UNSAT TABLE 2 Abnormal Condition                         Section Rupture of CCW Header A                                     Section 4.2.9 Rupture of CCW Header B                                     Section 4.2.10 Rupture of CCW Header N                                     Section 4.2.11 ,..
Loss of CCW Surge Tank makeup                               Section 4.2.12 EXAMINER'S NOTE: Since it was determined that the leak is in the A CCW, Section 4.2.9 should be selected STEP 4 (4.2.9.1):   VERIFY Section 4.2.8, Rupture of CCW Header performed STANDARD: RECOGNIZES Section 4.2.8 has been performed.
EXAMINER'S CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
NRC 22 JPM S-3 Simulator Page 6 of 11 JPM S-3 Page 6
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 5 (4.2.9.2): VERIFY CCW Header A ruptured :
SAT
* Annunciator LB-10, CCW SURGE TANK LEVEL HIGH I COMPARTMENT 8 LEVEL LOW, clear
* Annunciator LB-10, CCW SURGE TANK LEVEL HIGH I COMPARTMENT 8 LEVEL LOW, clear
* LA-10 , CCW SURGE TANK COMPARTMENT A LEVEL LOW, in alarm STANDARD: VERIFIES LB-10 has cleared and LA-10 is in alarm EXAMINER'S CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
_ _ UNSAT
STEP 6 (4.2.9.3): STOP CCW Pump supplying CCW Header A and PLACE th control switch in Pull to Lock
* LA-10, CCW SURGE TANK COMPARTMENT A LEVEL LOW, in alarm STANDARD:     VERIFIES LB-10 has cleared and LA-10 is in alarm EXAMINER'S CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
* CCW Pump 2A OR
STEP 6 (4.2.9.3):   STOP CCW Pump supplying CCW Header A and PLACE th               SAT control switch in Pull to Lock
* CCW Pump 2C SAT __ UNSAT SAT UNSAT STANDARD:
* CCW Pump 2A                                       UNSAT OR
STOPS the 2A CCW Pump and places the control switch in Pull t Lock EXAMINER'S CUE: NONE COMMENTS: JPM S-3 Page 7 NRC 22 JPM S-3 Simulator Page 7 of 1 1 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 7: (NOTE Prior to step 4.2.9.4A and B): Review the NOTE preceding step 4.2.9.4 NOTE Both CCW Header N valves must be taken to CLOSE and then to OPEN, as each valve is in the other's control circuit.
* CCW Pump 2C STANDARD:     STOPS the 2A CCW Pump and places the control switch in Pull t Lock EXAMINER'S CUE: NONE COMMENTS:
* There is a 5 second time delay to open HCV-14-10 , FROM NORMAL HOR ISOLATION.
NRC 22 JPM S-3 Simulator Page 7 of 11 JPM S-3 Page 7
STANDARD:
 
REVIEW the NOTE regarding CCW Header N Isolation Valves and OPERA TE the valves correctly EXAMINER'S CUE: NONE COMMENTS: JPM S-3 Page 8 SAT UNSAT NRC 22 JPM S-3 Simulator Page 8 of 11 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 8: (4.2.9.4A and 8): RESTORE CCW Header N to Header 8: A. Place the following control switches in CLOSE
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 7: (NOTE Prior to step 4.2.9.4A and B): Review the NOTE preceding step 4.2.9.4                                                                               SAT NOTE                                             UNSAT Both CCW Header N valves must be taken to CLOSE and then to OPEN, as each valve is in the other's control circuit.
* HCV-14-88 , Normal Hdr Isolation
* There is a 5 second time delay to open HCV-14-10, FROM NORMAL HOR ISOLATION.
* HCV-14-10 , From Normal Hdr Isolation
STANDARD:     REVIEW the NOTE regarding CCW Header N Isolation Valves and OPERATE the valves correctly EXAMINER'S CUE:     NONE COMMENTS:
: 8. OPEN the following:
NRC 22 JPM S-3 Simulator Page 8 of 11 JPM S-3 Page 8
* HCV-14-88 , Normal Hdr Isolation
 
* HCV-14-10 , From Normal Hdr Isolation STANDARD: DETERMINES HCV-14-10 will not open. STOPS all four Reactor Coolant Pumps within 10 minutes of loss of N header. Time Critical Clock Stop ______ (Time 2) Time 1 minus Time 2 must be less than or equal to 10 minutes. EXAMINER'S CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: Applicant may elect to enter 2-AOP-01.09A1 Reactor Coolant Pump (Step 4.2.10.1.1.5) to find the specific guidance; however the RC P's must be stopped within 10 minutes of losing CCW. Step 4.2.10.1.1.5:
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 8: (4.2.9.4A and 8) : RESTORE CCW Header N to Header 8:                       CRITICAL STEP A. Place the following control switches in CLOSE
IF an automatic reactor trip is anticipated (time from L-14 alarm recorded approaches 10 minutes), THEN PERFORM the following:
* HCV-14-88, Normal Hdr Isolation
A. TRIP reactor. B. STOP all RCPs. C. IMPLEMENT 2-EOP 01, Standard Post Trip Actions. EXAMINERS NOTE: RCP bearing temperatures may reach the trip setpoint prior to the 10 minute time limit. Applicant may trip the RC P's on bearing temperature. EXAMINERS NOTE: By the time Annunciator L-6 "RCP CCW Flow Low Trip" comes in the Applicant should have tripped the RCP's. COMMENTS:
* HCV-14-10, From Normal Hdr Isolation                   SAT
END OF TASK STOP TIME: ____ _ CRITICAL STEP SAT UNSAT NRC 22 JPM S-3 S i mulator Page 9of11 JPM S-3 Page 9
: 8. OPEN the following :
* RESTORE IC-82 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE SIMULATOR JPM SETUP
* HCV-14-88, Normal Hdr Isolation                       UNSAT
* HCV-14-10, From Normal Hdr Isolation STANDARD: DETERMINES HCV-14-10 will not open. STOPS all four Reactor Coolant Pumps within 10 minutes of loss of N header.
Time Critical Clock Stop_ _ _ _ _ _ (Time 2) Time 1 minus Time 2 must be less than or equal to 10 minutes.
EXAMINER'S CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: Applicant may elect to enter 2-AOP-01 .09A1 Reactor Coolant Pump (Step 4.2.10.1.1.5) to find the specific guidance; however the RC P's must be stopped within 10 minutes of losing CCW.
Step 4.2.10.1.1.5: IF an automatic reactor trip is anticipated (time from L-14 alarm recorded approaches 10 minutes), THEN PERFORM the following:
A. TRIP reactor.
B. STOP all RCPs.
C. IMPLEMENT 2-EOP 01, Standard Post Trip Actions.
EXAMINERS NOTE: RCP bearing temperatures may reach the trip setpoint prior to the 10 minute time limit. Applicant may trip the RC P's on bearing temperature.
EXAMINERS NOTE: By the time Annunciator L-6 "RCP CCW Flow Low Trip" comes in the Applicant should have tripped the RCP's.
COMMENTS:
END OF TASK STOP TIME: _ _ _ __
NRC 22 JPM S-3 Simulator Page 9of11 JPM S-3 Page 9
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE SIMULATOR JPM SETUP
* RESTORE IC-82
* SELECT and EXECUTE JPM Lesson S-3
* SELECT and EXECUTE JPM Lesson S-3
* UNFREEZE the simulator to allow LA-10 and LB-10 to come in
* UNFREEZE the simulator to allow LA-10 and LB-10 to come in
* FREEZE the Simulator right after the "N" Header valves auto close
* FREEZE the Simulator right after the "N" Header valves auto close
* When the candidate has stated that the RTGB walk down is complete.
* When the candidate has stated that the RTGB walk down is complete. UNFREEZE and TRIGGER "Open 14-1" NOTE: LB-10 should clear in 45 seconds after the simulator is running NRC 22 S-3 Simulator Page 10 of 11 JPM S-3 Page 10
UNFREEZE and TRIGGER "Open 14-1" NOTE: LB-10 should clear in 45 seconds after the simulator is running JPM S-3 Page 10 NRC 22 S-3 Simulator Page 10 of 1 1 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED TO THE EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF THE TASK) INITIAL CONDITIONS:
 
Unit 2 is in Mode 3 , normal operating temperature and pressure. INITIATING CUES: A suspected CCW leak has occurred.
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED TO THE EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF THE TASK)
CCW surge tank alarms Annunciators LA-10 and LB-10 came in one minute ago. The SNPO has been directed to carry out the local actions as defined i n the annunc i ator summaries for the above alarms. The US has directed you to carry out the actions of 2-AOP-14.01 Component Cooling Water -Abnormal Operation , Step 4.2.8. ELEMENTS OF THIS JPM ARE TIME CTITICAL
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
* JPM S-3 Page 11 REVISION NO.: 24 PROCEDURE NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: CONTROL ROOM PANEL LA PACB PAGE: ,, 13 ***. WINDOW: 2-ARP-01-LAOO ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 LA-10 (Page 1 of 1) CAUSES: Alarm may be caused by a faulty automatic makeup valve, gas intrusion, or CCW system leak. (Management Directive, Ref# 3) CCW SURGE TANK COMPARTMENT A LEVEL LOW LA-10 DEVICE: SETPOINT:
Unit 2 is in Mode 3, normal operating temperature and pressure.
LOCATION:
INITIATING CUES:
LS-14-1A/211 2 feet 5 inches above tank bottom RAB/64/S-RA 1 Nl/-RAI ALARM CONFIRMATION
A suspected CCW leak has occurred. CCW surge tank alarms Annunciators LA-10 and LB-10 came in one minute ago. The SNPO has been directed to carry out the local actions as defined in the annunciator summaries for the above alarms. The US has directed you to carry out the actions of 2-AOP-14.01 Component Cooling Water - Abnormal Operation , Step 4.2.8.
: 1. LG-14-2A, CCW Surge Tank Level (local indication).
ELEMENTS OF THIS JPM ARE TIME CTITICAL
OPERATOR ACTIONS . .., CAUTION HCV-14-8A and HCV-14-9 automatically CLOSE when level decreases to low level setpoint.
* JPM S-3 Page 11
CCW flow will be lost to ALL of the following components which may cause equipment damage:
 
                                                                                                                              ,,
REVISION NO.:                 PROCEDURE TITLE:                                                                     PAGE:
24                                                                                                            13 ***.
CONTROL ROOM PANEL LA PACB PROCEDURE NO. :                                                                                                    WINDOW:
LA-10 2-ARP-01-LAOO                                             ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 (Page 1 of 1)
CAUSES:       Alarm may be caused by a faulty automatic makeup valve, gas intrusion, or CCW system leak. (Management Directive, Ref# 3)                   CCW SURGE TANK COMPARTMENT A LEVEL LOW LA-10 DEVICE:                           SETPOINT:                                                   LOCATION:
LS-14-1A/211                     2 feet 5 inches above tank bottom                           RAB/64/S-RA 1Nl/-RAI ALARM CONFIRMATION
: 1. LG- 14-2A, CCW Surge Tank Level (local indication).
OPERATOR ACTIONS                                                                                           ...,
CAUTION HCV-14-8A and HCV-14-9 automatically CLOSE when level decreases to low level setpoint. CCW flow will be lost to ALL of the following components which may cause equipment damage:
* Boric Acid Concentrators
* Boric Acid Concentrators
* RCPs
* RCPs
Line 594: Line 1,453:
* 2A and 2B Waste Gas Compressors
* 2A and 2B Waste Gas Compressors
* Letdown HX
* Letdown HX
* Sample Hxs 1. Locally PERFORM the following: A. ENSURE the following valves are OPEN:
* Sample Hxs
: 1. Locally PERFORM the following :
A. ENSURE the following valves are OPEN :
* V14482, Root Valve for LG-14-2A Upper On CCW Surge Tank. (RAB/77/S-RA1/W-RAI)
* V14482, Root Valve for LG-14-2A Upper On CCW Surge Tank. (RAB/77/S-RA1/W-RAI)
* V14483, Root Valve for LG-14-2A Lower On CCW Surge Tank. (RAB/73/S-RA1/W-RAI)
* V14483, Root Valve for LG-14-2A Lower On CCW Surge Tank. (RAB/73/S-RA1/W-RAI)
B. CHECK LG-14-2A, CCW Surge Tank Level. NOTE LCV-14-1 , Demin Water to CCW Surge Tank , receives an OPEN signal at 36 inches above tank bottom and a CLOSE signal at 48 inches above tank bottom. (Manaqement Directive , Ref# 3) C. VERIFY LCV-14-1 , Demin Water to CCW Surge Tank , is operating properly to maintain surge tank level 36 to 48 inches above tank bottom. (RAB/64/S-RA 1 /E-RAJ) D. IF LCV-14-1 is NOT operating to maintain surge tank level, THEN PERFORM the following: (1) THROTTLE OPEN V14103 , LCV-14-1 Bypass, as required to restore CCW surge tank level above low level alarm setpoint.
B. CHECK LG-14-2A, CCW Surge Tank Level.
(2) CLOSE V14102, LCV-14-1 Upstrm lsol. (3) OPERATE V14103 as required to maintain CCW surge tank level 36 to 48 inches above tank bottom. (Management Directive, Ref# 3) (4) REQUEST System Engineering or Maintenance assistance in troubleshooting LCV-14-1 malfunction. (Management Directive , Ref# 3) E. WHEN local level indication is no longer required, THEN CLOSE the following valves:
NOTE LCV-14-1 , Demin Water to CCW Surge Tank, receives an OPEN signal at 36 inches above tank bottom and a CLOSE signal at 48 inches above tank bottom . (Manaqement Directive , Ref# 3)
* V14482, Root Valve for LG-14-2A Upper On CCW Surge Tank.
C. VERIFY LCV-14-1 , Demin Water to CCW Surge Tank, is operating properly to maintain surge tank level 36 to 48 inches above tank bottom. (RAB/64/S-RA 1/E-RAJ)
* V14483 , Root Valve for LG-14-2A Lower On CCW Surge Tank. 2. IF any of the following conditions exist:
D. IF LCV- 14-1 is NOT operating to maintain surge tank level, THEN PERFORM the following :
* CCW system leak is indicated (continuous makeup required to maintain CCW surge tank level or surge tank level lowering).
(1) THROTTLE OPEN V14103 , LCV-14-1 Bypass, as required to restore CCW surge tank level above low level alarm setpoint.
(2) CLOSE V14102, LCV-14-1 Upstrm lsol.
(3) OPERATE V14103 as required to maintain CCW surge tank level 36 to 48 inches above tank bottom .
(Management Directive, Ref# 3)
(4) REQUEST System Engineering or Maintenance assistance in troubleshooting LCV-14-1 malfunction. (Management Directive, Ref# 3)
E. WHEN local level indication is no longer required, THEN CLOSE the following valves:
* V14482, Root Valve for LG- 14-2A Upper On CCW Surge Tank.
* V14483 , Root Valve for LG-14-2A Lower On CCW Surge Tank .
: 2. IF any of the following conditions exist:
* CCW system leak is indicated (continuous makeup required to maintain CCW surge tank level or surge tank level lowering) .
* Abnormal CCW Surge Tank Level (Management Directive , Ref# 3)
* Abnormal CCW Surge Tank Level (Management Directive , Ref# 3)
* Signs of gas intrusion by CCW Surge Tank Level rise THEN GO TO 2-AOP-14.01, Component Cooling Water Abnormal Operations
* Signs of gas intrusion by CCW Surge Tank Level rise THEN GO TO 2-AOP-14.01, Component Cooling Water Abnormal Operations
: 3. I F CCW Surge Tank Level is greater than 54 inches above tank bottom and needs to be lowered, THEN GO TO precautions of 2-NOP-14.02, Component Cooling Water System Operation , prior to draining. (Management Directive, Ref# 3) 4. REQUEST System Engineering support in determining cause of this annunciator. REFERENCES
: 3. IF CCW Surge Tank Level is greater than 54 inches above tank bottom and needs to be lowered, THEN GO TO precautions of 2-NOP-14.02, Component Cooling Water System Operation , prior to draining.
: 1. CWD 2998-B-327 SH 211 2. P&ID 2998-G-083 SH 1 3. CAPR CR 403656 Assignment 25 , Air Intrusion Into CCW System , (Management Directive , Cause , Step 1.C note , Step 1.D.(3), Step 1.D.(4), Step 22nd bullet , Step 3 , Step 4) JPM S-3 Page 12 REVISION NO.: 26 PROCEDURE TITLE: CONTROLROOMPANELLBPACB PAGE: 13 PROCEDURE NO.: WINDOW: 2-ARP-01-LBOO ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 LB-10 (page 1of1) CAUSES: Any of the following:
(Management Directive, Ref# 3)
* Faulty automatic makeup valve operation
: 4. REQUEST System Engineering support in determining cause of this annunciator.
* Leak into (liquid or air intrusion) or CCW system leak (Management Directive, Ref# 3) CCW SURGE TANK LEVEL HIGH/ COMPARTMENT 8 LEVEL LOW DEVICE: 71X/211 LS-14-5 LS-14-1 B ALARM CONFIRMATION SETPOINT:
REFERENCES :           1. CWD 2998-B-327 SH 211
Energized 4 feet 6 inches above tank bottom (high) 2 feet 5 inches above tank bottom (low) 1. LG-14-2A or LG-14-2B , CCW Surge Tank Level (local indication). OPERATOR ACTIONS CAUTION ' LOCATION:
: 2. P&ID 2998-G-083 SH 1
PACB RAB/64/S-RA 1 /W-RAI RAB/64/S-RA 1 /W-RAI HCV-14-8B and HCV-14-10 automatically CLOSE when level decreases to low level setpoint.
: 3. CAPR CR 403656 Assignment 25, Air Intrusion Into CCW System , (Management Directive , Cause ,
CCW flow will be lost to ALL of the following components which may cause equipment damage:
Step 1.C note, Step 1.D.(3), Step 1.D.(4), Step 22nd bullet, Step 3, Step 4)
JPM S-3 Page 12
 
REVISION NO.:                     PROCEDURE TITLE :                                                                   PAGE:
26                                                                                                              13 CONTROLROOMPANELLBPACB PROCEDURE NO .:                                                                                                         WINDOW:
2-ARP-01-LBOO                                               ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 LB-10 (page 1of1)
CAUSES:         Any of the following :
* Faulty automatic makeup valve operation                                         CCW SURGE TANK
* Leak into (liquid or air intrusion) or CCW system leak LEVEL HIGH/
(Management Directive, Ref# 3)
COMPARTMENT 8 LEVEL LOW LB-10
                                                                                                                  '
DEVICE:                             SETPOINT:                                                    LOCATION:
71X/211                             Energized                                                    PACB LS-14-5                             4 feet 6 inches above tank bottom (high)                     RAB/64/S-RA 1/W-RAI LS-14-1 B                            2 feet 5 inches above tank bottom (low)                     RAB/64/S-RA 1/W-RAI ALARM CONFIRMATION
: 1. LG-14-2A or LG-14-2B , CCW Surge Tank Level (local indication).
OPERATOR ACTIONS CAUTION HCV-14-8B and HCV-14-10 automatically CLOSE when level decreases to low level setpoint. CCW flow will be lost to ALL of the following components which may cause equipment damage:
* Boric Acid Concentrators
* Boric Acid Concentrators
* RCPs
* RCPs
Line 616: Line 1,501:
* CEDM Coolers
* CEDM Coolers
* 2A and 2B Waste Gas Compressors
* 2A and 2B Waste Gas Compressors
* Letdown HX \.
* Letdown HX         \.
* Sample Hxs 1 . Locally PERFORM the following: A. ENSURE the following valves are OPEN:
* Sample Hxs
* V14480 , Root Valve for LG-14-28 Upper On CCW Surge Tank.
: 1. Locally PERFORM the following :
* V14481 , Root Valve for LG-14-28 Lower On CCW Surge Tank. B. CHECK LG-14-28, CCW Surge Tank Level. NOTE (RAB/77/S-RA1
A. ENSURE the following valves are OPEN :
/W-RAI) (RAB/73/S-RA 1 /W-RAI) LB-10 LCV-14-1 , Demin Water to CCW Surge Tank , receives an OPEN signal at 36 inches above tank bottom and a CLOSE siqnal at 48 inches above tank bottom. (Management Directive , Ref# 3) C. VERIFY LCV-14-1, Demin Water to CCW Surge Tank , is operating properly to maintain surge tank level 36 to 48 inches above tank bottom. (RAB/64/S-RA1/E-RAJ) (Management Directive, Ref# 3) D. IF LCV-14-1 is NOT operating to maintain surge tank level , THEN PERFORM the following: (1) IF CCW Surge Tank Level low, THEN THROTTLE OPEN V14103, LCV-14-1 Bypass, as required to restore CCW surge tank level above low level alarm setpoint.
* V14480, Root Valve for LG-14-28 Upper On CCW Surge Tank. (RAB/77/S-RA1 /W-RAI)
(2) CLOSE V14102 , LCV-14-1 Upstrm lsol. (3) OPERATE V14103 as required to maintain CCW surge tank level 36 to 48 inches above tank bottom. (Management Directive, Ref# 3) (4) REQUEST System Engineering or Maintenance assistance in troubleshooting LCV-14-1 malfunction. (Management Directive, Ref# 3) E. WHEN local level indication is no longer required, THEN CLOSE the following valves:
* V14481 , Root Valve for LG-14-28 Lower On CCW Surge Tank. (RAB/73/S-RA 1/W-RAI)
B. CHECK LG-14-28, CCW Surge Tank Level.
NOTE LCV-14-1 , Demin Water to CCW Surge Tank, receives an OPEN signal at 36 inches above tank bottom and a CLOSE siqnal at 48 inches above tank bottom. (Management Directive, Ref# 3)
C. VERIFY LCV-14-1, Demin Water to CCW Surge Tank, is operating properly to maintain surge tank level 36 to 48 inches above tank bottom. (RAB/64/S-RA1/E-RAJ) (Management Directive, Ref# 3)
D. IF LCV-14-1 is NOT operating to maintain surge tank level, THEN PERFORM the following :
(1) IF CCW Surge Tank Level low, THEN THROTTLE OPEN V14103, LCV-14-1 Bypass, as required to restore CCW surge tank level above low level alarm setpoint.
(2) CLOSE V14102 , LCV 1 Upstrm lsol.
(3) OPERATE V14103 as required to maintain CCW surge tank level 36 to 48 inches above tank bottom .
(Management Directive, Ref# 3)
(4) REQUEST System Engineering or Maintenance assistance in troubleshooting LCV-14-1 malfunction. (Management Directive, Ref# 3)
E. WHEN local level indication is no longer required, THEN CLOSE the following valves :
* V14480 , Root Valve for LG-14-28 Upper On CCW Surge Tank.
* V14480 , Root Valve for LG-14-28 Upper On CCW Surge Tank.
* V14481 , Root Valve for LG-14-28 Lower On CCW Surge Tank. 2. IF any of the following conditions exist,
* V14481 , Root Valve for LG-14-28 Lower On CCW Surge Tank.
: 2. IF any of the following conditions exist,
* CCW system leakage is indicated (continuous makeup required to maintain CCW surge tank level or surge tank level lowering).
* CCW system leakage is indicated (continuous makeup required to maintain CCW surge tank level or surge tank level lowering).
* Abnormal CCW Surge Tank Level
* Abnormal CCW Surge Tank Level
* Signs of gas intrusion by CCW Surge Tank Level rise THEN GO TO 2-AOP-14.01, Component Cooling Water Abnormal Operations.
* Signs of gas intrusion by CCW Surge Tank Level rise THEN GO TO 2-AOP-14.01, Component Cooling Water Abnormal Operations.
: 3. IF CCW Surge Tank level is greater than 54 inches above tank bottom and needs to be lowered , THEN REFER TO 2-NOP-14.02 , Component Cooling Water System Operation. (Management Directive, Ref# 3) 4. REQUEST System Engineering support in determining cause of this annunciator. (Management Directive , Ref# 3)  
: 3. IF CCW Surge Tank level is greater than 54 inches above tank bottom and needs to be lowered , THEN REFER TO 2-NOP-14.02 , Component Cooling Water System Operation . (Management Directive, Ref# 3)
: 4. REQUEST System Engineering support in determining cause of this annunciator.
(Management Directive , Ref# 3)


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
: 1. CWD 2998-8-327 SH 211 2. P&ID 2998-G-083 SH 1 3. CAPR CR 403656 Assignment 25 , Air Intrusion Into CCW System, (Management Directive , Cause 2nd bullet , Step 1.C and note , Step 1.D. (3) & (4), Step 3, Step 4) JPM S-3 Page 13 R E V I S I O N N O.: PROC EDU R E T ITL E: 10 COMPONENT COOLING WATER ABNORMAL OPERATIONS PROC E D URE NO.: .* i 2-AOP-14.01 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 . *.' ' i i I INSTRUCTIONS I *. *.*.:.". *. '* ***-...............
: 1. CWD 2998-8-327 SH 211
* I CONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.8 Rupture of CCW Header D NOTE
: 2. P&ID 2998-G-083 SH 1
* The following annunciators will alarm on a rupture of either the CCW Header A , 8 , or N , or failure of the makeup system: .,, LA-10 , CCW SURGE TANK COMPARTMENT A LEVEL LOW
: 3. CAPR CR 403656 Assignment 25, Air Intrusion Into CCW System, (Management Directive, Cause 2nd bullet, Step 1.C and note, Step 1.D. (3) & (4), Step 3, Step 4)
* L8-10 , CCW SURGE TANK.LEVEL HIGH I COMPARTMENT 8 LEVEL LOW e CCW Header N automatically isolates from CCW Headers A and B due to l ow levels in both compartments of the CCW Surge Tank due to a rupture of any of the cross-connected CCW headers. CCW w i ll be lost t o CCW Header N components , inclu.ding RCPs and Letdown HX. 1. VERIFY CCW Header N iso l at i on 1.1. ENSURE CCW Header N iso l ation valves CLOSED: v alves CLOSED: 0 HCV-14-8A , NORMAL " HCV-1 4-8A, NORMAL HOR ISOLATION HOR ISOLATION
JPM S-3 Page 13
* HCV-14-9 , FROM II HCV-14-9, FROM NORMAL HOR ISOLATION NORMAL HOR ISOLAT I ON H CV-14-88; NORMAL IS. HCV-14-88 , NORMAL HOR ISOLATION HOR ISOLATION HCV-14-10 , FROM *. HCV-14-10 , FROM NORMAL HOR ISOLATION NORMAL HOR ISOL A TION 
 
-REVISION NO.: 10 PROCEDURE TITLE: COMPONENT COOLING WATER ABNORMAL OPERATIONS PAGE:.* PROCEDURE NO.: 2-AOP-14.01 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 I INSTRUCTIONS I I CONTINGENCY ACTIONS I -*' -4.2.8 Rupture of CCW Header (continued)
REV ISION NO. :             PROCEDURE TITLE:
D D NOTE
10 COMPONENT COOLING WATER ABNORMAL OPERATIONS PROCEDURE NO.:
                                                                                                                  .* i 2-AOP-14.01                                   ST. LUCIE UNIT 2
                                                                                                                . *.' ' ii
                                                                                            *. *. *.:." .   *. '*
I INSTRUCTIONS I                                I CONTINGENCY ACTIONS I          ***- ...............
* 4.2.8     Rupture of CCW Header NOTE
* The following annunciators will alarm on a rupture of either the CCW Header A , 8 , or N, or failure of the makeup system :
                .,,   LA-10, CCW SURGE TANK COMPARTMENT A LEVEL LOW
* L8-10 , CCW SURGE TANK.LEVEL HIGH I COMPARTMENT 8 LEVEL LOW e   CCW Header N automatically isolates from CCW Headers A and B due to low levels in both compartments of the CCW Surge Tank due to a rupture of any of the cross-connected CCW headers. CCW will be lost to CCW Header N components , inclu.ding RCPs and Letdown HX.
D        1.       VERIFY CCW Header N isolation valves CLOSED:
1.1. ENSURE CCW Header N isolation valves CLOSED:
0     HCV-14-8A, NORMAL                         "     HCV-1 4-8A, NORMAL HOR ISOLATION                                     HOR ISOLATION
* HCV-14-9, FROM                             II     HCV-14-9, FROM NORMAL HOR ISOLATION                             NORMAL HOR ISOLATION HCV-14-88; NORMAL                         IS . HCV-14-88, NORMAL HOR ISOLATION                                     HOR ISOLATION HCV-14-10, FROM                           *.     HCV-14-10 , FROM NORMAL HOR ISOLATION                               NORMAL HOR ISOLATION
 
REVISION NO.:           PROCEDURE TITLE:                                         PAGE: .*
10 COMPONENT COOLING WATER ABNORMAL OPERATIONS PROCEDURE NO .:
2-AOP-14.01                                 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 IINSTRUCTIONS I                               ICONTINGENCY ACTIONS I -*' -       ...* ..
4.2.8     Rupture of CCW Header (continued)
NOTE
* If both annunciators LA-10, CCW SURGE TANK COMPARTMENT A LEVEL LOW, and LB-10, CCW SURGE TANK LEVEL HIGH I COMPARTMENT B LEVEL LOW, clear, then the rupture is in CCW Header N.
* If both annunciators LA-10, CCW SURGE TANK COMPARTMENT A LEVEL LOW, and LB-10, CCW SURGE TANK LEVEL HIGH I COMPARTMENT B LEVEL LOW, clear, then the rupture is in CCW Header N.
* If only annunciator LA-10, CCW SURGE TANK COMPARTMENT A LEVEL LOW, clears , then the rupture is in CCW Header B.
* If only annunciator LA-10, CCW SURGE TANK COMPARTMENT A LEVEL LOW, clears , then the rupture is in CCW Header B.
* If only annunciator LB-10, CCW SURGE TANK LEVEL HIGH I COMPARTMENT B LEVEL LOW, clears, then the rupture is in CCW Header A.
* If only annunciator LB-10, CCW SURGE TANK LEVEL HIGH I COMPARTMENT B LEVEL LOW, clears, then the rupture is in CCW Header A.
* If both annunciators LA-10, CCW SURGE TANK COMPARTMENT A LEVEL LOW, and LB-10, CCW SURGE TANK LEVEL HIGH I COMPARTMENT B LEVEL LOW, do NOT clear, then the problem may lie with CCW Surge Tank Makeup. 2. 3. IDENTIFY ruptured CCW Header. PERFORM applicable section per Table 2.
* If both annunciators LA-10, CCW SURGE TANK COMPARTMENT A LEVEL LOW, and LB-10, CCW SURGE TANK LEVEL HIGH I COMPARTMENT B LEVEL LOW, do NOT clear, then the problem may lie with CCW Surge Tank Makeup.
Table 2 \ I Abnormal Condition Section Rupture of CCW Header A Section 4.2.9 Rupture of CCW Header B Section 4.2.10 Rupture of CCW Header N Section 4.2.11 Loss of CCW Surge Tank makeup Section 4.2.12 JPM S-3 Page 15 ... * ..
D        2.     IDENTIFY ruptured CCW Header.
PROCEDURE TITLE: REVISION NO.: 10 COMPONENT COOLING WATER ABNORMAL OPERATIONS PROCEDURE NO.: 2-AOP-14.01 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 I INSTRUCTIONS I I CONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.9 Rupture of CCW Header A CAUTION With rupture of CCW Header A, CCW has been lost to the following components and can result in severe thermal stress and flashing upon re-admittance of cooling flow: *
D        3.      PERFORM applicable section per Table 2.
* HPSI Pump 2A .. CS Pump 2A o 2A and 28 Containment Fan Coolers
      \~./'
        \ I Table 2 Abnormal Condition                               Section Rupture of CCW Header A                                                 Section 4 .2.9 Rupture of CCW Header B                                                 Section 4.2.10 Rupture of CCW Header N                                                 Section 4.2.11 Loss of CCW Surge Tank makeup                                           Section 4.2.12
-
JPM S-3 Page 15
 
REVISION NO.:            PROCEDURE TITLE:                                            PAGE::','*            **,..
                                                                                              . ....... :,:.
10 PROCEDURE NO.:
COMPONENT COOLING WATER ABNORMAL OPERATIONS             (56 o~ . 1~*~< i 2-AOP-14.01                               ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 IINSTRUCTIONS I                             ICONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.9     Rupture of CCW Header A CAUTION With rupture of CCW Header A, CCW has been lost to the following components and can result in severe thermal stress and flashing upon re-admittance of cooling flow: *
* HPSI Pump 2A
          .. CS Pump 2A o   2A and 28 Containment Fan Coolers
* 2A SOC Heat Exchanger
* 2A SOC Heat Exchanger
* 3A and 3C Control Room NC Units ii Fuel Pool Heat Exchanger , if aligned to CCW Header A PAGE::','* **, .. ......... :,:. (56 i D 1. VERIFY Section 4.2.8, Rupture of CCW Header, performed. 1.1 PERFORM Section 4.2.8 , Rupture of CCW Header. D 2. VERIFY CCW Header A ruptured: Annunciator LB-10, CCW SURGE TANK LEVEL HIGH I COMPARTMENT B LEVEL LOW, CLEAR. Annunciator LA-10, CCW SURGE TANK COMPARTMENT ALEVEL LOW, IN ALARM. JPM S-3 Pa e 16 R E V ISION N O.: 10 P ROC EDURE TITLE: PAG E::. COMPONENT COOLING WATER ABNORMAL OPERATIONS PROC E D U R E N O.: 2-AOP-14.01 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 I INSTRUCTIONS I I CONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.9 Rupture of CCW Header A (continued)
* 3A and 3C Control Room NC Units ii   Fuel Pool Heat Exchanger, if aligned to CCW Header A D       1.     VERIFY Section 4.2.8, Rupture of CCW Header, performed.
D D 3. STOP CCW pump supplying CCW Header A and PLACE control switch in PULL TO LOCK: ** CCW Pump 2A *.OR ., CCWPump 2C NOTE
1.1     PERFORM Section 4.2.8 , Rupture of CCW Header.
* Both CCW Header N valves must be t aken to CLOSE and then to OPEN , as each valve is in the other's control circuit.
D       2.     VERIFY CCW Header A ruptured :
* There is a 5 second time de l ay to open HCV-1 4-10, FROM NORMAL HOR ISOLATION. 4. RESTORE CCW Header N to Header B: A. PLACE the following control switches in CLOSE:
Annunciator LB-10, CCW SURGE TANK LEVEL HIGH I COMPARTMENT B LEVEL LOW, CLEAR.
* HCV-14-88 , NORMAL HOR ISOLATION o FROM NORMAL HOR ISOLATION JPM S-3 Page 17 __ .. -_'. .... ** .. :.** ,-: 1 PROCEDURE TITLE: REVISION NO.: 10 COMPONENT COOLING WATER ABNORMAL OPERATIONS PROCEDURE NO.: 2-AOP-14.01 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 I INSTRUCTIONS I 4.2.9 Rupture of CCW Header A (continued)
Annunciator LA-10, CCW SURGE TANK COMPARTMENT ALEVEL LOW, IN ALARM.
: 4. (continued}
JPM S-3 Pa e 16
D s. 0 6. B. OPEN the following: . o HCV-14-88, NORMAL HOR ISOLATION
 
* HCV-14-10, FROM NORMAL HOR ISOLATION CLOSE SB14126 , CCW SURGE TANK TO RETURN HOR A ISOL. (Below CCW Surge Tank) PLACE the following control switches in STOP: (RTGB-206)
REVISION NO.:             PROC EDURE TITLE:                                     PAGE::.
HPSI Pump 2A Containment Spray Pump 2A I CONTINGENCY ACTIONS I :_: ":*----. *:* I D 7. VERIFY SOC Loop 2A is NOT in ser-Vice. 7.1 STOP SOC Loop 2A per 2-NOP-03.05, Shutdown Cooling. JPM S-3 Pa e 18 7.2
10 COMPONENT COOLING WATER ABNORMAL OPERATIONS PROCEDURE NO.:
ST. LUCIE UNIT 2                  __..-_'. . .. .**
2-AOP-14.01                                                                             ..:.* *  ,- :1 IINSTRUCTIONS I                               I CONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.9     Rupture of CCW Header A (continued)
D       3. STOP CCW pump supplying CCW Header A and PLACE control switch in PULL TO LOCK:
                **       CCW Pump 2A
                      *. OR
                .,       CCWPump 2C NOTE
* Both CCW Header N valves must be taken to CLOSE and then to OPEN ,
as each valve is in the other's control circuit.
* There is a 5 second time delay to open HCV-1 4- 10, FROM NORMAL HOR ISOLATION .
D      4.     RESTORE CCW Header N to Header B:
A.     PLACE the following control switches in CLOSE:
* HCV-14-88, NORMAL HOR ISOLATION o       HCV~14-10 , FROM NORMAL HOR ISOLATION JPM S-3 Page 17
 
REVISION NO.:             PROCEDURE TITLE :
10 COMPONENT COOLING WATER ABNORMAL OPERATIONS PROCEDURE NO.:
2-AOP-14 .01                                 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2
:_: " :*- --- . *:* I IINSTRUCTIONS I                                 ICONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.9     Rupture of CCW Header A (continued)
: 4.     (continued}
B. OPEN the following: .
o       HCV-14-88, NORMAL HOR ISOLATION
* HCV-14-10, FROM NORMAL HOR ISOLATION D        s. CLOSE SB14126, CCW SURGE TANK TO RETURN HOR A ISOL.
(Below CCW Surge Tank) 0        6. PLACE the following control switches in STOP: (RTGB-206)
HPSI Pump 2A Containment Spray Pump 2A D       7. VERIFY SOC Loop 2A is NOT in ser-Vice.
7.1   STOP SOC Loop 2A per 2-NOP-03.05, Shutdown Cooling.
7.2
* CLOSE V3517, TO HX 2A VALVE. (Key 52)
* CLOSE V3517, TO HX 2A VALVE. (Key 52)
REVISION NO.: 37 PROCEDURE TITLE: CONTROL ROOM PANEL L RTGB 204 PROCEDURE NO.: 2-ARP-01-LOO ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 CAUSES: Any of the following:
JPM S-3 Pa e 18
* A CCW pump trip RCP PAGE: 17 WINDOW: L-14 (Page 1 of 1)
 
* A CCW header rupture
REVISION NO.:                 PROCEDURE TITLE:                                           PAGE:
37                                                                                        17 CONTROL ROOM PANEL L RTGB 204 PROCEDURE NO.:                                                                             WINDOW:
2-ARP-01-LOO                                     ST. LUCIE UNIT 2                             L-14 (Page 1 of 1)
CAUSES:     Any of the following:
* A CCW pump trip                                                   RCP
* A CCW header rupture                                       CCW FLOW LOW
* Loss of instrument air
* Loss of instrument air
* A failed instrument
* A failed instrument                                           10 MINUTE
* CCW instrumentation testing. CCW FLOW LOW 10 MINUTE TIMER STARTED DEVICE: FIS-14-15A BOXA/206 BOXB/206 BOXC/206 BOXD/206 ALARM CONFIRMATION SETPOINT:
* CCW instrumentation testing .                             TIMER STARTED
Less than 1220 gpm Less than 1220 gpm Less than 1220 gpm Less than 1220 gpm Less than 1220 gpm 1. Any LOSS RCP CCW trip unit pretrip light ON. LOCATION:
                                                                                        ),"\.....,\._ L-14 I (        I DEVICE:                         SETPOINT:                              LOCATION:
RTGB 206 RTGB 206 RTGB 206 RTGB 206 RTGB 206 ),"\.....,\._
FIS-14-15A                     Less than 1220 gpm                     RTGB 206 BOXA/206                        Less than 1220 gpm                     RTGB 206 BOXB/206                        Less than 1220 gpm                     RTGB 206 BOXC/206                        Less than 1220 gpm                     RTGB 206 BOXD/206                        Less than 1220 gpm                     RTGB 206 ALARM CONFIRMATION
L-14 I ( I 2. FIS-14-15A to FIS-14-15D, CCW From RCP HX Flow, less than 1220 gpm CCWflow. 3. FIS-14-1A or FIS-14-1 B, CCW Header Flow, low CCW flow. 4. PIS-14-8A or PIS-14-88, CCW Header Pressure, low CCW pressure. 5. DCS Points F1158_A, F1168_A, F1178_A or F1188_A, CCW From RCP Flow, low Flow. 6. TE-1153 to TE-1183, CCW From RCP Temperature , rising temperature. (Flat Panel Display, U/2 RCP Overview)
: 1. Any LOSS RCP CCW trip unit pretrip light ON.
: 7. HCV-14-1, HCV-14-2, HCV-14-6 or HCV-14-7, CCW To/From RCPS, CLOSED. 8. Pl-18-9, INSTR AIR HDR PRESS, low instrument air pressure. OPERATOR ACTIONS 1. IMPLEMENT applicable 2-AOP-01.09 Series, Reactor Coolant Pump. 2. Locally CHECK for CCW system leaks. 3. IF CCW System leak is identified, THEN IMPLEMENT 2-AOP-14.01, Component Cooling Water Abnormal Operations. 4. IF an Automatic Reactor trip is anticipated, THEN PERFORM the following: A. TRIP Reactor. B. TRIP Turbine. C. GO TO 2-EOP-01, Standard Post Trip Actions. 5. IF only one CCW From RCP HX Flow Safety channel instrument is tripped or failed, THEN IMPLEMENT 2-AOP-99.01, Loss of Tech Spec Instrumentation.  
: 2. FIS-14-15A to FIS-14-15D, CCW From RCP HX Flow, less than 1220 gpm CCWflow.
: 3. FIS-14-1A or FIS-14-1 B, CCW Header Flow, low CCW flow.
: 4. PIS-14-8A or PIS-14-88, CCW Header Pressure, low CCW pressure.
: 5. DCS Points F1158_A, F1168_A, F1178_A or F1188_A, CCW From RCP Flow, low Flow.
: 6. TE-1153 to TE-1183, CCW From RCP Temperature , rising temperature. (Flat Panel Display, U/2 RCP Overview)
: 7. HCV-14-1, HCV-14-2, HCV-14-6 or HCV-14-7, CCW To/From RCPS, CLOSED .
: 8. Pl-18-9, INSTR AIR HDR PRESS, low instrument air pressure.
OPERATOR ACTIONS
: 1. IMPLEMENT applicable 2-AOP-01 .09 Series, Reactor Coolant Pump.
: 2. Locally CHECK for CCW system leaks.
: 3. IF CCW System leak is identified, THEN IMPLEMENT 2-AOP-14.01, Component Cooling Water Abnormal Operations.
: 4. IF an Automatic Reactor trip is anticipated, THEN PERFORM the following :
A. TRIP Reactor.
B. TRIP Turbine.
C. GO TO 2-EOP-01, Standard Post Trip Actions.
: 5. IF only one CCW From RCP HX Flow Safety channel instrument is tripped or failed, THEN IMPLEMENT 2-AOP-99.01, Loss of Tech Spec Instrumentation.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
CWD 2998-B-327 SH 206 JPM S-3 Page 19


CWD 2998-B-327 SH 206 JPM S-3 Page 19 R EVISION N O.: 37 PROCEDU RE T I TL E: CONTROL ROOM PANEL L RTGB 204 PAGE: 9 PRO CE DURE NO.: WINDOW: 2-ARP-01-LOO CAUSES: Any of the following:
REVISION NO.:                 PROCEDURE TITL E:                                               PAGE :
* A CCW pump tr i p
37                                                                                          9 CONTROL ROOM PANEL L RTGB 204 PROCEDURE NO.:                                                                                 WINDOW:
* A CCW header ruptu r e ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 RCP L-6 (Page 1 of 1)
2-ARP-01 -LOO                                       ST. LUCIE UNIT 2                          L-6 (Page 1 of 1)
* Loss of instrument air
CAUSES:     Any of the following:
* A fa i led i nstrument.
* A CCW pump trip
CCW FLOW LOW TRIP DEVICE: Module W9P11 K4relay ALARM CONFIRMATION SETPOINT:
* A CCW header ruptu re                                                      RCP
Less than 1209 to 12 31' gpm for greater t han 10 mi nutes. LOCATION:
* Loss of instrument air                                             CCW FLOW LOW
RPS Cabinets 1. FIS-14-15A to FIS-14-150 , CCW From RCP HX Flow , indicate less than 1220 gpm CCW flow 2. FIS-14-1A or FIS-14-18 , CCW Header Flow , indicate low CCW flow. 3. PIS-14-8A or PIS-14-88, CCW Header Pressure , indicate low CCW pressure. 4. 2A , or 28 , or 2C CCW Pump indicate OFF. 5. Any Loss of RCP CCW Trip Unit trip light ON. 6. Annunciator L-14 , RCP CCW FLOW LOW 10 MINUTE TIMER STARTED , is alarmed. OPERA TOR ACTIONS 1. IF 2 or more CCW From RCP HX Flow Safety channels are less than 1220 gpm , THEN PERFORM the following: A. ENSURE Reactor trip . . 8. ENSURE Turbine trip. C. GO TO 2-EOP-01 , Standard Post Trip Actions. 2. IF only one channel is tripped or fa i led , THEN IMPLEMENT 2-AOP-99.01 , Loss of Tech Spec Instrumentation.  
* A fa iled instrument.                                                     TRIP L-6 DEVICE :                       SETPOINT:                                      LOCATION:
Module W9P11 K4relay           Less than 1209 to 1231' gpm for greater than 10 RPS Cabinets minutes.
ALARM CONFIRMATION
: 1. FIS-14-15A to FIS-14-150, CCW From RCP HX Flow, indicate less than 1220 gpm CCW flow
: 2. FIS-14-1A or FIS-14-18 , CCW Header Flow, indicate low CCW flow .
: 3. PIS-14-8A or PIS-14-88, CCW Header Pressure , indicate low CCW pressure.
: 4. 2A,or 28 , or 2C CCW Pump indicate OFF.
: 5. Any Loss of RCP CCW Trip Unit trip light ON.
: 6. Annunciator L-14, RCP CCW FLOW LOW 10 MINUTE TIMER STARTED, is alarmed.
OPERA TOR ACTIONS
: 1. IF 2 or more CCW From RCP HX Flow Safety channels are less than 1220 gpm , THEN PERFORM the following :
A. ENSURE Reactor trip .
  . 8 . ENSURE Turbine trip .
C. GO TO 2-EOP-01 , Standard Post Trip Actions .
: 2. IF only one channel is tripped or failed , THEN IMPLEMENT 2-AOP-99.01 , Loss of Tech Spec Instrumentation.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
CWD 2998-8-327 SH 206, 406 JPM S-3 Page 20
REVI SION NO.:            PROCEDURE TITLE :                                                  PAGE:
2 2A 1 REACTOR COOLANT PUMP                          36 of 60 PROCEDURE NO. :
2-AOP-01 .09A1                                  ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 IINSTRUCTIONS I                                  ICONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.10    Multiple RCP Low CCW Flow I High Temperature D        1.
* VERIFY CCW containment isolation and CCW N Header 1.1    IF annunciator L-14, RCP CCW FLOW 10 MINUTE TIMER valves , OPEN :                                    STARTED has alarmed , THEN MARK time of alarm. - - - -
* CCW N Header isolation valves (RTGB-206)                  1.2    IF valid SIAS has occurred ,
THEN ENSURE CCW N Header
* HCV-14-8A,                          remains isolated from Essential NORMAL HOR.                        Headers.
ISOLATION 1.3    IF an inadvertent SIAS has
* HCV-14-88,                          occurred and N Header isolation is NORMAL HOR .                        NOT required ,
ISOLATION                          THEN PERFORM the following :
* HCV-14-9 , FROM                    A.      With US concurrence ,
NORMAL HOR                                  OVERRIDE and OPEN ISOLATION                                  HCV-18-1 , INSTRUMENT AIR TO CONTAINMENT.
* HCV-14-10, FROM                            (RTGB-206)
NORMAL HOR ISOLATION                          B.      PLACE each N Header valve control switch to
* CCW containment isolation                          CLOSE, then to valves (RTGB-206)                                  OVERRIDE.
* HCV-14-1 , TO RC                    c.      IF SIAS is reset, PUMP                                        THEN PLACE each N Header valve control switch
* HCV-14-2 , FROM                            to CLOSE, then to OPEN .
RC PUMP D.      PLACE control switch for
* HCV-14-6, FROM                              all CCW containment RC PUMP                                    isolation valves to OPEN RESET.
* HCV-14-7, TO RC PUMP JPM S-3 Page 21


CWD 2998-8-327 SH 206 , 406 JPM S-3 Page 20 L-6 PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE: RE VI S I ON NO.: 2 2A 1 REACTOR COOLANT PUMP 36 of 60 PROCEDURE NO.: 2-AOP-01.09A1 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 I INSTRUCTIONS I I CONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.10 Multiple RCP Low CCW Flow I High Temperature D 1.
REVISION NO .:        PROCEDURE TITLE :                                                 PAGE:
* VERIFY CCW containment 1.1 IF annunciator L-14 , RCP CCW isolation and CCW N Header FLOW 10 MINUTE TIMER valves , OPEN: STARTED has alarmed , THEN MARK time of alarm. ----* CCW N Header isolation valves (RTGB-206) 1.2 IF valid SIAS has occurred , THEN ENSURE CCW N Header
2 2A1 REACTOR COOLANT PUMP                           37 of 60 PROCEDURE NO.:
* HCV-14-8A , remains isolated from Essential NORMAL HOR. Headers. ISOLATION 1.3 IF an inadvertent SIAS has
2-AOP-01 .09A1                               ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 IINSTRUCTIONS I                               ICONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.10   Multiple RCP Low CCW Flow I High Temperature (continued)
* HCV-14-88 , occurred and N Header isolation is NORMAL HOR. NOT required , ISOLATION THEN PERFORM the follow i ng:
: 1.   (continued) 1.4   IF CCW containment isolation and CCW N Header valves closed due to other than SIAS, THEN PERFORM the following :
* HCV-14-9 , FROM A. With US concurrence , NORMAL HOR OVERRIDE and OPEN ISOLATION HCV-18-1 , INSTRUMENT AIR TO CONTAINMENT.
A. PLACE N Header valves control switches in OPEN .
* HCV-14-10, FROM (RTGB-206)
B. PLACE CCW containment isolation valves in OPEN RESET 1.5   IF automatic reactor trip is anticipated (time from L-14 alarm recorded approaches 10 minutes) ,
NORMAL HOR ISOLATION B. PLACE each N Header valve control switch to
THEN PERFORM the following :
* CCW containment isolation CLOSE , then to valves (RTGB-206)
A. TRIP reactor.
OVERRIDE.
B. STOP all RCPs.
* HCV-14-1 , TO RC c. IF SIAS is reset , PUMP THEN PLACE each N Header valve control switch
C. IMPLEMENT 2-EOP 01, Standard Post Trip Actions .
* HCV-14-2 , FROM to CLOSE , then to OPEN. RC PUMP D. PLACE control switch for
1.6   IF CEA TCBs are OPEN and CCW has been lost for 10 minutes, THEN STOP all RCPs.
* HCV-14-6 , FROM all CCW containment RC PUMP isolat i on valves to OPEN RESET.
JPM S-3 Page 22
* HCV-14-7 , TO RC PUMP JPM S-3 Page 21 REVISION NO.: 2 PROCEDURE NO.: 2-AOP-01.09A1 PROCEDURE TITLE: I INSTRUCTIONS I PAGE: 2A1 REACTOR COOLANT PUMP 37 of 60 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 I CONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.10 Multiple RCP Low CCW Flow I High Temperature (continued)
 
: 1. (continued)
REVISION NO .:         PROCEDURE TITLE:                                                 PAGE:
JPM S-3 Page 22 1.4 IF CCW containment isolation and CCW N Header valves closed due to other than SIAS , THEN PERFORM the following: A. PLACE N Header valves control switches in OPEN. B. PLACE CCW containment isolation valves in OPEN RESET 1.5 IF automatic reactor trip is anticipated (time from L-14 alarm recorded approaches 10 minutes), THEN PERFORM the following: A. TRIP reactor. B. STOP all RCPs. C. IMPLEMENT 2-EOP 01, Standard Post Trip Actions. 1.6 IF CEA TCBs are OPEN and CCW has been lost for 10 minutes, THEN STOP all RCPs.
2 2A 1 REACTOR COOLANT PUMP                         38 of 60 PROCEDURE NO .:
REVISION NO.: 2 PROCEDURE NO.: 2-AOP-01.09A1 PROCEDURE TITLE: I INSTRUCTIONS I PAGE: 2A 1 REACTOR COOLANT PUMP 38 of 60 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 I CONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.10 Multiple RCP Low CCW Flow I High Temperature (continued)
2-AOP-01 .09A1                              ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 IINSTRUCTIONS I                               ICONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.10   Multiple RCP Low CCW Flow I High Temperature (continued)
: 1. (continued)
: 1.   (continued) 1.7 IF CCW can NOT be reestablished within 30 minutes, THEN ISOLATE CBO by ensuring the following valves , CLOSED:
D 2. GO TO Section 4.2.1 , Step 5. JPM S-3 Page 23 1.7 IF CCW can NOT be reestablished within 30 minutes , THEN ISOLATE CBO by ensuring the following valves , CLOSED: (RTGB-205)
(RTGB-205)
* V2505, RCP BLEEDOFF
* V2505, RCP BLEEDOFF
* V2524 , RCP BLEEDOFF
* V2524 , RCP BLEEDOFF
* V2507, RCP BLEEDOFF RELIEF STOP VLV 1.8 GO TO Section 4.2.1, Step 4.
* V2507, RCP BLEEDOFF RELIEF STOP VLV 1.8 GO TO Section 4.2.1, Step 4.
* FPL St. Lucie Nuclear Plant JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE MANUALLY ACTUATE AFAS-1 UNIT 2 HLC 22 NRC jPM S-4 Simulator This JPM is NOT TIME CRITICAL This is an ALTERNATE PATH JPM JPM S-4 Page 1 NRC 22 JPM S-4 S i mulator Page 1 of 9 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS Task: Manually Initiate AFAS Alternate Path JPM? Yes Facility JPM # Modified from 0821077 KJA: 035 A2.01 Ability to predict the i mpacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the SG and based on these predictions, use procedures to correct, control , or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations
D        2. GO TO Section 4.2.1, Step 5.
: faulted or ruptured S/Gs. KJA Rating: 4.5/4.6 Task Standard:
JPM S-3 Page 23
This JPM is complete when the operator reports that AFW flow has been restored , due to manually initiating AFAS-1 , to the 2A SG (non-ruptured) from the 2A or 2C AFW Pump. Evaluation Location:
* FPL St. Lucie Nuclear Plant JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE MANUALLY ACTUATE AFAS-1 UNIT 2 HLC 22 NRC jPM S-4 Simulator This JPM is NOT TIME CRITICAL This is an ALTERNATE PATH JPM NRC 22 JPM S-4 Simulator Page 1 of 9 JPM S-4 Page 1
Simulator x In Plant  
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS Task: Manually Initiate AFAS Alternate Path JPM?       Yes Facility JPM # Modified from 0821077 KJA: 035 A2 .01 Ability to predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the SG and based on these predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations: faulted or ruptured S/Gs.
KJA Rating: 4.5/4.6 Task Standard: This JPM is complete when the operator reports that AFW flow has been restored , due to manually initiating AFAS-1 , to the 2A SG (non-ruptured) from the 2A or 2C AFW Pump.
Evaluation Location:                                                  Performance Level:
Simulator       In Plant       Lab        Other                      Perform        Simulate      Discuss x                                                                    x


==References:==
==References:==


2-EOP-04 , SGTR Lab Other Ops Policy 521 Guidance on Manual Initiation of AFAS 2-NOP-99.07 Operations Hard Cards 2-NOP-09.02 , AFW Operation Validation Time: 10 minutes Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed: Performance Level: Perform x Simulate Time Critical:
2-EOP-04, SGTR Ops Policy 521 Guidance on Manual Initiation of AFAS 2-NOP-99 .07 Operations Hard Cards 2-NOP-09.02, AFW Operation Validation Time:   10 minutes                                         Time Critical:
Discuss
Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:
* 2-EOP-04 SGTR place kept (step circles with a slash) to step 27. Step 27 , the Caution and Note above step 27 are circled ONLY (being evaluated but not yet performed). Specific Safety Rules, Personal Protective Equipment and Hazards associated with the task.
* 2-EOP-04 SGTR place kept (step circles with a slash) to step 27. Step 27, the Caution and Note above step 27 are circled ONLY (being evaluated but not yet performed).
Specific Safety Rules, Personal Protective Equipment and Hazards associated with the task.
* None Radiological Protection and RWP Requirements:
* None Radiological Protection and RWP Requirements:
* None JPM S-4 Page 2 NRC 22 JPM S-4 Simulator Page 2 of 9 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS:
* None NRC 22 JPM S-4 Simulator Page 2 of 9 JPM S-4 Page 2
The task you are to perform is: Manually Actuate AFAS-1 , Unit 2 The performance level to be used for this JPM is Perform
 
* This is not a time critical JPM. You may use any approved reference materials normally available in the execution of this task, including logs.
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS:
* Indicate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you. SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS FOR SIMULATOR JPMs:
The task you are to perform is:     Manually Actuate AFAS-1 , Unit 2 The performance level to be used for this JPM is Perform
* All simulator JPM steps , including communications , shall be performed for this JPM.
* This is not a time critical JPM.
You may use any approved reference materials normally available in the execution of this task, including logs.
* Indicate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you .
SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS FOR SIMULATOR JPMs:
* All simulator JPM steps, including communications, shall be performed for this JPM.
* You are to operate any plant equipment that is necessary for the completion of this JPM.
* You are to operate any plant equipment that is necessary for the completion of this JPM.
* The simulator will provide the cues as you perform this JPM. Indicate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you. INITIAL CONDITIONS:
* The simulator will provide the cues as you perform this JPM.
A Steam Generator Tube Rupture occurred in 28 SG. The reactor was manually tripped. During the RCS to cooldown to support 28 SG i solation , SIAS , CIAS and AFAS-1 & 2 automatically actuated and responded as expected.
Indicate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you .
The 28 SG has been isolated IAW 2-EOP-99 Appendix R. . The STA reports that the RCS Heat Removal Safety Function is not being met due to slowly lowering SG level in the 2A SG. The Unit Supervisor just reached Step 27 of 2-EOP-04 , RCS cooldown (to Shutdown Cooling). INITIATING CUES: The US has directed you to evaluate the status of the Auxiliary Feedwater System and restore the RCS Heat Removal Safety Funct i on. JPM S-4 Page 3 NRG 22 JPM S-4 Simulator Page 3 of 9 
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
'-JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST START TIME: ___ _ EOP-04 Steam Generator Tube Rupture STEP 1: STANDARD:
A Steam Generator Tube Rupture occurred in 28 SG . The reactor was manually tripped .
Review the current status of the Auxiliary Feedwater System to determine what actions are required to establish adequate AFW flow to the 2A SG. OBSERVE that 28 SG has been ISOLATED per Appendix R of 2-EOP-99. Observe the 2A SG NR level indications Ll-9013A thru Dor DCS Display showing that level is 35% NR and slowly lowering AND not being fed by AFW. EXAMINER'S CUE: The 2A SG is 35% NR and lowering slowly. No AFW flow is indicated on Fl (FR) 09-2A and Fl (FR) 09-2C. COMMENTS:
During the RCS to cooldown to support 28 SG isolation , SIAS , CIAS and AFAS-1 & 2 automatically actuated and responded as expected.
STEP 2 (Caution prior to step 27): REVIEW the CAUTION preceding step 27: CAUTION When cooling down and depressurizing using only one SG, AFW flow to the operable steam generator may be isolated by the AFAS Rupture identification circuitry. Manual Initiation of AFAS to the operable steam generator could be necessary. STANDARD: OBSERVE valves MV-09-9 , MV-09-11, SE-09-2 and SE-09-4 are CLOSED. OBSERVE the 2A AFW pump and 2C AFW pump are RUNNING OBSERVE FW Hdr l:i Pressure show greater than 150 psid. EXAMINER'S CUE: MV-09-9, MV-09-11, SE-09-2 and SE-09-4 INDICATE Red lights OFF, Green lights ON. The 2A and 2C AFW pumps are running. FW Hdr l:l. Pressure show greater than 150 psid. EXAMINER'S NOTE: If the candidate tries to open MV-09-9, MV-09-11, SE-09-2 and SE-09-4, they will go open momentarily but will go back closed due to the rupture ID. The auto setpoint for the AFAS rupture ID is FW Hdr l:l. Pressure>
The 28 SG has been isolated IAW 2-EOP-99 Appendix R. .
150 psid or SG l:l. Pressure > 275 psid. The candidate should recognize from the above cues that AFW was in service at one point due to the 2A and 2C AFW pumps running but the header MV's and solenoids closed. COMMENTS:
The STA reports that the RCS Heat Removal Safety Function is not being met due to slowly lowering SG level in the 2A SG .
SAT UN SAT SAT UN SAT NRC 22 JPM S-4 Simulator Page 4 of 9 JPM S-4 Page 4 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 3 (Caution prior to step 27): Manually in i tiate AFAS-1 CRITICAL STEP STANDARD: POSITION all four AFAS-1 manual actuate switches on RTGB 202 SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: All four AFAS-1 manual initiation switches are in "ON" EXAMINER'S NOTE: The guidance to manually initiate AFAS is also stated in Ops Policy 521. The candidate may perform this from memory based on this. UNSAT COMMENTS: STEP 4: Valves SE-09-2 and SE-09-4 have opened BUT MV-09-9 AND MV-09-11 , FAUL TED " Pump 2A Disch to SG 2A" and MV-09-11 , " Pump 2C Disch to SG 2A" failed to STEP open on AFAS-1 manual initiation. STANDARD: OBSERVE SE-09-2 and SE-09-4 open. MV-09-9 and MV-09-11 indicate closed and Fl-09-2NFR-09-2A and Fl-09-2C/FR-092C indicate no AFW flow. SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: SE-09-2 and SE-09-4 INDICATE Red lights ON, Green lights OFF. MV-09-9 and MV-09-11 INDICATE Red lights OFF, Green lights ON. Fl (FR)-09-2A OR Fl (FR)-09-2C indicate 0 gpm, UN SAT COMMENTS: JPM S-4 Page 5 NRC 22 JPM S-4 Simulator Page 5 of 9 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST 2-NOP-99.07,"0perations Hard Cards" OR 2-NOP-09-01,"Aux Feedwater Normal Ops" STEP 5 (Att. 5, step 1.1.1. OR Steps 4.1.2 & 3 or steps 4.3.8 & 9): OPEN MV-09-9 OR MV-09-11 to establish FAULTED AFW flow and THROTTLE valves MV-09-9 , STEP "Pump Disch to SG 2A Valve" OR MV-11,"Pump 2C to"2A" to 150 GPM. STANDARD:
The Unit Supervisor just reached Step 27 of 2-EOP-04, RCS cooldown (to Shutdown Cooling) .
POSITION the control switch for MV-09-9 or MV-09-11 to the open position. EXAMINER'S CUE: MV-09-9 or MV-09-11 indicates Green light OFF and Red light OFF. EXAMINER'S NOTE: When Applicant attempts to throttle open either MV-09-9 0 MV-09-11, MV-09-9 or MV-09-11 will begin to open then trip as indicated by loss of light indication.
INITIATING CUES:
When MV-09-9 or MV-09-11 trips it will automatically clear the fault on the other valve allowing it to be throttled.
The US has directed you to evaluate the status of the Auxiliary Feedwater System and restore the RCS Heat Removal Safety Function .
COMMENTS: SAT UN SAT STEP 6: DETERMINES MV-09-9 OR MV 11 has tripped and throttles the other CRITICAL STANDARD: available valve (MV-09-9 OR MV-09-11) to establish AFW flow to the 2A SG. STEP THROTTLES MV-09-9 or MV-09-11 a total of 150 GPM as indicated on Fl-09-2A/FR-09-2A and Fl-09-2C/FR-092C for the FIRST 5 MINUTES or until indicated level rises and is restoring SG 1A level to 60% -70% narrow range EXAMINER'S CUE: MV-09-11 shows Green and Red lights ON; FR-09-2A OR Fl-09-2C indicates 220 to 250 gpm, SG 2A level should be rising to satisfy the safety function.
NRG 22 JPM S-4 Simulator Page 3 of 9 JPM S-4 Page 3
EXAMINER'S NOTE: Due to the length of time to restore normal SIG level on the simulator, after student has throttled flow to raise the level, STATE that SIG level is being RESTORED to between 60 % and 70% NR level. The candidate should throttle AFW to the 2A SG at 150 gpm for the first five minutes or until indicated level rises. Failure to feed at that rate is NOT critical but restoring SG levels to satisfy the RCS HR safety function (indication of SG level rising) IS. COMMENTS: SAT UN SAT NRC 22 JPM S-4 Simulator Page 6 of 9 JPM S-4 Page 6 STEP 7): JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST Notify the US that AFAS-1 has been manually initiated and AFW flow has been re-established to the 2A SG using the 2A AFW pump or the 2C AFW Pump. Level i n the 2A SG is being restored to normal level (60%-70% NR). STANDARD: NOTIFY the US that AFW flow has been RESTORED to the 2A SG using the 2A AFW pump (or 2C AFW Pump) and level is returning to normal level (60%-70% NR). EXAMINER'S CUE: US ACKNOWLEDGES.
 
COMMENTS: END OF TASK STOP TIME: ___ _ SAT UN SAT NRC 22 JPM S-4 Simulator Page 7 of9 JPM S-4 Page 7
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST START TIME: _ _ __
: 1. RESTORE IC-83 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE SIMULATOR JPM SETUP 2. SELECT and EXECUTE JPM Lesson S-4 3. INSERT CHANNEL "A" and "B" MSIS BLOCK KEYS 4. UNFREEZE the Simulator for a few seconds , then FREEZE. 5. ENSURE step "Valves Fail Close" is triggered (remaining steps will Auto Trigger on candidates actions). 6. UNFREEZE the Simulator when the student is ready. JPM S-4 Page 8 NRC 22 JPM S-4 Simulator Page 8 of 9 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED TO THE EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF THE TASK) INITIAL CONDITIONS:
EOP-04 Steam Generator Tube Rupture STEP 1:           Review the current status of the Auxiliary Feedwater System to determine what actions are required to establish adequate AFW flow to the 2A SG.
A Steam Generator Tube Rupture occurred in 28 SG. The reactor was manually tripped. During the RCS to cooldown to support 28 SG isolation , SIAS , CIAS and AFAS-1 & 2 automatically actuated and responded as expected. The 28 SG has been isolated IAW 2-EOP-99 Appendix R. . The ST A reports that the RCS Heat Removal Safety Function is not being met due to slowly lowering SG level in the 2A SG .. The Unit Supervisor just reached Step 27 of 2-EOP-04, RCS cooldown (to Shutdown Cooling). INITIATING CUES: The US has directed you to evaluate the status of the Auxiliary Feedwater System and restore the safety function JPM S-4 Page 9 c .Q .._; !&sect; c E Q) ::i E u >-::i 0 ...J g z -0 0 _J 0 Z c -a E C'O c z 0 .r::*--Ll -0 I--0 <( c 0 -= C'O !::: .::: c c 0:: .Q 8 0 C'O LL. Q) .r:: Z'-:<:=o -s: w 0:: *c -0 LL. -fJ 0::: Q) Ll w --'6-> Q) c._ w ..... C'O f-0 ...... Qj = 0 en FPL Title: ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 EMERGENCY OPERATING PROCEDURE SAFETY RELATED CONTINUOUS USE Procedure No. 2-EOP-04 Current Revision No. 31 STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE SGTR Responsible Department:
SAT STANDARD:        OBSERVE that 28 SG has been ISOLATED per Appendix R of 2-EOP-99.
OPERATIONS REVISION  
Observe the 2A SG NR level indications Ll-9013A thru Dor DCS Display showing that level is 35% NR and slowly lowering AND not being fed by AFW.           UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: The 2A SG is 35% NR and lowering slowly. No AFW flow is indicated on Fl (FR) 09-2A and Fl (FR) 09-2C.
COMMENTS:
STEP 2 (Caution prior to step 27):       REVIEW the CAUTION preceding step 27:
SAT CAUTION When cooling down and depressurizing using only one SG, AFW flow to the operable steam generator may be isolated by the AFAS Rupture                               UN SAT identification circuitry. Manual Initiation of AFAS to the operable steam generator could be necessary.
STANDARD:       OBSERVE valves MV-09-9, MV-09-11, SE-09-2 and SE-09-4 are CLOSED.
OBSERVE the 2A AFW pump and 2C AFW pump are RUNNING OBSERVE FW Hdr l:i Pressure show greater than 150 psid.
EXAMINER'S CUE: MV-09-9, MV-09-11, SE-09-2 and SE-09-4 INDICATE Red lights OFF, Green lights ON. The 2A and 2C AFW pumps are running.
FW Hdr l:l. Pressure show greater than 150 psid.
EXAMINER'S NOTE: If the candidate tries to open MV-09-9, MV-09-11, SE-09-2 and SE-09-4, they will go open momentarily but will go back closed due to the rupture ID. The auto setpoint for the AFAS rupture ID is FW Hdr l:l. Pressure> 150 psid or SG l:l. Pressure > 275 psid.
The candidate should recognize from the above cues that AFW was in service at one point due to the 2A and 2C AFW pumps running but the header MV's and solenoids closed.
COMMENTS:
'-
NRC 22 JPM S-4 Simulator Page 4 of 9 JPM S-4 Page 4
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 3 (Caution prior to step 27) : Manually in itiate AFAS-1                             CRITICAL STEP STANDARD:     POSITION all four AFAS-1 manual actuate switches on RTGB 202                       SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: All four AFAS-1 manual initiation switches are in "ON" UNSAT EXAMINER'S NOTE: The guidance to manually initiate AFAS is also stated in Ops Policy 521. The candidate may perform this from memory based on this.
COMMENTS:
STEP 4:       Valves SE-09-2 and SE-09-4 have opened BUT MV-09-9 AND MV-09-11 ,           FAUL TED "Pump 2A Disch to SG 2A" and MV-09-11 , "Pump 2C Disch to SG 2A" failed to STEP open on AFAS-1 manual initiation.
STANDARD :     OBSERVE SE-09-2 and SE-09-4 open . MV-09-9 and MV-09-11 indicate closed and Fl-09-2NFR-09-2A and Fl-09-2C/FR-092C indicate no AFW flow.             SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: SE-09-2 and SE-09-4 INDICATE Red lights ON, Green lights OFF. MV-09-9 and MV-09-11 INDICATE Red lights OFF, Green lights ON. Fl (FR)-               UN SAT 09-2A OR Fl (FR)-09-2C indicate 0 gpm, COMMENTS:
NRC 22 JPM S-4 Simulator Page 5 of 9 JPM S-4 Page 5
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST 2-NOP-99.07,"0perations Hard Cards" OR 2-NOP-09-01,"Aux Feedwater Normal Ops" STEP 5 (Att. 5, step 1.1.1. OR                   OPEN MV-09-9 OR MV-09-11 to establish            FAULTED Steps 4.1.2 & 3 or steps 4.3.8 & 9):           AFW flow and THROTTLE valves MV-09-9,             STEP "Pump Disch to SG 2A Valve" OR MV-11,"Pump 2C to"2A" to 150 GPM .
SAT STANDARD:         POSITION the control switch for MV-09-9 or MV-09-11 to the open position .
UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: MV-09-9 or MV-09-11 indicates Green light OFF and Red light OFF.
EXAMINER'S NOTE: When Applicant attempts to throttle open either MV-09-9 0 MV-09-11, MV-09-9 or MV-09-11 will begin to open then trip as indicated by loss of light indication. When MV-09-9 or MV-09-11 trips it will automatically clear the fault on the other valve allowing it to be throttled.
COMMENTS:
STEP 6:           DETERMINES MV-09-9 OR MV 11 has tripped and throttles the other           CRITICAL available valve (MV-09-9 OR MV-09-11) to establish AFW flow to the 2A SG . STEP STANDARD:          THROTTLES MV-09-9 or MV-09-11 a total of 150 GPM as indicated on Fl                   2A/FR-09-2A and Fl-09-2C/FR-092C for the FIRST 5 MINUTES or until indicated level rises and is restoring SG 1A level to 60% - 70% narrow range         SAT EXAMINER'S CUE:         MV-09-11 shows Green and Red lights ON; FR-09-2A OR Fl-09-2C indicates 220 to 250 gpm, SG 2A level should be rising to satisfy the                   UN SAT safety function.
EXAMINER'S NOTE: Due to the length of time to restore normal SIG level on the simulator, after student has throttled flow to raise the level, STATE that SIG level is being RESTORED to between 60 % and 70% NR level.
The candidate should throttle AFW to the 2A SG at 150 gpm for the first five minutes or until indicated level rises. Failure to feed at that rate is NOT critical but restoring SG levels to satisfy the RCS HR safety function (indication of SG level rising) IS.
COMMENTS :
NRC 22 JPM S-4 Simulator Page 6 of 9 JPM S-4 Page 6
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 7) :      Notify the US that AFAS-1 has been manually initiated and AFW flow has been re-established to the 2A SG using the 2A AFW pump or the 2C AFW Pump. Level in the 2A SG is being restored to normal level (60%-70% NR).
SAT STANDARD :     NOTIFY the US that AFW flow has been RESTORED to the 2A SG using the 2A AFW pump (or 2C AFW Pump) and level is returning to normal level (60%-
70% NR).                                                                           UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: US ACKNOWLEDGES.
COMMENTS:
END OF TASK STOP TIME: _ _ __
NRC 22 JPM S-4 Simulator Page 7 of9 JPM S-4 Page 7
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE SIMULATOR JPM SETUP
: 1. RESTORE IC-83
: 2. SELECT and EXECUTE JPM Lesson S-4
: 3. INSERT CHANNEL "A" and "B" MSIS BLOCK KEYS
: 4. UNFREEZE the Simulator for a few seconds, then FREEZE.
: 5. ENSURE step "Valves Fail Close" is triggered (remaining steps will Auto Trigger on candidates actions).
: 6. UNFREEZE the Simulator when the student is ready.
NRC 22 JPM S-4 Simulator Page 8 of 9 JPM S-4 Page 8
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED TO THE EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF THE TASK)
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
A Steam Generator Tube Rupture occurred in 28 SG. The reactor was manually tripped .
During the RCS to cooldown to support 28 SG isolation , SIAS , CIAS and AFAS-1 & 2 automatically actuated and responded as expected .
The 28 SG has been isolated IAW 2-EOP-99 Appendix R. .
The STA reports that the RCS Heat Removal Safety Function is not being met due to slowly lowering SG level in the 2A SG ..
The Unit Supervisor just reached Step 27 of 2-EOP-04, RCS cooldown (to Shutdown Cooling) .
INITIATING CUES:
The US has directed you to evaluate the status of the Auxiliary Feedwater System and restore the safety function JPM S-4 Page 9
 
Procedure No.
ST. LUCIE UNIT 2                                2-EOP-04 EMERGENCY OPERATING                        Current Revision No.
c PROCEDURE
      .Q .._;
      !&sect; c
              ~
E FPL                          SAFETY RELATED                            31 Q)   ::i CONTINUOUS USE
  >- ::iE 0u            Title :
  ...J g~
z   -0 0       _J 0 ~~ ~
Z     c -a       E               STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE 0    C'O
      .r:: *-
c  z
  -
I-
  -=
0::
Ll -0
      -0 ~
  <( c 0 C'O !:::
  .::: c c
      .Q     8 SGTR 0 *~          C'O     Responsible Department: OPERATIONS LL. Q)   .r::
Z'-:<:=o
-0:: ~
      *c ~ -
s: w   REVISION  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
: Revision 31 -Incorporated PCR 2005279 to enhance guidance for various response not obtained/contingency action steps. (Author: J. R. Guist) Revision 30 -Incorporated PCR 1993965. Removed the or statement from Attachment 1, Reactivity Control , Safety Function Status check Sheet to align with CEN-152. (Author: J. R. Guist) Revision 29 -Incorporated PCR 1985368. Deleted requirement for MCC 2A2 from Section 4.0 Step 31 since HIC-2201 and HIC-211 OP were removed per EC 246537 from the HSCP in SL2-20. (Author: J. R. Guist) AND Incorporated PCR 1981549 per EC 249980 to update the Main Feedwater trip setpoint from 83% to 81 %. (Author: J. R. Guist) Revision 28 -Incorporated 1878551 to revise LPSI Pump shut-off head value as evaluated for EPU conditions per EC 279298. (Author Don Pendagast)
:
Revision 27 -Incorporated PCR 1710898 to reformat Step 8.A.3.B. (Author: D. Coggeshall)
0 ~~ ~
Revision 26 -Incorporated AR 578592 to update procedure reference. (Author: Lamar Mclaughlin)
LL. Q)
Revision Approved By Approval Date UNIT# UNIT 2 DATE 0 D. A. Sager 12/23/85 DOCT PROCEDURE DOCN 2-EOP-04 SYS 31 Robert Coffey 12/01/14 STATUS COMPLETED REV 31 #OF PGS JPM S-4 Page 10 REVISION NO.: PR O CEDURE TITLE: PAGE: 31 STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE 2 of 46 PROCEDURE NO.: 2-EOP-04 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE 1.0 PURPOSE ...........................
            -fJLl  0:::
............................................................
w    Revision 31 - Incorporated PCR 2005279 to enhance guidance for various response not
................ 3 2.0 ENTRY CONDITIONS  
        ~    '6- >    obtained/contingency action steps. (Author: J. R. Guist)
................................
Q)    c._ w
............
        ..... C'O  f-0 ......  ~
...................................
Qj en
..... 4 ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENT 1 SAFETY FUNCTION STATUS CHECK SHEET ...................... 36 ATTACHMENT 2 PLACEKEEPER FOR SGTR ............................................
              =    0    Revision 30 - Incorporated PCR 1993965. Removed the or statement from Attachment 1, Reactivity Control , Safety Function Status check Sheet to align with CEN-152 .
....... 44 JPM S-4 Page 11 R EVISION NO.: PRO C EDURE T I TLE: PAGE: 31 PROCEDURE NO.: STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE 3 of 46 , 2-EOP-04 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 1.0 PURPOSE This procedure provides the operator actions that must be accomplished in the event of a Steam Generator Tube Rupture (SGTR). The actions in this procedure are necessary to ensure the plant is placed in a stable , safe condition. The goals of this procedure are as follows:
(Author: J. R. Guist)
Revision 29 - Incorporated PCR 1985368. Deleted requirement for MCC 2A2 from Section 4.0 Step 31 since HIC-2201 and HIC-211 OP were removed per EC 246537 from the HSCP in SL2-20. (Author: J. R. Guist)
AND Incorporated PCR 1981549 per EC 249980 to update the Main Feedwater trip setpoint from 83% to 81 %. (Author: J. R. Guist)
Revision 28 - Incorporated 1878551 to revise LPSI Pump shut-off head value as evaluated for EPU conditions per EC 279298. (Author Don Pendagast)
Revision 27 - Incorporated PCR 1710898 to reformat Step 8.A.3.B . (Author: D. Coggeshall)
Revision 26 - Incorporated AR 578592 to update procedure reference. (Author:
Lamar Mclaughlin)
Revision             Approved By                 Approval Date UNIT#         UNIT 2 DATE 0                 D. A. Sager                   12/23/85     DOCT         PROCEDURE DOCN         2-EOP-04 SYS 31               Robert Coffey                   12/01/14     STATUS       COMPLETED REV             31
                                                                                              #OF PGS
--
JPM S-4 Page 10
 
REVISION NO .:       PR OCEDURE TITLE:                                                                                       PAGE:
31                       STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE 2 of 46 PROCEDURE NO .:
2-EOP-04                                         ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION                                                                                                                     PAGE 1.0     PURPOSE .. .. .. ..... .. .............. ... ......... ....... ..... ... ... ...... ... ... ... ..... .......... ... ......... .... 3 2.0     ENTRY CONDITIONS .... ...... ...................... ............ ....... .... .. .. ... ................. ..... 4 ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENT 1         SAFETY FUNCTION STATUS CHECK SHEET .. ... ......... ........ 36 ATTACHMENT 2         PLACEKEEPER FOR SGTR .... .. .. .... .. .. ............................ ....... 44 JPM S-4 Page 11
 
REVISION NO .:         PROCEDURE TITLE:                                       PAGE :
31                   STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE 3 of 46 ,
PROCEDURE NO.:
2-EOP-04                             ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 1.0   PURPOSE This procedure provides the operator actions that must be accomplished in the event of a Steam Generator Tube Rupture (SGTR) . The actions in this procedure are necessary to ensure the plant is placed in a stable , safe condition . The goals of this procedure are as follows :
* Mitigate the effects of a SGTR by taking action to maintain Safety Functions
* Mitigate the effects of a SGTR by taking action to maintain Safety Functions
* Initiate a plant cooldown to prepare the most affected SIG for isolation
* Initiate a plant cooldown to prepare the most affected SIG for isolation
* Isolate the most affected SIG while continuing plant cooldown and depressurization to reduce break flow and establish shutdown cooling entry conditions
* Isolate the most affected SIG while continuing plant cooldown and depressurization to reduce break flow and establish shutdown cooling entry conditions
* Maintain control over the isolated SIG
* Maintain control over the isolated SIG
* Place the plant on shutdown cooling This procedure achieves these goals while ma i ntaining continuous , adequate core cooling and minimizing radiological releases to the environment.
* Place the plant on shutdown cooling This procedure achieves these goals while maintaining continuous , adequate core cooling and minimizing radiological releases to the environment.
JPM S-4 Page 12 REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: 31 STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE P R O C EDURE NO.: 2-EOP-04 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 2.0 ENTRY CONDITIONS 2.1 BOTH of the following conditions exist , 1. EITHER of the following have occurred:
JPM S-4 Page 12
 
REVISION NO .:         PROCEDURE TITLE :                                     PAGE :
31                 STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE 4 of 46 PROCEDURE NO .:
2-EOP-04                             ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 2.0   ENTRY CONDITIONS 2.1   BOTH of the following conditions exist,
: 1. EITHER of the following have occurred:
* 2-EOP-01 , Standard Post Trip Actions , have been performed
* 2-EOP-01 , Standard Post Trip Actions , have been performed
* The event initiated from Mode 3 and SIAS has NOT been blocked 2. Plant condit i ons indicate that a SGTR has occurred; ANY of the following may be present: PAGE: 4 of 46
* The event initiated from Mode 3 and SIAS has NOT been blocked
* Rise in Condenser Steam Jet Air Ejector Exhaust act i vity or high activity alarm
: 2. Plant conditions indicate that a SGTR has occurred ;
* Rise in Main Steam Line activity or h i gh activity alarm
ANY of the following may be present:
* Rise in Condenser Steam Jet Air Ejector Exhaust activity or high activity alarm
* Rise in Main Steam Line activity or high activity alarm
* Rise in SGBD activity or high activity alarm
* Rise in SGBD activity or high activity alarm
* Rise in SGBD liquid sample activity
* Rise in SGBD liquid sample activity
* Rise in S/G level
* Rise in S/G level
* Feed flow to steam flow mismatch JPM S-4 Page 13 REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE: 31 STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE 5 of 46 PROCEDURE NO.: 2-EOP-04 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 3.0 EXIT CONDITIONS 3.1 ANY of the following conditions exist , 1. The diagnosis of a SGTR is NOT confirmed.
* Feed flow to steam flow mismatch JPM S-4 Page 13
: 2. ANY of the SGTR Safety Function Status Checks acceptance criteria are NOT satisfied. 3. The SGTR procedure has accomplished its purpose by satisfying ALL of the following:
 
REVISION NO .:         PROCEDURE TITLE:                                 PAGE :
31                 STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE 5 of 46 PROCEDURE NO .:
2-EOP-04                           ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 3.0   EXIT CONDITIONS 3.1   ANY of the following conditions exist,
: 1. The diagnosis of a SGTR is NOT confirmed.
: 2. ANY of the SGTR Safety Function Status Checks acceptance criteria are NOT satisfied .
: 3. The SGTR procedure has accomplished its purpose by satisfying ALL of the following :
* ALL SFSC acceptance criteria are being satisfied
* ALL SFSC acceptance criteria are being satisfied
* SOC entry conditions are established
* SOC entry conditions are established
* An appropriate approved procedure to implement exists JPM S-4 Page 14 REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITL E: PAGE: 31 STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE 6 of 46 PR O CEDURE NO.: 2-EOP-04 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS INSTRUCTIONS CONTINGENCY ACTIONS I struments should be chann c ecked when one or more confirmatory indications are available. Reg Guide 1.97 designated instruments should be used for diagnosis of events and confirmation of safety functions . . /s ps designated w i th an
* An appropriate approved procedure to implement exists JPM S-4 Page 14
* may be performed non-sequentially or are / jo be performed continuously. donfirm Diagnosis VERIFY Safety Function Status Check acceptance criteria are satisfied every 15 m i nutes. Classify Event EVALUATE EPIP Classification cr i teria for present plant conditions and Emergency Plan Actions. REFER TO EPIP-01 , Classification of _ ;mergencies. D;Y Implement Placekeeping OPEN the Placekeeper and NOTE the time of EOP entry. JPM S-4 Page 15 1.1 REDIAGNOSE the event using 2-EOP-01 Chart 1, Diagnostic Flow Chart, and GO TO ONE of the following:
 
REVISION NO .:           PROCEDURE TITL E:                                       PAGE :
31                   STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE 6 of 46 PROCEDURE NO .:
2-EOP-04                               ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0   OPERATOR ACTIONS INSTRUCTIONS                               CONTINGENCY ACTIONS I struments should be chann c ecked when one or more confirmatory indications are available. Reg Guide 1.97 designated instruments should be used for diagnosis of events and confirmation of safety functions .
        . /s     ps designated with an
* may be performed non-sequentially or are
        / jo be performed continuously.
donfirm Diagnosis VERIFY Safety Function Status                 1.1 REDIAGNOSE the event using Check acceptance criteria are                    2-EOP-01 Chart 1, Diagnostic satisfied every 15 minutes.                      Flow Chart, and GO TO ONE of the following:
* The appropriate Optimal Recovery Procedure
* The appropriate Optimal Recovery Procedure
* 2-EOP-15, Functional Recovery REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE: 31 STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE 7 of 46 PROCEDURE NO.: 2-EOP-04 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS (continued)
* 2-EOP-15, Functional Recovery Classify Event EVALUATE EPIP Classification criteria for present plant conditions and Emergency Plan Actions .
INSTRUCTIONS Sample Steam Generators SAMPLE S/Gs. REFER TO Appendix A, Sampling team Generators. 0 nsure Safety Injection Actuation lf RCS pressure is less than 1736 psia, Then VERIFY SIAS has ACTUATED. Maximize SI Flow VERIFY ALL available Charging Pumps are RUNNING. JPM S-4 Page 16 CONTINGENCY ACTIONS 4.1 MONITOR other indications of a SGTR. 5.1 Manually ACTUATE SIAS. A.1 Manually STARTY/ALIGN SIAS components.
REFER TO EPIP-01 , Classification of
REFER TO Table 1 , Safety Injection Actuation Signal. 8.1 TAKE actions to restore SI flow: 1. ENSURE electrical power to SI pumps and valves. 2. ENSURE correct SI valve alignment.
_  ;        mergencies.
: 3. ENSURE operation of necessary auxiliary systems. C.1 ST ART ALL available Charging Pumps. C.2 lf the Charging Header is NOT available, Then CONSIDER charging to the HPSI Header. REFER TO Appendix T , Alternate Charging Flow Path to RCS Through 'A' HPSI Header.
D;Y        Implement Placekeeping OPEN the Placekeeper and NOTE the time of EOP entry.
REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE: 31 STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE 8 of 46 PROCEDURE NO.: 2-EOP-04 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS (continued)
JPM S-4 Page 15
INSTRUCTIONS CONTINGENCY ACTIONS RCP Trip Strategy X!f RCS subcooling is less than minimum subcooling, Then ENSURE ALL RCPs are STOPPED. J CCW is LOST to the RCPs for greater than 10 minutes , Then STOP ALL RCPs. JPM S-4 Page 17 REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE: 31 STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE 9 of 46
 
* PROCEDURE NO.: 2-EOP-04 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS (continued)
REVISION NO. :         PROCEDURE TITLE:                                         PAGE :
INSTRUCTIONS P Seal Cooling ---CONTINGENCY ACTIONS an INADVERTENT SIAS has solated CCW to the RCPs , hen RESTORE CCW. REFER TO Appendix J , storation of CCW and CBO to th Ps. !f VALID SIAS has isolated CW to the RCPs , Then ENSURE ALL RCPs are STOPPED. -CCW is lost for greater than 30 minutes , Then PERFORM BOTH of the fo 11 owing: "SURE CCW to the RCPs will isolated by PLACING
31                 STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE 7 of 46 PROCEDURE NO .:
* the FOUR Containment CCW To/From RC Pump valves to CLO NSURE RCP controlled bleedoff will remain isolated by PLACING the TWO RCP Bleedoff valves to CLOSE. (continued on next page) JPM S-4 Page 18 REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE: 31 STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE 10 of 46 P ROCEDURE NO.: 2-EOP-04 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS (continued)
2-EOP-04                             ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS (continued)
INSTRUCTIONS (Continued) " !f BOTH of the following f"'-, conditions exist ,
INSTRUCTIONS                               CONTINGENCY ACTIONS Sample Steam Generators SAMPLE S/Gs.                                 4.1 MONITOR other indications of a REFER TO Appendix A, Sampling                   SGTR.
team Generators.
0             nsure Safety Injection Actuation         5.1 Manually ACTUATE SIAS .
lf RCS pressure is less than 1736 psia, Then VERIFY SIAS has ACTUATED .
Maximize SI Flow A.1 Manually STARTY/ALIGN SIAS components. REFER TO Table 1, Safety Injection Actuation Signal.
8.1 TAKE actions to restore SI flow:
: 1. ENSURE electrical power to SI pumps and valves .
: 2. ENSURE correct SI valve alignment.
: 3. ENSURE operation of necessary auxiliary systems .
VERIFY ALL available Charging          C.1 START ALL available Charging Pumps are RUNNING.                         Pumps.
C.2 lf the Charging Header is NOT available, Then CONSIDER charging to the HPSI Header.
REFER TO Appendix T, Alternate Charging Flow Path to RCS Through 'A' HPSI Header.
JPM S-4 Page 16
 
REVISION NO .:       PROCEDURE TITLE:                             PAGE:
31                 STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE 8 of 46 PROCEDURE NO .:
2-EOP-04                           ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS (continued)
INSTRUCTIONS                           CONTINGENCY ACTIONS RCP Trip Strategy X     !f RCS subcooling is less than minimum subcooling, Then ENSURE ALL RCPs are STOPPED .
J CCW is LOST to the RCPs for greater than 10 minutes, Then STOP ALL RCPs .
JPM S-4 Page 17
 
REVISION NO .:     PROCEDURE TITLE:                                             PAGE :
31             STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE 9 of 46
* PROCEDURE NO .:
2-EOP-04                         ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS (continued)
INSTRUCTIONS                           CONTINGENCY ACTIONS P Seal Cooling an INADVERTENT SIAS has solated CCW to the RCPs ,
hen RESTORE CCW.
REFER TO Appendix J, storation of CCW and CBO to th         Ps .
                                                        !f     VALID SIAS has isolated CW to the RCPs ,
Then ENSURE ALL RCPs are STOPPED.
                                              - ~IfCCW is lost for greater than 30 minutes,
                                    ---                Then PERFORM BOTH of the fo 11 owing :
                                                      " S U R E CCW to the RCPs will
                                                  ~~ain isolated by PLACING
* the FOUR Containment CCW To/From RC Pump valves to CLO NSURE RCP controlled bleedoff will remain isolated by PLACING the TWO RCP Bleedoff valves to CLOSE .
(continued on next page)
JPM S-4 Page 18
 
REVISION NO. :         PROCEDURE TITLE :                                           PAGE:
31                 STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE 10 of 46 PROCEDURE NO .:
2-EOP-04                             ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS (continued)
INSTRUCTIONS                                 CONTINGENCY ACTIONS (Continued)
          "     !f BOTH of the following f"'-,conditions exist,
* RCPs have CCW flow
* RCPs have CCW flow
* CIAS has isolated the normal RCP bleedoff flowpath to the VCT Then ESTABLISH the alternate RCP bleedoff flowpath to the Quench Tank by OPENING V2507 , RCP Bleedoff Relief Stop Viv. 0 X Verify RCP Operating Limits !f RCPs are RUNNING , Then VERIFY RCP operating limits are satisfied. REFER TO Table 13 , RCP Operating Limits. Operation of the 2C AFW Pum releas s to the environment.
* CIAS has isolated the normal RCP bleedoff flowpath to the VCT Then ESTABLISH the alternate RCP bleedoff flowpath to the Quench Tank by OPENING V2507 , RCP Bleedoff Relief Stop Viv.
I m av
0X          Verify RCP Operating Limits                     9.1 STOP RCPs that do NOT satisfy operating limits.
* ble, steam from the least RCS Cool down to less than 510&deg;F Cooldown the RCS to T HO T less than 510&deg;F using SBCS. JPM S-4 Page 19 CONTINGENCY ACTIONS 9.1 STOP RCPs that do NOT satisfy operating limits. 10.1 COOLDOWN the RCS to T HO T less than 510&deg;F using ADVs from BOTH SIGs. 10.2 COOL DOWN using 2C AFW Pump and alternate steaming flow paths on the unisolated SIG. REFER TO Table 12 , Alternate SIG Heat Removal Paths.
            !f RCPs are RUNNING ,
REVI S I O N NO.: PR OC EDURE T ITLE: P A GE: 31 STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE 11 of 46 PR OC EDURE NO.: 2-EOP-04 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS (continued)
Then VERIFY RCP operating limits are satisfied .
INSTRUCTIONS RCP operation is desirable while event. CONTINGENCY ACTIONS rizing the RCS during a SGTR
REFER TO Table 13, RCP Operating Limits.
Operation of the 2C AFW Pum releas s to the environment. I m av
* ble, steam from the least RCS Cool down to less than 510&deg;F             10.1 COOLDOWN the RCS to T HOT less than 510&deg;F using ADVs from Cooldown the RCS to T HOT less than               BOTH SIGs .
510&deg;F using SBCS.
10.2 COOL DOWN using 2C AFW Pump and alternate steaming flow paths on the unisolated SIG.
REFER TO Table 12, Alternate SIG Heat Removal Paths.
JPM S-4 Page 19
 
REVI SION NO .:             PROCEDURE TITLE :                                           PAGE:
31                     STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE 11 of 46 PROCEDURE NO .:
2-EOP-04                                 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS (continued)
INSTRUCTIONS                                 CONTINGENCY ACTIONS RCP operation is desirable while                   rizing the RCS during a SGTR event.
* RCP operation takes preceden e over equalizing primary and secondary pressures.
* RCP operation takes preceden e over equalizing primary and secondary pressures.
* Monitor RCPs for cav i tation as the NPSH curve is approached and exceeded.
* Monitor RCPs for cavitation as the NPSH curve is approached and exceeded.
aintain minimum subcooling within the limits of Figure 1 A. PERFORM a controlled RCS depressurization as follows: AINTAIN RCS pressure w i th i n ALL the following criteria (listed in order of priority): the lim i ts of Figu r e 1A , ,A:7 R*CS Pressure Temperature g Less than 930 psia ff Above the minimum pressure for RCP operation equal to the f Q affected SIG pressure (within 50 psia)
aintain minimum subcooling within the limits of Figure 1A.
Main or Auxiliary
lf RCS pressure can NOT be LOWERED and MAINTAINED PERFORM a controlled RCS                             within the specified criteria ,
/X! /ressunzer spray. HPSI throttle criteria are m et , hen THROTTLE SI flow. , REFER TO Append ix S , Safety Inject i on Throttling and Restoration. JPM S-4 Page 20 lf RCS pressure can NOT be LOWERED and MAINTAINED within the spec i fied cr i teria , Then OPERATE the PORVs or RCGVS to reduce pressure.
depressurization as follows:                         Then OPERATE the PORVs or RCGVS to reduce pressure.
REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE: 31 STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE
AINTAIN RCS pressure with in ALL the following criteria (listed in order of priority) :
* 12 of 46 PROCEDURE NO.: 2-EOP-04 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS (continued)
                    ~ithin the limits of Figu re 1A,
INSTRUCTIONS CONTINGENCY ACTIONS RCS inventory and containmen co iti s safety functions should be under positive control prior to blocking a eguards signals. Safety functions should be closely monitored fo r degradation. Manual actuation of ES FAS may be necessary should conditions warrant. As the RCS cooldown and depressurization proceed , PERFORM ANY of the following: is NOT present , BLOCK automatic initiation of MSIS. !f SIAS is NOT present, Then BLOCK automatic initiation  
                ,A:7     R*CS Pressure Temperature g       Less than 930 psia f f Above       the minimum pressure for RCP operation
--SIAS. Protect Main Condenser PERFORM BOTH of the following: X!f Circulating Water flow to the Main Condenser has been lost , Then PERFORM BOTH of the following to protect the Secondary Plant: 1. ENSURE MSIVs are CLOSED. 2. ENSURE SGBD is ISOLATED.
                ~proximately equal to the fQ        ~~st affected SIG pressure (within 50 psia)
ABILIZE the Secondary Plant. FER TO Appendix X , Secondary Plant Post Trip Actions , Section 2. JPM S-4 Page 21 REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE: 31 STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE 13 of 46 PROCEDURE NO.: 2-EOP-04 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS (continued)
          ~ERA!E
INSTRUCTIONS CONTINGENCY ACTIONS estore Instrument Air La LOOP has occurred, Then PERFORM BOTH of the fol ENSURE 2AB 480V Load Center is aligned to an energized bus. DISPATCH an operator to estore Instrument Air. REFER TO Appendix H , 0 eration of the 2A and 2B nstrument Air Compressors. Determine the MOST Affected S/G. DETERMINE the MOST affected SIG by considering ALL of the following: Main Steam Line radiation monitoring trending prior to the t . d G level change when NOT radiation monitoring SIG level rising faster than the other with feed and steaming rates being essentially the same
        /X!     /
Main or Auxiliary ressunzer spray.
HPSI throttle criteria are met, hen THROTTLE SI flow.
      ,             REFER TO Append ix S, Safety Injection Throttling and Restoration .
JPM S-4 Page 20
 
REVISION NO.:           PROCEDURE TITLE:                                     PAGE :
31                 STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE
* 12 of 46 PROCEDURE NO.:
2-EOP-04                             ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS (continued)
INSTRUCTIONS                           CONTINGENCY ACTIONS RCS inventory and containmen co iti s safety functions should be under positive control prior to blocking a eguards signals . Safety functions should be closely monitored fo r degradation . Manual actuation of ES FAS may be necessary should conditions warrant.
As the RCS cooldown and depressurization proceed ,
PERFORM ANY of the following :
          ~SIS is NOT present,
      ~ ~ BLOCK automatic initiation of MSIS .
                !f SIAS is NOT present, Then BLOCK automatic initiation
                  --SIAS .
Protect Main Condenser PERFORM BOTH of the following :
X         !f Circulating Water flow to the Main Condenser has been lost, Then PERFORM BOTH of the following to protect the Secondary Plant:
: 1. ENSURE MSIVs are CLOSED.
: 2. ENSURE SGBD is ISOLATED.
ABILIZE the Secondary Plant.
FER TO Appendix X, Secondary Plant Post Trip Actions , Section 2.
JPM S-4 Page 21
 
REVISION NO.:           PROCEDURE TITLE:                             PAGE :
31                   STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE 13 of 46 PROCEDURE NO .:
2-EOP-04                             ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS (continued)
INSTRUCTIONS                           CONTINGENCY ACTIONS estore Instrument Air La LOOP has occurred, Then PERFORM BOTH of the fol ENSURE 2AB 480V Load Center is aligned to an energized bus .
DISPATCH an operator to estore Instrument Air.
REFER TO Appendix H, 0 eration of the 2A and 2B nstrument Air Compressors .
Determine the MOST Affected S/G.
DETERMINE the MOST affected SIG by considering ALL of the following :
Main Steam Line radiation monitoring trending prior to the t.
d
      >>~~ding G level change when NOT
          ~BO radiation monitoring
    ~ONE SIG level rising faster than the other with feed and steaming rates being essentially the same
* Feed flow mismatch between SI Gs
* Feed flow mismatch between SI Gs
* Steam flow vs. feed flow mismatch in a SIG prior to the rip JPM S-4 Page 22 R E VIS ION N O.: P R O C EDU R E T I TL E: P AG E: 31 STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE 14 of 46 PR OCED U R E NO.: 2-EOP-04 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS (continued)
* Steam flow vs. feed flow mismatch in a SIG prior to the rip JPM S-4 Page 22
STRUCTIONS olate the MOST Affected SIG When RCS hot leg temperature is less than 510&deg;F , Then ISOLA TE the MOST affected SIG. REFER TO Appendix R , Steam Generator Isolat i on. aintain ISOLATED SIG below 15 psig (930 psia) MAINTAIN the ISOLATED SIG pressure less than 915 psig (930 psia) by ANY Cif the following: A. Manual operat i on of the MSIV Bypass valve. (If condenser vacuum exists). 8. Manual operation of the associated ADV. C. Local operation of the associated ADV. erify Correct SIG was Isolated VERIFY the MOST affected SIG i s i solated by observing ALL of the following:
 
* SIG sample activities
REVIS ION NO.:           PROCEDU RE T ITLE:                                           PAG E:
* SGBD monitor radiation levels
31                   STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE 14 of 46 PROCEDURE NO .:
* SJAE exhaust monitor radiation level
2-EOP-04                             ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS (continued)
* S I G levels JPM S-4 Page 23 CONTINGENCY ACTIONS 18.1 !f the wrong SIG was isolated , Then RESTORE feed i ng and steaming capability to the isolated SIG. 18.2 When RCS heat removal has been re-established on the least affected SIG , Then ISOLATE the most affected SIG. REFER TO Appendix R , Steam Generator I solat i on.
STRUCTIONS                               CONTINGENCY ACTIONS olate the MOST Affected SIG When RCS hot leg temperature is less than 510&deg;F, Then ISOLATE the MOST affected SIG .
REVISI O N NO.: PROCEDU R E TITLE: PAGE: 31 STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE 15 of 46 PRO C EDU R E NO.: 2-EOP-04 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTl.ONS (continued)
REFER TO Appendix R, Steam Generator Isolation .
INSTRUCTIONS CONTINGENCY ACTIONS lf HPSI pumps are operating , and ALL of the following conditions are satisfied , RCS subcooling is greater than 'V or equal to minimum subcooling r n Pressurizer level i s at least 30% l:/ and NOT lowering 0 At least ONE SIG is available for RCS heat removal with level being maintained or restored to between 60 and 70% NR ((.\ Rx Vessel level i ndicates sensors \) 4 through 8 are covered , or NO abnormal differences (greater than 20&deg;F) between T HO T and Rep CET temperature Then THROTTLE SI flow. REFER TO Appendix S, Safety Injection Throttling and Restoration. HPSI Pump Restart Criteria lf ANY of the HPSI throttle criteria can NOT be maintained , Then RESTORE SI flow. REFER TO Appendix S , Safety Injection Throttl i ng and Restoration. JPM S-4 Page 24 REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE: 31 STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE 16 of 46 PROCEDURE NO.: 2-EOP-04 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS (continued)
aintain ISOLATED SIG below 15 psig (930 psia)
INSTRUCTIONS Pump Stop Criteria RCS pressure is greater than 250 psia and controlled, CONTINGENCY ACTIONS Then PERFORM ALL of the following: .,,,,_"' __ TOP the LPSI pumps. CLOSE the LPSI injection valves. PLACE LPSI Pump handswitches in AUTO. PSI Pump Restart Criteria !f ALL of the following conditions exist ,
MAINTAIN the ISOLATED SIG pressure less than 915 psig (930 psia) by ANY Cif the following :
A. Manual operation of the MSIV Bypass valve . (If condenser vacuum exists) .
8 . Manual operation of the associated ADV.
C. Local operation of the associated ADV.
erify Correct SIG was Isolated             18.1 !f the wrong SIG was isolated ,
Then RESTORE feed ing and VERIFY the MOST affected SIG is                      steaming capability to the isolated isolated by observing ALL of the                    SIG .
following :
18.2 When RCS heat removal has been
* SIG sample activities                        re-established on the least affected SIG ,
* SGBD monitor radiation levels                Then ISOLATE the most affected SIG .
* SJAE exhaust monitor radiation                REFER TO Appendix R, Steam level                                        Generator Isolation.
* SIG levels JPM S-4 Page 23
 
REVISI ON NO .:           PROCEDURE TITLE :                               PAGE :
31                     STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE 15 of 46 PRO CEDURE NO. :
2-EOP-04                               ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTl.ONS (continued)
INSTRUCTIONS                             CONTINGENCY ACTIONS lf HPSI pumps are operating ,
and ALL of the following conditions are satisfied ,
          ~        RCS subcooling is greater than
          'V       or equal to minimum subcooling rn      Pressurizer level is at least 30%
l:/ and NOT lowering 0       At least ONE SIG is available for RCS heat removal with level being maintained or restored to between 60 and 70% NR
((.\ Rx Vessel level indicates sensors
            \ ) 4 through 8 are covered ,
or NO abnormal differences (greater than 20&deg;F) between T HOT and Rep CET temperature Then THROTTLE SI flow.
REFER TO Appendix S, Safety Injection Throttling and Restoration .
HPSI Pump Restart Criteria lf ANY of the HPSI throttle criteria can NOT be maintained ,
Then RESTORE SI flow.
REFER TO Appendix S, Safety Injection Throttl ing and Restoration .
JPM S-4 Page 24
 
REVISION NO.:             PROCEDURE TITLE:                             PAGE :
31                     STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE 16 of 46 PROCEDURE NO .:
2-EOP-04                               ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS (continued)
INSTRUCTIONS                         CONTINGENCY ACTIONS
~PSI                  Pump Stop Criteria v~ RCS pressure is greater than 250 psia and controlled, Then PERFORM ALL of the following :
          .,,,,_"' __ TOP the LPSI pumps.
CLOSE the LPSI injection valves .
PLACE LPSI Pump handswitches in AUTO.
PSI Pump Restart Criteria
            !f ALL of the following   conditions exist,
* RCS pressure lowers to less than 250 psia
* RCS pressure lowers to less than 250 psia
* LPSI pumps have been stopped
* LPSI pumps have been stopped
* RAS has NOT actuated Then PERFORM BOTH of the following:
* RAS has NOT actuated Then PERFORM BOTH of the following:
A. START LPSI pumps AS NECESSARY.
A. START LPSI pumps AS NECESSARY.
B. OPEN the LPSI injection valves. JPM S-4 Page 25 REVIS I ON NO.: PRO C EDURE TITLE: PAGE: 31 STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE 17 of 46 P R OCEDURE NO.: 2-EOP-04 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS (continued)
B. OPEN the LPSI injection valves .
INSTRUCTIONS
JPM S-4 Page 25
['] &#xa3;\Maintain RCS Within Figure 1A (U limits MAINTAIN the RCS less than the upper limits of Figure 1A , RCS Pressure Temperature , by performing ANY of the following: A. OPERATE Main or Auxiliary Pressurizer sprays. B. !f HPSI throttle criteria are met , Then THROTTLE SI flow. REFER TO Appendix S , Safety Injection Throttling and Restoration. JPM S-4 Page 26 CONTINGENCY ACTIONS 23.1 !f the RCS is over-subcooled , or RCS pressure exceeds the upper limits of Figure 1A , RCS Pressure Temperature , Then RESTORE subcooling or pressure to within the appropriate limit: A. STOP the cooldown. B. DEPRESSURIZE the RCS using Main or Auxiliary Pressurizer spray. C. !f HPSI throttle criteria are met , Then THROTTLE SI flow. REFER TO Appendix S , Safety Injection Throttling and Restoration. 23.2 !f the cooldown rate is greate r than 100&deg;F in ANY 1 hour per i od , Then RESTORE the cooldown rate to w i thin its limit: A. STOP the cooldown AS NECESSARY.
 
B. MAINTAIN the plant in a stable pressure-temperature configuration. C. CONTINUE the plant cooldown within the 100&deg;F in ANY 1 hour period limit REVISI O N NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE: 31 STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE 18 of 46 PROCEDURE NO.: 2-EOP-04 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS (continued)
REVIS ION NO .:         PROCEDURE TITLE :                                             PAGE :
STRUCTIONS CONTINGENCY ACTIONS Maintain the UNISOLATED S/G Level 60 to 70% NR ENSURE the UNISOLATED SIG has level being restored to or maintained etween 60 and 70% NR. Evaluate Condensate Inventory ENSURE the condensate inventory is greater than the minimum required. REFER TO Data Sheet 1 , Determination of Condensate equired to Remove Decay Heat and CP Heat. orate the RCS for SOM BORATE the RCS until SOM is greater than the value required by the COLR. REFER TO 2-NOP-02.24 , Boron Concentration Control. JPM S-4 Page 27 REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE: 31 STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE 19 of 46 PROCEDURE NO.: 2-EOP-04 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS (continued)
31                   STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE 17 of 46 PROCEDURE NO .:
INSTRUCTIONS CONTINGENCY ACTIONS When cooling down and dep sunzin u only one SIG , AFW flow to the operable steam generator may e isolated by the AF AS rupture identification circuitry. Manual initiation of AFAS to the operable steam generator could be necessary. Coo Id own rates up to 100&deg;F in maintain minimum subcooling. CS Cooldown (to SDC) COOLDOWN the RCS using SBCS: A. lf RCPs are OPERATING, Then COOLDOWN at a rate not to exceed 100&deg;F in ANY 1 hour period. REFER TO 2-GOP-305 , Reactor Plant Cooldown -Hot Standby to Cold Shutdown. B. lf RCPs are NOT OPERATING , Then COOLDOWN at a rate not to exceed 30&deg;F in ANY 1 hour period. REFER TO 2-AOP-01.13 , Natural Circulation Cooldown. 0 28. Sample RCS for Dilution lf RCS pressure is less than the ISOLATED SIG pressure , Then SAMPLE the RCS for boron concentration in 30 minute intervals. eriod are permitted to regain or 27 .1 COOL DOWN the RCS using AD Vs. 27 .2 COOL DOWN using 2C AFW Pump and alternate steaming flow paths on the unisolated SIG. REFER TO Table 12 , Alternate SIG Heat Removal Paths. JPM S-4 Page 28 REVISION NO.: 5 PROCEDURE NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE: PROCEDURE AND WORK INSTRUCTION USE AND ADHERENCE 7 of 36 AD-AA-100-1006 NUCLEAR FLEET ADMINISTRATIVE 2.0 TERMS AND DEFINITIONS (continued)
2-EOP-04                             ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS (continued)
: 9. (continued)
INSTRUCTIONS                                 CONTINGENCY ACTIONS
* Multiple Use -Identifies procedures or work instructions that contain sections that are assigned different Levels Of Use. The level of use for each section of the procedure or work instruction SHALL be identified at the front of the applicable section. 10. May-MAY denotes a permitted action. 11. Not Applicable (N/A) -The designation used if a procedure step or group of procedure steps are not appropriate for the task or activity 12. Placekeeping  
['] &#xa3;\Maintain RCS Within Figure 1A                       23.1 !f the RCS is over-subcooled ,
-Physically marking steps in a procedure or work instruction  
(Ulimits                                                  or RCS pressure exceeds the upper limits of Figure 1A , RCS MAINTAIN the RCS less than the                   Pressure Temperature ,
'Q prevent the omission or duplication of steps , to maintain an accounting of steps in progress, steps completed , steps not applicable, and steps not yet
upper limits of Figure 1A, RCS                     Then RESTORE subcooling or Pressure Temperature , by performing             pressure to within the appropriate ANY of the following :                             limit:
A. OPERATE Main or Auxiliary                       A. STOP the cooldown .
Pressurizer sprays.
B. DEPRESSURIZE the RCS B. !f HPSI throttle criteria are met,                 using Main or Auxiliary Then THROTTLE SI flow.                             Pressurizer spray.
REFER TO Appendix S, Safety Injection Throttling and                     C.   !f HPSI throttle criteria are met, Restoration .                                      Then THROTTLE SI flow.
REFER TO Appendix S, Safety Injection Throttling and Restoration .
23.2 !f the cooldown rate is greater than 100&deg;F in ANY 1 hour period ,
Then RESTORE the cooldown rate to within its limit:
A. STOP the cooldown AS NECESSARY.
B. MAINTAIN the plant in a stable pressure-temperature configuration .
C. CONTINUE the plant cooldown within the 100&deg;F in ANY 1 hour period limit JPM S-4 Page 26
 
REVISI ON NO. :           PROCEDURE TITLE:                             PAGE :
31                   STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE 18 of 46 PROCEDURE NO .:
2-EOP-04                             ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS (continued)
STRUCTIONS                         CONTINGENCY ACTIONS Maintain the UNISOLATED S/G Level 60 to 70% NR ENSURE the UNISOLATED SIG has level being restored to or maintained etween 60 and 70% NR.
Evaluate Condensate Inventory ENSURE the condensate inventory is greater than the minimum required .
REFER TO Data Sheet 1, Determination of Condensate equired to Remove Decay Heat and CP Heat.
orate the RCS for SOM BORATE the RCS until SOM is greater than the value required by the COLR.
REFER TO 2-NOP-02 .24, Boron Concentration Control.
JPM S-4 Page 27
 
REVISION NO.:           PROCEDURE TITLE :                                         PAGE :
31                   STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE 19 of 46 PROCEDURE NO .:
2-EOP-04                           ST . LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS (continued)
INSTRUCTIONS                               CONTINGENCY ACTIONS When cooling down and dep sunzin u                   only one SIG , AFW flow to the operable steam generator may e isolated by the AF AS rupture identification circuitry . Manual initiation of AFAS to the operable steam generator could be necessary.
Coo Id own rates up to 100&deg;F in ,.,.,....~~""''  eriod are permitted to regain or maintain minimum subcooling .
CS Cooldown (to SDC)                       27 .1 COOL DOWN the RCS using AD Vs .
COOLDOWN the RCS using SBCS:
27 .2 COOL DOWN using 2C AFW Pump A. lf RCPs are OPERATING,                       and alternate steaming flow paths Then COOLDOWN at a rate not                   on the unisolated SIG.
to exceed 100&deg;F in ANY 1 hour                 REFER TO Table 12, Alternate period.                                       SIG Heat Removal Paths.
REFER TO 2-GOP-305, Reactor Plant Cooldown - Hot Standby to Cold Shutdown .
B. lf RCPs are NOT OPERATING ,
Then COOLDOWN at a rate not to exceed 30&deg;F in ANY 1 hour period .
REFER TO 2-AOP-01 .13, Natural Circulation Cooldown .
0     28. Sample RCS for Dilution lf RCS pressure is less than the ISOLATED SIG pressure ,
Then SAMPLE the RCS for boron concentration in 30 minute intervals.
JPM S-4 Page 28
 
REVISION NO.:           PROCEDURE TITLE :                                                 PAGE:
5 PROCEDURE AND WORK INSTRUCTION USE AND ADHERENCE                 7 of 36 PROCEDURE NO.:
AD-AA- 100-1006                       NUCLEAR FLEET ADMINISTRATIVE 2.0       TERMS AND DEFINITIONS (continued)
: 9.     (continued)
* Multiple Use - Identifies procedures or work instructions that contain sections that are assigned different Levels Of Use. The level of use for each section of the procedure or work instruction SHALL be identified at the front of the applicable section.
: 10. May - MAY denotes a permitted action .
: 11. Not Applicable (N/A) - The designation used if a procedure step or group of procedure steps are not appropriate for the task or activity
~eeing                    e(!r~
fo~rm
                                  ~eg d,,,_
                                      . ---------~-;-~::----
: 12. Placekeeping - Physically marking steps in a procedure or work instruction 'Q prevent the omission or duplication of steps , to maintain an accounting of steps in progress, steps completed , steps not applicable, and steps not yet
* performed.
* performed.
: 13. Placekeeping Aids -Typical placekeeping may utilize, but not be limited to any of the following techniques
: 13. Placekeeping Aids - Typical placekeeping may utilize, but not be limited to any of the following techniques:
:
* Circle I slash   (~) method
* Circle I slash method
* Step signoff or initial lines
* Step signoff or initial lines 14. Procedure Section or Subsection -A group of steps that has its own heading and that is intended to be executed in a stand alone manner. 15. Referencing  
: 14. Procedure Section or Subsection - A group of steps that has its own heading and that is intended to be executed in a stand alone manner.
-Methods used in procedure or work instruction steps to refer a user to a procedure step or information other than the next step in the originating procedure or work instruction.
: 15. Referencing - Methods used in procedure or work instruction steps to refer a user to a procedure step or information other than the next step in the originating procedure or work instruction. Task performance will continue in the current or next step of the current procedure. Examples of referencing terms that are typically utilized are "refer to", "in accordance with", "per", and "see".
Task performance will continue in the current or next step of the current procedure. Examples of referencing terms that are typically utilized are " refer to", " in accordance with" , "per", and " see". 16. Shall -SHALL denotes a required action. 17. Should -SHOULD denotes an expected action. A management expectation. When should is contained in a procedure or work instruction that contains information for controlling or operating Systems, Structures or Components (SSCs), any non-performance of a "should" requires written supervisor  
: 16. Shall - SHALL denotes a required action .
-justification in the body of the procedure or work instruction. JPM S-4 Page 29 REVISION NO.: 5 PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE: PROCEDURE AND WORK INSTRUCTION USE AND ADHERENCE 20 of 36 PROCEDURE NO.: AD-AA-100-1006 NUCLEAR FLEET ADMINISTRATIVE 4.6 Signoff and Placekeeping
: 17. Should - SHOULD denotes an expected action . A management expectation .
: 1. Placekeeping shall be used during the performance of a Continuous Use or Reference Use procedure or work instruction. This technique may also be applied during the performance of other procedures, instructions, or tests as directed.  
When should is contained in a procedure or work instruction that contains information for controlling or operating Systems, Structures or Components (SSCs) , any non-performance of a "should" requires written supervisor -
* * ( NOTE Check marks shall not be used in place of initials or signature . Ditto marks or one initial and a line through the remaining signoffs shall not be used. If the or wor-instruction requires an individual steps , the. signing or initialing of steps constitutes placekeeping. Typical placekeeping may utilize , but not be limited to any of the following techniques
justification in the body of the procedure or work instruction.
:
JPM S-4 Page 29
* Circle I slash method
 
REVISION NO.:           PROCEDURE TITLE:                                                   PAGE :
5 PROCEDURE AND WORK INSTRUCTION USE AND ADHERENCE                   20 of 36 PROCEDURE NO.:
AD-AA-100-1006                       NUCLEAR FLEET ADMINISTRATIVE 4.6       Signoff and Placekeeping
: 1. Placekeeping shall be used during the performance of a Continuous Use or Reference Use procedure or work instruction . This technique may also be applied during the performance of other procedures, instructions, or tests as directed.
NOTE
* Check marks shall not be used in place of initials or signature .
* Ditto marks or one initial and a line through the remaining signoffs shall not be used.
If the procedu~e  or wor - instruction requires an individual t~R,
(                steps , the.signing or initialing of steps constitutes placekeeping . Typical placekeeping may utilize, but not be limited to any of the following techniques :
* Circle I slash (~)  method
* Step signoff or initial lines Checkboxes
* Step signoff or initial lines Checkboxes
: 8. For Con mu -e-pFec-e9tJ-r-es-er-w ins ructions, each step shall be marked as completed before the performer proceeds to the next step , except for certain circumstances as listed below:
: 8. For Con mu             -e-pFec-e9tJ-r-es-er-w ins ructions, each step shall be marked as completed before the performer proceeds to the next step ,
except for certain circumstances as listed below:
* The approved procedure or work instruction provides instructions for performing a step (or series of related steps) concurrently or in a time restricted sequence.
* The approved procedure or work instruction provides instructions for performing a step (or series of related steps) concurrently or in a time restricted sequence.
Concurrent actions may be necessary for equipment operation. To complete the evolution safely and successfully , the steps must be completed in a timely manner.
Concurrent actions may be necessary for equipment operation .
* ALARA, Equipment, or Personal Safety may be compromised if step-by-step documentation of the procedure or work instruction i s performed during execution. JPM S-4 Page 30 REV ISION NO.: 6 PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE: PROCEDURE NO.: 2-NOP-99.07 OPERATIONS HARD CARDS ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 5 AUXILIARY FEEDWATER OPERATIONS (Page 1 of 5) 1.0 AUXILIARY FEEDWATER OPERATIONS NOTE '16 of 24'
To complete the evolution safely and successfully, the steps must be completed in a timely manner.
* An Operator Aid has been placed at RTG8-202. Any revision to this section of the procedure shall verify the validity of the Operator Aid and , if changes are necessary, a Label Request shall be initiated to incorporate these changes on a new Operator Aid placard. 1.1 Restoring Steam Generator Levels using Auxiliary Feedwater after AFAS has occurred NOTE
* ALARA, Equipment, or Personal Safety may be compromised if step-by-step documentation of the procedure or work instruction is performed during execution .
* The discharge valves may be taken off the open seat to expedite acknowledgement of their alarms.
JPM S-4 Page 30
* Feeding with the electric pump is preferred over the steam driven pump.
 
* A trip from 100% power (Post EPU) will require -500 gpm total AFW flow. 1. FEED each Steam Generator at the desired flow rate by throttling the following valves OPEN or CLOSED: 2A Steam Generator
REVISION NO.:             PROCEDURE TITLE :                                             PAGE:
* MV-09-9 , PUMP 2A DISCH TO SG 2A VALVE
6 OPERATIONS HARD CARDS                          '16 of 24 '
PROCEDURE NO.:
2-NOP-99.07                                 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 5 AUXILIARY FEEDWATER OPERATIONS (Page 1 of 5) 1.0       AUXILIARY FEEDWATER OPERATIONS NOTE
* An Operator Aid has been placed at RTG8-202. Any revision to this section of the procedure shall verify the validity of the Operator Aid and , if changes are necessary, a Label Request shall be initiated to incorporate these changes on a new Operator Aid placard .
1.1         Restoring Steam Generator Levels using Auxiliary Feedwater after AFAS has occurred NOTE
* The discharge valves may be taken off the open seat to expedite acknowledgement of their alarms .
* Feeding with the electric pump is preferred over the steam driven pump .
* A trip from 100% power (Post EPU) will require -500 gpm total AFW flow.
: 1.       FEED each Steam Generator at the desired flow rate by throttling the following valves OPEN or CLOSED :
2A Steam Generator
* MV-09-9, PUMP 2A DISCH TO SG 2A VALVE
* MV-09-11 , PUMP 2C TO SG 2A 2B Steam Generator
* MV-09-11 , PUMP 2C TO SG 2A 2B Steam Generator
* MV-09-12 , PUMP 2C TO SG 28
* MV-09-12, PUMP 2C TO SG 28
* MV-09-10 , PUMP 28 DISCH TO SG 2B VALVE JPM S-4 Page 31 RE V ISI ON NO.: P RO C EDU R E TI T LE: P A GE: 6 OPERATIONS HARD CARDS P ROCE DURE NO.: 2-NOP-99.0 7 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 5 AUXILIARY FEEDWATER OPERATIONS (Page 2 of 5) 1.1 Restoring Steam Generator Levels using Auxiliary Feedwater after AFAS has occurred (continued)
* MV-09-10, PUMP 28 DISCH TO SG 2B VALVE JPM S-4 Page 31
: 2. WHEN AFAS has reached the reset level, THEN RESET e i ther AFAS 1 (2A SG) OR AFAS 2 (28 SG) at the AFAS Cab i nets A t h rough D as follows (Key 202): NOTE When AFAS i s reset in each cabinet the following will occur:
 
* Actuat i on light will illuminate
REVISI ON NO.:         PROCEDURE TI TLE :                                       PAGE:
* 1-3 AND 2-4 AFAS Lockout Relay Status lights wil l extinguish A. PRESS either AFAS-1 ACT RESET OR AFAS-2 ACT RESET pushbutton. B. FEED the Steam Generator(s) using the desired flow path: (1) FEED the 2A Steam Generator u sing the 2A AFW Pump a. OPEN SE-09-2 , 2A PUMP DISCH TO 2A SIG VLV (KEY 83) b. THROTTLE MV-09-9 , PUMP 2A DISCH TO SG 2AVALVE (2) FEED the 2A Steam Generato r using the 2C AFW Pump a. OPEN SE-09-4 , 2C PUMP DISCH TO 2A SIG VLV (KEY 85) b. THROTTLE MV-09-11 , PUMP 2C TO SG 2A (3) FEED the 28 Steam Generator us i ng the 28 AFW Pump a. OPEN SE-09-3 , 2B PUMP DISCH TO 2B SIG VLV (KEY 84) JPM S-4 Page 32 17 of 24 REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE: 6 OPERATIONS HARD CARDS .18 of 24 PROCEDURE NO.: 2-NOP-99.07 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 5 AUXILIARY FEEDWATER OPERATIONS (Page 3 of 5) 1.1 Restoring Steam Generator Levels using Auxiliary Feedwater after AFAS has occurred (continued)
6 OPERATIONS HARD CARDS                   17 of 24 PROCE DURE NO.:
: 2. B. (3) (continued)  
2-NOP-99 .07                                ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 5 AUXILIARY FEEDWATER OPERATIONS (Page 2 of 5) 1.1       Restoring Steam Generator Levels using Auxiliary Feedwater after AFAS has occurred (continued)
*** .J b. THROTTLE MV-09-10 , PUMP 28 DISCH TO SG 28 VALVE (4) FEED the 28 Steam Generator using the 2C AFW Pump a. OPEN SE-09-5, 2C PUMP DISCH TO 28 SIG VLV (KEY 86) b. THROTTLE MV-09-12 , PUMP 2C TO SG 28 CAUTION Initial feedwater flow should be controlled to less than 150 gpm for the first 5 minutes when using Aux Feed for water hammer and thermal shock concerns. 1.2 Restoring Steam Generator Levels using Auxiliary Feedwater when an AFAS has NOT occured 1. PERFORM any of the following steps as necessary to restore Steam Generator levels. A. FEED the 2A Steam Generator using the 2A AFW Pump (1) START PUMP 2A (2) OPEN SE-09-2 , 2A PUMP DISCH TO 2A SIG VLV (KEY 83) (3) THROTTLE MV-09-9, PUMP 2A DISCH TO SG 2A VAL VE , as necessary to establish and maintain desired AFW flow to 2A SIG B. FEED the 28 Steam Generator using the 28 AFW Pump (1) START PUMP 28 JPM S-4 Page 33 ..... ,,,.--
: 2. WHEN AFAS has reached the reset level, THEN RESET either AFAS 1 (2A SG) OR AFAS 2 (28 SG) at the AFAS Cabinets A through D as follows (Key 202) :
R E VI S I ON NO.: 6 P ROCEDURE TIT L E: PAG E: P R OCE DUR E N O.: 2-NOP-99.07 OPERATIONS HARD CARDS ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 5 AUXILIARY FEEDWATER OPERATIONS (Page 4 of 5) 1.2 Restoring Steam Generator Levels using Auxiliary Feedwater when an AFAS has NOT occured (continued)
NOTE When AFAS is reset in each cabinet the following will occur:
: 1. B. (continued)
* Actuation light will illuminate
(2) OPEN SE-09-3 , 28 PUMP DISCH TO 28 S/G VLV (KEY 84) (3) THROTTLE MV-09-10 , PUMP 28 DISCH TO SG 28 VALVE , as necessary to establish and maintain desired AFW f l ow to 28 S/G NOTE The following valves should be opened simultaneously to prevent overspeed tr i pping of the 2C AFW Pump:
* 1-3 AND 2-4 AFAS Lockout Relay Status lights wil l extinguish A. PRESS either AFAS-1 ACT RESET OR AFAS-2 ACT RESET pushbutton .
* MV-08-12 , SG 28 STM TO AFW PP 2C
B. FEED the Steam Generator(s) using the desired flow path :
* MV-08-13 , SG 2A STM TO AFW PP 2C If a Steam Generator Tube Rupture is in progress , the steam supply from the ruptured Steam Generator should NOT be opened. CAUTION 19 of 24 In i tial feedwater flow should be controlled to l ess than 150 gpm for the first 5 m i nutes when us i ng Aux Feed for water hammer and therma l shock concerns. 2. FEED the 2A AND 28 Steam Generators using the 2C AFW PUMP. A. START 2C AFW PUMP by performing both of the fo ll ow i ng s i mu l taneously:
(1)     FEED the 2A Steam Generator using the 2A AFW Pump
* OPEN MV-08-12 , SG 28 STM TO AFW PP 2C
: a.       OPEN SE-09-2, 2A PUMP DISCH TO 2A SIG VLV (KEY 83)
* OPEN MV-08-13 , SG 2A STM TO AFW PP 2C B. OPEN the so l eno i d valve(s) in the header(s) to feed the appropriate S/G(s):
: b.       THROTTLE MV-09-9, PUMP 2A DISCH TO SG 2AVALVE (2)     FEED the 2A Steam Generator using the 2C AFW Pump
* SE-09-4, 2C PUMP DISCH TO 2A S/G VLV (KEY 85) JPM S-4 Page 34 R E VIS I ON NO.: PROCEDURE T I TLE: PAGE: 6 OPERATIONS HARD CARDS PROCEDURE NO.: 2-NOP-99.07 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 5 AUXILIARY FEEDWATER OPERATIONS (Page 5 of 5) 1.2 Restoring Steam Generator Levels using Auxiliary Feedwater when an AFAS has NOT occured (continued)
: a.       OPEN SE-09-4, 2C PUMP DISCH TO 2A SIG VLV (KEY 85)
: 2. 8. (continued)
: b.       THROTTLE MV-09-11 , PUMP 2C TO SG 2A (3)     FEED the 28 Steam Generator using the 28 AFW Pump
* SE-09-5, 2C PUMP DISCH TO 2B S/G VLV (KEY 86) C. ESTABLISH AND MAINTAIN desired flow in the header(s) to feed the appropriate S/G(s):
: a.       OPEN SE-09-3, 2B PUMP DISCH TO 2B SIG VLV (KEY 84)
JPM S-4 Page 32
 
REVISION NO.:           PROCEDURE TITLE:                                               PAGE:
6 OPERATIONS HARD CARDS                               .18 of 24
                                                                                          ***.J PROCEDURE NO.:
2-NOP-99.07                               ST. LUCIE UNIT 2                                 ..... ,,,.- -
ATTACHMENT 5 AUXILIARY FEEDWATER OPERATIONS (Page 3 of 5) 1.1       Restoring Steam Generator Levels using Auxiliary Feedwater after AFAS has occurred (continued)
: 2.       B.   (3)   (continued)
: b. THROTTLE MV-09-10, PUMP 28 DISCH TO SG 28 VALVE (4)   FEED the 28 Steam Generator using the 2C AFW Pump
: a. OPEN SE-09-5, 2C PUMP DISCH TO 28 SIG VLV (KEY 86)
: b. THROTTLE MV-09-12, PUMP 2C TO SG 28 CAUTION Initial feedwater flow should be controlled to less than 150 gpm for the first 5 minutes when using Aux Feed for water hammer and thermal shock concerns .
1.2       Restoring Steam Generator Levels using Auxiliary Feedwater when an AFAS has NOT occured
: 1.       PERFORM any of the following steps as necessary to restore Steam Generator levels.
A. FEED the 2A Steam Generator using the 2A AFW Pump (1)   START PUMP 2A (2)   OPEN SE-09-2, 2A PUMP DISCH TO 2A SIG VLV (KEY 83)
(3)   THROTTLE MV-09-9, PUMP 2A DISCH TO SG 2A VALVE, as necessary to establish and maintain desired AFW flow to 2A SIG B. FEED the 28 Steam Generator using the 28 AFW Pump (1)   START PUMP 28 JPM S-4 Page 33
 
REVISION NO.:           PROCEDURE TITLE:                                               PAGE:
6 OPERATIONS HARD CARDS                            19 of 24 PROCEDURE NO.:
2-NOP-99 .07                             ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 5 AUXILIARY FEEDWATER OPERATIONS (Page 4 of 5) 1.2       Restoring Steam Generator Levels using Auxiliary Feedwater when an AFAS has NOT occured (continued)
: 1.       B.   (continued)
(2)   OPEN SE-09-3, 28 PUMP DISCH TO 28 S/G VLV (KEY 84)
(3)   THROTTLE MV-09-10, PUMP 28 DISCH TO SG 28 VALVE, as necessary to establish and maintain desired AFW flow to 28 S/G NOTE The following valves should be opened simultaneously to prevent overspeed tripping of the 2C AFW Pump :
* MV-08-12, SG 28 STM TO AFW PP 2C
* MV-08-13, SG 2A STM TO AFW PP 2C If a Steam Generator Tube Rupture is in progress, the steam supply from the ruptured Steam Generator should NOT be opened .
CAUTION Initial feedwater flow should be controlled to less than 150 gpm for the first 5 minutes when using Aux Feed for water hammer and thermal shock concerns .
: 2.       FEED the 2A AND 28 Steam Generators using the 2C AFW PUMP .
A. START 2C AFW PUMP by performing both of the following simultaneously:
* OPEN MV-08-12, SG 28 STM TO AFW PP 2C
* OPEN MV-08-13, SG 2A STM TO AFW PP 2C B. OPEN the solenoid valve(s) in the header(s) to feed the appropriate S/G(s):
* SE-09-4, 2C PUMP DISCH TO 2A S/G VLV (KEY 85)
JPM S-4 Page 34
 
REVISION NO.:         PROCEDURE TITLE:                                       PAGE:
6 OPERATIONS HARD CARDS                   20 of 24 PROCEDURE NO.:
2-NOP-99.07                           ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 5 AUXILIARY FEEDWATER OPERATIONS (Page 5 of 5) 1.2       Restoring Steam Generator Levels using Auxiliary Feedwater when an AFAS has NOT occured (continued)
: 2. 8.   (continued)
* SE-09-5, 2C PUMP DISCH TO 2B S/G VLV (KEY 86)
C. ESTABLISH AND MAINTAIN desired flow in the header(s) to feed the appropriate S/G(s) :
* THROTTLE MV-09-11 , PUMP 2C TO SG 2A
* THROTTLE MV-09-11 , PUMP 2C TO SG 2A
* THROTTLE MV-09-12 , PUMP 2C TO SG 2B JPM S-4 Page 35 20 of 24 REVISION NO.: 6 PROCEDURE TIT L E: PAGE: , '\ AUXILIARY FEEDWATER SYSTEM OPERATION  
* THROTTLE MV-09-12, PUMP 2C TO SG 2B JPM S-4 Page 35
-7 of 36 PROC E DURE NO.: 2-NOP-09.02 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 INSTRUCTIONS 4.1 2A AFW PUMP to 2A S/G 1. START PUMP 2A. 2. OPEN SE-09-2 , 2A PUMP DISCH TO 2A SIG VLV. (KEY 83) CAUTION To avoid water hammer , when reinitiating flow to a steam generator that has l ost all feedwater , the i nit i al flow rate should be l imited to less than or equal to 150 gpm for five minutes or until a level rise is observed.
 
: 3. THROTTLE MV-09-9 , PUMP 2A DISCH TO SG 2A VALVE , as necessary to establish and maintain desired AFW flow to 2A SIG. 4. WHEN desired level i s achieved AND the 2A AFW PUMP i s NO longer needed , THEN PERFORM the following: A. CLOSE MV-09-9 , PUMP 2A DISCH TO SG 2A VALVE. B. PLACE key switch for SE-09-2 , 2A PUMP DISCH TO 2A SIG VLV, to AUTO. C. VERIFY SE-09-2, 2A PUMP DISCH TO 2A SIG VLV , i s CLOSED. D. STOP PUMP 2A. E. RETURN PUMP 2A switch to AUTO. Performed By: Pr i nt/Sign In i tials Print/Sign In i tials JPM S-4 Page 36 IV IV Date Date PROCEDURE TITLE: ,. REVISION NO.: 6 AUXILIARY FEEDWATER SYSTEM OPERATION  
REVISION NO.:             PROCEDURE TITLE:                                                 PAGE:
" 9 of 36 .... PROCEDURE NO.: 2-NOP-09.02 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.3 2C AFW PUMP to 2A I 28 S/G NOTE If the 2C AFW PUMP has tr i pped , 2-AOP-09.02 , Auxiliary Feedwater , provides instructions fo r restarting. CAUTION When steam i s isolated from the 2C AFW PUMP turbine, water may accumulate in the steam supply lines. Start i ng the pump with accumulated water could result i n an overspeed trip. 1. IF this pump start is for post-maintenance testing AND the steam was completely removed from the turbine , THEN PERFORM the follow i ng steps: A. CLOSE MV-08-3 , 2C PUMP, by placing the key switch on RTG8-202 in the CLOSE position. (KEY 78) B. OPEN MV-08-12 , SG 28 STM TO AFW PP 2C. C. OPEN MV-08-13 , SG 2A STM TO AFW PP 2C. D. AFTER 5 minutes, CLOSE MV-08-12, SG 28 STM TO AFW PP2C. E. CLOSE MV-08-1 3, SG 2A STM TO AFW PP 2C. F. OPEN MV-08-3 , 2C PUMP, by placing the key switch on RTG8-202 in the OPEN posit i on. 2. IF the 2C AFW PUMP turbine is rotat i ng , THEN PERFORM the following: A. UNLOCK AND CLOSE V08884 , SE-08-2 INLET ISOL. B. WHEN the 2C AFW PUMP stops rotating , THEN SLOWLY OPEN V08884 , SE-08-2 INLET I SOL. C. IF the 2C AFW PUMP does NOT STOP rotating, THEN PERFORM Section 5.4, Establishing And Adjusting 2C Auxiliary Feedwater Pump Warming Steam. JPM S-4 Page 37 IV REVISION NO.: 6 PROCEDURE NO.: 2-NOP-09.02 PROCEDURE TITLE: AUXILIARY FEEDWATER SYSTEM OPERATION ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.3 2C AFW PUMP to 2A / 28 S/G (continued)
                                                                                                , '\
: 2. (continued)
6 AUXILIARY FEEDWATER SYSTEM OPERATION                       -7 of 36 PROC EDURE NO.:
D. LOCK OPEN V08884, SE-08-2 INLET ISOL. I An operator will be required at the 2C AFW PUMP local station to verify speed. CAUTION The 2C AFW PUMP turbine shall NOT be started if turbine bearing or governor o i l temperature is less than 40&deg;F. 3. IF outside air temperature is less than 70&deg;F , THEN CHECK (by pyrometer) turbine bearing and governor oil temperature. A. IF turbine bearing or governor oil temperature is less than 70&deg;F , THEN provisions should be made to warm the oi l by external source. B. IF turbine bearing or governor oil temperature is less than 60&deg;F, THEN 2C AFW PUMP shall be declared OOS. 4. ENSURE the governor oil level is visible between the level mark and top of sightglass. CAUTION If the oil in the 2C AFW PUMP turbine governor is NOT allowed to fully drain back to the reservoir, restarting may cause overspeed. This can be prevented by waiting 3 minutes after the pump stops rotating or taking the manual speed control knob on the side of the governor fully counter-clockwise then returning full clockwise. Section 7.1.3, Mana ement Directive 3 5. ENSURE the 2C AFW PUMP Turbine is NOT rotating. A. VERIFY 3 minutes have passed since pump rotation stopped OR B. CYCLE the manual speed control knob on the side of the governor fully counter-clockwise , then fully clockwise. JPM S-4 Page 38 I/'\
2-NOP-09.02                                 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0       INSTRUCTIONS 4.1       2A AFW PUMP       to 2A S/G
REVISION NO.: 6 PROCEDURE NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: AUXILIARY FEEDWATER SYSTEM OPERATION 2-NOP-09.02 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.3 2C AFW PUMP to 2A I 28 SIG (continued)
: 1.       START PUMP 2A.
: 6. START 2C AFW PUMP by performing the following:
: 2.       OPEN SE-09-2 , 2A PUMP DISCH TO 2A SIG VLV. (KEY 83)
* OPEN MV-08-12, SG 28 STM TO AFW PP 2C. AND/OR
CAUTION To avoid water hammer, when reinitiating flow to a steam generator that has lost all feedwater, the initial flow rate should be limited to less than or equal to 150 gpm for five minutes or until a level rise is observed.
* OPEN MV-08-13 , SG 2A STM TO AFW PP 2C. 7. VERIFY turbine speed is stable between 3700 and 3800 rpm AND the governor valve is NOT hunting I oscillating.
: 3.       THROTTLE MV-09-9, PUMP 2A DISCH TO SG 2A VALVE, as necessary to establish and maintain desired AFW flow to 2A SIG .
: 8. OPEN the solenoid valve(s) in the header(s) to the S/Gs requiring feed:
: 4.       WHEN desired level is achieved AND the 2A AFW PUMP is NO longer needed , THEN PERFORM the following :
A. CLOSE MV-09-9, PUMP 2A DISCH TO SG 2A VALVE.
B. PLACE key switch for SE-09-2, 2A PUMP DISCH TO 2A SIG VLV, to AUTO.
IV C. VERIFY SE-09-2, 2A PUMP DISCH TO 2A SIG VLV, is CLOSED.
D. STOP PUMP 2A.
E. RETURN PUMP 2A switch to AUTO.
IV Performed By:
                      ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-
Print/Sign                           Initials      Date Print/Sign                           Initials      Date JPM S-4 Page 36
 
REVISION NO.:            PROCEDURE TITLE:
6
                                                                                        ,.
AUXILIARY FEEDWATER SYSTEM OPERATION               " 9 of 36 ....
PROCEDURE NO.:
2-NOP-09.02                                 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.3       2C AFW PUMP to 2A I 28 S/G NOTE If the 2C AFW PUMP has tripped , 2-AOP-09 .02 , Auxiliary Feedwater, provides instructions for restarting .
CAUTION When steam is isolated from the 2C AFW PUMP turbine, water may accumulate in the steam supply lines. Starting the pump with accumulated water could result in an overspeed trip.
: 1.     IF this pump start is for post-maintenance testing AND the steam was completely removed from the turbine, THEN PERFORM the following steps:
A.     CLOSE MV-08-3, 2C PUMP, by placing the key switch on RTG8-202 in the CLOSE position . (KEY 78)
B.     OPEN MV-08-12 , SG 28 STM TO AFW PP 2C.
C.     OPEN MV-08-13, SG 2A STM TO AFW PP 2C.
D.     AFTER 5 minutes, CLOSE MV-08-12, SG 28 STM TO AFW PP2C .
E.     CLOSE MV-08-1 3, SG 2A STM TO AFW PP 2C.
F.     OPEN MV-08-3, 2C PUMP, by placing the key switch on RTG8-202 in the OPEN position .
IV
: 2.     IF the 2C AFW PUMP turbine is rotating , THEN PERFORM the following :
A.     UNLOCK AND CLOSE V08884 , SE-08-2 INLET ISOL.
B.     WHEN the 2C AFW PUMP stops rotating , THEN SLOWLY OPEN V08884, SE-08-2 INLET ISOL.
C.     IF the 2C AFW PUMP does NOT STOP rotating, THEN PERFORM Section 5.4, Establishing And Adjusting 2C Auxiliary Feedwater Pump Warming Steam.
JPM S-4 Page 37
 
REVISION NO.:             PROCEDURE TITLE:
6 AUXILIARY FEEDWATER SYSTEM OPERATION PROCEDURE NO.:
2-NOP-09.02                                 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.3       2C AFW PUMP to 2A / 28 S/G (continued)
: 2.     (continued)
D.       LOCK OPEN V08884, SE-08-2 INLET ISOL.
I I/'\
An operator will be required at the 2C AFW PUMP local station to verify speed .
CAUTION The 2C AFW PUMP turbine shall NOT be started if turbine bearing or governor oil temperature is less than 40&deg;F.
: 3.     IF outside air temperature is less than 70&deg;F, THEN CHECK (by pyrometer) turbine bearing and governor oil temperature.
A.       IF turbine bearing or governor oil temperature is less than 70&deg;F , THEN provisions should be made to warm the oil by external source .
B.       IF turbine bearing or governor oil temperature is less than 60&deg;F, THEN 2C AFW PUMP shall be declared OOS.
: 4.     ENSURE the governor oil level is visible between the level mark and top of sightglass.
CAUTION If the oil in the 2C AFW PUMP turbine governor is NOT allowed to fully drain back to the reservoir, restarting may cause overspeed . This can be prevented by waiting 3 minutes after the pump stops rotating or taking the manual speed control knob on the side of the governor fully counter-clockwise then returning full clockwise . Section 7.1.3, Mana ement Directive 3
: 5.     ENSURE the 2C AFW PUMP Turbine is NOT rotating .
A.       VERIFY 3 minutes have passed since pump rotation stopped OR B.       CYCLE the manual speed control knob on the side of the governor fully counter-clockwise, then fully clockwise .
JPM S-4 Page 38
 
REVISION NO.:             PROCEDURE TITLE:                                                 PAGE:
6 AUXILIARY FEEDWATER SYSTEM OPERATION PROCEDURE NO.:
2-NOP-09.02                                 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.3       2C AFW PUMP to 2A I 28 SIG (continued)
: 6.     START 2C AFW PUMP by performing the following :
* OPEN MV-08-12, SG 28 STM TO AFW PP 2C.
AND/OR
* OPEN MV-08-13, SG 2A STM TO AFW PP 2C.
: 7.     VERIFY turbine speed is stable between 3700 and 3800 rpm AND the governor valve is NOT hunting I oscillating.
: 8.       OPEN the solenoid valve(s) in the header(s) to the S/Gs requiring feed :
* SE-09-4, 2C PUMP DISCH TO 2A S/G VLV (KEY 85)
* SE-09-4, 2C PUMP DISCH TO 2A S/G VLV (KEY 85)
* SE-09-5, 2C PUMP DISCH TO 28 S/G VLV (KEY 86) CAUTION PAGE: To avoid water hammer, when reinitiating flow to a steam generator that has lost all feedwater, the initial flow rate should be limited to less than or equal to 150 gpm for five minutes or until a level rise is observed. 9. THROTTLE MV-09-11, PUMP 2C TO SG 2A, as necessary to establish and maintain desired flow to 2A SIG. 10. THROTTLE MV-09-12, PUMP 2C TO SG 28, as necessary to establish and maintain desired flow to 28 SIG. 11. WHEN the 2C AFW PUMP is NO longer being used for feed and it is desired to secure , THEN PERFORM the following: A. ENSURE MV-09-11, PUMP 2C TO SG 2A , is CLOSED. B. ENSURE MV-09-12, PUMP 2C TO SG 28, is CLOSED. C. PLACE key switch for SE-09-4, 2C PUMP DISCH TO 2A SIG VLV , to AUTO. D. VERIFY SE-09-4, 2C PUMP DISCH TO 2A SIG VLV, is CLOSED. JPM S-4 Page 39 IV
* SE-09-5, 2C PUMP DISCH TO 28 S/G VLV (KEY 86)
CAUTION To avoid water hammer, when reinitiating flow to a steam generator that has lost all feedwater, the initial flow rate should be limited to less than or equal to 150 gpm for five minutes or until a level rise is observed .
: 9.       THROTTLE MV-09-11, PUMP 2C TO SG 2A, as necessary to establish and maintain desired flow to 2A SIG.
: 10.     THROTTLE MV-09-12, PUMP 2C TO SG 28, as necessary to establish and maintain desired flow to 28 SIG .
: 11.     WHEN the 2C AFW PUMP is NO longer being used for feed and it is desired to secure, THEN PERFORM the following :
A. ENSURE MV-09-11, PUMP 2C TO SG 2A, is CLOSED.
B. ENSURE MV-09-12, PUMP 2C TO SG 28, is CLOSED.
C. PLACE key switch for SE-09-4, 2C PUMP DISCH TO 2A SIG VLV, to AUTO.
IV D. VERIFY SE-09-4, 2C PUMP DISCH TO 2A SIG VLV, is CLOSED.
JPM S-4 Page 39
 
ST. LUCIE PLANT                              OPS-521 OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT POLICY                              REVISION EMERGENCY OPERATING PROCEDURE                                  26 IMPLEMENTATION                            Page  11 of 16
: 1. (continued)
: 1. (continued)
ST. LUCIE PLANT OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT POLICY EMERGENCY OPERATING PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTATION OPS-521 REVISION 26 Page 11 of 16 K. ESFAS Actuat i on: 1. The blocking or termination of ESFAS actuation is only allowed dur i ng normal plant cooldown , as directed by Operating procedure and during emergency recovery, when directed by the EOPs or the T echnical Support Center. NOTE: Even if the MS IVs have been manually closed , the MSIS signal should still be blocked if SIG parameters are under positive control; as an automatic Safety actuation is reportable to the NRC. 2. Under no circumstances shall the automatic actuation of ESFAS be blocked when the actuation limits are being approached in an uncont r olled plant condition.
K.     ESFAS Actuation :
Operators shall NOT manually terminate the operation of ES FAS actuated components during an emergency , except as allowed by plant procedure. 3. If a valid ESFAS actuation occurs, then the operating crew should NOT exit EOP-1 to EOP-2. EOP-1 should be exited to one of the opt i mal recovery EOPs or EOP-15 for the following reasons: a. The optimal recovery EOPs contain procedural steps to determine the extent of the damage. b. EOP-2 entry conditions assumes an uncomplicated t r ip has occurred. A valid ESFAS actuation i s NOT an uncomplicated trip. 4. Manua l initiation (actuation) of AFAS may be required under the following ci r cumstances
: 1. The blocking or termination of ESFAS actuation is only allowed during normal plant cooldown , as directed by Operating procedure and during emergency recovery, when directed by the EOPs or the Technical Support Center. NOTE: Even if the MS IVs have been manually closed , the MSIS signal should still be blocked if SIG parameters are under positive control; as an automatic Safety actuation is reportable to the NRC.
: a. Automatic actuation of the system did NOT occur after the app r op r iate time delay has elapsed. b. When cooling down the RCS using only one Steam Generator , if the operable Steam Generator i s affected by the AF AS rupture identificat i on c i rcuit. c. During the loss of off-site power condit i ons , after AFAS actuation , if one feedwater header pressurizes before the other. This assumes neither feed header is ruptured. d. SIAS signal trips the Main Feed Pumps and allows the feedwater headers to depressurize at sl i ghtly different rates. JPM S-4 Page 40
: 2. Under no circumstances shall the automatic actuation of ESFAS be blocked when the actuation limits are being approached in an uncontrolled plant condition. Operators shall NOT manually terminate the operation of ES FAS actuated components during an emergency, except as allowed by plant procedure.
-+ FPL St. Lucie Nuclear Plant Operations Training JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE Respond to Abnormal Pressure Control -PCV-1100E Fails Open -Unit 2 Simulator This JPM is NOT TIME CRITICAL This is an ALTERNATE PATH JPM JPM S-5 Page 1 NRC 22 JPM S-5 S i mu l ator Page 1 of 1 3 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS Task: Respond to Abnormal Pressure Control -PCV-1100E Fails Open -Unit 2 Alternate Path JPM? Yes Facility JPM #: KIA: 010 A2.02 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of a spray valve failure on the PZR PCS; and (b) based on those predictions , use procedures to correct , control , or mitigate the consequences of a spray valve failures KIA Rating(s):
: 3. If a valid ESFAS actuation occurs, then the operating crew should NOT exit EOP-1 to EOP-2 . EOP-1 should be exited to one of the optimal recovery EOPs or EOP-15 for the following reasons:
3.9/3.9 Duty Area(s): N/A Task Information:
: a.       The optimal recovery EOPs contain procedural steps to determine the extent of the damage.
N/A Task Standard:
: b.       EOP-2 entry conditions assumes an uncomplicated trip has occurred . A valid ESFAS actuation is NOT an uncomplicated trip.
This JPM is complete when the reactor is tripped and the 282 RCP is secured. Evaluation Location:
: 4. Manual initiation (actuation) of AFAS may be required under the following ci rcumstances :
Simulator x  
: a.       Automatic actuation of the system did NOT occur after the appropriate time delay has elapsed .
: b.       When cooling down the RCS using only one Steam Generator, if the operable Steam Generator is affected by the AF AS rupture identification circuit.
: c.       During the loss of off-site power conditions , after AFAS actuation , if one feedwater header pressurizes before the other.
This assumes neither feed header is ruptured .
: d.       SIAS signal trips the Main Feed Pumps and allows the feedwater headers to depressurize at slightly different rates .
JPM S-4 Page 40
 
-+   FPL St. Lucie Nuclear Plant Operations Training JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE Respond to Abnormal Pressure Control - PCV-1100E Fails Open - Unit 2 Simulator This JPM is NOT TIME CRITICAL This is an ALTERNATE PATH JPM NRC 22 JPM S-5 Simulator Page 1 of 13 JPM S-5 Page 1
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS Task:   Respond to Abnormal Pressure Control - PCV-1100E Fails Open - Unit 2 Alternate Path JPM?       Yes Facility JPM #:
KIA: 010 A2.02 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of a spray valve failure on the PZR PCS ; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control , or mitigate the consequences of a spray valve failures KIA Rating(s):       3.9/3.9 Duty Area(s):         N/A Task Information: N/A Task Standard: This JPM is complete when the reactor is tripped and the 282 RCP is secured .
Evaluation Location:                                                    Performance Level:
Simulator       In Plant        Lab      Other                      Perform      Simulate      Discuss x                                                                    x


==References:==
==References:==
In Plant Lab Other
* 2-AOP-01.10, Pressurizer Pressure and Level
* 2-AOP-01.10, Pressurizer Pressure and Level
* 2-NOP-99.07, Operations Hard Cards, Attachment
* 2-NOP-99.07, Operations Hard Cards, Attachment 4.
: 4. Validation Time: 15 minutes Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:
Validation Time: 15 minutes                                             Time Critical:
* None Performance Level: Perform x Simulate Time Critical:
Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:
Discuss Specific Safety Rules, Personal Protective Equipment and Hazards associated with the task.
* None Specific Safety Rules, Personal Protective Equipment and Hazards associated with the task.
* None Radiological Protection and RWP Requirements:
* None Radiological Protection and RWP Requirements:
* None . JPM S-5 Page 2 NRC 22 JPM S-5 Simulator Page 2 of 13 
* None .
--JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS:
NRC 22 JPM S-5 Simulator Page 2 of 13 JPM S-5 Page 2
The task you are to perform is: respond to plant conditions  
 
-Unit 2
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS:
The task you are to perform is: respond to plant conditions - Unit 2
* The performance level to be used for this JPM is Perform
* The performance level to be used for this JPM is Perform
* This is not a time critical JPM.
* This is not a time critical JPM.
* During the performance of the task, I will tell you which steps to simulate or discuss.
* During the performance of the task, I will tell you which steps to simulate or discuss.
* I will provide you with the appropriate cues for steps that are simulated or discussed.
* I will provide you with the appropriate cues for steps that are simulated or discussed .
* You may use any approved reference materials normally available in the execution of this task, including logs.
* You may use any approved reference materials normally available in the execution of this task, including logs.
* Indicate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you. SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS FOR SIMULATOR JPMs:
* Indicate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you .
* All simulator JPM steps , including communications , shall be performed for this JPM.
SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS FOR SIMULATOR JPMs:
* All simulator JPM steps, including communications, shall be performed for this JPM.
* You are to operate any plant equipment that is necessary for the completion of this JPM.
* You are to operate any plant equipment that is necessary for the completion of this JPM.
* The sin:iulator will provide the cues as you perform this JPM.
* The sin:iulator will provide the cues as you perform this JPM.
* Indicate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you. INITIAL CONDITIONS:
* Indicate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you .
Unit 2 is operating at 100% power after an up power from 50%. INITIATING CUES: The Unit Supervisor has directed you to remove the Pressurizer from recirculation IAW 2-NOP-99.07 , Operations Hard Cards, " Attachment 4". JPM S-5 Page 3 NRC 22 JPM S-5 Simulator Page 3 of 13 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST START TIME: ___ _ 2-NOP-99.07, Operations Hard Cards, Attachment 4 Section 1.2. "Removing th Pressurizer from Recirculation" STEP 1 (NOTE): NOTE: Normally, the required number of Backup Bank heaters in service is dependent upon: A. The magnitude of thermal losses from the system , including leakage to the Quench Tank. B. The number of heater elements out of service.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
* The normal configuration is to have enough Backup Bank heaters in service to keep the Proportional Bank heaters at approximately 50% output.
Unit 2 is operating at 100% power after an up power from 50%.
* This section is performed on RTGB-203 STEP 2 (1.2.1 ): REMOVE Backup heaters from service one at a time by returning the control switches to AUTO STANDARD: Places the control switch from 'ON' to 'AUTO' and observes red light off and green light on while monitoring Pressurizer pressure COMMENTS: STEP 3 (1.2.2): STANDARD: COMMENTS: EXAMINER'S CUE: None IF desired to maintain normal operating pressure , THEN ADJUSTthe AUTO setpoint on the selected Pressurizer Pressure Control Channel on one of the following controllers
INITIATING CUES:
: PIC-11 OOX Pressurizer Pressure PIC-1100Y Pressurizer Pressure On PIC-1100X , adjust setpoint UPWARD as necessary to maintain pressure at 2250 psia. as Backup heaters are removed from service. EXAMINER'S CUE: None EXAMINER'S NOTE: PIC-1100X is the selected control channel. Th candidate may adjust the non-selected channel setpoint as well. JPM S-5 Page 4 SAT UNSAT SAT UNSAT JPM NRC S-5 Simulator Page 4 of 13 STEP 4 (1.2.3}: STANDARD: COMMENTS: JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST VERIFY Main Spray flow has stopped AND Proportional Heater banks at approximately 50% output by observing the following: A. OBSERVE the output on HIC-1100, PZR Pressure spray CNTL VLV. B. OBSERVE the valve position on the following Pressurizer Spray Valves: PCV -11 ODE , Spray Valve 2B2 PCV -11 OOF , Spray Valve 2B1 Monitors Pressurizer pressure and spray valves. Observes PCV-11 DOE not fully closed (dual indication) and pressurizer pressure lowering. EXAMINER'S CUE: None EXAMINERS NOTE: At this point the candidate may elect to turn bac on the Backup heaters that were removed. This action will not result in pressure continuing to lower. The candidate may elect to manually tri the plant OR enter 2-AOP-01.10, Pressurizer Pressure and Level, Section 4.0. If the Applicant tripped the plant go to step 14 of this JPM. 2-AOP-01.10, Pressurizer Pressure and Level, Section 4.0 Section 4.1, Immediate 0 erator Actions STEP 5 (4.1.1}: If at Normal Operating Pressure , THEN VERIFY PIC-1100X(Y), Pressurizer Pressure , stable STANDARD: Looks at PIC-1100X(Y) and determines that pressurizer pressure is lower i ng EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS: JPM S-5 Page 5 FAULTED STEP SAT UN SAT SAT UN SAT JPM NRC S-5 Simulator Page 5 of 13 
The Unit Supervisor has directed you to remove the Pressurizer from recirculation IAW 2-NOP-99.07, Operations Hard Cards, "Attachment 4".
--JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 6 (4.1.1.1 ): If Pressurizer pressure less than 2300 psia AND PORV leakage is indicated or PORV has failed OPEN THEN PLACE affected PORV in OVERRIDE and CLOSE associated block valve: STANDARD:
--                                                                                              NRC 22 JPM S-5 Simulator Page 3 of 13 JPM S-5 Page 3
Notes that PORV is NOT OPEN as indicted by tell pipe temperatures normal, QT temperature and pressure are not rising and no lights are on acoustic monitor. No action required. COMMENTS: STEP 7 (4.1.2): EXAMINER'S CUE: None Verify selected Pressurizer pressure control channel PIC-1100X(Y), PRESSURE, NORMAL. STANDARD: Notes pressure controller is operating normally. No action required.
 
COMMENTS: STEP 8 (4.1.3): STANDARD: COMMENTS: EXAMINER'S CUE: None VERIFY selected RRS channel Pressurizer level set point NORMAL as indicated on LR-1110, PRESSURIZER LEVEL Notes that level setpoint is normal. No action required. EXAMINER'S CUE: None STEP 9 (4.1.4): VERIFY Selected Pressurizer level control channel LIC-111 OX(Y), LEVEL, NORMAL. STANDARD: Notes that level control channel is normal. No action required. EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS: JPM S-5 Page 6 SAT UN SAT SAT UN SAT SAT UN SAT SAT UN SAT JPM NRC S-5 Simulator Page 6of13 STEP 10 (4.1.5): JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST IF either of the following conditions are met:
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST START TIME: _ _ __
* Pressurizer pressure is less than 2275 psia
2-NOP-99.07, Operations Hard Cards, Attachment 4 Section 1.2. "Removing th Pressurizer from Recirculation" STEP 1 (NOTE):
* Pressurizer pressure is lowering uncontrollably THEN VERIFY spray valves CLOSED:
SAT NOTE:
* PCV-1100E , SPRAY VALVE 282 , status lights
Normally, the required number of Backup Bank heaters in service is dependent upon:                                                                                   UNSAT A. The magnitude of thermal losses from the system, including leakage to the Quench Tank.
* PCV-1100F , SPRAY VALVE 281, status lights
B. The number of heater elements out of service.
* TIA-1103 , 281 SPRAY LINE (Water Temperature), and TIA-1104 , 282 SPRAY LINE (Water Temperature), indicate approximately equal temperatures.
* The normal configuration is to have enough Backup Bank heaters in service to keep the Proportional Bank heaters at approximately 50%
STANDARD: Identifies PCV-1100E is OPEN EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS: STEP 11 (4.1.5.1): IF PCV-1100E , SPRAY VALVE 282, is OPEN, THEN PLACE Pressurizer spray valve selector switch in 1100F. STANDARD: Places selector switch in 11 OOF. Valve remains open. EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS: STEP 12 (4.1.5.2): IF PCV-1100F , SPRAY VALVE 281, i s OPEN, THEN PLACE Pressurizer spray valve selector switch in 11 OOE. STANDARD: Notes 1100E is CLOSED. No action required. EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS: JPM S-5 Page 7 SAT UNSAT FAULTED STEP SAT UN SAT SAT UN SAT JPM NRC S-5 S i mulator Page 7of13 Section 4.2.1 Subse STEP 13 (Note): JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST erator Actions -General Actions NOTE:
output.
* Attachment 2 , Automatic Response to Pressurizer Deviations, contains a listing of automatic actions associated with Pressurizer pressures.
* This section is performed on RTGB-203 STEP 2 (1 .2.1): REMOVE Backup heaters from service one at a time by returning the control switches to AUTO STANDARD :       Places the control switch from 'ON' to 'AUTO' and observes red light off and green light on while monitoring Pressurizer pressure EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS:
* Attachment 3 , Automatic responses to Pressurizer Level Deviations , contains listings of automatic actions associated with Pressurizer levels.
STEP 3 (1 .2.2) :         IF desired to maintain normal operating pressure, SAT THEN ADJUSTthe AUTO setpoint on the selected Pressurizer Pressure Control Channel on one of the following controllers:
* Attachment 4, Pressurizer Level Program Graph, provides Pressurizer level ro ram vs T-av . Section 4.2.1.1 Perform a licable section er Table 1 STEP 14 (4.2.1.1): PERFORM applicable section per Table 1. STANDARD: Chooses Section 4.2.4, Pressurizer Spray or Auxiliary Spray Valves OPEN or leaking EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS: If applicant has not recognized spray valve open, he may choose to go t Section 4.2.7, Pressurizer pressure or level abnormal.
UNSAT PIC-11 OOX Pressurizer Pressure PIC-1100Y Pressurizer Pressure STANDARD:          On PIC-1100X, adjust setpoint UPWARD as necessary to maintain pressure at 2250 psia. as Backup heaters are removed from service.
This will have him veri T-avg and T-ref are matched , verify level is stable, then take manual control o spray valves. When the applicant sees that he does not have control of th spray valve, he should go to Section 4.2.4. Section 4.2.4, Pressurizer S STEP 15 (Note): NOTE: Divergence of spray line temperatures between 281 and 282 spray lines may indicate a stuck open spray valve. The stuck open spray valve would have the spray line with the higher temperature approaching cold leg temperature. STANDARD: Acknowledges Note. No action required EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS: JPM S-5 Page 8 SAT UNSAT SAT UN SAT SAT UN SAT JPM NRC S-5 Simulator Page 8 of 13 
EXAMINER'S CUE: None EXAMINER'S NOTE: PIC-1100X is the selected control channel. Th candidate may adjust the non-selected channel setpoint as well.
....__ JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 16 (4.2.4.1 ): IF either of the following conditions are met: STANDARD: COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
JPM NRC S-5 Simulator Page 4 of 13 JPM S-5 Page 4
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 4 (1 .2.3}:           VERIFY Main Spray flow has stopped AND Proportional Heater         FAULTED banks at approximately 50% output by observing the following :   STEP A. OBSERVE the output on HIC-1100, PZR Pressure spray CNTL VLV.                                                         SAT B. OBSERVE the valve position on the following Pressurizer Spray Valves:                                                     UN SAT PCV - 11 ODE, Spray Valve 2B2 PCV - 11 OOF, Spray Valve 2B1 STANDARD:        Monitors Pressurizer pressure and spray valves. Observes PCV-11 DOE not fully closed (dual indication) and pressurizer pressure lowering .
EXAMINER'S CUE: None EXAMINERS NOTE: At this point the candidate may elect to turn bac on the Backup heaters that were removed. This action will not result in pressure continuing to lower. The candidate may elect to manually tri the plant OR enter 2-AOP-01.10, Pressurizer Pressure and Level, Section 4.0. If the Applicant tripped the plant go to step 14 of this JPM.
COMMENTS:
2-AOP-01.10, Pressurizer Pressure and Level, Section 4.0 Section 4.1, Immediate 0 erator Actions STEP 5 (4.1.1} :           If at Normal Operating Pressure, THEN VERIFY PIC-1100X(Y) ,
Pressurizer Pressure, stable                                               SAT STANDARD:       Looks at PIC-1100X(Y) and determines that pressurizer pressure is lowering UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS:
JPM NRC S-5 Simulator Page 5 of 13 JPM S-5 Page 5
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 6 (4.1.1 .1):       If Pressurizer pressure less than 2300 psia AND PORV leakage is indicated or PORV has failed OPEN THEN PLACE affected PORV in OVERRIDE and CLOSE associated block valve:                                 SAT STANDARD:         Notes that PORV is NOT OPEN as indicted by tell pipe temperatures normal, QT temperature and pressure are not rising and no lights are on acoustic         UN SAT monitor. No action required .
EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS:
STEP 7 (4.1.2):       Verify selected Pressurizer pressure control channel PIC-1100X(Y),
PRESSURE, NORMAL.
SAT STANDARD :       Notes pressure controller is operating normally. No action required.
EXAMINER'S CUE: None                                                              UN SAT COMMENTS:
STEP 8 (4 .1.3):       VERIFY selected RRS channel Pressurizer level set point NORMAL as
--                        indicated on LR-1110, PRESSURIZER LEVEL SAT STANDARD :        Notes that level setpoint is normal. No action required .
UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS:
STEP 9 (4.1.4):         VERIFY Selected Pressurizer level control channel LIC-111 OX(Y),           SAT LEVEL, NORMAL.
STANDARD :       Notes that level control channel is normal. No action required .                 UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS:
JPM NRC S-5 Simulator Page 6of13 JPM S-5 Page 6
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 10 (4.1.5):         IF either of the following conditions are met:
* Pressurizer pressure is less than 2275 psia
* Pressurizer pressure is less than 2275 psia
* Pressurizer pressure is lowering uncontrollably SAT THEN VERIFY spray valves CLOSED:
* PCV-1100E , SPRAY VALVE 282, status lights
* PCV-1100F, SPRAY VALVE 281, status lights                    UNSAT
* TIA-1103, 281 SPRAY LINE (Water Temperature), and TIA-1104, 282 SPRAY LINE (Water Temperature) , indicate approximately equal temperatures.
STANDARD :      Identifies PCV-1100E is OPEN EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS:
STEP 11 (4.1.5.1):      IF PCV-1100E , SPRAY VALVE 282, is OPEN,                      FAULTED THEN PLACE Pressurizer spray valve selector switch in 1100F. STEP STANDARD:        Places selector switch in 11 OOF. Valve remains open.
SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS:                                                                                      UN SAT STEP 12 (4.1.5.2) :      IF PCV-1100F, SPRAY VALVE 281, is OPEN, THEN PLACE Pressurizer spray valve selector switch in 11 OOE.        SAT STANDARD :      Notes 1100E is CLOSED. No action required .
UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS:
JPM NRC S-5 Simulator Page 7of13 JPM S-5 Page 7
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST Section 4.2.1 Subse            erator Actions - General Actions STEP 13 (Note):                                                                                        SAT NOTE:
* Attachment 2, Automatic Response to Pressurizer Deviations, contains a listing of automatic actions associated with Pressurizer pressures.                                        UNSAT
* Attachment 3, Automatic responses to Pressurizer Level Deviations, contains listings of automatic actions associated with Pressurizer levels.
* Attachment 4, Pressurizer Level Program Graph, provides Pressurizer level ro ram vs T-av .
Section 4.2.1.1 Perform a licable section er Table 1 STEP 14 (4.2.1.1):      PERFORM applicable section per Table 1.
SAT STANDARD :      Chooses Section 4.2.4, Pressurizer Spray or Auxiliary Spray Valves OPEN or leaking UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS : If applicant has not recognized spray valve open, he may choose to go t Section 4.2.7, Pressurizer pressure or level abnormal. This will have him veri T-avg and T-ref are matched , verify level is stable, then take manual control o spray valves. When the applicant sees that he does not have control of th spray valve, he should go to Section 4.2.4.
Section 4.2.4, Pressurizer S STEP 15 (Note):
NOTE:                                                      SAT Divergence of spray line temperatures between 281 and 282 spray lines may indicate a stuck open spray valve. The stuck open spray valve would have the spray line with the higher temperature approaching cold leg temperature.                              UN SAT STANDARD:        Acknowledges Note. No action required EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS:
JPM NRC S-5 Simulator Page 8 of 13 JPM S-5 Page 8
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST
....__ STEP 16 (4.2.4.1 ):      IF either of the following conditions are met:                FAULTED
* Pressurizer pressure is less than 2275 psia            STEP
* Pressurizer pressure is lowering uncontrollably THEN VERIFY spray valves CLOSED:
* Pressurizer pressure is lowering uncontrollably THEN VERIFY spray valves CLOSED:
* PCV-1100E, SPRAY VALVE 282, status lights
* PCV-1100E, SPRAY VALVE 282, status lights
* PCV-1100F, SPRAY VALVE 281, status lights
* PCV-1100F, SPRAY VALVE 281, status lights                     SAT
* TIA-1103, 281 SPRAY LINE (Water Temperature), and TIA-1104 , 282 SPRAY LINE (Water Temperature), indicate approximately equal temperatures.
* TIA-1103, 281 SPRAY LINE (Water Temperature), and TIA-1104, 282 SPRAY LINE (Water Temperature), indicate approximately equal temperatures.                             UNSAT STANDARD :      Identifies PCV-1100E is OPEN EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS:
Identifies PCV-1100E is OPEN EXAMINER'S CUE: None
* STEP 17 (4.2.4.1.1):     IF PCV-1100E, SPRAY VALVE 282 , is OPEN , THEN PLACE Pressurizer spray valve selector switch in 11 OOF.                   SAT STANDARD:       Places selector switch in 1100F. Valve remains OPEN .
* STEP 17 (4.2.4.1.1): IF PCV-1100E , SPRAY VALVE 282 , is OPEN , THEN PLACE Pressurizer spray valve selector switch in 11 OOF. STANDARD: Places selector switch in 1100F. Valve remains OPEN. EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS: STEP 18 (4.2.4.1.2): IF PCV-1100F , SPRAY VALVE 281 , is OPEN, THEN PLACE Pressurizer spray valve selector switch in 11 OOE. STANDARD:
UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS:
This step does not apply. Valve is CLOSED EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS: JPM S-5 Page 9 FAULTED STEP SAT UNSAT SAT UN SAT SAT UN SAT JPM NRC S-5 Simulator Page 9of13 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 19 (4.2.4.1.3.A): IF spray valve is still failed OPEN AND Pressurizer pressure approaches TM/LP setpoints, THEN PERFORM the following:
STEP 18 (4 .2.4.1.2) :   IF PCV-1100F, SPRAY VALVE 281 , is OPEN, THEN PLACE Pressurizer spray valve selector switch in 11 OOE.                   SAT STANDARD:       This step does not apply. Valve is CLOSED UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS :
A. TRIP reactor. STANDARD: Applicant announces and trips the reactor. EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS: STEP 20 (4.2.4.1.3.B): A. IMPLEMENT 2-EOP-01 , Standard Post Trip Actions. STANDARD: Transitions to EOP-01. COMMENTS: EXAMINER'S CUE: None EXAMINERS NOTE: Applicant may elect to stop 282 RC immediately after tripping the Reactor. This is acceptable in tha stopping the 282 RCP is the next step in this AOP. 2-EOP-01, Standard Post Tri Actions. STEP 21 (4.1.A): DETERMINE Reactivity Control acceptance criteria are met: A. VERIFY Reactor power is lowering. STANDARD: Verifies reactor power indication is lowering on RTGB-204 and/or RPS cabinets. EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS:
JPM NRC S-5 Simulator Page 9of13 JPM S-5 Page 9
JPM S-5 Page 10 CRITICAL STEP SAT UN SAT SAT UN SAT SAT UN SAT JPM NRC S-5 Simulator Page 10of13 STEP 22 (4.1.8): STANDARD: COMMENTS: STEP 23 (4.1.C): STANDARD: COMMENTS: JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST DETERMINE Reactivity Control acceptance criteria are met (cont) 8. VERIFY Startup Rate is negative. Verifies startup rate indication is negative on RTG8-204 and/or RPS cabinets. EXAMINER'S CUE: None DETERMINE Reactivity Control acceptance criteria are met (cont) C. VERIFY ALL CEAs are fully inserted.
 
Verifies rod bottom lights lit on mimic and/or ADS. EXAMINER'S CUE: If the applicant attempts to perform step 2 of SPTAs, inform him that the BRCO will complete them. EXAMINER'S NOTE: Applicant should transition back to 2-AOP 01.10, "Pressurizer Pressure and Level" at this point. Section 4.2.4, Pressurizer S ra or Auxilia STEP 24 (4.2.4.1.3.C): IF PCV-1100E , SPRAY VALVE 282 , is NOT CLOSED , THEN STOP 282 RCP. STANDARD: COMMENTS: Applicant STOPs the 282 RCP EXAMINERS NOTE: Applicant must stop the 282 RCP before SIAS actuation setpoint of 1736 psia to meet critical step. END OF TASK STOP TIME: ___ _ JPM S-5 Page 11 SAT UN SAT SAT UNSAT CRITICAL STEP SAT UNSAT JPM NRC S-5 S i mulator Page 11 of 13
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 19 (4 .2.4.1.3.A):   IF spray valve is still failed OPEN AND Pressurizer pressure     CRITICAL approaches TM/LP setpoints,                                       STEP THEN PERFORM the following:
: 1. RESTORE IC-1 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE SIMULATOR JPM SETUP 2. UNFREEZE and RUN the simulator for a few minutes. 3. PLACE the Pressurizer on Recirc and verify 2250 psia and stable. 4. SELECT AND EXECUTE JPM Lesson S-5 5. UNFREEZE the Simulator when the student is ready. JPM S-5 Page 12 JPM NRC S-5 Simulator Page 12of13 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED TO THE EVALUATOR'S UPON COMPLETION OF THE TASK) INITIAL CONDITIONS:
A. TRIP reactor.                                                     SAT STANDARD :       Applicant announces and trips the reactor.
Unit 2 is operating at 100% power after an up power from 50%. INITIATING CUES: The Unit Superv i sor has directed you to remove the Pressurizer from recirculation IAW 2-NOP-99.07 , Operat i ons Hard Cards, " Attachment 4". JPM S-5 Page 13 REVISION NO.: 6 PROCEDURE TITLE: Pf\GE: . * >* . . r .... '. '*.{3of24*. OPERATIONS HARD CARDS P R OCEDURE NO.: 2-NOP-99.07 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 4 PRESSURIZER HEATER OPERATIONS (Page 1 of 3) 1.0 PRESSURIZER HEATER OPERATIONS NOTE . __ I An Operator Aid has been placed at RTGB-203.
UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS :
Any revision to this section of the procedure shall verify the validity of the Operator Aid and , if changes are necessary , a Label Request shall be initiated to incorporate these changes on a new Operator Aid placecard. 1.1 Placing the Pressurizer on Recirculation NOTE
STEP 20 (4.2.4.1.3.B) :
* The purpose of placing the Pressurizer on recirculation is to keep the Pressurizer and RCS boron concentration within 25 ppm when changing RCS boron concentration.
A. IMPLEMENT 2-EOP-01 , Standard Post Trip Actions.
* From measured data, the estimated time in minutes to correct a greater than or equal to 25 ppm boron mismatch by operating 6 Backup Bank heaters may be determined as follows: Time (in minutes) to correct mismatch=
STANDARD:       Transitions to EOP-01 .
[(Pzr ppm -RCS ppm) -25 ppm] x 3
SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None UN SAT EXAMINERS NOTE: Applicant may elect to stop 282 RC immediately after tripping the Reactor. This is acceptable in tha stopping the 282 RCP is the next step in this AOP.
* This section is performed on RTGB-203 1. PLACE all available Backup Bank heater control switches to ON. 2. IF maintaining normal operating pressure is desired , THEN slowly REDUCE the AUTO setpoint on the SELECTED Pressurizer Pressure Control Channel:
COMMENTS :
2-EOP-01, Standard Post Tri Actions.
STEP 21 (4.1.A):         DETERMINE Reactivity Control acceptance criteria are met:               SAT A. VERIFY Reactor power is lowering.
UN SAT STANDARD :       Verifies reactor power indication is lowering on RTGB-204 and/or RPS cabinets.
EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS:
JPM NRC S-5 Simulator Page 10of13 JPM S-5 Page 10
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 22 (4 .1.8) :         DETERMINE Reactivity Control acceptance criteria are met (cont)         SAT 8 . VERIFY Startup Rate is negative.
UN SAT STANDARD :        Verifies startup rate indication is negative on RTG8-204 and/or RPS cabinets.
EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS :
STEP 23 (4.1.C) :        DETERMINE Reactivity Control acceptance criteria are met (cont)         SAT C. VERIFY ALL CEAs are fully inserted.
UNSAT STANDARD:          Verifies rod bottom lights lit on mimic and/or ADS.
EXAMINER'S CUE: If the applicant attempts to perform step 2 of SPTAs, inform him that the BRCO will complete them.
EXAMINER'S NOTE: Applicant should transition back to 2-AOP 01.10, "Pressurizer Pressure and Level" at this point.
COMMENTS:
Section 4.2.4, Pressurizer S ra or Auxilia STEP 24 (4.2.4 .1.3.C) : IF PCV-1100E, SPRAY VALVE 282 , is NOT CLOSED,                   CRITICAL STEP THEN STOP 282 RCP .
SAT STANDARD :         Applicant STOPs the 282 RCP EXAMINERS NOTE: Applicant must stop the 282 RCP before                   UNSAT SIAS actuation setpoint of 1736 psia to meet critical step.
COMMENTS:
END OF TASK STOP TIME: _ _ __
JPM NRC S-5 Simulator Page 11 of 13 JPM S-5 Page 11
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE SIMULATOR JPM SETUP
: 1. RESTORE IC-1
: 2. UNFREEZE and RUN the simulator for a few minutes.
: 3. PLACE the Pressurizer on Recirc and verify 2250 psia and stable.
: 4. SELECT AND EXECUTE JPM Lesson S-5
: 5. UNFREEZE the Simulator when the student is ready .
JPM NRC S-5 Simulator Page 12of13 JPM S-5 Page 12
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED TO THE EVALUATOR'S UPON COMPLETION OF THE TASK)
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
Unit 2 is operating at 100% power after an up power from 50%.
INITIATING CUES:
The Unit Supervisor has directed you to remove the Pressurizer from recirculation IAW 2-NOP-99.07 ,
Operations Hard Cards, "Attachment 4".
JPM S-5 Page 13
 
REVISION NO.:             PROCEDURE TITLE:                                               Pf\GE: . *         >*.
                                                                                                . r .... '.
6 PROCEDURE NO. :
OPERATIONS HARD CARDS                        '*.{3of24*.
                                                                                        . _ _I 2-NOP-99 .07                               ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 4 PRESSURIZER HEATER OPERATIONS (Page 1 of 3) 1.0       PRESSURIZER HEATER OPERATIONS NOTE An Operator Aid has been placed at RTGB-203. Any revision to this section of the procedure shall verify the validity of the Operator Aid and , if changes are necessary, a Label Request shall be initiated to incorporate these changes on a new Operator Aid placecard .
1.1       Placing the Pressurizer on Recirculation NOTE
* The purpose of placing the Pressurizer on recirculation is to keep the Pressurizer and RCS boron concentration within 25 ppm when changing RCS boron concentration .
* From measured data, the estimated time in minutes to correct a greater than or equal to 25 ppm boron mismatch by operating 6 Backup Bank heaters may be determined as follows:
Time (in minutes) to correct mismatch= [(Pzr ppm - RCS ppm) - 25 ppm] x 3
* This section is performed on RTGB-203
: 1.     PLACE all available Backup Bank heater control switches to ON.
: 2.     IF maintaining normal operating pressure is desired , THEN slowly REDUCE the AUTO setpoint on the SELECTED Pressurizer Pressure Control Channel:
* PIC-11 OOX Pressurizer Pressure
* PIC-11 OOX Pressurizer Pressure
* PIC-11 OOY Pressurizer Pressure 3. VERIFY Main Spray flow by observing the following: A. OBSERVE the output on HIC-1100, PZR Pressure spray CNTL VLV. JPM S-5 Page 14
* PIC-11 OOY Pressurizer Pressure
'--* R E V I S I O N NO.: P ROC EDURE TITLE: 6 OPERATIONS HARD CARDS P R OC EDURE NO.: 2-NOP-99.07 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 4 PRESSURIZER HEATER OPERATIONS (Page 2 of 3) 1.1 Placing the Pressurizer on Recirculation (continued)
: 3.     VERIFY Main Spray flow by observing the following :
: 3. (continued)
A.     OBSERVE the output on HIC-1100, PZR Pressure spray CNTL VLV.
B. OBSERVE the valve position on the following Pressurizer Spray Valves:
JPM S-5 Page 14
* PCV -11 OOE , Spray Valve 282
 
* PCV -1100F, Spray Valve 281 1.2 Removing the Pressurizer from Recirculation:
REVISION NO .:             PROC EDURE TITLE:                                                 PAGE:
NOTE P A GE: * *{1of24 ._, --'*--... .. -..... ---* Normally , the required number of Backup Bank heaters in service is dependent upon:
6 OPERATIONS HARD CARDS                         * ._, *{1of24 PROC EDURE NO.:
2-NOP-99 .07                                 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 4                                   --'*-- ... ~: ..:~. - .. ... ---
PRESSURIZER HEATER OPERATIONS (Page 2 of 3) 1.1       Placing the Pressurizer on Recirculation (continued)
: 3.       (continued)
B. OBSERVE the valve position on the following Pressurizer Spray Valves :
* PCV - 11 OOE, Spray Valve 282
* PCV - 1100F, Spray Valve 281 1.2       Removing the Pressurizer from Recirculation:
NOTE
* Normally, the required number of Backup Bank heaters in service is dependent upon :
* The magnitude of thermal losses from the system, including leakage to the Quench Tank.
* The magnitude of thermal losses from the system, including leakage to the Quench Tank.
* The number of heater elements out of service.
* The number of heater elements out of service .
* The normal configuration is to have enough Backup Bank heaters in service to keep the Proportional Bank heaters at approximately 50% output.
* The normal configuration is to have enough Backup Bank heaters in service to keep the Proportional Bank heaters at approximately 50% output.
* This section is performed on RTGB-203 1. REMOVE Backup heaters from service one at a time by returning the control switches to AUTO. 2. IF desired to maintain normal operating pressure , THEN ADJUST the AUTO setpoint on the selected Pressurizer Pressure Control Channel on one of the following controllers:
* This section is performed on RTGB-203
: 1.       REMOVE Backup heaters from service one at a time by returning the control switches to AUTO .
: 2.       IF desired to maintain normal operating pressure, THEN ADJUST the AUTO setpoint on the selected Pressurizer Pressure Control Channel on one of the following controllers:
* PIC-1100X Pressurizer Pressure
* PIC-1100X Pressurizer Pressure
* PIC-1100Y Pressurizer Pressure JPM S-5 Page 15 R E VIS I ON NO.: 6 PROCEDURE NO.: PROCEDURE T I TLE: OPERATIONS HARD CARDS 2-NOP-99.07 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 4 PRESSURIZER HEATER OPERATIONS (Page 3 of 3) 1.2 Removing the Pressurizer from Recirculation: (continued)
* PIC-1100Y Pressurizer Pressure
'--*
JPM S-5 Page 15
 
REVIS ION NO.:         PROCEDURE TITLE:                                          PAGE: -: '. *c *..._
                                                                                                  ' *.,
6                                                                              -.
OPERATIONS HARD CARDS                     ~* s of 2*4
* PROCEDURE NO.:                                                                ---'
2-NOP-99.07                             ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 i' ,
ATTACHMENT 4 PRESSURIZER HEATER OPERATIONS (Page 3 of 3) 1.2       Removing the Pressurizer from Recirculation: (continued)
: 3. VERIFY Main Spray flow has stopped AND Proportional Heater banks at approximately 50% output by observing the following:
: 3. VERIFY Main Spray flow has stopped AND Proportional Heater banks at approximately 50% output by observing the following:
A. OBSERVE the output on HIC-1100 , PZR Pressure spray* CNTL VLV. B. OBSERVE the valve position on the following Pressurizer Spray Valves:
A. OBSERVE the output on HIC-1100 , PZR Pressure spray
* PCV -11 OOE , Spray Va l ve 282'
* CNTL VLV.
* PCV -11 OOF , Spray Valve 281 JPM S-5 Page 16 PAGE:-: '. *c * ... _ '*., -. of 2*4 * ---' i',
B. OBSERVE the valve position on the following Pressurizer Spray Valves :
ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ABNORMAL OPERA TING PROCEDURE FPL Title: SAFETY RELATED CONTINUOUS USE PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL 8 Responsible Department:
* PCV - 11 OOE, Spray Va lve 282'
OPERATIONS Special Considerations:
* PCV - 11 OOF, Spray Valve 281 JPM S-5 Page 16
Revision 0 8 FOR INFORMATION O_NL Y Before use, verify revision and change documentation (if applicable) with a controlled index or document.
 
DATE VERIFIED INITIAL -
ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ABNORMAL OPERA TING PROCEDURE FPL SAFETY RELATED                                               8 CONTINUOUS USE Title:
\ 0:: -I ' -g\ 136 \ en '  
PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL Responsible Department: OPERATIONS Special Considerations:
"'' .. -OUR,... PRODU1.., I PROCE c -Approved By Approval Date UNIT# UNIT2 DATE DOCT PROCEDURE John Owens 12/08/09 DOCN 2-AOP-01.10 SYS STATUS COMPLETED R. Webber 11/26/13 REV 8 #OF PGS JPM S-5 Page 17 REVIS I ON NO.: 8 PROCEDURE NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL 2-AOP-01.10 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 REVISION  
                                                                        -0:: -  -~p~S::=L--i-                \'
                                                                            -                           g\
I
                                                                        ~
                                                                          ~        136                   ~\
en '- OUR,... PRODU1..,;:~.I 101~
                                                                                                            "'' ..
PROCE       c                 -
FOR INFORMATION O_NLY Before use, verify revision and change documentation (if applicable) with a controlled index or document.
DATE VERIFIED                    INITIAL Revision                  Approved By                   Approval Date       UNIT#                   UNIT2 DATE DOCT               PROCEDURE 0                      John Owens                       12/08/09         DOCN                 2-AOP-01 .10 SYS STATUS             COMPLETED 8                        R. Webber                       11/26/13         REV                           8
                                                                                  #OF PGS JPM S-5 Page 17
 
REVISION NO.:           PROCEDURE TITLE:
8 PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL PROCEDURE NO.:
2-AOP-01.10                               ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 REVISION  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
Rev. No. Description 8 Incorporated PCR 1920706. In Attachment 5 Step 3 and 4 removed bullet that Annunciator A-19 and B-19 would be clear. The annunciator will be in alarm if pressurizer heater breaker is open. (Author: J. Fiori) 7 Incorporated PCR 1794878 to place stuck open spray valves to immediate operator actions. (Author: D. Coggeshall) 6 5 4 3 2 1A 1 \
... ,, Incorporated PCR 1705906 supporting modification EC 249980. Attachment 4 Graph is being revised to reflect changes mage to Tavg. The pressurizer level program and values are not changed. Tavg is being rescaled. (Author: Larry D. Brewer) Incorporated PCR 1643540 to add guidance in Step 4.1, Contingency 1.1 for isolating a PORV when leakage is indicated. (Author: J. Fiori) Incorporated PCR 1645409 to update procedure number reference. (Author: A. Rives) Incorporated AR 579873 to update procedure number reference: (Author: L. Mclaughlin)
* Incorporated PCR 10-1717 to add restoration of Backup Interlock Bypass Key Switch. (Author: Stephen Joubert) Incorporated PCR 10-2081 to update procedure number references. (Author: Gordon Briggs) Incorporated PCR 10-0222 to change % deviation setpoint for PZR Level Alarm. (Author: David Beakes) -.-: ... :;. JPM S-5 Page 18 REVISION NO.: 8 PROCEDURE TITLE: PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL PROCEDURE NO.: 2-AOP-01.10 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE 1.0 PURPOSE ........................
...........
..........
...............................................................
....... 4 2.0 ENTRY CONDITIONS
.............
.................................................................................... 4 3.0 EXIT CONDITIONS
..........................................
..................
......................................... 5 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS ........................................................................
....................... 6 4.1 Immediate Operator Actions ........................................................................................
6 4.2 Subsequent Operator Actions ..........
...........................
...............
.......................
...........
8 4.2.1 General Actions ...........................................................................................................
8 4.2.2 Pressurizer PORV or Safety Valve OPEN or Leaking ...............................................
1 O 4.2.3 Selected Pressurizer Pressure Control Channel Failure ...........................................
18 4.2.4 Pressurizer Spray or Auxiliary Spray Valves OPEN or Leaking ................................. 19 4.2.5 Selected RRS Channel Failure ................................
............
......................................
22 4.2.6 Selected Press.urizer Level Control Channel Failure ................
.......................
.......... 24 4.2.7 Pressurizer Pressure or Level Abnormal .........................
..........................................
26 5.0 RECORDS .........................
.....................................................................................
... 30


==6.0 REFERENCES==
Rev. No.      Description 8        Incorporated PCR 1920706. In Attachment 5 Step 3 and 4 removed bullet that Annunciator A-19 and B-19 would be clear. The annunciator will be in alarm if pressurizer heater breaker is open . (Author: J. Fiori) 7        Incorporated PCR 1794878 to place stuck open spray valves to immediate operator actions. (Author: D. Coggeshall) 6        Incorporated PCR 1705906 supporting modification EC 249980.
Attachment 4 Graph is being revised to reflect changes mage to Tavg. The pressurizer level program and values are not changed . Tavg is being rescaled. (Author: Larry D. Brewer) 5        Incorporated PCR 1643540 to add guidance in Step 4.1, Contingency 1.1 for isolating a PORV when leakage is indicated. (Author: J. Fiori) 4        Incorporated PCR 1645409 to update procedure number reference. (Author:
A. Rives) 3        Incorporated AR 579873 to update procedure number reference : (Author: L.
Mclaughlin)
* 2        Incorporated PCR 10-1717 to add restoration of Backup Interlock Bypass Key Switch . (Author: Stephen Joubert) 1A        Incorporated PCR 10-2081 to update procedure number references.
(Author: Gordon Briggs) 1        Incorporated PCR 10-0222 to change % deviation setpoint for PZR Level Alarm . (Author: David Beakes)
      \ ~**** ,,
            ...
                                                                  - .-: ..
:;.
JPM S-5 Page 18
 
REVISION NO.:          PROCEDURE TITLE:
8 PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL PROCEDURE NO.:
2-AOP-01 .10                                          ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION                                                                                                                      PAGE 1.0      PURPOSE .. ........ .............. ..................... ... ...... ............. ......... ........... .... .................... .... 4 2.0      ENTRY CONDITIONS .. ........... ....... ....... ...... .. .......................... ... ........ .. ........... ............ 4 3.0      EXIT CONDITIONS ............................................ ...................... ... ............................. ... 5 4.0      OPERATOR ACTIONS .......................................................................... ... .. .......... .. .. .. 6 4.1      Immediate Operator Actions ........................................................................................ 6 4.2      Subsequent Operator Actions .......... ............................... .............. .................... .. ......... 8 4.2.1    General Actions ........................................................................................................... 8 4.2.2    Pressurizer PORV or Safety Valve OPEN or Leaking ............................................... 1O 4.2.3    Selected Pressurizer Pressure Control Channel Failure ........................................... 18 4.2.4    Pressurizer Spray or Auxiliary Spray Valves OPEN or Leaking ........ .. ........ .... ........... 19 4.2.5    Selected RRS Channel Failure ....... ..................................... .. .................................... 22 4.2.6    Selected Press.urizer Level Control Channel Failure ................... ..... ............... .... .. .... 24 4.2.7    Pressurizer Pressure or Level Abnormal ......................... .......................................... 26 5.0      RECORDS ........................... ...................................................................................... 30
 
==6.0       REFERENCES==
AND COMMITMENTS ................. .. ............................... ................... 30 ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENT 1                  General Information ..................................................................... 32 ATTACHMENT 2                  Automatic Responses to Pressurizer Pressure Deviations .......... 34 ATfACHMENT 3                  Automatic Responses to Pressurizer Level Deviations ............... . 35 ATTACHMENT 4                  Pressurizer Level Program Graph ................... ... .......................... 36 ATTACHMENT 5                  Recovering Power to Pressurizer Heaters ................................... 37 JPM S-5 Page 19


AND COMMITMENTS
REVISION NO.:            PROCEDURE TITLE:
...............
8 PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL PROCEDURE NO.:
...................................
2-AOP-01 .10                               ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 1.0       PURPOSE This procedure provides instructions for operator action in the event of a malfunction of the Pressurizer Pressure or Level Control Systems, or conditions affecting Pressurizer pressure or level.
...................
2.0       ENTRY CONDITIONS 2.1       Indications Control Room instrumentation indicates Pressurizer pressure or level is NOT responding as expected for current operating conditions.
30 ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 2 ATfACHMENT 3 ATTACHMENT 4 ATTACHMENT 5 General Information
2.2       Annunciators
.....................................................................
32 Automatic Responses to Pressurizer Pressure Deviations
.......... 34 Automatic Responses to Pressurizer Level Deviations
................ 35 Pressurizer Level Program Graph ............
....................................
36 Recovering Power to Pressurizer Heaters ...................................
37 JPM S-5 Page 19 PROCEDURE TITLE: REVISION N O.: 8 PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL PROCEDURE NO.: 2-AOP-01.10 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 1.0 PURPOSE This procedure provides instructions for operator action in the event of a malfunction of the Pressurizer Pressure or Level Control Systems , or conditions affecting Pressurizer pressure or level. 2.0 ENTRY CONDITIONS 2.1 Indications Control Room instrumentation indicates Pressurizer pressure or level is NOT responding as expected for current operating conditions.
2.2 Annunciators
* H-5, 2A HOT LEG TEMP HIGH
* H-5, 2A HOT LEG TEMP HIGH
* H-6 , 2B HOT LEG TEMP HIGH
* H-6 , 2B HOT LEG TEMP HIGH
* H-7, 2A2 COLD LEG TEMP HIGH
* H-7, 2A2 COLD LEG TEMP HIGH
* H-8 , 2B2 COLD LEG TEMP HIGH
* H-8 , 2B2 COLD LEG TEMP HIGH
* H-9 , PZR CHANNEL X PRESS HIGH/LOW
* H-9, PZR CHANNEL X PRESS HIGH/LOW
* H-10, PZR CHANNEL Y PRESS HIGH/LOW ..
* H-10, PZR CHANNEL Y PRESS HIGH/LOW ..
* H-11 , PZR SAFETY V1200 DISCH TEMP HIGH
* H-11 , PZR SAFETY V1200 DISCH TEMP HIGH
* H-16 , QUENCH TANK PRESS HIGH
* H-16, QUENCH TANK PRESS HIGH
* H-17 , PZR CHANNEL X LEVEL HIGH/LOW H-18 , PZR CHANNEL Y LEVEL HIGH/LOW H-19 , PZR SAFETY V1201 DISCH TEMP HIGH
* H-17, PZR CHANNEL X LEVEL HIGH/LOW H-18, PZR CHANNEL Y LEVEL HIGH/LOW H-19, PZR SAFETY V1201 DISCH TEMP HIGH
* H-20 , PORV V1475 RELIEF LINE TEMP HIGH
* H-20, PORV V1475 RELIEF LINE TEMP HIGH
* H-24 , QUENCH TANK TEMP HIGH
* H-24, QUENCH TANK TEMP HIGH
* H-27 , PZR SAFETY V1202 DISCH TEMP HIGH
* H-27, PZR SAFETY V1202 DISCH TEMP HIGH
* H-29 , PZR PROPORTIONAL HTR LOW LEVEL TRIP/INTERLOCK
* H-29, PZR PROPORTIONAL HTR LOW LEVEL TRIP/INTERLOCK
* H-30; PZR BACKUP HTR LOW LEVEL TRIP/SS ISOUINTLK. JPM S-5 Page 20 PROCEDURE TITLE: REVISION NO.: 8 PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL PROCEDURE NO.: 2-AOP-01.10 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 2.2 Annunciators (continued)
* H-30; PZR BACKUP HTR LOW LEVEL TRIP/SS ISOUINTLK .
JPM S-5 Page 20
 
REVISION NO.:           PROCEDURE TITLE:
8 PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL PROCEDURE NO.:
2-AOP-01.10                             ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 2.2       Annunciators (continued)
* H-32, QUENCH TANK LEVEL HIGH I LOW
* H-32, QUENCH TANK LEVEL HIGH I LOW
* H-36, PORV V1474 RELIEF LINE TEMP HIGH
* H-36, PORV V1474 RELIEF LINE TEMP HIGH
Line 1,032: Line 2,598:
* L-28, PZR PRESS HIGH CHANNEL PRE TRIP
* L-28, PZR PRESS HIGH CHANNEL PRE TRIP
* L-44, TM/LP CHANNEL PRE TRIP
* L-44, TM/LP CHANNEL PRE TRIP
* LA-5 , PZR CHANNEL X LEVEL HIGH
* LA-5, PZR CHANNEL X LEVEL HIGH
* LA-11, PZR CHANNEL X LEVEL LOW-LOW
* LA-11, PZR CHANNEL X LEVEL LOW-LOW
* LB-5 , PZR CHANNEL Y LEVEL HIGH
* LB-5, PZR CHANNEL Y LEVEL HIGH
* LB-11, PZR CHANNEL Y LEVEL LOW-LOW
* LB-11, PZR CHANNEL Y LEVEL LOW-LOW
* LC-1, PZR PORV I SAFETY OPEN
* LC-1, PZR PORV I SAFETY OPEN
* LC-15, LETDOWN RELIEF V2345 DISCH TEMP HIGH
* LC-15, LETDOWN RELIEF V2345 DISCH TEMP HIGH
* M-5, LETDOWN PRESS HIGH/LOW
* M-5, LETDOWN PRESS HIGH/LOW
* M-13, LETDOWN FLOW HIGH 3.0 EXIT CONDITIONS Pressurizer pressure and level are stable or returning to expected values for current operating conditions.
* M-13, LETDOWN FLOW HIGH 3.0       EXIT CONDITIONS Pressurizer pressure and level are stable or returning to expected values for current operating conditions.
JPM S-5 Page 21 PROCEDURE TITLE: REvlSION NO.: 8 PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL PROCEDU R E NO.: 2-AOP-01.10 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 I INSTRUCTIONS I 4.0 OPERA TOR ACTIONS 4.1 Immediate Operator Actions D 1. D 2. D 3. IF at Normal Operating Pressure, THEN VERIFY PIC-11 OOX(Y), -PRESSURIZER PRESSURE, stable. VERIFY selected Pressurizer pressure control channel PIC-1100X(Y), PRESSURE , NORMAL. VERIFY selected RRS channel Pressurizer level setpoint NORMAL as indicated on LR-1110, PRESSURIZER LEVEL. I CONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 1.1 IF Pressurizer pressure less than 2300 psia AND PORV leakage is indicated or PORV has failed OPEN, THEN PLACE affected PORV in OVERRIDE and CLOSE associated block valve: V1474, PORV, and V1476, PORV BLOCK VALVE V1475, PORV, and V1477, PORV BLOCK VALVE 2.1 PLACE PRESSURE CONTROL CHANNEL selector switch to non-affected pressure control channel. 3.1 PLACE REACTOR REGULATING SYSTEM selector switch to non-affected RRS channel. D 4. VERIFY selected Pressurizer level 4.1 PLACE LEVEL CONTROL CHANNEL selector switch to non-affected level control channel. control channel LIC-111 OX(Y), LEVEL , NORMAL. JPM S-5 Page 22 P R O C EDURE TITLE: REVIS I ON NO.: 8 PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL PROCEDURE NO.: 2-AOP-01.10 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 I INSTRUCTIONS I I CONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.1 Immediate Operator Actions (continued)
JPM S-5 Page 21
D 5. IF either of the following conditions are met:
 
* Pressurizer pressure is less than 2275 psia
REvlSION NO.:         PROCEDURE TITLE:
* Pressurizer pressure is lowering uncontrollably THEN VERIFY spray valves CLOSED:
8 PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL PROCEDURE NO.:
* PCV-110bE , SPRAY VALVE 282, status lights
2-AOP-01.10                             ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 IINSTRUCTIONS I                             ICONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.0       OPERATOR ACTIONS 4.1       Immediate Operator Actions D       1. IF at Normal Operating Pressure, THEN VERIFY PIC-11 OOX(Y), -
* PCV-11 OOF , SPRAY VAL VE 281 , status lights
1.1 IF Pressurizer pressure less than 2300 psia PRESSURIZER PRESSURE,                          AND PORV leakage is indicated stable.                                        or PORV has failed OPEN, THEN PLACE affected PORV in OVERRIDE and CLOSE associated block valve:
* TIA-1103 , 281 SPRAY LINE (Water Temperature), and TIA-1104, 282 SPRAY LINE (Water Temperature), indicate approximately equal temperatures. JPM S-5 Page 23 5.1 IF PCV-1100E, SPRAY VALVE 282, is OPEN, THEN PLACE Pressurizer spray valve selector switch in 11 OOF. 5.2 IF PCV-1100F , SPRAY VALVE 281 , is OPEN , THEN PLACE Pressurizer spray valve selector switch in 11 ODE.
V1474, PORV, and V1476, PORV BLOCK VALVE V1475, PORV, and V1477, PORV BLOCK VALVE D        2. VERIFY selected Pressurizer                2.1 PLACE PRESSURE CONTROL pressure control channel                        CHANNEL selector switch to PIC-1100X(Y), PRESSURE,                        non-affected pressure control NORMAL.                                        channel.
REVIS I ON NO.: 8 PROCEDURE NO.: 2-AOP-01.10 PROCEDURE TITLE: PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 I INSTRUCTIONS I I CONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2 Subsequent Operator Actions 4.2.1 General Actions NOTE
D        3. VERIFY selected RRS channel Pressurizer level setpoint 3.1 PLACE REACTOR REGULATING SYSTEM selector switch to NORMAL as indicated on                          non-affected RRS channel.
LR-1110, PRESSURIZER LEVEL.
D       4. VERIFY selected Pressurizer level control channel LIC-111 OX(Y) ,
4.1 PLACE LEVEL CONTROL CHANNEL selector switch to LEVEL, NORMAL.                                  non-affected level control channel.
JPM S-5 Page 22
 
REVISION NO.:           PROCEDURE TITLE:
8 PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL PROCEDURE NO.:
2-AOP-01 .10                             ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 IINSTRUCTIONS I                               ICONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.1       Immediate Operator Actions (continued)
D       5. IF either of the following conditions are met:
5.1  IF PCV-1100E, SPRAY VALVE 282, is OPEN, THEN PLACE Pressurizer spray
* Pressurizer pressure is less           valve selector switch in 11 OOF.
than 2275 psia 5.2  IF PCV-1100F, SPRAY VALVE
* Pressurizer pressure is                 281 , is OPEN ,
lowering uncontrollably                 THEN PLACE Pressurizer spray valve selector switch in 11 ODE.
THEN VERIFY spray valves CLOSED:
* PCV-110bE, SPRAY VALVE 282, status lights
* PCV-11 OOF, SPRAY VALVE 281 , status lights
* TIA-1103, 281 SPRAY LINE (Water Temperature) ,
and TIA-1104, 282 SPRAY LINE (Water Temperature) ,
indicate approximately equal temperatures.
JPM S-5 Page 23
 
REVISION NO.:           PROCEDURE TITLE:
8 PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL PROCEDURE NO.:
2-AOP-01 .10                             ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 IINSTRUCTIONS I                             ICONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2       Subsequent Operator Actions 4.2.1     General Actions NOTE
* Attachment 2, Automatic Responses to Pressurizer Pressure Deviations, contains a listing of automatic actions associated with Pressurizer pressures.
* Attachment 2, Automatic Responses to Pressurizer Pressure Deviations, contains a listing of automatic actions associated with Pressurizer pressures.
* Attachment 3, Automatic Responses to Pressurizer Level Deviations, contains a listing of automatic actions associated with Pressurizer levels.
* Attachment 3, Automatic Responses to Pressurizer Level Deviations, contains a listing of automatic actions associated with Pressurizer levels.
* Attachment 4, Pressurizer Level Program Graph, provides Pressurizer level program vs T-avg. D 1. PERFORM applicable section per Table 1. Table 1 Abnormal Condition Pressurizer PORV or safety valve OPEN or leaking Selected Pressurizer pressure control channel failure Pressurizer Spray or Auxiliary Spray Valves OPEN or leaking Selected RRS channel failure Selected Pressurizer level control channel failure Pressurizer pressure or level abnormal Pressurizer heaters deenergized JPM S-5 Page 24 Section Section 4.2.2 Section 4.2.3 Section 4.2.4 Section 4.2.5 Section 4.2.6 Section 4.2. 7 Attachment 5
* Attachment 4, Pressurizer Level Program Graph, provides Pressurizer level program vs T-avg .
REVISION NO.: 8 PROCEDURE TITLE: PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL PROCEDURE NO.: 2-AOP-01.10 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 I INSTRUCTIONS I I CONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.1 General Actions (continued)
D       1.     PERFORM applicable section per Table 1.
D D NOTE The following Technical Specifications apply to Pressurizer malfunctions
Table 1 Abnormal Condition                                   Section Pressurizer PORV or safety valve OPEN or leaking                           Section 4.2.2 Selected Pressurizer pressure control channel failure                       Section 4.2.3 Pressurizer Spray or Auxiliary Spray Valves OPEN or leaking                 Section 4.2.4 Selected RRS channel failure                                                Section 4.2.5 Selected Pressurizer level control channel failure                          Section 4.2.6 Pressurizer pressure or level abnormal                                      Section 4.2. 7 Pressurizer heaters deenergized                                              Attachment 5 JPM S-5 Page 24
:
 
REVISION NO.:             PROCEDURE TITLE:
8 PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL PROCEDURE NO.:
2-AOP-01 .10                               ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 IINSTRUCTIONS I                                 ICONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.1     General Actions (continued)
NOTE The following Technical Specifications apply to Pressurizer malfunctions:
* 3.2.5, DNB Parameters
* 3.2.5, DNB Parameters
* 3.3.3.5, Remote Shutdown System Instrumentation (Section 6.1 .3 Management Directive
* 3.3.3.5, Remote Shutdown System Instrumentation (Section 6.1 .3 Management Directive 1)
: 1)
* 3.3.3.6, Accident Monitoring Instrumentation (Section 6.1.3 Management Directive 1)
* 3.3.3.6 , Accident Monitoring Instrumentation (Section 6.1.3 Management Directive
* 3.4.2.2, Reactor Coolant System Operating
: 1)
          *
* 3.4.2.2, Reactor Coolant System Operating  
*
* 3.4.3, Pressurizer
* 3.4.3, Pressurizer
* 3.4.6.2, Reactor Coolant System O_perational Leakage
* 3.4.6.2, Reactor Coolant System O_    perational Leakage
* 3.4.9.3, Reactor Coolant System Overpressure Protection Systems 2. 3. WHEN plant conditions have stabilized , THEN REVIEW Tech Specs for any required actions. WHEN Section 3.0, EXIT CONDITIONS, are met , THEN EXIT this procedure.
* 3.4.9.3, Reactor Coolant System Overpressure Protection Systems D        2.       WHEN plant conditions have stabilized ,
JPM S-5 Page 25 REVISION NO.: 8 PROCEDURE NO.: 2-AOP-01.10 PROCEDURE TITLE: PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 I INSTRUCTIONS I I CONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.2 Pressurizer PORV or Safety Valve OPEN or Leaking D 1. NOTE One PORV is normally isolated in Modes 1 , 2, or 3. VERIFY any Pressurizer PORV or safety i s OPEN or leaking using any of the following:  
THEN REVIEW Tech Specs for any required actions.
* * *
D        3.      WHEN Section 3.0, EXIT CONDITIONS, are met, THEN EXIT this procedure.
* V1474, PORV, status lights V1475 , PORV , status lights Acoustic Monitor (PACB-2) PORV discharge temperature greater than 210&deg;F:
JPM S-5 Page 25
* TIA-1106 , PORV LINE TIA-1110 , PORV LINE Safety valve discharge temperature greater than 185&deg;F OR rising greater than 1&deg;F per hour:
 
* TIA-1107 , SAFETY VALVE
REVISION NO.:           PROCEDURE TITLE:
8 PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL PROCEDURE NO.:
2-AOP-01 .10                             ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 IINSTRUCTIONS I                             ICONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.2     Pressurizer PORV or Safety Valve OPEN or Leaking NOTE One PORV is normally isolated in Modes 1, 2, or 3.
D        1. VERIFY any Pressurizer PORV or safety is OPEN or leaking using 1.1  IF PORV position indication status lights are NOT available, any of the following:                           THEN GO TO Section 4.2.2 Step 11 :
* V1474, PORV, status lights
* V1474, PORV
* V1475 , PORV, status lights
* V1475, PORV
* Acoustic Monitor (PACB-2) 1.2  RETURN TO
* PORV discharge                           Section 4 .2.1 Step 1.
temperature greater than 210&deg;F:
* TIA-1106, PORV LINE TIA-1110, PORV LINE Safety valve discharge temperature greater than 185&deg;F OR rising greater than 1&deg;F per hour:
* TIA-1107, SAFETY VALVE
* TIA-1108, SAFETY VALVE
* TIA-1108, SAFETY VALVE
* TIA-1109, SAFETY VALVE
* TIA-1109, SAFETY VALVE
* Quench tank level , temperature and pressure JPM S-5 Page 26 1.1 IF PORV position indication status lights are NOT available , THEN GO TO Section 4.2.2 Step 11:
* Quench tank level ,
* V1474 , PORV
temperature and pressure JPM S-5 Page 26
* V1475, PORV 1.2 RETURN TO Section 4.2.1 Step 1 .
 
REVISION NO.: 8 PROCEDURE NO.: 2-AOP-01.10 PROCEDURE TITLE: PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 I INSTRUCTIONS I I CONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.2 Pressurizer PORV or Safety Valve OPEN or Leaking (continued)
REVISION NO.:           PROCEDURE TITLE:
D 2. D 3. IF safety valve leakage is identified, THEN GOTO Section 4.2.2 Step 9. IF PORV flow is indicated, THEN VERIFY Tl-1115, 2A1 COLD LEG TEMPERATURE, AND Tl-1125, 281 COLD LEG TEMPERATURE, indicate RCS temperature is greater than the following:
8 PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL PROCEDURE NO.:
2-AOP-01.10                             ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 IINSTRUCTIONS I                             ICONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.2     Pressurizer PORV or Safety Valve OPEN or Leaking (continued)
D       2. IF safety valve leakage is identified, THEN GOTO Section 4.2.2 Step 9.
D        3. IF PORV flow is indicated, THEN VERIFY Tl-1115, 3.1  IF V1474, PORV, indicates flow AND Pressurizer pressure is less 2A1 COLD LEG TEMPERATURE,                      than 490 psia, AND Tl-1125, 281 COLD LEG                       THEN PERFORM the following:
TEMPERATURE, indicate RCS temperature is greater than the
* PLACE V1474, PORV, in following:                                             OVERRIDE.
* 255&deg;F during heatup
* 255&deg;F during heatup
* 240&deg;F during cooldown JPM S-5 Page 27 3.1 IF V1474, PORV, indicates flow AND Pressurizer pressure is less than 490 psia, THEN PERFORM the following:
* CLOSE V1476, PORV BLOCK VALVE.
* PLACE V1474, PORV, in OVERRIDE.
* 240&deg;F during cooldown 3.2   IF V1475 , PORV, indicates flow AND Pressurizer pressure is less tlian 490 psia, THEN PERFORM the following:
* CLOSE V1476, PORV BLOCK VALVE. 3.2 IF V1475 , PORV, indicates flow AND Pressurizer pressure is less tlian 490 psia, THEN PERFORM the following:
* PLACE V1475, PORV, in OVERRIDE.
* PLACE V1475 , PORV , in OVERRIDE.
* CLOSE V1477, PORV BLOCK VALVE.
* CLOSE V1477, PORV BLOCK VALVE.
REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: 8 PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL PROCEDURE NO.: 2-AOP-01.10 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 I INSTRUCTIONS I I CONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.2 Pressurizer PORV or Safety Valve OPEN or Leaking (continued)
JPM S-5 Page 27
: 3. (continued)
 
JPM S-5 Page 28 3.3 IF affected PORV can NOT be identified AND Pressurizer pressure is less than 490 psia, THEN ENSURE both PORVs in OVERRIDE and associated block valves CLOSED: V1474, PORV, and V1476, PORV BLOCK VALVE V1475, PORV , and V1477, PORV BLOCK VALVE 3.4 IF affected PORV MODE SELECT switch was NOT in L TOP, THEN EVALUATE positioning affected PORV switches as follows:
REVISION NO.:         PROCEDURE TITLE:
* PORV MODE SELECT switch in L TOP
8 PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL PROCEDURE NO.:
* PORV in OFF 3.5 GO TO Section 4.2.2 Step 8.
2-AOP-01 .10                             ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 IINSTRUCTIONS I                             ICONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.2     Pressurizer PORV or Safety Valve OPEN or Leaking (continued)
REVISION NO.: 8 PROCEDURE NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL 2-AOP-01.10 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 I INSTRUCTIONS I I CONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.2 Pressurizer PORV or Safety Valve OPEN or Leaking (continued)
: 3.   (continued) 3.3   IF affected PORV can NOT be identified AND Pressurizer pressure is less than 490 psia, THEN ENSURE both PORVs in OVERRIDE and associated block valves CLOSED:
D 4. D 5. IF V1474 , PORV , indicates flow AND Pressurizer pressure is less than 2300 psia, THEN ENSURE the following:
V1474, PORV, and V1476, PORV BLOCK VALVE V1475, PORV, and V1477, PORV BLOCK VALVE 3.4   IF affected PORV MODE SELECT switch was NOT in LTOP, THEN EVALUATE positioning affected PORV switches as follows:
* PORV MODE SELECT switch in LTOP
* PORV in OFF 3.5   GO TO Section 4.2.2 Step 8.
JPM S-5 Page 28
 
REVISION NO.:           PROCEDURE TITLE:
8 PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL PROCEDURE NO.:
2-AOP-01 .10                             ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 IINSTRUCTIONS I                           ICONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.2     Pressurizer PORV or Safety Valve OPEN or Leaking (continued)
D       4.     IF V1474 , PORV, indicates flow AND Pressurizer pressure is less than 2300 psia, THEN ENSURE the following:
* V1474, PORV, in OVERRIDE.
* V1474, PORV, in OVERRIDE.
* V1476, PORV BLOCK VALVE, CLOSED IF V1475 , PORV, indicates flow AND Pressurizer pressure is less than 2300 psia, THEN ENSURE the following:
* V1476, PORV BLOCK VALVE, CLOSED D        5. IF V1475 , PORV, indicates flow AND Pressurizer pressure is less than 2300 psia, THEN ENSURE the following :
* V14 75, PORV, in OVERRIDE.
* V14 75, PORV, in OVERRIDE.
* V1477, PORV BLOCK VALVE, CLOSED REVISION NO.: 8 PROCEDURE NO.: . PROCEDURE TITLE: PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL 2-AOP-01.10 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 I 1.NSTRUCTIONS I I CONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.2 Pressurizer PORV or Safety Valve OPEN or Leaking (continued)
* V1477, PORV BLOCK VALVE, CLOSED
D 6. D 7. IF affected PORV can NOT be identified AND Pressurizer pressure is less than 2300 psia , THEN ENSURE both PORVs in OVERRIDE and associated block valves CLOSED:
 
* V1474 , PORV, and V14 76 , PORV BLOCK VALVE
REVISION NO.:             PROCEDURE TITLE:
* V1475 , PORV, and V1477 , PORV BLOCK VALVE VERIFY both PORV Mode Select switches in NORMAL:
8 PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL
~ PROCEDURE NO.: .
2-AOP-01 .10                             ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 I1.NSTRUCTIONS I                             ICONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.2     Pressurizer PORV or Safety Valve OPEN or Leaking (continued)
D       6.     IF affected PORV can NOT be identified AND Pressurizer pressure is less than 2300 psia, THEN ENSURE both PORVs in OVERRIDE and associated block valves CLOSED:
* V1474, PORV, and V14 76, PORV BLOCK VALVE
* V1475, PORV, and V1477, PORV BLOCK VALVE D        7. VERIFY both PORV Mode Select             7.1  EVALUATE position ing switches switches in NORMAL:                            as follows:
* V1474, MODE SELECT
* V1474, MODE SELECT
* V1475, MODE SELECT 7.1 EVALUATE position i ng sw i tches as follows:
* PORV MODE SELECT switch in NORMAL
* PORV MODE SELECT switch in NORMAL
* PORV in OFF JPM S-5 Page 30 I\.__.. REVIS I ON NO.: 8 PROCEDURE NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL 2-AOP-01.10 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 I INSTRUCTIONS I I CONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.2 Pressurizer PORV or Safety Valve OPEN or Leaking (continued)
* V1475, MODE SELECT
D 8. D 9. IF either PORV was isolated AND is available, THEN EVALUATE placing isolated PORV in service as follows:
* PORV in OFF JPM S-5 Page 30
* IF placing V1474 , PORV , in service, THEN OPEN V1476, PORV BLOCK VALVE.
 
* IF placing V1475, PORV, in service , THEN OPEN V1477, PORV BLOCK VALVE. IF Quench Tank parameters are normal AND either of the following safety valve leakage conditions exist:
REVISION NO.:           PROCEDURE TITLE:
* Safety valve tailpipe temperature(s) are increasing greater than 1&deg;F per hour. Safety valve tailpipe temperature(s) are greater than 185&deg;F. THEN PLACE Pressurizer on recirculation per 2-GOP-101, Reactor Operating Guidelines During Steady State and Scheduled Load Changes. JPM S-5 Page 31
8 PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL PROCEDURE NO.:
''-PROCEDU RE T I TLE: REVIS I ON NO.: 8 PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL PROCEDU R E NO.: 2-AOP-01.10 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 I INSTRUCTIONS I I CONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.2 Pressurizer PORV or Safety Valve OPEN or Leaking (continued)
2-AOP-01.10                             ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 IINSTRUCTIONS I                             ICONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.2     Pressurizer PORV or Safety Valve OPEN or Leaking (continued)
D 10. VERIFY Pressurizer PORVs and safety valves CLOSED using ill! of the following:
D       8. IF either PORV was isolated AND is available, THEN EVALUATE placing isolated PORV in service as follows:
* V1474 , PORV, status lights
* IF placing V1474, PORV, in service, THEN OPEN V1476, PORV BLOCK VALVE .
* V1475 , PORV, status lights
* IF placing V1475, PORV, in service, THEN OPEN V1477, PORV BLOCK VALVE.
D        9. IF Quench Tank parameters are normal AND either of the following safety valve leakage conditions exist:
* Safety valve tailpipe temperature(s) are increasing greater than 1&deg;F per hour.
Safety valve tailpipe temperature(s) are greater than 185&deg;F.
THEN PLACE Pressurizer on recirculation per 2-GOP-101, Reactor Operating Guidelines During Steady State and Scheduled Load Changes.
I \.__..
JPM S-5 Page 31
 
REVISION NO.:           PROCEDURE TITLE:
8 PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL PROCEDURE NO.:
2-AOP-01.10                               ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 IINSTRUCTIONS I                               ICONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.2     Pressurizer PORV or Safety Valve OPEN or Leaking (continued)
D       10. VERIFY Pressurizer PORVs and safety valves CLOSED using ill! of 10.1  IF PORV or safety valve is still leaking ,
the following :                                   THEN IMPLEMENT 2-AOP-01 .08, RCS Leakage Abnormal
* V1474, PORV, status lights               Operations .
* V1475, PORV, status lights
* Acoustic Monitors
* Acoustic Monitors
* TIA-1106, PORV LINE
* TIA-1110, PORV LINE
* TIA-1107, SAFETY VALVE
* TIA-1108 , SAFETY VALVE
* TIA-1109, SAFETY VALVE
* Quench tank level, temperature and pressure 11 . VERIFY position indication status          11.1  MONITOR the following for lights available for the following:              indications of PORV leakage:
* V1474, PORV
* TIA-1110, PORV LINE
* V1475, PORV
* TIA-1106 , PORV LINE
* TIA-1106 , PORV LINE
* TIA-1110 , PORV LINE
* Quench tank level, temperature and pressure 11 .2 DOCUMENT tailpipe reading and quench tank parameters every eight hours.
* TIA-1107 , SAFETY VAL VE
''-
* TIA-1108 , SAFETY VALVE
JPM S-5 Page 32
* TIA-1109 , SAFETY VALVE
 
* Quench tank level , temperature and pressure 11. VERIFY position indication status lights available for the following:
REVISION NO.:         PROCEDURE TITLE:
*
8 PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL PROCEDURE NO.:
* V1474 , PORV V1475 , PORV 10.1 IF PORV or safety valve is still leaking , THEN IMPLEMENT 2-AOP-01.08 , RCS Leakage Abnormal Operations . 11.1 MONITOR the following for indications of PORV leakage: *
2-AOP-01.10                           ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 IINSTRUCTIONS I                           ICONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.2     Pressurizer PORV or Safety Valve OPEN or Leaking (continued)
* TIA-1110 , PORV LINE TIA-1106 , PORV LINE
: 11.   (continued) 11.3  IF PORV leakage is indicated, THEN RETURN TO Section 4.2.2 Step 1.
* Quench tank level , temperature and pressure 11.2 DOCUMENT tailp i pe read i ng and quench tank parameters every eight hours. JPM S-5 Page 32 PROCEDURE TITLE: REVISION NO.: 8 PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL PROCEDURE NO.: 2-AOP-01.10 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 I INSTRUCTIONS I I CONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.2 Pressurizer PORV or Safety Valve OPEN or Leaking (continued)
D        12. VERIFY Pressurizer pressure stable 12.1  RETURN TO Section 4.2.1 Step 1.
D 11. (continued)
OR trending to Pressurizer pressure setpoint:
: 12. VERIFY Pressurizer pressure stable OR trending to Pressurizer pressure setpoint:
* PR-1100, PRESSURE
* PR-1100, PRESSURE
* PIC-11 OOX, PRESSURE
* PIC-11 OOX, PRESSURE
* PIC-1100Y, PRESSURE D 13. GO TO Section 4.2.1 Step 2. 11.3 IF PORV leakage is indicated, THEN RETURN TO Section 4.2.2 Step 1. 12.1 RETURN TO Section 4.2.1 Step 1. JPM S-5 Page 33 REVISION NO.: 8 PROCEDURE NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL 2-AOP-01.10 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 I INSTRUCTIONS I . I CONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.3 Selected Pressurizer Pressure Control Channel Failure D 1. D 2. D 3. D 4. VERIFY PRESSURE CONTROL CHANNEL selector switch selected to non-affected pressure control channel. IF pressure control channel failed high (greater than 2340 psia), THEN RESET Pressurizer heaters by placing heater control switches to OFF/RESET and to AUTO or ON. VERIFY Pressurizer pressure stable OR trending to Pressurizer pressure setpoint:
* PIC-1100Y, PRESSURE D       13. GO TO Section 4.2.1 Step 2.
*
JPM S-5 Page 33
* PR-1100 , PRESSURE PIC-11 OOX, PRESSURE PIC-11 GOY, PRESSURE GO TO Section 4.2.1 Step 2. 1.1 PLACE PRESSURE CONTROL CHANNEL selector switch to non-affected pressure control channel. 3.1 CONTROL Pressurizer pressure at 2250 psia (2225 to 2275 psia) as follows: A. 8. PLACE HIC-1100, SPRAY, in MANUAL. OPERA TE spray controller HIC-1100, SPRAY. C. OPERA TE Pressurizer heaters. JPM S-5 Page 34 i '--REVISION NO.: 8 . PROCEDURE TITLE: PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL PROCEDURE NO.: 2-AOP-01.10 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 I INSTRUCTIONS I I CONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.4 Pressurizer Spray or Auxiliary Spray Valves OPEN or Leaking D NOTE Divergence of spray line temperatures between 2B1 and 2B2 spray lines may indicate a stuck open spray valve. The stuck open spray valve would have the spray line with the higher temperature approaching cold leg temperature.
 
: 1. IF either of the following conditions are met:
REVISION NO.:           PROCEDURE TITLE:
* Pressurizer pressure is less than 2275 psia
8 PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL PROCEDURE NO.:
* Pressurizer pressure is lowering uncontrollably THEN VERIFY spray valves CLOSED:
2-AOP-01 .10                             ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 IINSTRUCTIONS I .                           ICONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.3     Selected Pressurizer Pressure Control Channel Failure D       1. VERIFY PRESSURE CONTROL CHANNEL selector switch 1.1  PLACE PRESSURE CONTROL CHANNEL selector switch to selected to non-affected pressure             non-affected pressure control control channel.                              channel.
* PCV-11 OOE, SPRAY VALVE 2B2, status lights
D        2. IF pressure control channel failed high (greater than 2340 psia),
* PCV-1100F, SPRAY VALVE 2B1, status lights TIA-1103, 2B1 SPRAY LINE (Water Temperature), and TIA-1104, 2B2 SPRAY LINE (Water Temperature), indicate approximately equal temperatures
THEN RESET Pressurizer heaters by placing heater control switches to OFF/RESET and to AUTO or ON .
: 1.1 IF PCV-1100E, SPRAY VALVE 2B2, is OPEN , THEN PLACE Pressurizer spray valve selector switch in 11 OOF. 1.2 IF PCV-1100F, SPRAY VALVE 2B1, is OPEN, THEN PLACE Pressurizer spray valve selector switch in 11 ODE. 1.3 IF spray valve is still failed OPEN AND Pressurizer pressure approaches TM/LP setpoints, THEN PERFORM the following:
D        3. VERIFY Pressurizer pressure stable 3.1   CONTROL Pressurizer pressure at 2250 psia (2225 to 2275 psia)
A. B. c. TRIP reactor. IMPLEMENT 2-EOP-01 , Standard Post Trip Actions. IF PCV-1100E, SPRAY VALVE 2B2, is NOT CLOSED, THEN STOP 282 RCP. D. IF PCV-1100F , SPRAY VALVE 2B1, is NOT CLOSED , THEN STOP 2B1 RCP. JPM S-5 Page 35 I "----REVISION NO.: 8 PROCEDURE NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL 2-AOP-01.10 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 I INSTRUCTIONS I I CONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.4 Pressurizer Spray or Auxiliary Spray Valves OPEN or Leaking (continued)
OR trending to Pressurizer                    as follows:
: 1. (continued)
pressure setpoint:
D 2. E. IF Pressurizer pressure continues to lower, THEN ENSURE both RCPs are stopped:
A.     PLACE HIC-1100, SPRAY,
* PR-1100, PRESSURE                              in MANUAL.
* PIC-11 OOX, PRESSURE                    8.      OPERATE spray controller HIC-1100, SPRAY.
PIC-11 GOY, PRESSURE C.     OPERATE Pressurizer heaters.
D        4. GO TO Section 4.2.1 Step 2.
JPM S-5 Page 34
 
REVISION NO.:           . PROCEDURE TITLE:
8 PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL PROCEDURE NO.:
2-AOP-01.10                               ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 IINSTRUCTIONS I                               ICONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.4     Pressurizer Spray or Auxiliary Spray Valves OPEN or Leaking NOTE Divergence of spray line temperatures between 2B1 and 2B2 spray lines may indicate a stuck open spray valve . The stuck open spray valve would have the spray line with the higher temperature approaching cold leg temperature.
D        1.     IF either of the following conditions are met:
1.1 IF PCV-1100E, SPRAY VALVE 2B2, is OPEN ,
THEN PLACE Pressurizer spray
* Pressurizer pressure is less            valve selector switch in 11 OOF.
than 2275 psia 1.2 IF PCV-1100F, SPRAY VALVE
* Pressurizer pressure is                2B1, is OPEN, lowering uncontrollably                THEN PLACE Pressurizer spray valve selector switch in 11 ODE.
THEN VERIFY spray valves CLOSED:                                  1.3 IF spray valve is still failed OPEN AND Pressurizer pressure
* PCV-11 OOE, SPRAY                      approaches TM/LP setpoints, VALVE 2B2, status lights                THEN PERFORM the following:
* PCV-1100F, SPRAY                        A. TRIP reactor.
VALVE 2B1, status lights B. IMPLEMENT 2-EOP-01 ,
TIA-1103, 2B1 SPRAY                            Standard Post Trip Actions .
LINE (Water Temperature),
and TIA-1104, 2B2 SPRAY                c. IF PCV-1100E, SPRAY LINE (Water Temperature),                      VALVE 2B2, is NOT indicate approximately                        CLOSED, equal temperatures :                          THEN STOP 282 RCP.
D. IF PCV-1100F, SPRAY VALVE 2B1, is NOT CLOSED ,
THEN STOP 2B1 RCP.
i '--
JPM S-5 Page 35
 
REVISION NO.:           PROCEDURE TITLE:
8 PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL PROCEDURE NO.:
2-AOP-01 .10                           ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 IINSTRUCTIONS I                           ICONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.4     Pressurizer Spray or Auxiliary Spray Valves OPEN or Leaking (continued)
: 1.     (continued)
E. IF Pressurizer pressure continues to lower, THEN ENSURE both RCPs are stopped:
* 281 RCP
* 281 RCP
* 282 RCP EXIT this procedure.
* 282 RCP EXIT this procedure.
VERIFY auxiliary spray valves are 2.1 ENSURE auxiliary spray valves CLOSED: CLOSED using control switch: *
D        2. VERIFY auxiliary spray valves are       2.1   ENSURE auxiliary spray valves CLOSED:                                       CLOSED using control switch:
* SE-02-3 , AUX SPRAY VALVE SE-02-4, AUX SPRAY VALVE *
* SE-02-3, AUX SPRAY
* SE-02-3, AUX SPRAY VAL VE (Key 76) SE-02-4, AUX SPRAY VAL VE (Key 77) 2.2 IF auxiliary spray valve(s) still NOT CLOSED, THEN PERFORM the following:
* SE-02-3, AUX SPRAY VALVE                                         VALVE (Key 76)
* SE-02-4, AUX SPRAY
* SE-02-4, AUX SPRAY VALVE                                        VALVE (Key 77) 2.2   IF auxiliary spray valve(s) still NOT CLOSED, THEN PERFORM the following:
A. CLOSE letdown isolation valves:
A. CLOSE letdown isolation valves:
* V-2515, STOP VALVE-IC
* V-2515, STOP VALVE-IC
* V2516, CONTAINMENT ISOL VALVE-IC
* V2516, CONTAINMENT ISOL VALVE-IC
* V-2522 , CONTAINMENT ISOL VALVE-QC JPM S-5 Page 36 I ''--PROCEDURE TITLE: REVI SI O N N O.: 8 PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL PROC E DU R E NO.: 2-AOP-01.10 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 I INSTRUCTIONS I I CONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.4 Pressurizer Spray or Auxiliary Spray Valves OPEN or Leaking (continued)
* V-2522 ,
D D 2. (continued)
I                                                                                    CONTAINMENT
: 3. 4. VERIFY Pressurizer pressure stable OR trending to Pressurizer pressure setpoint:
  "----
ISOL VALVE-QC JPM S-5 Page 36
 
REVI SION NO. :        PROCEDURE TITLE:
8 PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL PROCEDU RE NO.:
2-AOP-01.10                           ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 IINSTRUCTIONS I                           ICONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.4     Pressurizer Spray or Auxiliary Spray Valves OPEN or Leaking (continued)
: 2.   (continued)
B.      STOP .fill charging pumps and PLACE in AUTO.
C.      IMPLEMENT 2-AOP-02.03, Charging and Letdown .
2.3   WHEN plant is stable, THEN EVALUATE documenting auxiliary spray operation per 0010134, Component Cycles and Transients.
I
''-- D        3. VERIFY Pressurizer pressure stable 3.1  RETURN TO Section 4.2.1 Step 1.
OR trending to Pressurizer pressure setpoint:
* PR-1100, PRESSURE
* PR-1100, PRESSURE
* PIC-1100X , PRESSURE
* PIC-1100X, PRESSURE
* PIC-1100Y , PRESSURE GO TO Section 4.2.1 Step 2. B. STOP .fill charging pumps and PLACE in AUTO. C. IMPLEMENT 2-AOP-02.03 , Charging and Letdown. 2.3 WHEN plant is stable , THEN EVALUATE documenting auxiliary spray operation per 0010134 , Component Cycles and Transients.
* PIC-1100Y, PRESSURE D        4. GO TO Section 4.2.1 Step 2.
3.1 RETURN TO Section 4.2.1 Step 1. JPM S-5 Page 37 REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE: 33 STANDARD POST TRIP ACTIONS 5of19 PROCEDURE NO.: 2-EOP-01 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS REACTIVITY CONTROL INSTRUCTIONS CONTINGENCY ACTIONS D 1. DETERMINE Reactivity Control acceptance criteria are met: A. VERIFY Reactor power is A.1 PERFORM the following AS lowering. NECESSARY to insert CEAs: 1. Manually TRIP the Reactor. 2. DEENERGIZE the CEDM MG Sets by opening BOTH of the following breakers: LC 2A2, 8kr 2-40212 , CEA Drive MG Set 2A
JPM S-5 Page 37
* LC 282 , 8kr 2-40511, CEA Drive MG Set 28 3. OPEN TC8-1 through TC8-8, at Rx Trip Swgr. B. VERIFY Startup Rate is negative.
 
: c. VERIFY ALL CEAs are fully C.1 INITIATE Emergency 8oration to inserted. achieve adequate SOM. D. ENSURE NO dilution is in progress. JPM S-5 Page 38
REVISION NO.:         PROCEDURE TITLE:                                         PAGE:
& FPL St. Lucie Nuclear Plant JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE RESPOND TO CONTROL ROOM OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE RADIATION ALARMS This JPM is NOT TIME CRITICAL This is a FAUL TED JPM JPM S-6 Page 1 NRC 22 JPM S-6 Simulator Page 1 of 15 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS Task: Respond to Control Room outside air intake radiation alarms. Faulted JPM? YES Facility JPM #: KIA: 072.A3.01 Ability to monitor automatic operation of the ARM system including: Changes in ventilation alignment.
33                   STANDARD POST TRIP ACTIONS 5of19 PROCEDURE NO.:
KIA Rating: 2.9/3.1 Task Standard:
2-EOP-01                           ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS REACTIVITY CONTROL INSTRUCTIONS                               CONTINGENCY ACTIONS D     1. DETERMINE Reactivity Control acceptance criteria are met:
This JPM is complete when Unit 2 control room ventilation has been lined up IAW 2-AOP-25.02 , " Ventilat i on Systems" Attachment
A. VERIFY Reactor power is           A.1   PERFORM the following AS lowering.                               NECESSARY to insert CEAs :
: 5. Evaluation Location:
: 1. Manually TRIP the Reactor.
Simulator x  
: 2. DEENERGIZE the CEDM MG Sets by opening BOTH of the following breakers:
LC 2A2, 8kr 2-40212, CEA Drive MG Set 2A
* LC 282, 8kr 2-40511, CEA Drive MG Set 28
: 3. OPEN TC8-1 through TC8-8, at Rx Trip Swgr.
B. VERIFY Startup Rate is negative.
: c. VERIFY ALL CEAs are fully C.1 INITIATE Emergency 8oration to inserted .                             achieve adequate SOM .
D. ENSURE NO dilution is in progress.
JPM S-5 Page 38
 
&FPL St. Lucie Nuclear Plant JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE RESPOND TO CONTROL ROOM OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE RADIATION ALARMS This JPM is NOT TIME CRITICAL This is a FAULTED JPM NRC 22 JPM S-6 Simulator Page 1 of 15 JPM S-6 Page 1
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS Task: Respond to Control Room outside air intake radiation alarms.
Faulted JPM?         YES Facility JPM #:
KIA: 072.A3.01 Ability to monitor automatic operation of the ARM system including : Changes in ventilation alignment.
KIA Rating: 2.9/3 .1 Task Standard: This JPM is complete when Unit 2 control room ventilation has been lined up IAW 2-AOP-25.02 , "Ventilation Systems" Attachment 5.
Evaluation Location:                                                Performance Level:
Simulator       In Plant      Lab        Other                  Perform        Simulate      Discuss x                                                                  x


==References:==
==References:==
* 2-AOP-25.02 , "Ventilation Systems" Validation Time: 20 minutes                                        Time Critical:
Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:
* 2-AOP-25.02 , "Ventilation Systems" Specific Safety Rules, Personal Protective Equipment and Hazards associated with the task.
* None Radiological Protection and RWP Requirements:
* None NRC 22 JPM S-6 Simulator Page 2of15 JPM S-6 Page 2


In Plant Lab
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS:
* 2-AOP-25.02 , " Ventilation Systems" Validation Time: 20 minutes Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:
* The task you are to perform is:         Respond to Control Room outside air intake radiation alarms.
* 2-AOP-25.02 , " Ventilation Systems" Other Performance Level: Perform x Simulate Time Critical:
Discuss Specific Safety Rules, Personal Protective Equipment and Hazards associated with the task.
* None Radiological Protection and RWP Requirements:
* None JPM S-6 Page 2 NRC 22 JPM S-6 S i mulator Page 2of15 SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS:
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS
* The task you are to perform is: Respond to Control Room outside air intake radiation alarms.
* The performance level to be used for this JPM is Perform
* The performance level to be used for this JPM is Perform
* This is not a time critical JPM.
* This is not a time critical JPM.
* You may use any approved reference materials normally available in the execution of this task, including logs. Indicate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you. SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS FOR SIMULATOR JPMs:
* You may use any approved reference materials normally available in the execution of this task, including logs.
* All siml)lator JPM steps , including communications, shall be performed for this JPM.
Indicate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you .
SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS FOR SIMULATOR JPMs:
* All siml)lator JPM steps, including communications, shall be performed for this JPM.
* You are to operate any plant equipment that is necessary for the completion of this JPM.
* You are to operate any plant equipment that is necessary for the completion of this JPM.
* The simulator will provide the cues as you perform this JPM.
* The simulator will provide the cues as you perform this JPM.
* Indicate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you. INITIAL CONDITIONS:
* Indicate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you .
Unit 1 has experienced a LBLOCA. SIAS and CIAS have occurred, but a breach of the Containment is in progress. Unit 2 Control Room has Outside Air Intake Radiation Monitors are in high alarm INITIATING CUES: The US has directed you to evaluate step 4.2.2.3 of 2-AOP-25.02, "Ventilation Systems" JPM S-6 Page 3 NRC 22 JPM S-6 Simulator Page 3 of 15 START TIME: ___ _ JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST 2-AOP-25.02, "Ventilation S stems" Section 4.2.2 STEP 1 (4.2.2.3.) Verify the following: All CONTROL ROOM OUTSIDE AIR INT Radiation Monitor Alarms CLEAR SAT
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
* RC-26-61 (North OAI)
Unit 1 has experienced a LBLOCA. SIAS and CIAS have occurred, but a breach of the Containment is in progress. Unit 2 Control Room has Outside Air Intake Radiation Monitors are in high alarm INITIATING CUES:
* RC-26-62 (North OAI)
The US has directed you to evaluate step 4.2.2 .3 of 2-AOP-25.02, "Ventilation Systems" NRC 22 JPM S-6 Simulator Page 3 of 15 JPM S-6 Page 3
* RC-26-65 (South OAI)
 
* RC-26-66 (South OAI) STANDARD:
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST START TIME: _ _ __
DETERMINE that RC-26-61 (North OAI), RC-26-62 (North OAI) are IN ALARM. RC-26-65 (South AOAI) and RC-26-66 (South OAI) are CLEAR. EXAMINER'S CUE: None EXAMINER'S NOTE: The applicant may use the Radiation Monitor Control Station (RMSC) or the Radiation Monitor Panel to verify the status of the Outside Air Intake radiation monitors.
2-AOP-25.02, "Ventilation S stems" Section 4.2.2 STEP 1 (4 .2.2.3.)     Verify the following :
COMMENTS: STEP 2: (4.2.2.3.1) GO TO Attachment 5 , Control Room Ventilation Recirculation Mode STANDARD: REFER to Attachment 5 , Control Room Ventilation Recirculation Mode EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS: JPM S-6 Page 4 UN SAT SAT UN SAT NRC 22 JPM S-6 Simulator Page 4of15 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST 2-AOP-25.02, "Ventilation S stems" Attachment 5 STEP 3: (1) ENSURE the following system alignment (on the HVCB): FCV-25-16 , North OAI Isolation Valve CLOSED STANDARD: CHECKS FCV-25-16 , North OAI Isolation Valve to be CLOSED. DETERMINES valve is OPEN. CLOSES FCV-25-16 , North OAI Isolation Valve. EXAMINER'S CUE: FCV-25-16, North OAI Isolation Valve indicates red light ON, green light OFF. COMMENTS: STEP 4: (1) ENSURE the following system alignment (on the HVCB): FCV-25-17 , South OAI Isolation Valve CLOSED STANDARD: CHECKS FCV-25-17 , South OAI Isolation Valve CLOSED. EXAMINER'S CUE: FCV-25-17, South OAI Isolation Valve indicates red light OFF, green light ON. COMMENTS: STEP 5: (1) ENSURE the following system alignment (on the HVCB): FCV-25-18 , Toilet Exhaust Isolation Valve CLOSED STANDARD: CHECKS FCV-25-18 , Toilet Exhaust Isolation Valve to be CLOSED EXAMINER'S CUE: FCV-25-18, Toilet Exhaust Isolation valve indicates red light OFF, green light ON. COMMENTS: JPM S-6 Page 5 CRITICAL STEP SAT UN SAT SAT UN SAT SAT UN SAT NRC 22 JPM S-6 Simulator Page 5 of 15 
All CONTROL ROOM OUTSIDE AIR INT Radiation Monitor Alarms CLEAR             SAT
-STEP 6: (1) JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST ENSURE the following system alignment (on the HVCB): FCV-25-24 , Kitchen Exhaust Isolation Valve CLOSED STANDARD:
* RC-26-61   (North OAI)
CHECKS FCV-25-24 , Kitchen Exhaust Isolation Valve to be CLOSED. EXAMINER'S CUE:FCV-25-24, Kitchen Exhaust Isolation Valve indicates red light OFF, green light ON. COMMENTS: STEP 7: (1} ENSURE the following system alignment (on the HVCB): HVE-13A , Control Room Emergency Filter Fan RUNNING STANDARD: CHECKS HVE-13A , Control Room Emergency Filter Fan to be RUNNING. EXAMINER'S CUE: HVE-13A, Control Room Emergency Filter Fan indicates red light on, green light off COMMENTS: STEP 8: (1) ENSURE the following system alignment (on the HVCB): D-17A Emerg Filter A Inlet Damper OPEN STANDARD: CHECKS D-17A Emerg Filter A Inlet Damper to be OPEN EXAMINER'S CUE: D-17A, Emerg Filter A Inlet Damper indicates red light ON, green light OFF. COMMENTS: JPM S-6 Page 6 SAT UNSAT SAT UN SAT SAT UNSAT NRC 22 JPM S-6 Simulator Page 6 of 15 STEP 9: (1) JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST ENSURE the following system alignment (on the HVCB): D-18 Emerg Filter Fan 13A Inlet Damper OPEN STANDARD: CHECKS D-18 Emerg Filter Fan 13A Inlet Damper to be OPEN. EXAMINER'S CUE: D-18 Emerg Filter Fan 13A Inlet Damper indicates red light ON green light OFF. EXAMNIERS NOTE: There are no controls for Damper D-18. COMMENTS: STEP 10: (1) ENSURE the following system alignment (on the HVCB): FCV-25-14, North OAI Isolation Valve CLOSED STANDARD: CHECKS FCV-25-14, North OAI Isolation Valve to be CLOSED. DETERMINES valve is OPEN. CLOSES FCV-25-14 , North OAI Isolation Valve EXAMINER'S CUE: FCV-25-14, North OAI Isolation Valve indicates red light OFF, green light ON COMMENTS: STEP 11 (1): ENSURE the following system alignment (on the HVCB): FCV-25-15, South OAI Isolation Valve CLOSED STANDARD:
* RC-26-62   (North OAI)                                               UN SAT
CHECKS FCV-25-15, South OAI Isolation Valve to be CLOSED EXAMINER'S CUE: FCV-25-15, South OAI Isolation Valve indicates red light OFF, green light ON COMMENTS: JPM S-6 Page 7 SAT UN SAT CRITICAL STEP SAT UN SAT SAT UN SAT NRC 22 JPM S-6 Simulator Page 7of15 
* RC-26-65   (South OAI)
-JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 12: (1) ENSURE the following system alignment (on the HVC8): FCV-25-19 , Toilet Exhaust Isolation Valve CLOSED STANDARD: CHECKS FCV-25-19 , Toilet Exhaust Isolation Valve to be CLOSED EXAMINER'S CUE: FCV-25-19, Toilet Exhaust Isolation Valve indicates red light OFF, green light ON. COMMENTS: STEP 13: (1) ENSURE the following system alignment (on the HVC8): FCV-25-25 , Kitchen Exhaust Isolation Valve CLOSED STANDARD: CHECKS FCV-25-25, Kitchen Exhaust Isolation Valve to be CLOSED EXAMINER'S CUE: FCV-25-25, Kitchen Exhaust Isolation Valve indicates red light OFF, green light ON. COMMENTS: STEP 14: (1) ENSURE the following system alignment (on the HVC8): HVE-138 Control Room Emergency Filter Fan RUNNING STANDARD: CHECKS HVE-138 Control Room Emergency Filter Fan to be RUNNING. SAT UN SAT SAT UN SAT SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: HVE-13B Control Room Emergency Filter Fan indicates red light ON, green light OFF. UNSAT COMMENTS: JPM S-6 Page 8 NRC 22 JPM S-6 Simulator Page 8 of 15 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 15: (1) ENSURE the following system alignment (on the HVC8): D-178 Emerg Filter 8 Inlet Damper OPEN STANDARD: CHECKS D-178 Emerg Filter 8 Inlet Damper to be OPEN EXAMINER'S CUE: D-178 Emerg Filter 8 Inlet Damper indicates red light ON, green light OFF. COMMENTS:
* RC-26-66   (South OAI)
STEP 16: (1) ENSURE the following system alignment (on the HVC8):
STANDARD:       DETERMINE that RC-26-61 (North OAI) , RC-26-62 (North OAI) are IN ALARM .
* D-19 Emerg Filter Fan138 Inlet Damper OPEN STANDARD: CHECKS D-19 Emerg Filter Fan138 Inlet Damper to be OPEN. EXAMINER'S CUE: D-19 Emerg Filter Fan138 Inlet Damper indicates red light ON, green light OFF. COMMENTS: STEP 17: (2) VERIFY two Control Room Air Conditioner units are RUNNING
RC-26-65 (South AOAI) and RC-26-66 (South OAI) are CLEAR.
EXAMINER'S CUE:         None EXAMINER'S NOTE: The applicant may use the Radiation Monitor Control Station (RMSC) or the Radiation Monitor Panel to verify the status of the Outside Air Intake radiation monitors.
COMMENTS:
STEP 2:(4.2.2 .3.1)     GO TO Attachment 5, Control Room Ventilation Recirculation Mode STANDARD :     REFER to Attachment 5, Control Room Ventilation Recirculation Mode           SAT EXAMINER'S CUE:         None                                                         UN SAT COMMENTS:
NRC 22 JPM S-6 Simulator Page 4of15 JPM S-6 Page 4
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST 2-AOP-25.02, "Ventilation S stems" Attachment 5 STEP 3: (1)   ENSURE the following system alignment (on the HVCB):                 CRITICAL STEP FCV-25-16, North OAI Isolation Valve CLOSED STANDARD:     CHECKS FCV-25-16, North OAI Isolation Valve to be CLOSED.
DETERMINES valve is OPEN . CLOSES FCV-25-16, North OAI Isolation             SAT Valve.
EXAMINER'S CUE: FCV-25-16, North OAI Isolation Valve indicates red light           UN SAT ON, green light OFF.
COMMENTS:
STEP 4: (1)   ENSURE the following system alignment (on the HVCB):
SAT FCV-25-17, South OAI Isolation Valve CLOSED STANDARD :     CHECKS FCV-25-17, South OAI Isolation Valve CLOSED.                         UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: FCV-25-17, South OAI Isolation Valve indicates red light OFF, green light ON.
COMMENTS:
STEP 5: (1)   ENSURE the following system alignment (on the HVCB):
FCV-25-18 , Toilet Exhaust Isolation Valve CLOSED                           SAT STANDARD:     CHECKS FCV-25-18, Toilet Exhaust Isolation Valve to be CLOSED UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: FCV-25-18, Toilet Exhaust Isolation valve indicates red light OFF, green light ON.
COMMENTS:
NRC 22 JPM S-6 Simulator Page 5 of 15 JPM S-6 Page 5
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 6:(1)     ENSURE the following system alignment (on the HVCB):
FCV-25-24 , Kitchen Exhaust Isolation Valve CLOSED                         SAT STANDARD:       CHECKS FCV-25-24, Kitchen Exhaust Isolation Valve to be CLOSED.
UNSAT EXAMINER'S CUE:FCV-25-24, Kitchen Exhaust Isolation Valve indicates red light OFF, green light ON.
COMMENTS:
STEP 7: (1}     ENSURE the following system alignment (on the HVCB):
HVE-13A, Control Room Emergency Filter Fan RUNNING SAT STANDARD :     CHECKS HVE-13A, Control Room Emergency Filter Fan to be RUNNING.
EXAMINER'S CUE: HVE-13A, Control Room Emergency Filter Fan indicates               UN SAT red light on, green light off COMMENTS:
STEP 8: (1)     ENSURE the following system alignment (on the HVCB):
SAT D-17A Emerg Filter A Inlet Damper OPEN STANDARD :     CHECKS D-17A Emerg Filter A Inlet Damper to be OPEN UNSAT EXAMINER'S CUE: D-17A, Emerg Filter A Inlet Damper indicates red light ON, green light OFF.
COMMENTS:
-                                                                                  NRC 22 JPM S-6 Simulator Page 6 of 15 JPM S-6 Page 6
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 9: (1)   ENSURE the following system alignment (on the HVCB):
D-18 Emerg Filter Fan 13A Inlet Damper OPEN STANDARD :   CHECKS D-18 Emerg Filter Fan 13A Inlet Damper to be OPEN.                   SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: D-18 Emerg Filter Fan 13A Inlet Damper indicates red light ON green light OFF.                                                                 UN SAT EXAMNIERS NOTE:       There are no controls for Damper D-18.
COMMENTS:
STEP 10: (1) ENSURE the following system alignment (on the HVCB):                 CRITICAL STEP FCV-25-14, North OAI Isolation Valve CLOSED STANDARD:     CHECKS FCV-25-14, North OAI Isolation Valve to be CLOSED.
DETERMINES valve is OPEN . CLOSES FCV-25-14, North OAI Isolation             SAT Valve EXAMINER'S CUE: FCV-25-14, North OAI Isolation Valve indicates red light           UN SAT OFF, green light ON COMMENTS:
STEP 11 (1):   ENSURE the following system alignment (on the HVCB):
FCV-25-15, South OAI Isolation Valve CLOSED                                 SAT STANDARD:     CHECKS FCV-25-15, South OAI Isolation Valve to be CLOSED EXAMINER'S CUE: FCV-25-15, South OAI Isolation Valve indicates red light           UN SAT OFF, green light ON COMMENTS:
NRC 22 JPM S-6 Simulator Page 7of15 JPM S-6 Page 7
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 12: (1) ENSURE the following system alignment (on the HVC8):
FCV-25-19, Toilet Exhaust Isolation Valve CLOSED                           SAT STANDARD :   CHECKS FCV-25-19, Toilet Exhaust Isolation Valve to be CLOSED UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: FCV-25-19, Toilet Exhaust Isolation Valve indicates red light OFF, green light ON.
COMMENTS:
STEP 13: (1) ENSURE the following system alignment (on the HVC8):
SAT FCV-25-25 , Kitchen Exhaust Isolation Valve CLOSED UN SAT STANDARD :   CHECKS FCV-25-25, Kitchen Exhaust Isolation Valve to be CLOSED EXAMINER'S CUE: FCV-25-25, Kitchen Exhaust Isolation Valve indicates red light OFF, green light ON.
COMMENTS:
STEP 14: (1) ENSURE the following system alignment (on the HVC8):
HVE-138 Control Room Emergency Filter Fan RUNNING                         SAT STANDARD :   CHECKS HVE-138 Control Room Emergency Filter Fan to be RUNNING.
EXAMINER'S CUE: HVE-13B Control Room Emergency Filter Fan indicates red           UNSAT light ON, green light OFF.
COMMENTS:
-                                                                                NRC 22 JPM S-6 Simulator Page 8 of 15 JPM S-6 Page 8
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 15: (1) ENSURE the following system alignment (on the HVC8):
D-178 Emerg Filter 8 Inlet Damper OPEN SAT STANDARD:     CHECKS D-178 Emerg Filter 8 Inlet Damper to be OPEN EXAMINER'S CUE:       D-178 Emerg Filter 8 Inlet Damper indicates red light           UNSAT ON, green light OFF.
COMMENTS:
STEP 16: (1) ENSURE the following system alignment (on the HVC8):
D-19 Emerg Filter Fan138 Inlet Damper OPEN
* STANDARD:     CHECKS D-19 Emerg Filter Fan138 Inlet Damper to be OPEN.
EXAMINER'S CUE:       D-19 Emerg Filter Fan138 Inlet Damper indicates red light ON, green light OFF.                                                             UN SAT COMMENTS:
STEP 17: (2) VERIFY two Control Room Air Conditioner units are RUNNING SAT
* HVA/ACC-3A
* HVA/ACC-3A
* HVA/ACC-38
* HVA/ACC-38
* HVA/ACC-3C STANDARD:
* HVA/ACC-3C UN SAT STANDARD:     VERIFIES that two Control Room Air Conditioner units are RUNNING EXAMINER'S CUE: HVA/ACC-3A and HVA/ACC-38 indicate red light ON, green light OFF.
VERIFIES that two Control Room Air Conditioner units are RUNNING SAT UNSAT UN SAT SAT UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: HVA/ACC-3A and HVA/ACC-38 indicate red light ON, green light OFF. COMMENTS: JPM S-6 Page 9 NRC 22 JPM S-6 Simulator Page 9 of 15 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 18: (3) STOP HVE-14, Cntr Rm Toilet Exhaust Fan. STANDARD: POSITIONS HVE-14, Cntr Rm Toilet Exhaust Fan to the stopped position EXAMINER'S CUE: HVE-14 local switch position is in the down position.
COMMENTS:
EXAMINER'S NOTE: HVE-14 is NOT modeled on the simulator  
NRC 22 JPM S-6 Simulator Page 9 of 15 JPM S-6 Page 9
-must provide verbal cue. COMMENTS:
 
STEP 19: (4) STOP HVE-33, Kitchen Exhaust Fan. STANDARD:
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 18: (3) STOP HVE-14, Cntr Rm Toilet Exhaust Fan .
POSITIONS HVE-33, Kitchen Exhaust Fan to the stopped position EXAMINER'S CUE: HVE-33, local switch position is in the down position EXAMINER'S NOTE: HVE-33 is NOT modeled on the simulator  
STANDARD : POSITIONS HVE-14, Cntr Rm Toilet Exhaust Fan to the stopped position SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: HVE-14 local switch position is in the down position.
-must provide verbal cue COMMENTS:
EXAMINER'S NOTE: HVE-14 is NOT modeled on the simulator - must provide               UN SAT verbal cue.
STEP 20: (5) If both Control Room OAI Radiation Monitors on any intake are inoperable, Then REFER TO Tech Spec 3.3.3.1, Radiation Monitoring Instrumentation.
COMMENTS:
STANDARD:
STEP 19: (4) STOP HVE-33, Kitchen Exhaust Fan.
DETERMINES both Control Room OAI Radiation Monitors are operable.
STANDARD:     POSITIONS HVE-33, Kitchen Exhaust Fan to the stopped position EXAMINER'S CUE: HVE-33, local switch position is in the down position               UN SAT EXAMINER'S NOTE: HVE-33 is NOT modeled on the simulator - must provide verbal cue COMMENTS:
EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS: JPM S-6 Page 10 SAT UN SAT UN SAT SAT UN SAT NRC 22 JPM S-6 Simulator Page 1Oof15 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 21: (NOTE AND step 6) STANDARD: NOTE
STEP 20: (5) If both Control Room OAI Radiation Monitors on any intake are inoperable, Then REFER TO Tech Spec 3.3.3.1, Radiation Monitoring Instrumentation.                                                             SAT STANDARD:       DETERMINES both Control Room OAI Radiation Monitors are operable.
* Depressing the G button displays the detected background gamma radiation plus beta radiation.
EXAMINER'S CUE:         None                                                         UN SAT COMMENTS:
* Depressing the G (BG) button displays only the detected background gamma radiation.
NRC 22 JPM S-6 Simulator Page 1Oof15 JPM S-6 Page 10
* Depressing the G (B) button displays the G value minus the G (BG) value. Due to instrument inaccuracies the G (BG) value can be greater than the G value resulting in a calculated negative number. The RM-23 can NOT display a negative number and defaults to a minimum display value of 1 E-10.
 
* Due to changing environmental conditions during long term events , it may be necessary to repeat steps Attachment 5 Step 5 and Attachment 5 Step 6 to maintain the lowest possible dose. (Section 6.2 Commitment 1 ), (Section 6.1.3 Management Directive 6), Section 6.2 Commitment 2 DETERMINE which Control Room OAI has the lowest radiation with G button displayed:
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 21 : (NOTE AND step 6)                                                                 CRITICAL STEP NOTE
* Depressing the G (~+y) button displays the detected background gamma radiation plus beta radiation .
* Depressing the G (BG) button displays only the detected background SAT gamma radiation .
* Depressing the G (B) button displays the G (~+y) value minus the G (BG) value. Due to instrument inaccuracies the G (BG) value can be greater than the G (~+y) value resulting in a calculated negative                 UN SAT number. The RM-23 can NOT display a negative number and defaults to a minimum display value of 1 E-10.
* Due to changing environmental conditions during long term events, it may be necessary to repeat steps Attachment 5 Step 5 and Attachment 5 Step 6 to maintain the lowest possible dose.
(Section 6.2 Commitment 1), (Section 6.1.3 Management Directive 6) ,
Section 6.2 Commitment 2 DETERMINE which Control Room OAI has the lowest radiation with G       (~+y) button displayed :
* North OAI
* North OAI
* RC-26-61 (North OAI)
* RC-26-61 (North OAI)
Line 1,210: Line 2,980:
* South OAI
* South OAI
* RC-26-65 (South OAI)
* RC-26-65 (South OAI)
* RC-26-66 (South OAI) MONITORS OAI on RMCS or OAI RM 23s (on the Radiation Monitoring Panel). DETERMINES lowest dose is South. EXAMINER'S CUE: South indicates south intake is not in alarm EXAMINERS NOTE: Applicant should refer to RMCS or RM 23s OAI radiation monitors to determine which OAI has the lowest dose. The South OAI indicates the lowest dose due to Unit 1 being North of Unit 2. COMMENTS: JPM S-6 Page 11 CRITICAL STEP SAT UN SAT NRC 22 JPM S-6 S i mulator Page 11 of 15 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 22: (7.A) When the OAI to be opened has been determined based on the lowest radiation levels AND this changes the existing OAI configuration, THEN PERFORM the following:
* RC-26-66 (South OAI)
If opening the North OAI, THEN PERFORM the following: STANDARD: Applicant should have previously DETERMINED that the lowest dose is in the South OAI. The North OAI is NOT to be opened. This step is N/A EXAMINER'S CUE: None EXAMINER'S NOTE: Step 7 A in its entirety is NOT APPLICABLE since the North OAI has high radiation readings.
STANDARD:        MONITORS OAI on RMCS or OAI RM 23s (on the Radiation Monitoring Panel). DETERMINES lowest dose is South .
The South OAI is to be opened IAW step 7B. 2. COMMENTS: Step 7.B.1 is NOT APPLICABLE since the North OAI was never opened. STEP 23 (7.B.2): OPEN FCV-25-15 , South OAI Isolation Valve STANDARD: POSITIONS FCV-25-15, South OAI Isolation Valve to OPEN EXAMINER'S CUE: FCV-25-15, South OAI Isolation Valve indicate red light ON green light OFF. V-16 alarms. EXAMINER'S NOTE: Inching valve to Open. COMMENTS: STEP 24 (7.B.3.a): Maintain the following parameters as follows: STANDARD:
EXAMINER'S CUE: South indicates south intake is not in alarm EXAMINERS NOTE: Applicant should refer to RMCS or RM 23s OAI radiation monitors to determine which OAI has the lowest dose. The South OAI indicates the lowest dose due to Unit 1 being North of Unit 2.
THROTTLE OPEN FCV-25-17, South OAI Isolation Valve , to achieve the Control Room Differential Pressure and Flow below THROTTLES OPEN FCV-25-17 , South OAI Isolation Valve SAT UN SAT SAT UN SAT CRITICAL STEP SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: FCV-25-17, South OAI Isolation Valve indicates
COMMENTS:
:S 450 SCFM on Fl 25-1 SB. UN SAT COMMENTS: JPM S-6 Page 12 NRC 22 JPM S-6 Simulator Page 12 of 15 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 23: (7.3.b) IF Control Room differential pressure and flow parameters are NOT achieved , THEN ENSURE either Control Room to Outside t.P controller in MANUAL and ADJUST Control Room to Outside t.P controller in MANUAL to achieve Control Room differential pressure and flow below:
NRC 22 JPM S-6 Simulator Page 11 of 15 JPM S-6 Page 11
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 22 : (7.A) When the OAI to be opened has been determined based on the lowest radiation levels AND this changes the existing OAI configuration, THEN PERFORM the following:                                                           SAT If opening the North OAI, THEN PERFORM the following :
UN SAT STANDARD :     Applicant should have previously DETERMINED that the lowest dose is in the South OAI. The North OAI is NOT to be opened . This step is N/A EXAMINER'S CUE:         None EXAMINER'S NOTE: Step 7A in its entirety is NOT APPLICABLE since the North OAI has high radiation readings.
The South OAI is to be opened IAW step 7B. 2.
COMMENTS:
Step 7.B.1 is NOT APPLICABLE since the North OAI was never opened .
STEP 23 (7.B.2) : OPEN FCV-25-15, South OAI Isolation Valve SAT STANDARD :       POSITIONS FCV-25-15, South OAI Isolation Valve to OPEN EXAMINER'S CUE: FCV-25-15, South OAI Isolation Valve indicate red light ON               UN SAT green light OFF. V-16 alarms.
EXAMINER'S NOTE: Inching valve to Open.
COMMENTS:
STEP 24 (7.B.3.a): Maintain the following parameters as follows:                         CRITICAL STEP THROTTLE OPEN FCV-25-17, South OAI Isolation Valve, to achieve the Control Room Differential Pressure and Flow below                                 SAT STANDARD:            THROTTLES OPEN FCV-25-17, South OAI Isolation Valve EXAMINER'S CUE: FCV-25-17, South OAI Isolation Valve indicates :S 450 SCFM               UN SAT on Fl 25-1 SB.
COMMENTS:
NRC 22 JPM S-6 Simulator Page 12 of 15 JPM S-6 Page 12
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 23: (7.3.b)         IF Control Room differential pressure and flow parameters are NOT achieved, THEN ENSURE either Control Room to Outside t.P controller in MANUAL and ADJUST Control Room to Outside t.P controller in MANUAL to achieve Control Room differential pressure           SAT and flow below:
* PDIC-25-23A1, CONTROL ROOM TO OUTSIDE t.P
* PDIC-25-23A1, CONTROL ROOM TO OUTSIDE t.P
* PDIC-25-2381 , CONTROL ROOM TO OUTSIDE t.P. Pressure Indication Required FLOW INDICATION FLOW RATE Differential Pressure PDIC-25-23A1or81 , 2:0.125 in. H20 Fl-25-188 , South 450 scfm Control Room to OAI flow Outside t.P STANDARD: PLACES PDIC-25-2381, Cont Room to Outside 6. P to MAN COMMENTS: EXAMINER'S CUE: PDIC-25-2381, Cont Room to Outside 6. Pis in manual and adjusted to zero demand. No adjustment is required.
* PDIC-25-2381 , CONTROL ROOM TO OUTSIDE t.P .                         UN SAT Pressure Indication         Required           FLOW               FLOW Differential      INDICATION         RATE Pressure PDIC-25-23A1or81 ,         2:0.125 in. H20   Fl-25-188 , South   ~ 450 scfm Control Room to                               OAI flow Outside t.P STANDARD:       PLACES PDIC-25-2381, Cont Room to Outside 6. P to MAN EXAMINER'S CUE: PDIC-25-2381, Cont Room to Outside 6. Pis in manual and adjusted to zero demand. No adjustment is required.
Control Room Pressure is steady EXAMINER'S NOTE: No adjustment necessary due to current system conditions.
Control Room Pressure is steady EXAMINER'S NOTE: No adjustment necessary due to current system conditions.
STEP 23: (7.3.c) IF Control Room pressure indication is erratic AND required pressure differential can NOT be verified , THEN MAINTAIN outside air intake air flow rate between 440 and 450 scfm. STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
MONITORS above parameters and DETERMINES that Control Room pressure is stable EXAMINER'S CUE: This JPM is complete EXAMINER'S NOTE: Current line up needs to be maintained because Unit 1 still has a Containment Breach and a release is still occurring COMMENTS: END OF TASK STOP TIME: ___ _ JPM S-6 Page 13 SAT UN SAT SAT UN SAT NRC 22 JPM S-6 Simulator Page 13 of 15
STEP 23: (7 .3.c)     IF Control Room pressure indication is erratic AND required pressure differential can NOT be verified , THEN MAINTAIN outside air intake             SAT air flow rate between 440 and 450 scfm .
: 1. RESTORE IC-1. JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE SIMULATOR JPM SETUP 2. SELECT and EXECUTE JPM Lesson S-6 3. ENSURE step " CR Ventilation Failures" are triggered. 4. UNFREEZE the simulator. 5. TRIGGER step " CR OAI RAD and ACKNOWLEDGE Radiation Monitor Control Station alarm. 6. The last two steps will auto trigger on the candidates actions. 7. Scenario must be stopped and re-executed after each candidate.
UN SAT STANDARD:       MONITORS above parameters and DETERMINES that Control Room pressure is stable EXAMINER'S CUE:           This JPM is complete EXAMINER'S NOTE: Current line up needs to be maintained because Unit 1 still has a Containment Breach and a release is still occurring COMMENTS :
JPM S-6 Page 14 NRC 22 JPM S-6 S i mulator Page 14of15 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED TO THE EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF THE TASK) INITIAL CONDITIONS:
END OF TASK STOP TIME: _ _ __
Unit 1 has experienced a LBLOCA. SIAS and CIAS have occurred , but a breach of the Containment is in progress. Unit 2 Control Room has Outs i de Air Intake Radiation Monitors are in high alarm INITIATING CUES: The US has directed you to evaluate step 4.2.2.3 of 2-AOP-25.02 , " Vent i lation Systems" JPM S-6 Page 15 FPL Title: ST.
NRC 22 JPM S-6 Simulator Page 13 of 15 JPM S-6 Page 13
2 ABNORM A L OPERAT!NG PROCEDURE SAFE T Y RELATED CONTINUOUS USE SYSTEMS Responsible Department:
 
OPERATION S Spec i al Considera t ions: 3 I This is an Upgraded Procedure. L .
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE SIMULATOR JPM SETUP
___ I I Revis io n 0 3 FO R INF O RM AT I O N O N L Y Before use , verify revision and change documentation (if applicable) with a controlled in.dex or document.
: 1. RESTORE IC-1 .
DATE VERIFIED I N I TIAL Approved By Approva l Date John Owens 12/11/0 9 R. Well e r 10/28/12 JPM S-6 Page 16 . ' 8 \ 1 00 ' \ (/)
: 2. SELECT and EXECUTE JPM Lesson S-6
1 PROCED U RE PRO D UCTI ON UNIT# UN I T2 DATE DOCT P ROC EDURE DOCN 2-AOP-2 5: 02 S YS STATUS COMP LETED REV 3 #OF PGS REVISION NO.: 3 PROCEDURE NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: VENTILATION SYSTEMS .. -. :-*--. . . . _.,. of i -/.'r ..... 2-AOP-25.02 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ; -***. REVISION  
: 3. ENSURE step "CR Ventilation Failures" are triggered .
: 4. UNFREEZE the simulator.
: 5. TRIGGER step "CR OAI RAD and ACKNOWLEDGE Radiation Monitor Control Station alarm .
: 6. The last two steps will auto trigger on the candidates actions.
: 7. Scenario must be stopped and re-executed after each candidate.
NRC 22 JPM S-6 Simulator Page 14of15 JPM S-6 Page 14
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED TO THE EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF THE TASK)
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
Unit 1 has experienced a LBLOCA. SIAS and CIAS have occurred , but a breach of the Containment is in progress. Unit 2 Control Room has Outside Air Intake Radiation Monitors are in high alarm INITIATING CUES:
The US has directed you to evaluate step 4.2.2.3 of 2-AOP-25.02, "Ventilation Systems" JPM S-6 Page 15
 
ST.               LUC~E UN~T                  2 ABNORMAL OPERAT!NG PROCEDURE FPL SAFETY RELATED                                     3 CONTINUOUS USE Title :
VENT~LA T~ON                      SYSTEMS Responsible Department: OPERATION S Special Considerations:
I.LThis    is an Upgraded Procedure .
              ....:.:.=_.:..=....=.~:..::..:.-==-=:.__:__:_::.::..=...=..=.:...::_:_ _ _~~=::_:::~.:::__~=======:t--- * *,
P.~L            I' I\
                                                                                                                  ~.
                                                                                                                  ~~
                                                                                                                    ~
1- 00 1  ~a          8~
                                                                                                                                            '
(/) L-----~
                                                                                                                \  PROCEDURE PRODUCTION 1
FO R INFORMAT ION ONLY Before use, verify revision and change documentation (if applicable) with a controlled in.dex or document.
DATE VERIFIED                                               INITIAL Revision                                    Approved By                                 Approval Date   UNIT#            UNIT2 DATE DOCT            PROC EDURE 0                                        John Owens                                     12/11 /09    DOCN           2-AOP-2 5:02 SYS STATUS         COMP LETED 3                                            R. Well er                                  10/28/12    REV                 3
                                                                                                              #OF PGS JPM S-6 Page 16
 
REVISION NO.:           PROCEDURE TITLE :                                           P~Gs~f({~'>.
                                                                                    ~- .. - . :- *-- ~    .. . . _.,.
3 PROCEDURE NO.:
VENTILATION SYSTEMS                  (~~(2 of S~~:**:*** i
                                                                                  -                   /.'r .. .     ..
2-AOP-25.02                               ST. LUCIE UNIT 2                           ,.<f:;;~;_>~ ;
                                                                                          -***.
                                                                                  !~~::-:I~~.:~~,-~.:.*2: ...
* REVISION  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
. .. * *. ,"I,* Rev. No. Description 3 Incorporated PCR 1812439 for EC 249981. Added Contro l Room AC Room Oxygen Monitor to Section 4.2.2. Revised Attachment 6 directions for positioning PDIC-25-23A 1 and to operate the controllers as is performed in 2-NOP-25-07. (Author: K Sokol) AND Incorporated PCR 1809035 for EC 277248. Revised Attachment 5 to address the auto start of a Control Room NC unit on OAI Hi Radiation, U1 or U2 CIS signal. . (Author: K. Sokol) 2 Incorporated PCR 1780649 for EC249981.
                                                            *.,"I,*
Added step to verify one Control Room NC unit operating and reset lockout and start one NC unit if required.
Rev. No. Description 3       Incorporated PCR 1812439 for EC 249981 . Added Contro l Room AC Room Oxygen Monitor to Section 4.2.2. Revised Attachment 6 directions for positioning PDIC-25-23A 1 and PDIC-25~23B1 to operate the controllers as is performed in 2-NOP-25-07. (Author: K Sokol)
Revised Section 4.2.2 changed Freon to Refrigerant and added YE-25-1 , Control Room AC Refrigerant Monitor. Updated reference drawings to include Control Room NC Electrical Schematic and Control Room NC Refrigeration P&ID. (Author: K Sokol) 1 Incorporated PCR 17 44240 to enhance note regarding EOG roof ventilator.
AND Incorporated PCR 1809035 for EC 277248. Revised Attachment 5 to address the auto start of a Control Room NC unit on OAI Hi Radiation, U1 or U2 CIS signal. .(Author: K. Sokol) 2       Incorporated PCR 1780649 for EC249981. Added step to verify one Control Room NC unit operating and reset lockout and start one NC unit if required.
Revised Section 4.2.2 changed Freon to Refrigerant and added YE-25-1 ,
Control Room AC Refrigerant Monitor. Updated reference drawings to include Control Room NC Electrical Schematic and Control Room NC Refrigeration P&ID. (Author: K Sokol) 1       Incorporated PCR 1744240 to enhance note regarding EOG roof ventilator.
Changed note stating that associated ECCS train ventilation is inoperable if the RAB Supply fan is inoperable. (Author: D. Coggeshall)
Changed note stating that associated ECCS train ventilation is inoperable if the RAB Supply fan is inoperable. (Author: D. Coggeshall)
JPM S-6 Page 1&deg;7 REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE T IT LE:  
JPM S-6 Page 1&deg;7
*. * .. 3 : '.**.... -* VENTILATI O N SY STE MS PROCED U RE NO.: 2-A OP-25.02 ST. LU C IE UNIT 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION 1.0 PURPOSE .................................................................
 
.....................................
REVISION NO.:           PROCEDURE TITLE:                                                                                                     P~GE; *.
............. 4 2.0 ENTRY CONDITIONS  
: '.** ....* ..  -*
..................
3 VENTILATI ON SYSTEMS PROCEDURE NO.:
...................................
2-AOP-25.02                                                   ST. LU CIE UNIT 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION 1.0       PURPOSE .. .. ..... .. .... ........ ... ..... .... .. ... ..... ..... ............... ........ ... ... ... ... .... ............. .... .... ..... 4 2.0       ENTRY CONDITIONS .................. .. ..... .... ... ......... .. .......... ...... ..... ... .. .. ..... ............. ........ 4 3.0 4.0
....................................
                                                                                            *
........ 4 3.0 E X IT CONDITIONS  
* EXIT CONDITIONS .. .. ... ....... ....... ........... ............... ..... .............. ... .... ...... ...... ..... .. ... ..... . 6 OPERATOR ACTIONS ....... ... .......... ...... .. .. .. .... ...................... ....... .......... ........... ......... 7 4.1       Immediate Operator Actions ... ... ..... ...... .. ....... ........... ........ ......... ..... .......... ............ ....... 7 4.2       Subsequent Operator Actions ... ~ ..................... .. ............. ......... .. .. .. ... ... ... :.. ...... ...... .... ... 7 4.2.1     General Actions ......... ... .... .. ...... .- ...... ... .... .. .. .. ...... .. ....... .... .. .. ..... ... ...... ......... .... .. .. .... ... .. 7 4.2.2     Control Room Ventilation ... .... .. .. ..... ..... ......... ... .. ... ........ .... ....... .. .......... .. .. ....... .... ........ . 8 4.2.3     RAB Ventilation .............. .... ..... .... ........ ... .... .. ......... ..... .... .. ... .. .... .. .... ...... ... ....... ..... ..... 14 5.0       RECORDS ..... ... .. .... ...... .. .... ... .. .... .. .... ...... ........ ............ ........... ..... .. .. .. .. ........... ......... .. 21
...............................................
...................
................................... 6 *
* 4.0 OPER A TOR ACTIONS ..........................................................
..................................... 7 4.1 Immediate Operator Actions .....................................
................................................... 7 4.2 Subsequent Operator Act i ons ... ................
....................
........................ : ..................... 7 4.2.1 General Actions ........................ .-.................................................................................. 7 4.2.2 Control Room Ventilation  
............................................................................................. 8 4.2.3 RAB Ventilation  
..............
........................................................................................... 14 5.0 RECORDS ...................................................................
...........
........................
........... 21  


==6.0 REFERENCES==
==6.0       REFERENCES==
AND COMMITMENTS .. .. ...... ..... .. ..... .... ..... ...... .... .... .. ..... .. .. .. .. .. .. ." .. .. 21 ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENT 1                    RAB Switchgear Area Ventilation .......... ..... ............ ... ..... .. .......... .. 24 ATTACHMENT 2                    Turbine Building Switchgear Room Ventil.ation .. .. .... .... ....... .... .. ... 29 ATTACHMENT 3                    CEDMCS I ER DADS Air Condition ing System ....... ... ... .. ... .......... 30 ATTACHMENT 4                    DGB Ventilation ........*. .......... ~ ... .. ..... ......... ... ... ... .... ... ... ........ ........ 39 ATTACHMENT 5                    Control Room Ventilation Recirculation Mode .... ..... .......... ......... .. 41 ATTACHMENT 6                    Control Room Low Pressure Restoration .. ...... ..... .. ..... .. ....... .. ...... 48 JPM S-6 Page 18


AND COMMITMENTS
REVISION NO.:             PROCEDURE TITLE:                                             PAGE: .: :.~.::__::- '.. *.
................................................................ ." .... 21 ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENT 1 ATTACHMENT 2 ATTACHMENT 3 ATTACHMENT 4 ATTACHMENT 5 ATTACHMENT 6 RAB S wit chgear Area Ven t ilation ..........
                                                                                            .* * ...*. . -~ :;;....:_ '** -:** * :. . l
.................
                                                                                          ;0~J4 of 5~1.r~ i 3
....................
VENTILATION SYSTEMS
.. 24 Turbine Bu i lding Switchgear Room Ventil.ation ............................ 29 CEDMCS I ER DADS Air Condition i ng System ............................
*\  PROCEDURE NO.:
30 DGB Vent i lat i on ........*.
2-AOP-25.02                               ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 1.0       PURPOSE This procedure provides operator actions for responding to events associated with the following ventilation systems:
.......... ...................................................... 39 Control Room Ventilation Recirculation Mode ...................
* Q       Control Room Ventilation e       RAB Ventilation a       RAB Electrical Equipment Room Ventilation ill   Turbine Building Switchgear Room Ventilation 11     CEDMCS Room Air Conditioning System a       Diesel Generator Ventilation 2.0       ENTRY CONDITIONS
........... 41 Control Room Low Pressure Restoration
-    2.1       Indications Symptoms include any of the following :
..................................... 48 JPM S-6 Page 18 
a       Control Room Ventilation events:
*\ -'-. REVISION NO.: 3 PROCEDURE TITLE: VENTILATION SYSTEMS PROCEDURE NO.:
                      ,.     Control Room Outside Air Intake (OAI). Radiation Monitor high .alarm ii     Unit 1 CIS actuation ii     Unit 2 CIAS actuation
__ ::-' .. *. .** ... *.. :;;....:_  
'** -:*** :. . l of i 2-AOP-25.02 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 1.0 PURPOSE This procedure provides operator actions for responding to events associated with the following ventilation systems:
* Q Control Room Ventilation e RAB Ventilation a RAB Electrical Equipment Room Ventilation ill Turbine Building Switchgear Room Ventilation 11 CEDMCS Room Air Conditioning System a Diesel Generator Ventilation 2.0 ENTRY CONDITIONS 2.1 Indi cations Symptoms include any of the following: a Control Room Ventilation events: ,. Control Room Outside Air Intake (OAI). Radiation Monitor high.alarm ii Unit 1 CIS actuation ii Unit 2 CIAS actuation
* High Temperature Condition at the North Control Room OAI
* High Temperature Condition at the North Control Room OAI
* Refrigerant Leak in a Control Room Air Conditioner
* Refrigerant Leak in a Control Room Air Conditioner
Line 1,277: Line 3,083:
* Control Room AC Room Oxygen Monitor alarm
* Control Room AC Room Oxygen Monitor alarm
* Control Room Air Conditioner trouble
* Control Room Air Conditioner trouble
* Low differential pressure between Control Room and outside " Control Room to Cable Spreading Room differential pressure less than .
* Low differential pressure between Control Room and outside
in WC " RAB Switchgear Area temperature greater than 110&deg;F JPM S-6 Page 19
                      "       Control Room to Cable Spreading Room differential pressure less than .
'\....-. REVISION NO.: PROCEDUR E TITLE: 3 VENTILATION SYSTEMS PROCEDURE NO.: 2-AOP-25.02 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 2.1 Indicat i ons (continued)
'- .                          ~0.1 in WC
* RAB Stat i c Inverter Room temperature greater than 104&deg;F o Turbine Bu i lding Switchgear Room temperature greater than 100&deg;F a CEDMCS Enclosure Air Conditioning Trouble High Tempe rature greater than 70&deg;F
              "       RAB Switchgear Area temperature greater than 110&deg;F JPM S-6 Page 19
* o High Humidity greater than 90% o 2A or 28 Diesel Generator Room temperature greater than 100&deg;F 2.2 Annunciators o K-34, CEDMCS ENCL HVA/ACC -SA I 58 TROUBLE a P-40, RAB TEMP HIGH/AUX STM LINE TCV-08-06/PCV-16-1 CLOSE a V-5 , CNTL ROOM TO OUTSIDE LiP LOW .. V-12 , CNTL ROOM HVA/ACC-3A OVRLD/SS ISOL o V-22, CNTL ROOM !SOL FCV-25-14/16 OVRLD/OVRD o . V-24 , CNTL ROOM HVA/ACC-3A FAILURE * *
 
* W-4 , RAB EXH HVE-1 OA FLOW LOW/OVRLD/TRI P o W-5 , RAB EXH HVE-108 FLOW LOW/OVRLD/TRIP
REVISION NO.:           PROCEDURE TITLE:
3 VENTILATION SYSTEMS PROCEDURE NO.:
2-AOP-25 .02                             ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 2.1       Indications (continued)
* RAB Static Inverter Room temperature greater than 104&deg;F o     Turbine Bu ilding Switchgear Room temperature greater than 100&deg;F a     CEDMCS Enclosure Air Conditioning Trouble o
High Temperature greater than 70&deg;F High Humidity greater than 90%
* o     2A or 28 Diesel Generator Room temperature greater than 100&deg;F 2.2       Annunciators o     K-34, CEDMCS ENCL HVA/ACC - SA I 58 TROUBLE a       P-40, RAB TEMP HIGH/AUX STM LINE TCV-08-06/PCV-16-1 CLOSE a       V-5 , CNTL ROOM TO OUTSIDE LiP LOW
                  ..     V-12 , CNTL ROOM HVA/ACC-3A OVRLD/SS ISOL o       V-22, CNTL ROOM !SOL FCV-25-14/16 OVRLD/OVRD o     . V-24 , CNTL ROOM HVA/ACC-3A FAILURE * *
* W-4 , RAB EXH HVE-1 OA FLOW LOW/OVRLD/TRI P o       W-5 , RAB EXH HVE-108 FLOW LOW/OVRLD/TRIP
* W-7 , CNTL RM HVA/ACC-38 OVRLD/SS ISOL W-8, CNTL RM HVA/ACC-3C OVRLD/SS !SOL W-16 , RAB SUPPLY HVS-4A TROUBLE
* W-7 , CNTL RM HVA/ACC-38 OVRLD/SS ISOL W-8, CNTL RM HVA/ACC-3C OVRLD/SS !SOL W-16 , RAB SUPPLY HVS-4A TROUBLE
* W-17, RAB SUPPLY HVS-4B TROUBLE
* W-17, RAB SUPPLY HVS-4B TROUBLE
* W-18 , A BATTERY ROOM VENT FLOW LOW " W-19 , CNTL RM HVA/ACC-38 FAILURE
* W-18 , A BATTERY ROOM VENT FLOW LOW
* W-2 0 , CNTL RM HVA/ACC-3C FAILURE *
                  "       W-19 , CNTL RM HVA/ACC-38 FAILURE
* W-21, ECCS PUMP ROOMS TEMP HIGH JPM S-6 Page 20
* W-20, CNTL RM HVA/ACC-3C FAILURE *
'-\ R E VISION NO.: PROC E D U RE T ITLE: 3 VENTILATION SYSTEMS PROC E DUR E NO.: 2-AOP-25.02 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 2.2 A n nunciators (conti n ued)
'\....- .
* W-23 , RAB EXH HVE-10A/10B HEPA b.P HIGH " W-24, B BATTERY ROOM VENT FLOW LOW ., X-6, ELEC EQUIP ROOM HVS-5A/HVE-11/RV-3 TROUBLE/SS  
* W-21, ECCS PUMP ROOMS TEMP HIGH JPM S-6 Page 20
!SOL X-12, A ELECT EQ U IP ROOM TEMP HIGH G X-18 , ELEC EQUIP ROOM HVS-5B/HVE-12/RV-4 TROUBLE e X-20 , STATIC INVTR ROOM TEMP HIGH
 
* X-24, B ELECT EQUIP ROOM TEMP HIGH . .. ..
REVISION NO.:           PROCEDURE T ITLE:
3.0 EXIT CONDIT I ONS 1. Ventilation systems are in a normal operating alignment and t he cause of any annunciators IN ALARM i s unde r stood and acceptable. 2. The following pro vi des ex i t cr i te r ia for specific ventilation systems: s Control Room normal ven t ilation in service with Control Room pressure g r eater than Cable Spreading Room pressure (PDl-25-23, CR to CSR D/P , i ndicating greater than 0 in WC) s RAB Ventilation in service
3 VENTILATION SYSTEMS
'-
\ PROCEDURE NO .:
ST. LUCIE UNIT 2                                          .        .. .-
2-AOP-25 .02                                                                               .*~
                                                                                          ~ *(*.:;.::;'.~:* ;';~:..:-*.. 1~-;
2.2       A nnunciators (conti nued)
* W-23 , RAB EXH HVE-10A/10B HEPA b.P HIGH
            "     W-24, B BATTERY ROOM VENT FLOW LOW
            .,     X-6, ELEC EQUIP ROOM HVS-5A/HVE-11/RV-3 TROUBLE/SS !SOL
            ~      X-12, A ELECT EQUIP ROOM TEMP HIGH G     X-18 , ELEC EQUIP ROOM HVS-5B/HVE-12/RV-4 TROUBLE e     X-20, STATIC INVTR ROOM TEMP HIGH
* X-24, B ELECT EQUIP ROOM TEMP HIGH 3.0       EXIT CONDITIONS
: 1. Ventilation systems are in a normal operating alignment and the cause of any annunciators IN ALARM is understood and acceptable.
: 2.     The following provides exit criteria for specific ventilation systems:
s     Control Room normal ven tilation in service with Control Room pressure greater than Cable Spreading Room pressure (PDl-25-23, CR to CSR D/P, indicating greater than 0 in WC) s     RAB Ventilation in service
* RAB Switchgear Area temperature less than 110&deg;F
* RAB Switchgear Area temperature less than 110&deg;F
* RAB Static Inverter Room temperature less than 104&deg;F Turbine Building Switchgear Room temperature less than 100&deg;F CEDMCS Enclosure temperature less than 70&deg;F and humidity less than 90%
* RAB Static Inverter Room temperature less than 104&deg;F Turbine Building Switchgear Room temperature less than 100&deg;F CEDMCS Enclosure temperature less than 70&deg;F and humidity less than 90%
* Diesel Generator Room temperatures less than 100&deg;F JPM S-6 Page 2 1 PROCEDURE TITLE: REVISION NO.: 3 VENTILATION SYSTEMS PROCEDURE NO.: 2-AOP-25.02 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 I INSTRUCTIONS I 4.0 OPERA TOR ACTIONS 4.1 Immediate Operator Actions None 4.2 Sufoseguent Operator Actions 4.2.1 General Actnouis . D GO TO applicable section for affected ventilation system: 9 Section 4.2.2, Control Room Ventilation o Section 4.2.3, RAB Ventilation 9 Attachment 1, RAB Switchgear Area Ventilation o Attachment 2, Turbine Building Switchgear Room Ventilation 9 Attachment 3, CEDMCS I ERDADS Air Conditioning System
* Diesel Generator Room temperatures less than 100&deg;F JPM S-6 Page 21
* Attachment 4, DGB Ventilation JPM S-6 Page 22 Of c. . : :-.. ...
 
*.* .. :* 
REVISION NO.:          PROCEDURE TITLE:
--PROCEDURE TITLE: REVISION NO.: 3 VENTILATION SYSTEMS * ". :*s of s6 * :.
                                                                .~ ~~~L.i~}5}>
* PROCEDURE NO.: .,_i.J ,' . _:* 2-AOP-25.02 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 .-**::**::..:*.:** :::---: I INSTRUCTIONS I 4.2.2 Control Room Ventilation
3 PROCEDURE NO.:
: 1. D 2. VERIFY at least one Control Room NC Unit OPERATING 0 HVNACC-3A, Control Room Air Conditioner
VENTILATION SYSTEMS b.~/7 Of 5~:-.c.. c.
* HVNACC-38, Control Room Air Conditioner
                                                                                  .:              ~- ...
* HVNACC-3C Control Room Air Conditioner VERIFY at least two Control Room NC Units are OPERABLE:
_.,.. *:~* *.* -~.* * ..:*
2-AOP-25.02                             ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 IINSTRUCTIONS I 4.0       OPERA TOR ACTIONS 4.1       Immediate Operator Actions None 4.2       Sufoseguent Operator Actions 4.2.1     General Actnouis
.D       GO TO applicable section for affected ventilation system:
9 Section 4.2.2, Control Room Ventilation o Section 4.2.3, RAB Ventilation 9 Attachment 1, RAB Switchgear Area Ventilation o Attachment 2, Turbine Building Switchgear Room Ventilation 9 Attachment 3, CEDMCS I ERDADS Air Conditioning System
* Attachment 4, DGB Ventilation JPM S-6 Page 22
 
REVISION NO.:         PROCEDURE TITLE:
3                                                                         *". :*s of s6,' *. :._:*
* VENTILATION SYSTEMS
                                                                                        .,_i.J PROCEDURE NO.:
2-AOP-25.02                             ST. LUCIE UNIT 2
                                                                                                        .-**: : **::..:*.:**           :::---:
                                                                                              .. *:.*.:.-. *.~-*- -* - '. -
                                                                                          ,      . .. . *"* **." --~- .'*.* .
                                                                                              - . ---. *.,                .. *- .... :* ..:
ICONTINGEN.C Y ACTIONS I
                                                                                          ~
IINSTRUCTIONS I                                                               _..,:...!; *:-_:.:::_::__= .:* -- - ~ ::. *
* 4.2.2     Control Room Ventilation
: 1. VERIFY at least one Control             1.1  PERFORM the following:
Room NC Unit OPERATING A. IF a lockout reset is 0   HVNACC-3A, Control Room                           required to restore one NC Air Conditioner                                   unit to operation, THEN REFER.ENCE
* HVNACC-38, Control Room                           2-NOP~25.67, Control Air Conditioner                                   Room Ventilation System to
* HVNACC-3C Control Room                           reset the lockout.
Air Conditioner B. START one Control Room NC Unit.
--  D      2. VERIFY at least two Control Room NC Units are OPERABLE:
2.1  REFER TO Tech Spec 3.7.7.1 ,
Control Room Emergency Ventilation System.
* HVNACC-3A, Control Room Air Conditioner
* HVNACC-3A, Control Room Air Conditioner
* HVNACC-3B, Control Room Air Conditioner HVNACC-3C , Control Room Air Conditioner  
* HVNACC-3B, Control Room Air Conditioner HVNACC-3C, Control Room Air Conditioner JPM S-6 Page 23
.. *:.*.:.-.. -, . .. . *"* **." .'*.* . I CONTINGEN.CY ACTIONS I -. ---. *., .. *-.... :* .. : ** 1.1 PERFORM the following:
 
A. IF a lockout reset is required to restore one NC unit to operation, THEN REFER.ENCE Control Room Ventilation System to reset the lockout. B. ST ART one Control Room NC Unit. 2.1 REFER TO Tech Spec 3.7.7.1 , Control Room Emergency Ventilation System. JPM S-6 Page 23
REVISION NO.:           PROCEDURE TITLE:
--REVISION NO.: 3 PROCEDURE NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: VENTILATION SYSTEMS 2-AOP-25.02 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 I INSTRUCTIONS I 4.2.2 Control Room Venti l ation (continued)
3 VENTILATION SYSTEMS PROCEDURE NO.:
D 3. D 4. VER I FY the following: " All CONTROL ROOM OUTSIDE AIR INT Radiation Monitor alarms CLEAR:
2-AOP-25 .02                           ST. LUCIE UNIT 2
* RC-26-61 (North OAI) RC-26-62 (North OAI) RC-26-65 (South OAI)
                                                                                        ....~ :*~* _. ~--:::-' .*.* .
* RC-26-66 (South OAI) Unit 1 CIS has NOT occurred.
IINSTRUCTIONS I                           lCONTINGENCY ACTIONS I [=-~~~~-_;,~~c~\E~.
4.2.2     Control Room Venti lation (continued) 3.1  GO TO Attachment 5, Control D       3. VERIFY the following:
Room Ventilation Recirculation
                  "     All CONTROL ROOM                       Mode.
OUTSIDE AIR INT Radiation Monitor alarms CLEAR:
* RC-26-61 (North OAI)
RC-26-62 (North OAI)
--
RC-26-65 (South OAI)
* RC-26-66 (South OAI)
Unit 1 CIS has NOT occurred.
* Unit 2 CIAS has NOT occurred.
* Unit 2 CIAS has NOT occurred.
VERIFY annunciator V-5, CNTL ROOM TO OUTSIDE .6.P LOW, is CLEAR. (Section 6.1.3 Management Directive
4.1  GO TO Attachment 6, Control D        4. VERIFY annunciator V-5, CNTL ROOM TO OUTSIDE .6.P LOW, is                 Room Low Pressure Restoration.
: 3) * .... _. .*.*. l CONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 3.1 GO TO Attachment 5, Control Room Ventilation Recirculation Mode. 4.1 GO TO Attachment 6, Control Room Low Pressure Restorat i on. JPM S-6 Page 2 4 .
CLEAR.
"-...-}..._.. REVISION NO.: 3 PROCEDURE NO.: 2-AOP-25.02 PROCEDURE TITLE: V ENTILATION SYSTEMS ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 5 Control Room Ventilation Recirculation Mode (Page 1 of 7). NOTE With a LOOP and loss of either EOG, affected OAI Isolation Valves will NOT operate automatically or remotely. These OAI Isolation Valves must be manually operated using the local manual actuator to place them in their required position.
(Section 6.1 .3 Management Directive 3)
: 1. ENSURE the following system alignment (Heating and Ventilation Control Board): COMPONENT COMPONENT DESCRIPTION TRAIN POSITION PERFORMED NUMBER REQUIRED BY* FCV-25-16 NORTH OAI ISOLATION VALVE A CLOSED FCV-25-17 SOUTH OAI ISOLATION VALVE A CLOSED FCV-25-18 TOILET EXHAUST ISOLATION VALVE A CLOSED FCV-25-24 KITCHEN EXHAUST ISOLATION VALVE I A CLOSED HVE-13A CONTROL ROOM EMERG FILTER FAN I A Running D-17A EM ERG FILTER A INLET DAMPER A OPEN D-18 EMERG FILTER FAN 13A INLET A OPEN DAMPER FCV-25-14 NORTH OAI ISOLATION VALVE 8 CLOSED FCV-25-15 I SOUTH OAI ISOLATION VALVE .8 CLOSED FCV-25-1 9 TOILET EXHAUST ISOLATION VALVE 8 CLOSED FCV-25-25 KITCHEN EXHAUST ISOLATION VALVE 8 CLOSED HVE-138 CONTROL ROOM EMERG FL TR FAN 8 Running D-178 EMERG FILTER 8 INLET DAMPER 8 . OPEN D-19 EMERG FILTER FAN 138 INLET I 8 OPEN DAMPER 2. VER I FY two Control Room Air Conditioner units are RUNNING: .. HVAIACC-3A
* JPM S-6 Page 24 .
.. HVNACC-3B
 
.. HVNACC-3C JPM S-6 Page 25 RE V ISION NO.: 3 PROCEDURE TITLE: Pfl,GE; *. VENTILATION SYSTEMS .-. PROCEDU R E NO.: of *. 2-AOP-25.02 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 5 Control Room Ventilation Recirculation Mode (Page 2 of 7) 3. STOP HVE-14, CNTR RM TOILET EXHAUST FAN. 4. STOP HVE-33, KITCHEN EXHAUST FAN. 5. IF both Control Room Outside Air Intake Radiation Monitors on any intake are INOPERABLE, THEN REFER TO Tech Spec 3.3.3.1 , Radiation Monitoring Instrumentation. NOTE ., Depressing the G (13+y) button displays the detected background gamma radiation plus beta radiation.  
REVISION NO.:              PROCEDURE TITLE :
@ Depressing the G (BG) button displays only the detected background gamma radiation.
3 VENTILATION SYSTEMS PROCEDURE NO.:
C?J Depressing the G (B) button displays the G (13+y) value minus the G (BG) value. Due to instrument inaccuracies the G (BG) value can be greater than the G (13+y) value resulting in a calculated negative number. The RM-23 can NOT display a negative number and defaults to a minimum display value of 1 E-10. "' Due to changing environmental conditions during long term events, it may be necessary to repeat steps Attachment 5 Step 6 and Attachment 5 Step 7 to maintain the lowest possible dose. (Section 6.2 Commitment 1 ), (Section 6.1.3 Management Directive 6), (Section 6.2 Commitment
2-AOP-25.02                                  ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 5 Control Room Ventilation Recirculation Mode (Page 1 of 7) .
: 2) 6. DETERMINE which Control Room OAI has lowest radiation with G (13+y) button displayed: $ North OAI: GI RC-26-61, CONTROL ROOM OUTSIDE AIR INT (North OAI Radiation Monitor) RC-26-62, CONTROL ROOM OUTSIDE AIR INT (North OAI Radiation Monitor) JPM S-6 Page 26 .... : *-.
NOTE With a LOOP and loss of either EOG, affected OAI Isolation Valves will NOT operate automatically or remotely. These OAI Isolation Valves must be manually operated using the local manual actuator to place them in their required position.
R E V I S I ON NO.: 3 PROCEDURE NO.: 2-A OP-25.02 6. (continued)
: 1.       ENSURE the following system alignment (Heating and Ventilation Control Board):
P ROCEDUR E TIT L E: VENTILATION SYSTEMS ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 5 Control Room Ventilation Recirculation Mode (Page 3 of 7) o Sou t h OAI: " RC-26-65, CONTROL ROOM OUTSIDE AIR INT (South OAI Radia t ion Mon i tor) RC-26-66, CONTROL ROOM OUTSIDE AIR INT (South OAI Radiat i on Mon i tor) * *
COMPONENT                                                              POSITION    PERFORMED COMPONENT DESCRIPTION                  TRAIN NUMBER                                                              REQUIRED        BY
* 7. WHEN the OAI to be opened has been determined based on lowest rad i ation levels AND this changes the e x is t ing OAI configuration, THEN PERFORM the following: A. I F op e n i ng North OAI , THEN PERF ORM the following:
* FCV-25-16              NORTH OAI ISOLATION VALVE                A    CLOSED FCV-25-17              SOUTH OAI ISOLATION VALVE                A    CLOSED
':*:**.-. ... -. . __ ;_:_ (1) I F Sou t h OAI is OPEN AND s w apping to the North OAI , THEN C LOS E th e fo ll o w ing: () FCV-25-15 , SOUTH OAI ISOLAT I ON VALVE o FCV-25-17 , SOUTH OAI ISOLATION VALVE (2) OPEN FCV-25-16, NORTH OAI ISOLATION VALVE. JPM S-6 Page 27 .
"-...-
REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: 3 VENTILATION SYSTEMS PROCEDURE NO.: 7. 2-AOP-25.02 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 A. ATTACHMENT 5 Control Room-Ventilation Recirculation Mode (Page 4 of 7) (continued}
FCV-25-18          TOILET EXHAUST ISOLATION VALVE              A    CLOSED FCV-25-24          KITCHEN EXHAUST ISOLATION VALVE          I  A    CLOSED HVE-13A          CONTROL ROOM EMERG FILTER FAN            I  A    Running D-17A              EM ERG FILTER A INLET DAMPER              A      OPEN EMERG FILTER FAN 13A INLET D-18                                                        A      OPEN DAMPER FCV-25-14              NORTH OAI ISOLATION VALVE                 8    CLOSED FCV-25-15        I    SOUTH OAI ISOLATION VALVE               .8    CLOSED FCV-25-1 9          TOILET EXHAUST ISOLATION VALVE               8    CLOSED FCV-25-25          KITCHEN EXHAUST ISOLATION VALVE               8    CLOSED HVE-138            CONTROL ROOM EMERG FLTR FAN                 8    Running D-178              EMERG FILTER 8 INLET DAMPER               8    . OPEN EMERG FILTER FAN 138 INLET D-19                                                          8      OPEN DAMPER                     I
(3) MAINTAIN the following parameters as follows: a. THROTTLE OPEN FCV-25-14, NORTH OAI ISOLATION VALVE, to achieve Control Room differential pressure and flow below. b. . IF Room diffe.rential and flow parameters are NOT achieved, THEN ENSURE either Control Room to Outside .6.P controller in MANUAL and ADJUST Control Room to Outside .6.P controller in MANUAL to achieve Control Room differential pressure and flow below: 11 PDIC-25-23A1, CONTROL ROOM TO OUTSIDE 6.P (t PDIC-25-2381 , CONTROL ROOM TO OUTSIDE 6.P c*ontrol Room Pressure Control Room Flow Rate Required Required Pressure Indication Differential F l ow Indication Pressure Flow Rate PDIC-25-23A1 or 81 , Fl-25-18A, CONTROL ROOM in. HzO NORTH OAI 450 scfm TO OUTSIDE t..P FLOW B. IF opening South OAI, THEN PERFORM the following: (1) IF North OAI is OPEN AND swapping to the South OAI, THEN CLOSE the following: s FCV-25-14, NORTH OAI ISOLATION VALVE
: 2.       VERIFY two Control Room Air Conditioner units are RUNNING :
* FCV-25-16, NORTH OAI ISOLATION VALVE (2) OPEN FCV-25-15, SOUTH OAI ISOLATION VALVE. (3) MAINTAIN the following parameters as follows: JPM S-6 Page 28
                  ..      HVAIACC-3A
--REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: 3 VENTILATION SYSTEMS PROC EDU R E NO.: 7. 2-AOP-25.02 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 B. (3) ATTACHMENT 5 Control Room Ventilation Recirculation Mode (Page 5 of 7) (continued)
                  ..      HVNACC-3B
: a. THROTTLE OPEN FCV-25-17, SOUTH OAI ISOLATION VALVE , to achieve Control Room differential pressure and flow below. b. IF Control Room differential pressure and flow parameters are NOT achieved , THEN E NSUR E either Control Room to Outside ti.P controller in MANUAL a,nd ADJUST Control Room to Outside ti.P controller in MANUAL to achieve Control Room differential pressure and flow below: " PDIC-25-23A1, CONTROL ROOM TO OUTSIDE L\.P 9 PDIC-25-2381 , CONTROL ROOM TO OUTSIDE L\.P . Control Room Pressure Co ntrol Room Flow Rate Required Pressure Indication Differential Flow In dication Required Flow Rate* Pressure PDIC-25-23A 1 or 81, CONTROL ROOM 0.125 in. H 2 0 TO OUTSIDE t.P Fl-25-188, SOUTH OAI FLOW 54 50 scfm C. IF Control Room pressure indication is erratic AND required pressure differential tan NOT be verified, THEN MA I NTAIN outside air intake air flow rate between 440 and 450 scfm. 8. MONITOR OAI radiation levels as follows: A. INITIATE OP-2-0010125A, Surveillance Data Sheets, Data Sheet 30 , Unscheduled Surveillances and Evolutions Tracking. 8. MONITOR wind direction.
}..._..
JPM S-6 Page 29 REVISION NO.: 3 PROCEDURE NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: VENTILATION S YSTEMS 2-AOP-25.02 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 8. (continued)
                  ..      HVNACC-3C JPM S-6 Page 25
ATTACHMENT 5 Control Room Ventilation Recirculation Mode (P age 6 of 7) C. IF either of the following cond i tions are met: a 4 hours have elapsed since OAI radiation levels were last evaluated " Wind direction changed by greater than 90&deg; since OAI radiation levels were last eva.luated . THEN REPEAT Attachment 5 Step 6 and Attachment 5 Step 7. (S ection 6.2 Commitment 1 ), (Section 6.1.3 Management Direct iv e 6), (Section 6.2 Commitment 2). NOTE 11 Each Control Room Emergency Filter Fan is rated at 100%. o While an auto-start signal is present, one Control Room Emergency Filter Fan can be manually stopped as long as the other fan is running , and the standby will auto start if the running fan trips. 9. IF directed by US, THEN STOP one of the following
 
_Control Room Emergency Filter Fans (Section 6.1.3 Management Directive 1 ):
REVISION NO.:            PROCEDURE TITLE:                                              Pfl,GE; * .
* HVE-13A , CONTROL ROOM EMERG FILTER FAN " HVE-138 , CONTROL ROOM EMERG FLTR FAN 10. WHEN initiating signals are C LEAR, THEN PERFORM the follow i ng: A. ENSURE both Control Room Emergency Filter Fans are stopped: .
3                                                                        /*::*~ :~*/        ~* .- .
                                                                                      ;~>i42 of ;,;~:~'.~ *.
VENTILATION SYSTEMS PROCEDURE NO.:
                                                                                                    ....: *- . ~
2-AOP-25.02                                  ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 5 Control Room Ventilation Recirculation Mode (Page 2 of 7)
: 3.     STOP HVE-14, CNTR RM TOILET EXHAUST FAN.
: 4.     STOP HVE-33, KITCHEN EXHAUST FAN .
: 5.     IF both Control Room Outside Air Intake Radiation Monitors on any intake are INOPERABLE, THEN REFER TO Tech Spec 3.3 .3.1 , Radiation Monitoring Instrumentation .
NOTE
          .,   Depressing the G (13+y) button displays the detected background gamma radiation plus beta radiation.
          @     Depressing the G (BG) button displays only the detected background gamma radiation.
C?J   Depressing the G (B) button displays the G (13+y) value minus the G (BG) value. Due to instrument inaccuracies the G (BG) value can be greater than the G (13+y) value resulting in a calculated negative number. The RM-23 can NOT display a negative number and defaults to a minimum display value of 1 E-10.
          "'   Due to changing environmental conditions during long term events, it may be necessary to repeat steps Attachment 5 Step 6 and Attachment 5 Step 7 to maintain the lowest possible dose.
(Section 6.2 Commitment 1), (Section 6.1.3 Management Directive 6),
(Section 6.2 Commitment 2)
: 6.       DETERMINE which Control Room OAI has lowest radiation with G (13+y) button displayed :
        $         North OAI:
GI     RC-26-61, CONTROL ROOM OUTSIDE AIR INT (North OAI Radiation Monitor)
RC-26-62, CONTROL ROOM OUTSIDE AIR INT (North OAI Radiation Monitor)
JPM S-6 Page 26
 
PROCEDURE TITLE:                                        PAGE::.~*:    ' :*:**.-.
REVISION NO .:
3 VENTILATION SYSTEMS PROCEDURE NO.:
2-AOP-25.02                                 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2
                                                                                  ... -.. *~ ~~~*~*r~ ~\.
ATTACHMENT 5                           s:j.**~-=~,,~:"L" _;_:_
Control Room Ventilation Recirculation Mode (Page 3 of 7)
: 6.     (continued) o        South OAI :
                  "      RC-26-65, CONTROL ROOM OUTSIDE AIR INT (South OAI Radiation Monitor)
RC-26-66, CONTROL ROOM OUTSIDE AIR INT (South OAI Radiation Monitor)     *      *  *
: 7.      WHEN the OAI to be opened has been determined based on lowest rad iation levels AND this changes the existing OAI configuration, THEN PERFORM the following :
A.      IF opening North OAI , THEN PERFORM the following :
(1)   IF South OAI is OPEN AND swapping to the North OAI , THEN CLOSE the fo ll owing :
()        FCV-25-15, SOUTH OAI ISOLATION VALVE o       FCV-25-17, SOUTH OAI ISOLATION VALVE (2)   OPEN FCV-25-16, NORTH OAI ISOLATION VALVE.
JPM S-6 Page 27 .
 
REVISION NO.:               PROCEDURE TITLE:
3 VENTILATION SYSTEMS PROCEDURE NO.:
2-AOP-25 .02                                     ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 5 Control Room-Ventilation Recirculation Mode (Page 4 of 7)
: 7.      A.      (continued}
(3)     MAINTAIN the following parameters as follows :
: a.     THROTTLE OPEN FCV-25-14, NORTH OAI ISOLATION VALVE, to achieve Control Room differential pressure and flow below.
: b.   . IF Cont~ol Room diffe.rential pre~su_r~ and flow parameters are NOT achieved, THEN ENSURE either Control Room to Outside .6.P controller in MANUAL and ADJUST Control Room to Outside .6.P controller in MANUAL to achieve Control Room differential pressure and flow below:
11     PDIC-25-23A1, CONTROL ROOM TO OUTSIDE 6.P (t     PDIC-25-2381 , CONTROL ROOM TO OUTSIDE 6.P c *ontrol Room Pressure                     Control Room Flow Rate Required Required Pressure Indication         Differential         Flow Indication Flow Rate Pressure PDIC-25-23A1 or 81 ,                                 Fl-25-18A, CONTROL ROOM             ~ 0 . 125  in. HzO       NORTH OAI       ~ 450 scfm TO OUTSIDE t..P                                       FLOW B.     IF opening South OAI, THEN PERFORM the following :
(1)     IF North OAI is OPEN AND swapping to the South OAI, THEN CLOSE the following :
s       FCV-25-14, NORTH OAI ISOLATION VALVE
* FCV-25-16, NORTH OAI ISOLATION VALVE (2)     OPEN FCV-25-15, SOUTH OAI ISOLATION VALVE.
(3)     MAINTAIN the following parameters as follows :
JPM S-6 Page 28
 
REVISION NO .:           PROCEDURE TITLE:
3 VENTILATION SYSTEMS PROCEDURE NO.:
2-AOP-25 .02                                 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 5 Control Room Ventilation Recirculation Mode (Page 5 of 7)
: 7.      B.      (3)    (continued)
: a. THROTTLE OPEN FCV-25-17, SOUTH OAI ISOLATION VALVE ,
to achieve Control Room differential pressure and flow below.
: b. IF Control Room differential pressure and flow parameters are NOT achieved, THEN ENSURE either Control Room to Outside ti.P controller in MANUAL a,nd ADJUST Control Room to Outside ti.P controller in MANUAL to achieve Control Room differential pressure and flow below:
                                    "     PDIC-25-23A1, CONTROL ROOM TO OUTSIDE L\.P 9     PDIC-25-2381 , CONTROL ROOM TO OUTSIDE L\.P
--                        Control Room Pressure Pressure Indication Required
                                                      .
Differential Control Room Flow Rate Flow Indication Required Flow Rate*
Pressure PDIC-25-23A 1 or 81,                            Fl-25-188, CONTROL ROOM           ~ 0 .125 in. H2 0     SOUTH OAI      5450 scfm TO OUTSIDE t.P                                   FLOW C.     IF Control Room pressure indication is erratic AND required pressure differential tan NOT be verified, THEN MAINTAIN outside air intake air flow rate between 440 and 450 scfm.
: 8.       MONITOR OAI radiation levels as follows:
A. INITIATE OP-2-0010125A, Surveillance Data Sheets, Data Sheet 30, Unscheduled Surveillances and Evolutions Tracking .
: 8.     MONITOR wind direction.
JPM S-6 Page 29
 
REVISION NO.:             PROCEDURE TITLE:
3 VENTILATION SYSTEMS PROCEDURE NO.:
2-AOP-25.02                                   ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 5 Control Room Ventilation Recirculation Mode (Page 6 of 7)
: 8.      (continued)
C.     IF either of the following cond itions are met:
a     4 hours have elapsed since OAI radiation levels were last evaluated
                  "     Wind direction changed by greater than 90&deg; since OAI radiation levels were last eva.luated .
THEN REPEAT Attachment 5 Step 6 and Attachment 5 Step 7.
(Section 6.2 Commitment 1), (Section 6.1.3 Management Directive 6) ,
(Section 6.2 Commitment 2) .
NOTE 11   Each Control Room Emergency Filter Fan is rated at 100%.
o   While an auto-start signal is present, one Control Room Emergency Filter Fan can be manually stopped as long as the other fan is running , and the standby will auto start if the running fan trips .
: 9.       IF directed by US, THEN STOP one of the following _Control Room Emergency Filter Fans (Section 6.1 .3 Management Directive 1):
* HVE-13A, CONTROL ROOM EMERG FILTER FAN
* HVE-13A, CONTROL ROOM EMERG FILTER FAN
* HVE-138, CONTROL ROOM EMERG FLTR FAN JPM S-6 Page 30 REVISION NO.: 3 PROCEDURE NO.: 2-AOP-25.02
        "        HVE-138, CONTROL ROOM EMERG FLTR FAN
: 10. (continued)
: 10. WHEN initiating signals are CLEAR, THEN PERFORM the following :
PROCEDURE TITLE: VENTILATION SYSTEMS ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 5 Control Room Vent i lation Recirculation Mode (Page 7 of 7) B. !ENSURE both Control Room Emergency Filter Fans control switches are in AUTO: g HVE-13A, CONTROL ROOM EMERG FILTER FAN HVE-13B , CONTROL ROOM EMERG FLTR FAN C. RESTORE Control Room Ventilation normal system alignment per 2-NOP-25.07 , Control Room Ventilation System. JPM S-6 Page 31 IV IV
A.      ENSURE both Control Room Emergency Filter Fans are stopped: .
* FPL St. Lucie Nuclear Plant Operations Training JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE RESTORE POWER TO 2A3 BUS VIA SBO CROSS-TIE This JPM IS NOT A TIME CRITICAL This is an NOT AN ALTERNATE PATH JPM JPM S-7 Page 1 NRC 22 JPM S-7 Simulator Page 1 of 12 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS Task: 07052130, POWERA3/B3 4.16KV BUS FROM OPPOSITE UNIT'S DIESELS (SBO BREAKER) Faulted JPM? No Facility JPM #: 0821129 KIA: KIA 062A2.05 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the ac distribution system; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations
* HVE-13A, CONTROL ROOM EMERG FILTER FAN
: Methods for energizing a dead bus KIA Rating(s):
* HVE-138, CONTROL ROOM EMERG FLTR FAN JPM S-6 Page 30
2.9/3.3 Duty Area(s): N/A Task Information:
 
N/A Task Standard:
REVISION NO.:           PROCEDURE TITLE:
This JPM is complete when Bus 2A3 is energized from Unit 1 v i a the SBO Crosstie Breakers. Evaluation Location:
3 VENTILATION SYSTEMS PROCEDURE NO.:
Simulator x  
2-AOP-25.02                             ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 5 Control Room Ventilation Recirculation Mode (Page 7 of 7)
: 10.    (continued)
B.   !ENSURE both Control Room Emergency Filter Fans control switches are in AUTO:
g     HVE-13A, CONTROL ROOM EMERG FILTER FAN IV HVE-13B, CONTROL ROOM EMERG FLTR FAN IV C. RESTORE Control Room Ventilation normal system alignment per 2-NOP-25.07, Control Room Ventilation System.
JPM S-6 Page 31
* FPL St. Lucie Nuclear Plant Operations Training JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE RESTORE POWER TO 2A3 BUS VIA SBO CROSS-TIE This JPM IS NOT A TIME CRITICAL This is an NOT AN ALTERNATE PATH JPM NRC 22 JPM S-7 Simulator Page 1 of 12 JPM S-7 Page 1
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS Task: 07052130, POWERA3/B3 4.16KV BUS FROM OPPOSITE UNIT'S DIESELS (SBO BREAKER)
Faulted JPM?         No Facility JPM #:       0821129 KIA: KIA 062A2 .05 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the ac distribution system ; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations: Methods for energizing a dead bus KIA Rating(s): 2.9/3 .3 Duty Area(s):         N/A Task Information: N/A Task Standard:       This JPM is complete when Bus 2A3 is energized from Unit 1 via the SBO Crosstie Breakers.
Evaluation Location:                                                  Performance Level:
Simulator       In Plant        Lab        Other                    Perform      Simulate        Discuss x                x                                                    x              x


==References:==
==References:==


In Plant x Lab Other 2-EOP-99 , Appendix V, SBO Crosstie from Unit 1 to Unit 2 Performance Level: Perform x Simulate x 2-EOP-99 , Table 7, Vital Power Breaker Configuration/Station Blackout Discuss Validation Time: 15 minutes Time Critical:
2-EOP-99, Appendix V, SBO Crosstie from Unit 1 to Unit 2 2-EOP-99, Table 7, Vital Power Breaker Configuration/Station Blackout Validation Time:     15 minutes                                       Time Critical:       NO Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:
NO Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:
* 2-EOP-99, Appendix V, SBO Crosstie from Unit 1 to Unit 2
* 2-EOP-99 , Appendix V , SBO Crosstie from Unit 1 to Unit 2
* 2-EOP-99, Table 7, Vital Power Breaker Configuration/Station Blackout Specific Safety Rules, Personal Protective Equipment and Hazards associated with the task.
* 2-EOP-99, Table 7 , Vital Power Breaker Configuration/Station Blackout Specific Safety Rules, Personal Protective Equipment and Hazards associated with the task.
* None Radiological Protection and RWP Requirements:
* None Radiological Protection and RWP Requirements:
* None JPM S-7 Page 2 NRC 22 JPM Simulator Page 2 of 12 SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS:
* None NRC 22 JPM S ~7 Simulator Page 2 of 12 JPM S-7 Page 2
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS
 
* The task you are to perform is: Restore Power to 2A3 4160 Switchgear via SBO Crosstie
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS:
* The performance level to be used for this JPM is Perform, or Simulate. (Circle the performance level being used for this implementation of the JPM)
* The task you are to perform is:       Restore Power to 2A3 4160 Switchgear via SBO Crosstie
* The performance level to be used for this JPM is Perform, or Simulate.
(Circle the performance level being used for this implementation of the JPM)
* This IS NOT a time critical JPM.
* This IS NOT a time critical JPM.
* During the performance of the task , I will tell you which steps to simulate or discuss. I will provide you with the appropriate cues for steps that are simulated or discussed.
* During the performance of the task, I will tell you which steps to simulate or discuss.
* You may use any approved reference materials normally available in the execution of this task , including logs.
I will provide you with the appropriate cues for steps that are simulated or discussed.
* Indicate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you. SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS FOR SIMULATOR JPMs:
* You may use any approved reference materials normally available in the execution of this task, including logs.
* All simulator JPM steps , including communications, shall be performed for this JPM.
* Indicate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you .
SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS FOR SIMULATOR JPMs:
* All simulator JPM steps, including communications, shall be performed for this JPM.
* You are to operate any plant equipment that is necessary for the completion of this JPM.
* You are to operate any plant equipment that is necessary for the completion of this JPM.
* The simulator will provide the cues as you perform this JPM.
* The simulator will provide the cues as you perform this JPM.
* Ind i cate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you. INITIAL CONDITIONS:
* Indicate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you .
A Station Blackout has occurred on Unit 2 FIVE minutes ago. Unit 1 is in a LOOP with both Emergency Diesel Generators in service. 2C AFW Pump is feeding both Steam Generators. The SM and US have determined the need to crosstie electrical power from the 1A EOG to the 2A3 4.16 KV bus via the SBO AB Crosstie. INITIATING CUES: You are the Desk RCO. The US has directed you to energize 4.16 KV Bus 2A3 from Unit 1 via the SBO crosstie breakers in accordance with 2-EOP-01, Contingency Step 2.C.C.3.5. Unit 1 is performing Appendix W of 1-EOP-99. FIVE minutes have elapsed since the SBO event occurred. 2-EOP-99 Table 7 has been completed. JPM S-7 Page 3 NRC 22 JPM S-7 Simulator Page 3 of 12 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST START TIME: ___ _ APPENDIX V, SECTION 1: PREPARATIONS FOR CROSSTIE STEP 1: SELECT the train that will be used to receive AC power from Unit 1. STANDARD: SELECT the A Train to be ENERGIZED (per Initiating Cue) EXAMINER'S CUE: None. SAT COMMENTS: UN SAT STEP 2: STANDARD: VERIFY Table 7, Vital Power Breaker Configuration/Station Blackout, has been completed. PERFORM Table 7 of 2-EOP-99. SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: Per the initiating cue, Table 7 is complete.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
All breakers __ UNSAT on the electric panel of RTGB-201 have been opened and green flagged. COMMENTS:
A Station Blackout has occurred on Unit 2 FIVE minutes ago. Unit 1 is in a LOOP with both Emergency Diesel Generators in service. 2C AFW Pump is feeding both Steam Generators. The SM and US have determined the need to crosstie electrical power from the 1A EOG to the 2A3 4.16 KV bus via the SBO AB Crosstie.
STEP 3: DISPATCH an operator to locally PLACE the selected train EOG Output Breaker NORMAL/ISOLATE switch in ISOLATE. STANDARD: CONTACT the SNPO and DIRECT him to place Breaker 2-20211 NORMAL/ISOLATE switch in ISOLATE. EXAMINER'S CUE: The field operator reports Breaker 2-20211 is in Isolate. Breaker 2-20211 shows both Green and Red lights are OFF. Annunciator B-56 is in Alarm. COMMENTS: JPM S-7 Page 4 CRITICAL STEP SAT UN SAT NRC 22 JPM S-7 Simulator Page 4of12 STEP 4: JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST PLACE the following CCW Pumps in PULL TO LOCK:
INITIATING CUES:
You are the Desk RCO . The US has directed you to energize 4.16 KV Bus 2A3 from Unit 1 via the SBO crosstie breakers in accordance with 2-EOP-01, Contingency Step 2.C.C.3.5. Unit 1 is performing Appendix W of 1-EOP-99. FIVE minutes have elapsed since the SBO event occurred . 2-EOP-99 Table 7 has been completed.
NRC 22 JPM S-7 Simulator Page 3 of 12 JPM S-7 Page 3
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST START TIME: _ _ __
APPENDIX V, SECTION 1: PREPARATIONS FOR CROSSTIE STEP 1:         SELECT the train that will be used to receive AC power from Unit 1.
STANDARD:       SELECT the A Train to be ENERGIZED (per Initiating Cue)
SAT EXAMINER'S CUE:       None.
COMMENTS:                                                                                         UN SAT STEP 2:         VERIFY Table 7, Vital Power Breaker Configuration/Station Blackout, has been completed .
SAT STANDARD:        PERFORM Table 7 of 2-EOP-99.
EXAMINER'S CUE: Per the initiating cue, Table 7 is complete. All breakers _ _ UNSAT on the electric panel of RTGB-201 have been opened and green flagged.
COMMENTS:
STEP 3:         DISPATCH an operator to locally PLACE the selected train EOG Output       CRITICAL Breaker NORMAL/ISOLATE switch in ISOLATE.                                 STEP STANDARD:       CONTACT the SNPO and DIRECT him to place Breaker 2-20211 NORMAL/ISOLATE switch in ISOLATE.
SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: The field operator reports Breaker 2-20211 is in Isolate.
Breaker 2-20211 shows both Green and Red lights are OFF. Annunciator B-56 is in Alarm.                                                                           UN SAT COMMENTS:
NRC 22 JPM S-7 Simulator Page 4of12 JPM S-7 Page 4
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 4:      PLACE the following CCW Pumps in PULL TO LOCK:                 CRITICAL STEP
* 2C CCW Pump
* 2C CCW Pump
* Selected train CCW Pump STANDARD: POSITION the 2A CCW Pump control switch to PULL-TO-LOCK and VERIFY the 2C CCW Pump control switch is in PULL-TO-LOCK EXAMINER'S CUE: 2A and 2C CCW Pump Control switches are in PULL-TO-LOCK.
* Selected train CCW Pump                                           SAT STANDARD :   POSITION the 2A CCW Pump control switch to PULL-TO-LOCK and VERIFY the 2C CCW Pump control switch is in PULL-TO-LOCK             UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: 2A and 2C CCW Pump Control switches are in PULL-TO-LOCK.
EXAMINER'S NOTE: Verifying the 2C CCW Pump control switch is in PULL-TO-LOCK is not necessary to complete the Critical Step. COMMENTS: STEP 5: PLACE the selected train Containment Spray Pump i n STOP. STANDARD: POSITION 2A CS Pump to STOP. EXAMINER'S CUE: 2A CS Pump in STOP Position.
EXAMINER'S NOTE: Verifying the 2C CCW Pump control switch is in PULL-TO-LOCK is not necessary to complete the Critical Step.
COMMENTS: STEP 6: PLACE the following Safety Injection Pumps in STOP: Selected train HPSI Pump Selected train LPSI Pump STANDARD: POSITION 2A HPSI and 2A LPSI Pumps i n STOP. EXAMINER'S CUE: 2A HPSI and 2A LPSI pumps in STOP. COMMENTS: JPM S-7 Page 5 CRITICAL STEP SAT UN SAT CRITICAL STEP SAT UN SAT CRITICAL STEP SAT UN SAT NRG 22 JPM S-7 S i mulator Page 5of12 STEP 7: STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST PLACE the following Charging Pumps in STOP:
STEP 5:       PLACE the selected train Containment Spray Pump in STOP . CRITICAL STEP STANDARD:     POSITION 2A CS Pump to STOP.
* 2C Charging Pump
EXAMINER' S CUE:     2A CS Pump in STOP Position.
* Selected train Charging Pump POSITION the 2A and 2C Charging Pump control switches to STOP. EXAMINER'S CUE: 2A and 2C Charging Pump Control switches are in STOP (as each is positioned).
SAT COMMENTS :
COMMENTS: STEP 8: PLACE ALL RCP Oil lift Pumps in OFF. STANDARD: POSITION ALL RCP Oil Lift Pump control switches to OFF. EXAMINER'S CUE: ALL RCP Oil Lift Pump control switches show Green lights ON, Red lights OFF. Annunciators J-17, J-18, J-19 and J-20 alarm. COMMENTS: STEP 9: PLACE the selected train motor driven AFW Pump in STOP. STANDARD: POSITION the 2A AFW Pump control switch to STOP EXAMINER'S CUE: 2A AFW Pump control switch is in STOP. Annunciator G-44 alarms. COMMENTS:
UN SAT STEP 6:       PLACE the following Safety Injection Pumps in STOP:           CRITICAL STEP Selected train HPSI Pump Selected train LPSI Pump                                         SAT STANDARD :   POSITION 2A HPSI and 2A LPSI Pumps in STOP .
JPM S-7 Page 6 CRITICAL STEP SAT UN SAT CRITICAL STEP SAT UN SAT CRITICAL STEP SAT UNSAT NRC 22 JPM S-7 S i mulator Page 6 of 12 STEP 10: STANDARD: JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST PLACE the following ICW Pumps in PULL TO LOCK:
UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE :     2A HPSI and 2A LPSI pumps in STOP.
* 2C ICW Pump
COMMENTS:
* Selected train ICW Pump POSITION the 2A ICW Pump control switch to PULL-TO-LOCK and VERIFY and 2C ICW Pump control switch is in PULL-TO-LOCK.
NRG 22 JPM S-7 Simulator Page 5of12 JPM S-7 Page 5
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 7:        PLACE the following Charging Pumps in STOP :                       CRITICAL STEP
* 2C Charging Pump SAT
* Selected train Charging Pump STANDARD:      POSITION the 2A and 2C Charging Pump control switches to STOP.             UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: 2A and 2C Charging Pump Control switches are in STOP (as each is positioned).
COMMENTS:
STEP 8:         PLACE ALL RCP Oil lift Pumps in OFF.                               CRITICAL STEP STANDARD :     POSITION ALL RCP Oil Lift Pump control switches to OFF.
SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: ALL RCP Oil Lift Pump control switches show Green lights ON, Red lights OFF. Annunciators J-17, J-18, J-19 and J-20 alarm.
UN SAT COMMENTS :
STEP 9:         PLACE the selected train motor driven AFW Pump in STOP .           CRITICAL STEP STANDARD:       POSITION the 2A AFW Pump control switch to STOP SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: 2A AFW Pump control switch is in STOP. Annunciator G-44 alarms.
UNSAT COMMENTS:
NRC 22 JPM S-7 Simulator Page 6 of 12 JPM S-7 Page 6
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 10:      PLACE the following ICW Pumps in PULL TO LOCK:                           CRITICAL STEP
* 2C ICW Pump SAT
* Selected train ICW Pump STANDARD:      POSITION the 2A ICW Pump control switch to PULL-TO-LOCK and                     UN SAT VERIFY and 2C ICW Pump control switch is in PULL-TO-LOCK.
EXAMINER'S CUE: 2A and 2C ICW Pump Control switches are in PULL-TO-LOCK.
EXAMINER'S CUE: 2A and 2C ICW Pump Control switches are in PULL-TO-LOCK.
EXAMINER'S NOTE: Verifying the 2C ICW Pump control switch is in PULL-TO-LOCK is not necessary to complete the Critical Step. COMMENTS: STEP 11: PLACE ALL Containment Fan Coolers in STOP. STANDARD: POSITION ALL Containment Fan Coolers to STOP EXAMINER'S CUE: ALL Containment Fan Coolers control switches show Green lights ON, Red lights OFF. Annunciators T-22, T-23, T-24 and U-19 alarm. COMMENTS:
EXAMINER'S NOTE: Verifying the 2C ICW Pump control switch is in PULL-TO-LOCK is not necessary to complete the Critical Step.
STEP 12: ENSURE further attempts to restore power to the selected train from a Unit 2 source are suspended while Unit to Unit crosstie efforts are in progress. CRITICAL STEP SAT UN SAT CRITICAL STEP SAT UN SAT SAT STANDARD:
COMMENTS :
NOTIFY the US to SUSPEND attempts to restore while Unit to Unit crosstie efforts are in progress. EXAMINER'S CUE: US acknowledges.
STEP 11 :     PLACE ALL Containment Fan Coolers in STOP.                               CRITICAL STEP STANDARD:     POSITION ALL Containment Fan Coolers to STOP SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: ALL Containment Fan Coolers control switches show Green lights ON, Red lights OFF. Annunciators T-22, T-23, T-24 and U-19 alarm.                                                                                   UN SAT COMMENTS:
COMMENTS: JPM S-7 Page 7 UN SAT NRC 22 JPM S-7 Simulator Page 7of12 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST SECTION 2: RECEIVING POWER FROM UNIT 1 STEP 13 (1.A): When Unit 1 is ready to supply power to Unit 2, Then PERFORM ALL of the following: A. CLOSE the Unit 2 SBO crosstie breaker, 2AB 4.16 KV BUS SBO TIE (20501 ). STANDARD: OBTAIN Key 155 and POSITION Breaker 2-20501 control switch to CLOSE. EXAMINER'S CUE: Unit 1 reports READY to crosstie.
STEP 12:       ENSURE further attempts to restore power to the selected train from a Unit 2 source are suspended while Unit to Unit crosstie efforts are in progress.
Breaker 2-20501 indicates CLOSED. Annunciator B-1 Alarms. If asked prior to closure, 2-20501 Green and Amber lights are LIT, If asked after Bkr 2-20501 is closed, Green light OFF, Amber light ON, Red light ON. EXAMINER'S NOTE: Student should verify that Unit 1 is ready to cross-tie before closing this breaker but this is not necessary to complete the Critical Step. COMMENTS: STEP 14 (1.B): When Unit 1 is ready to supply power to Unit 2 , Then PERFORM ALL of the following: STANDARD: B. REQUEST Unit 1 close their SBO crosstie breaker , 4160V SWGR 1AB UNIT X-TIE BKR (1-20501). REQUEST Unit 1 to CLOSE its SBO breaker, 1-20501. EXAMINER'S CUE: Unit 1 ACKNOWLEDGES and REPORTS Bkr 1-20501 is CLOSED. Green light is OFF, Red light is OFF. COMMENTS: JPM S-7 Page 8 CRITICAL STEP SAT UNSAT CRITICAL STEP SAT UN SAT NRC 22 JPM S-7 Simulator Page 8 of 12 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 15 (1.C): When Unit 1 is ready to supply power to Unit 2, Then PERFORM ALL of the following: C. VERIFY the 2AB 4.16KV bus has power restored. SAT STANDARD: VERIFY the 2AB bus white lights are LIT and voltmeter VM-942 indicate approximately 4160V. UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: 2AB bus white lights are lit and VM-942 indicates 4160V. COMMENTS:
SAT STANDARD:     NOTIFY the US to SUSPEND attempts to restore while Unit to Unit crosstie efforts are in progress.
STEP 16 (2): ALIGN the selected train Vital 4.16KV bus to the 2AB 4.16KV bus by CLOSING the TWO crosstie breakers: STANDARD: 2AB-2A3 (20505) 2A3-2AB (20208) POSITION breaker 20505 to CLOSE. POSITION breaker 20208 CLOSE. EXAMINER'S CUE: Breakers 20505 and 20208 are closed, Green lights OFF, Red lights ON. COMMENTS: JPM S-7 Page 9 CRITICAL STEP SAT UNSAT NRC 22 JPM S-7 Simulator Page 9of12 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP17 (3): VERIFY the selected train Vital 4.16 KV bus has power restored. STANDARD: VERIFY 2A3 4.16 KV bus has power RESTORED.
UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE:         US acknowledges.
EXAMINER'S CUE: 2A3 bus white lights are lit and VM-954 indicates 4160V. Annunciator B-46 clears. COMMENTS: END OF TASK STOP TIME: _____ _ JPM S-7 Page 10 SAT UNSAT NRC 22 JPM S-7 Simulator Page 10of12
COMMENTS:
: 1. RESTORE IC-85 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE SIMULATOR JPM SETUP 2. SELECT and EXECUTE JPM Lesson S-7. 3. UNFREEZE the Simulator when the student is ready 4. TRIGGER the step to place the 2A EOG output breaker in isolate when directed by the student. 5. TRIGGER the step to close the Unit 1 SBO crosstie breaker when directed by the student.
NRC 22 JPM S-7 Simulator Page 7of12 JPM S-7 Page 7
JPM S-7 Page 11 NRC 22 JPM S-7 Simulator Page 11 of 12 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED TO THE EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF THE TASK) INITIAL CONDITIONS:
 
A Station Blackout has occurred on Unit 2 FIVE minutes ago. Unit 1 is in a LOOP with both Emergency Diesel Generators in service. 2C AFW Pump is feeding both Steam Generators. The SM and US have determined the need to crosstie electrical power from the 1A EOG to the 2A3 4.16 KV bus via the SBO AB Crosstie. INITIATING CUES: You are the Desk RCO. The US has directed you to energize 4.16 KV Bus 2A3 from Unit 1 via the SBO crosstie breakers in accordance with 2-EOP-01, Contingency Step 2.C.C.3.5. Unit 1 is performing Appendix W of 1-EOP-99. FIVE minutes have elapsed since the SBO event occurred. 2-EOP-99 Table 7 has been completed. JPM S-7 Page 12 c 0 . *--N a3 c E Q) :J E u >-:J 0 ..J g z -0 0 _J 0 Q) x Z E ro c z 0 L: *--u -0 I--0 <( c 0 -= ro .b c:; c c 0::: .Q 8 0 ro LL a> L: z ..... 0 -.?:' UJ 0::: *;::: --0
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST SECTION 2: RECEIVING POWER FROM UNIT 1 STEP 13 (1 .A):When Unit 1 is ready to supply power to Unit 2, Then PERFORM ALL of       CRITICAL the following :                                                         STEP A. CLOSE the Unit 2 SBO crosstie breaker, 2AB 4.16 KV BUS SBO TIE               SAT (20501 ).
!::!:: LL -"f5 0::: Q) u UJ 'Q_ > Q) Q. UJ ._ ro o .._ 0 en FPL Title: ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 EMERGENCY OPERATING PROCEDURE SAFETY RELATED CONTINUOUS USE Procedure No. 2-EOP-01 Current Revision No. 33 STANDARD POST TRIP ACTIONS SPTA Responsible Department:
STANDARD :       OBTAIN Key 155 and POSITION Breaker 2-20501 control switch to                 UNSAT CLOSE.
OPERATIONS REVISION  
EXAMINER'S CUE: Unit 1 reports READY to crosstie. Breaker 2-20501 indicates CLOSED. Annunciator B-1 Alarms.
If asked prior to closure, 2-20501 Green and Amber lights are LIT, If asked after Bkr 2-20501 is closed, Green light OFF, Amber light ON, Red light ON.
EXAMINER'S NOTE: Student should verify that Unit 1 is ready to cross-tie before closing this breaker but this is not necessary to complete the Critical Step.
COMMENTS :
STEP 14 (1 .B) : When Unit 1 is ready to supply power to Unit 2, Then PERFORM ALL of   CRITICAL the following :                                                       STEP B. REQUEST Unit 1 close their SBO crosstie breaker, 4160V SWGR 1AB UNIT X-TIE BKR (1-20501).                                                 SAT STANDARD:        REQUEST Unit 1 to CLOSE its SBO breaker, 1-20501 .
UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: Unit 1 ACKNOWLEDGES and REPORTS Bkr 1-20501 is CLOSED. Green light is OFF, Red light is OFF.
COMMENTS:
NRC 22 JPM S-7 Simulator Page 8 of 12 JPM S-7 Page 8
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 15 (1.C) : When Unit 1 is ready to supply power to Unit 2, Then PERFORM ALL of the following :
C. VERIFY the 2AB 4.16KV bus has power restored .                             SAT STANDARD:       VERIFY the 2AB bus white lights are LIT and voltmeter VM-942 indicate approximately 4160V.                                                           UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: 2AB bus white lights are lit and VM-942 indicates 4160V.
COMMENTS:
STEP 16 (2):   ALIGN the selected train Vital 4.16KV bus to the 2AB 4.16KV bus by     CRITICAL CLOSING the TWO crosstie breakers:                                     STEP 2AB-2A3 (20505)
SAT 2A3-2AB (20208)
STANDARD :      POSITION breaker 20505 to CLOSE.             POSITION breaker 20208           UNSAT CLOSE.
EXAMINER'S CUE: Breakers 20505 and 20208 are closed, Green lights OFF, Red lights ON.
COMMENTS:
NRC 22 JPM S-7 Simulator Page 9of12 JPM S-7 Page 9
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP17 (3): VERIFY the selected train Vital 4.16 KV bus has power restored .
STANDARD :   VERIFY 2A3 4.16 KV bus has power RESTORED.
SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: 2A3 bus white lights are lit and VM-954 indicates 4160V.
Annunciator B-46 clears.
COMMENTS:                                                                                 UNSAT END OF TASK STOP TIME: _ _ _ _ __
NRC 22 JPM S-7 Simulator Page 10of12 JPM S-7 Page 10
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE SIMULATOR JPM SETUP
: 1. RESTORE IC-85
: 2. SELECT and EXECUTE JPM Lesson S-7 .
: 3. UNFREEZE the Simulator when the student is ready
: 4. TRIGGER the step to place the 2A EOG output breaker in isolate when directed by the student.
: 5. TRIGGER the step to close the Unit 1 SBO crosstie breaker when directed by the student.
NRC 22 JPM S-7 Simulator Page 11 of 12 JPM S-7 Page 11
 
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED TO THE EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF THE TASK)
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
A Station Blackout has occurred on Unit 2 FIVE minutes ago. Unit 1 is in a LOOP with both Emergency Diesel Generators in service. 2C AFW Pump is feeding both Steam Generators. The SM and US have determined the need to crosstie electrical power from the 1A EOG to the 2A3 4.16 KV bus via the SBO AB Crosstie.
INITIATING CUES:
You are the Desk RCO. The US has directed you to energize 4.16 KV Bus 2A3 from Unit 1 via the SBO crosstie breakers in accordance with 2-EOP-01, Contingency Step 2.C.C.3.5. Unit 1 is performing Appendix W of 1-EOP-99. FIVE minutes have elapsed since the SBO event occurred . 2-EOP-99 Table 7 has been completed.
JPM S-7 Page 12
 
Procedure No.
ST. LUCIE UNIT 2                                2-EOP-01 EMERGENCY OPERATING                        Current Revision No.
PROCEDURE c
0
    *-
N    -
a3
              .
FPL                          SAFETY RELATED                            33 c E Q)
E
:J u                                             CONTINUOUS USE
>-   :J 0 Title:
z -0g ~0
..J
_J 0
Z ro Q) g>~ E x   ~
STANDARD POST TRIP ACTIONS c z 0   L: *-
-
I-
<( c 0
-=
u -0
    -0 ~
ro .b c:; c c 0::: .Q 8 SPTA 0 *~      ro       Responsible Department: OPERATIONS LL a>     L:
z ...     ~    0
- .?:'     ~  UJ   REVISION  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
: Revision 33 -Incorporated PCR 2008620 editorial correction to typographical error "RCO" to ''RCP", adding heading "RCS Inventory Control" and "continued on next page" to any page that had steps continuing to next page. (Author: M DiMarco) Revision 32 -Incorporated PCR 1978699 to make enhancement identified in AR 1964319 to ensure RCS dilutions are secured during a reactor trip. Also incorporated guidance for RCPs and controlled bleedoff during a loss of AC power. (Author: J. R. Guist) Revision 31 -Incorporated PCR 1889671 to replace HP turbine inlet pressure with turbine first stage pressure. (Author: J. R. Guist) Revision 30 -Incorporated PCR 1881850 to revise SIG level expected post-trip band from 20%-83% to 20% -81% as evaluated for EPU conditions per EC 279298, EPU EOP Setpoint Basis Update. (Author: Don Pendagast)
:
Revision 29 -Incorporated PCR 1788750 to add notes describing SBCS operation due to EPU modifications to PCV-8801 response per EC 249979, to revise instructions for closing MSR TCVs due to modifications per EC 249966, to replace turbine first stage pressure with HP turbine inlet pressure as modified per EC 249980 and to require stopping all RCPs if no feedwater can be established to the S/Gs as modified for EPU conditions per EC 249985 and the EPU LAR. (Author: Don Pendagast)
0::: *;::: -    -
Revision Approved By Approval Date UNIT# UNIT2 DATE 0 D. A. Sager 12/23/85 DOCT PROCEDURE DOCN 2-EOP-01 SYS 33 A. Terezakis 11/21/14 STATUS COMPLETED REV 33 #OF PGS JPM S-7 Page 13 REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: 33 STANDARD POST TRIP ACTIONS PROCEDURE NO.: 2-EOP-01 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 1.0 PURPOSE This procedure provides the immediate operator actions that must be accomplished after a Reactor trip has occurred or is required to have occurred. These actions are necessary to ensure the plant is placed in a stable, safe condition or configured to respond to a continuing emergency.
0    g;?~ !::!::
This is the entry procedure for the entire EOP system. JPM S-7 Page 14 REV I SION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: 33 STANDARD POST TRIP ACTIONS PROCEDURE NO.: 2-EOP-01 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 2.0 ENTRY CONDITIONS 2.1 ANY of the following symptoms of a Reactor trip:
LL    Q)
        -"f5u  0:::
UJ  Revision 33 - Incorporated PCR 2008620 editorial correction to typographical error "RCO" to
      ~ 'Q_ >        ''RCP", adding heading "RCS Inventory Control" and "continued on next page" to any page Q) Q. UJ
      ._ ro l-      that had steps continuing to next page. (Author: M DiMarco) o .._ ~
a;~ 0 en Revision 32 - Incorporated PCR 1978699 to make enhancement identified in AR 1964319 to ensure RCS dilutions are secured during a reactor trip. Also incorporated guidance for RCPs and controlled bleedoff during a loss of AC power. (Author: J. R. Guist)
Revision 31 - Incorporated PCR 1889671 to replace HP turbine inlet pressure with turbine first stage pressure. (Author: J. R. Guist)
Revision 30 - Incorporated PCR 1881850 to revise SIG level expected post-trip band from 20%-83% to 20% - 81% as evaluated for EPU conditions per EC 279298, EPU EOP Setpoint Basis Update. (Author: Don Pendagast)
Revision 29 - Incorporated PCR 1788750 to add notes describing SBCS operation due to EPU modifications to PCV-8801 response per EC 249979, to revise instructions for closing MSR TCVs due to modifications per EC 249966, to replace turbine first stage pressure with HP turbine inlet pressure as modified per EC 249980 and to require stopping all RCPs if no feedwater can be established to the S/Gs as modified for EPU conditions per EC 249985 and the EPU LAR. (Author: Don Pendagast)
Revision           Approved By                 Approval Date UNIT#           UNIT2 DATE 0                 D. A. Sager                   12/23/85     DOCT         PROCEDURE DOCN           2-EOP-01 SYS 33               A. Terezakis                   11/21/14     STATUS       COMPLETED REV               33
                                                                                          #OF PGS JPM S-7 Page 13
 
REVISION NO.:         PROCEDURE TITLE:
33                   STANDARD POST TRIP ACTIONS PROCEDURE NO.:
2-EOP-01                           ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 1.0   PURPOSE This procedure provides the immediate operator actions that must be accomplished after a Reactor trip has occurred or is required to have occurred . These actions are necessary to ensure the plant is placed in a stable, safe condition or configured to respond to a continuing emergency. This is the entry procedure for the entire EOP system.
JPM S-7 Page 14
 
REVISION NO.:         PROCEDURE TITLE:
33                   STANDARD POST TRIP ACTIONS PROCEDURE NO.:
2-EOP-01                           ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 2.0 ENTRY CONDITIONS 2.1   ANY of the following symptoms of a Reactor trip:
* Any valid Reactor trip alarm
* Any valid Reactor trip alarm
* CEAs are fully inserted
* CEAs are fully inserted
* Rapid drop in Reactor power
* Rapid drop in Reactor power
* Reactor Trip Circuit Breakers open
* Reactor Trip Circuit Breakers open
* Any RPS trip setpoint exceeded JPM S-7 Page 15 REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: 33 STANDARD POST TRIP ACTIONS PROCEDURE NO.: 2-EOP-01 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 3.0 EXIT CONDITIONS 3.1 BOTH of the following conditions exist,
* Any RPS trip setpoint exceeded JPM S-7 Page 15
 
REVISION NO.:         PROCEDURE TITLE:
33                   STANDARD POST TRIP ACTIONS PROCEDURE NO.:
2-EOP-01                           ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 3.0 EXIT CONDITIONS 3.1   BOTH of the following conditions exist,
* ALL safety function acceptance criteria have been evaluated
* ALL safety function acceptance criteria have been evaluated
* Chart 1, Diagnostic Flow Chart, has been reviewed to determine the appropriate Optimal or Functional Recovery Procedure required for use JPM S-7 Page 16 REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: STANDARD POST TRIP ACTIONS 33 5of19 PROCEDURE NO.: 2-EOP-01 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS REACTIVITY CONTROL INSTRUCTIONS CONTINGENCY ACTIONS D 1. DETERMINE Reactivity Control acceptance criteria are met: A. VERIFY Reactor power is A.1 PERFORM the following AS lowering.
* Chart 1, Diagnostic Flow Chart, has been reviewed to determine the appropriate Optimal or Functional Recovery Procedure required for use JPM S-7 Page 16
NECESSARY to insert CEAs: 1. Manually TRIP the Reactor. 2. DEENERGIZE the CEDM MG Sets by opening BOTH of the following breakers:
 
REVISION NO.:           PROCEDURE TITLE:
33                    STANDARD POST TRIP ACTIONS 5of19 PROCEDURE NO.:
2-EOP-01                             ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS REACTIVITY CONTROL INSTRUCTIONS                               CONTINGENCY ACTIONS D     1. DETERMINE Reactivity Control acceptance criteria are met:
A. VERIFY Reactor power is             A.1   PERFORM the following AS lowering.                               NECESSARY to insert CEAs:
: 1. Manually TRIP the Reactor.
: 2. DEENERGIZE the CEDM MG Sets by opening BOTH of the following breakers:
* LC 2A2, 8kr 2-40212, CEA Drive MG Set 2A
* LC 2A2, 8kr 2-40212, CEA Drive MG Set 2A
* LC 282, 8kr 2-40511, CEA Drive MG Set 28 3. OPEN TC8-1 through TC8-8, at Rx Trip Swgr. B. VERIFY Startup Rate is negative. c. VERIFY ALL CEAs are fully C.1 INITIATE Emergency 8oration to inserted.
* LC 282, 8kr 2-40511, CEA Drive MG Set 28
achieve adequate SOM. ENSURE NO dilution is in progress.
: 3. OPEN TC8-1 through TC8-8, at Rx Trip Swgr.
JPM S-7 Page 17 REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE: 33 STANDARD POST TRIP ACTIONS 6of19 PROCEDURE NO.: 2-EOP-01 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS (continued)
B. VERIFY Startup Rate is negative.
MAINTENANCE OF VITAL AUXILIARIES (AC & DC POWER) INSTRUCTIONS D 2. DETERMINE Maintenance of Vital Auxiliaries acceptance criteria are met: A. VERIFY the Turbine is tripped by ALL GVs and TVs indicate CLOSED. B. When the Turbine is TRIPPED, Then VERIFY the Main Generator breakers are OPEN:
: c. VERIFY ALL CEAs are fully C.1 INITIATE Emergency 8oration to inserted.                               achieve adequate SOM .
* 8W49, Generator No. 2 East Breaker
ENSURE NO dilution is in progress.
JPM S-7 Page 17
 
REVISION NO.:           PROCEDURE TITLE:                                           PAGE:
33                     STANDARD POST TRIP ACTIONS 6of19 PROCEDURE NO.:
2-EOP-01                             ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS (continued)
MAINTENANCE OF VITAL AUXILIARIES (AC & DC POWER)
INSTRUCTIONS                               CONTINGENCY ACTIONS D     2. DETERMINE Maintenance of Vital Auxiliaries acceptance criteria are met:
A. VERIFY the Turbine is             A.1  PERFORM ALL of the following:
tripped by ALL GVs and TVs indicate CLOSED.                   1. Manually TRIP the Turbine.
: 2. VERIFY Turbine First Stage pressure indicates 0 psig.
: 3. VERIFY Turbine speed is LOWERING.
                                                        !f the Turbine is NOT tripped, Then PERFORM the following AS NECESSARY to isolate steam to the turbine:
: 1. Locally TRIP the Turbine.
: 2. CLOSE BOTH MSIVs.
B. When the Turbine is               B.1  OPEN Main Generator breakers:
TRIPPED, Then VERIFY the Main
* 8W49, Generator No. 2 East Generator breakers are                       Breaker OPEN:
* 8W52, Generator No. 2 Mid
* 8W49, Generator No. 2                   Breaker East Breaker
* FB 2, Exciter Supply Breaker
* 8W52, Generator No. 2 Mid Breaker
* 8W52, Generator No. 2 Mid Breaker
* FB 2, Exciter Supply Breaker (Continued on next page) CONTINGENCY ACTIONS A.1 PERFORM ALL of the following:
* FB 2, Exciter Supply Breaker (Continued on next page)                     (Continued on next page)
: 1. Manually TRIP the Turbine. 2. VERIFY Turbine First Stage pressure indicates 0 psig. 3. VERIFY Turbine speed is LOWERING.
JPM S-7 Page 18
!f the Turbine is NOT tripped, Then PERFORM the following AS NECESSARY to isolate steam to the turbine: 1. Locally TRIP the Turbine. 2. CLOSE BOTH MSIVs. B.1 OPEN Main Generator breakers:
 
* 8W49, Generator No. 2 East Breaker
REVISION NO.:           PROCEDURE TITLE:                                           PAGE:
* 8W52, Generator No. 2 Mid Breaker
33                    STANDARD POST TRIP ACTIONS PROCEDURE NO. :
* FB 2, Exciter Supply Breaker (Continued on next page) JPM S-7 Page 18 REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE: STANDARD POST TRIP ACTIONS 33 1of19" PROCEDURE NO.: 2-EOP-01 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS (continued)
1of19" 2-EOP-01                             ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS (continued)
MAINTENANCE OF VITAL AUXILIARIES (AC & DC POWER) INSTRUCTIONS
MAINTENANCE OF VITAL AUXILIARIES (AC & DC POWER)
: 2. (continued)
INSTRUCTIONS                                 CONTINGENCY ACTIONS
C. VERIFY ALL Vital and Non-Vital AC buses transfer from Auxiliary to Start-up Transformers and are ENERGIZED.
: 2.   (continued)                            2.    (continued)
CONTINGENCY ACTIONS 2. (continued)
C. VERIFY ALL Vital                   C.1   !f EITHER Vital 4.16 KV Bus is NOT and Non-Vital AC buses                  powered from offsite, transfer from Auxiliary to              Then ENSURE BOTH of the following:
C.1 !f EITHER Vital 4.16 KV Bus is NOT powered from offsite , Then ENSURE BOTH of the following:
Start-up Transformers and are ENERGIZED.                      1. The associated EOG has STARTED.
: 1. The associated EOG has STARTED. 2. The associated EOG output breaker is CLOSED. C.2 !f ANY 6.9 KV or non-vital 4.16 KV bus is NOT powered from offsite , Then INITIATE action to RESTORE power to the bus. C.3 !f NO Vital 4.16 KV buses are energized, Then PERFORM ALL the following: 1. CONTACT Unit 1 to determine power availability. 2. NOTIFY Unit 1 to PERFORM Appendix W, Supplying Unit 2 with AC Power Using SBO Crosstie. (Continued on next page) (Continued on next page) JPM S-7 Page 19 REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: 33 STANDARD POST TRIP ACTIONS PROCEDURE NO.: 2-EOP-01 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS (continued)
: 2. The associated EOG output breaker is CLOSED.
MAINTENANCE OF VITAL AUXILIARIES (AC & DC POWER) INSTRUCTIONS D. VERIFY ALL Vital and Non-Vital DC Buses are ENERGIZED.
C.2   !f ANY 6.9 KV or non-vital 4.16 KV bus is NOT powered from offsite, Then INITIATE action to RESTORE power to the bus.
CONTINGENCY ACTIONS 3. ENSURE ALL RCPs are STOPPED. 4. ENSURE RCP controlled bleedoff will remain isolated by PLACING the TWO RCP Bleedoff valves to CLOSE 5. PERFORM Appendix V , Receiving AC Power from Unit 1 Using SBO Crosstie.
C.3   !f NO Vital 4.16 KV buses are energized, Then PERFORM ALL the following :
D.1 !f the 2AB DC Bus is de-energized, Then ALIGN the 2AB DC Bus to an energized Vital DC Bus. JPM S-7 Page 20 REVISION NO.: 50 PROCEDURE NO.: 2-EOP-99 PROCEDURE TITLE: APPENDICES I FIGURES I TABLES I DATA SHEETS ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 APPENDIXV PAGE: 105of171 RECEIVING AC POWER FROM UNIT 1 USING SBO CROSSTIE (Page 1 of 9) Section 1: Preparations for Crosstie 0 1. SELECT the train that will be used to receive AC power from Unit 1 (.,./). A Train B Train NOTE All of the following factors should be considered:
: 1. CONTACT Unit 1 to determine power availability.
: 2. NOTIFY Unit 1 to PERFORM Appendix W, Supplying Unit 2 with AC Power Using SBO Crosstie.
(Continued on next page)                     (Continued on next page)
JPM S-7 Page 19
 
REVISION NO.:       PROCEDURE TITLE:
33                 STANDARD POST TRIP ACTIONS PROCEDURE NO.:
2-EOP-01                         ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS (continued)
MAINTENANCE OF VITAL AUXILIARIES (AC & DC POWER)
INSTRUCTIONS                       CONTINGENCY ACTIONS
: 3. ENSURE ALL RCPs are STOPPED.
: 4. ENSURE RCP controlled bleedoff will remain isolated by PLACING the TWO RCP Bleedoff valves to CLOSE
: 5. PERFORM Appendix V, Receiving AC Power from Unit 1 Using SBO Crosstie.
D. VERIFY ALL Vital and            D.1   !f the 2AB DC Bus is de-energized, Non-Vital DC Buses are                Then ALIGN the 2AB DC Bus to an ENERGIZED.                            energized Vital DC Bus.
JPM S-7 Page 20
 
REVISION NO. :         PROCEDURE TITLE:                                       PAGE:
50                APPENDICES I FIGURES I TABLES I DATA 105of171 PROCEDURE NO.:                                  SHEETS 2-EOP-99                            ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 APPENDIXV RECEIVING AC POWER FROM UNIT 1 USING SBO CROSSTIE (Page 1 of 9)
Section 1: Preparations for Crosstie 0 1. SELECT the train that will be used to receive AC power from Unit 1 (.,./).
A Train           B Train NOTE All of the following factors should be considered:
* The potential for recovering a Unit 2 AC power source
* The potential for recovering a Unit 2 AC power source
* Equipment availability
* Equipment availability
* 10 CFR 50 A end ix R considerations  
* 10 CFR 50 A   end ix R considerations 'A' train is referred on Unit 2 0 2. ENSURE Table 7, Vital Power Breaker Configuration I Station Blackout, has been completed .
'A' train is referred on Unit 2 0 2. ENSURE Table 7, Vital Power Breaker Configuration I Station Blackout, has been completed. 0 3. DISPATCH an operator to locally PLACE the selected train EOG Output Breaker NORMAL / ISOLA TE switch in ISOLA TE. 0 4. PLACE the following CCW Pumps in PULL TO LOCK: 0 2C CCW Pump 0 Selected train CCW Pump 0 5. PLACE the selected train Containment Spray Pump in STOP. 0 6. PLACE the following Safety Injection Pumps in STOP: 0 Selected train HPSI Pump 0 Selected train LPSI Pump 0 7. PLACE the following Charging Pumps in STOP: D 2C Charging Pump D Selected train Charging Pump 0 8. PLACE ALL RCP Oil lift Pumps in OFF. JPM S-7 Page 21
0 3. DISPATCH an operator to locally PLACE the selected train EOG Output Breaker NORMAL / ISOLATE switch in ISOLATE .
, REVISION NO.: 50 PROCEDURE NO.: 2-EOP-99 PROCEDURE TITLE: APPENDICES I FIGURES I TABLES I DATA SHEETS ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 APPENDIXV PAGE: 106 of 171 RECEIVING AC POWER FROM UNIT 1 USING SBO CROSSTIE (Page 2 of 9) Section 1: Preparations for Crosstie (continued)
0 4. PLACE the following CCW Pumps in PULL TO LOCK:
D 9. PLACE the selected train motor driven AFW Pump in STOP. D 10. PLACE the following ICW Pumps in PULL TO LOCK: D 2C ICWPump D Selected train ICW Pump D 11.PLACE ALL Containment Fan Coolers in STOP. D 12. ENSURE further attempts to restore power to the selected train from a Unit 2 source are suspended while Unit to Unit crosstie efforts are in progress. HOLDPOINT Do not proceed to Section 2 until ALL steps of Section 1 have been completed.
0 2C CCW Pump 0 Selected train CCW Pump 0 5. PLACE the selected train Containment Spray Pump in STOP.
End of Section 1 JPM S-7 Page 22 REVISION NO.: 50 PROCEDURE NO.: 2-EOP-99 PROCEDURE TITLE: APPENDICES I FIGURES I TABLES I DATA SHEETS ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 APPENDIX V PAGE: RECEIVING AC POWER FROM UNIT 1 USING SBO CROSSTIE (Page 3 of 9) Section 2: Receiving Power from Unit 1 D 1. When Unit 1 is ready to supply power to Unit 2, Then PERFORM ALL of the following: D A. CLOSE the Unit 2 SBO crosstie breaker , 2AB 4.16 KV BUS SBO TIE (20501 ). D B. REQUEST Unit 1 close their SBO crosstie breaker, 4160V SWGR 1AB UNIT X-TIE BKR (1-20501).
0 6. PLACE the following Safety Injection Pumps in STOP:
D C. VERIFY the 2AB 4.16 KV bus has power restored. D 2. ALIGN the selected train Vital 4.16 KV bus to the 2AB 4.16 KV bus by CLOSING the TWO crosstie breakers:
0 Selected train HPSI Pump 0 Selected train LPSI Pump 0 7. PLACE the following Charging Pumps in STOP:
2AB to 2A3 (&deg;'1) 2AB to 283 (&deg;'1) 2AB-2A3 (20505) __ 2AB-2B3 (20504) __ 2A3-2AB (20208) __ 2B3-2AB (20409) __ D 3. VERIFY the selected train Vital 4.16 KV bus has power restored. D 4. !f TWO Unit 1 EDGs are RUNNING , Then GO TO Section 3 , Restoring Loads With TWO Unit 1 EDGs Running. D 5. !f only ONE Unit 1 EOG is RUNNING , Then GO TO Section 4, Restoring Loads With ONE Unit 1 EOG Running. D 6. !f Unit 1 has Offsite Power , Then GO TO Section 5 , Restoring Loads With Unit 1 Offsite Power. End of Section 2 JPM S-7 Page 23}}
D 2C Charging Pump D Selected train Charging Pump 0 8. PLACE ALL RCP Oil lift Pumps in OFF .
JPM S-7 Page 21
 
, REVISION NO.:       PROCEDURE TITLE:                                         PAGE:
50            APPENDICES I FIGURES I TABLES I DATA 106 of 171 PROCEDURE NO.:                                SHEETS 2-EOP-99                          ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 APPENDIXV RECEIVING AC POWER FROM UNIT 1 USING SBO CROSSTIE (Page 2 of 9)
Section 1: Preparations for Crosstie (continued)
D 9. PLACE the selected train motor driven AFW Pump in STOP.
D 10. PLACE the following ICW Pumps in PULL TO LOCK:
D 2C ICWPump D Selected train ICW Pump D 11.PLACE ALL Containment Fan Coolers in STOP.
D 12. ENSURE further attempts to restore power to the selected train from a Unit 2 source are suspended while Unit to Unit crosstie efforts are in progress.
HOLDPOINT Do not proceed to Section 2 until ALL steps of Section 1 have been completed.
End of Section 1 JPM S-7 Page 22
 
REVISION NO.:         PROCEDURE TITLE:                                   PAGE:
50              APPENDICES I FIGURES I TABLES I DATA PROCEDURE NO. :                                SHEETS 2-EOP-99                          ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 APPENDIX V RECEIVING AC POWER FROM UNIT 1 USING SBO CROSSTIE (Page 3 of 9)
Section 2: Receiving Power from Unit 1 D 1. When Unit 1 is ready to supply power to Unit 2, Then PERFORM ALL of the following :
D A. CLOSE the Unit 2 SBO crosstie breaker, 2AB 4.16 KV BUS SBO TIE (20501 ).
D B. REQUEST Unit 1 close their SBO crosstie breaker, 4160V SWGR 1AB UNIT X-TIE BKR (1-20501).
D C. VERIFY the 2AB 4.16 KV bus has power restored .
D 2. ALIGN the selected train Vital 4.16 KV bus to the 2AB 4.16 KV bus by CLOSING the TWO crosstie breakers:
2AB to 2A3 (&deg;'1)                 2AB to 283 (&deg;'1) 2AB-2A3 (20505) __               2AB-2B3 (20504) _ _
2A3-2AB (20208) _ _              2B3-2AB (20409) _ _
D 3. VERIFY the selected train Vital 4.16 KV bus has power restored .
D 4.   !f TWO Unit 1 EDGs are RUNNING ,
Then GO TO Section 3, Restoring Loads With TWO Unit 1 EDGs Running .
D 5. !f only ONE Unit 1 EOG is RUNNING ,
Then GO TO Section 4, Restoring Loads With ONE Unit 1 EOG Running.
D 6. !f Unit 1 has Offsite Power, Then GO TO Section 5, Restoring Loads With Unit 1 Offsite Power.
End of Section 2 JPM S-7 Page 23}}

Revision as of 10:03, 31 October 2019

301 Draft Simulator and in Plant JPMs
ML15201A545
Person / Time
Site: Saint Lucie  NextEra Energy icon.png
Issue date: 07/16/2015
From:
NRC/RGN-II
To:
Florida Power & Light Co
References
Download: ML15201A545 (253)
v • d • e


Text

UNIT 1 HLC 22 NRC C-1 Unit-1 Control Room This JPM is NOT TIME CRITICAL This is NOT an ALTERNATE PATH JPM NRC 22 JPM C-1 Un it 1 Control Room Page 1 of 7 JPM C-1 Page 1

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS Task: 07006020, Pump ECCS Area Sumps to the Containment (Pump ECCS Area Sumps to the Reactor Drain Tank post LOCA - Unit 1).

Faulted JPM? No Facility JPM #: 0821089 KJA: 006K4.08 Knowledge of ECCS design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following:

Recirculation flowpath of reactor building sump KJA Rating(s): 3.4/3.6 Duty Area(s): N/A Task Information: N/A Task Standard: This JPM is complete when the US is notified that the ECCS Area Sumps are aligned to the Reactor Drain Tank.

Evaluation Location: Performance Level:

Simulator In Plant Lab Other Perform Simulate Discuss x x

References:

  • 1-EOP-03, "Loss of Coolant Accident" Validation Time: 5 minutes Time Critical:

Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:

  • 1-EOP-03 , "Loss of Coolant Accident" , (Step 40)

Specific Safety Rules, Personal Protective Equipment and Hazards associated with the task.

  • None Radiological Protection and RWP Requirements:

None NRC 22 JPM C-1 Unit 1 Control Room Page 2 of7 JPM C-1 Page 2

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS:

  • The task you are to perform is: Align ECCS Area Sumps to the Reactor Drain Tank post LOCA - Unit 1.

The performance level to be used for this JPM is Simulate This is not a time critical JPM.

During the performance of the task, I will tell you which steps to simulate or discuss.

I will provide you with the appropriate cues for steps that are simulated or discussed .

  • You may use any approved reference materials normally available in the execution of this task, including logs.
  • Indicate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you .

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

Unit 1 has experienced a LOCA. RAS has occurred and all normal post-trip power is available.

INITIATING CUES:

You are the Desk RCO. The Unit Supervisor has directed you to align the ECCS Sumps to the Reactor Drain Tank in accordance with 1-EOP-03, "Loss of Coolant Accident", Step 40.

NRC 22 JPM C-1 Unit 1 Control Room Page 3 of 7 JPM C-1 Page 3

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCW CHECKLIST START TIME: _ _ __

1-EOP-03, "Loss of Coolant Accident" Step 40: !f RAS is present, Then ALIGN the ECCS sum s to the reactor drain tank b erformin ALL of the followin :

STEP 1 (40 .A) : PLACE the ECCS Area Leakage System control switch, located on CRAC CRITICAL panel , to the ROT POSITION . STEP STANDARD: POSITION the ECCS Area Leakage System control switch to RDT. SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: ECCS Area Leakage System control switch indicates RDT UN SAT EXAMINER'S NOTE: If candidate asks if RAS has actuated (provided in the cue) provide the following:

  • Channel "A" RAS actuation red light on
  • Channel "B" RAS actuation red light on COMMENTS:

STEP 2: (40.B) VERIFY ALL of the following :

1. HCV-06-9, RDT Pump Suction, CLOSES SAT
2. HCV-06-7, Sump Pump to EDT, CLOSES
3. HCV-06-8, Sump Pump to RDT, OPENS UN SAT STANDARD: VERIFY HCV-06-9 and HCV-06-7 are CLOSED and HCV-06-8 is OPEN.

EXAMINER'S CUE: Provide picture for valve positions HCV-06-9 indicates Green light ON, Red light OFF, HCV-06-7 indicates Green light ON, Red light OFF, HCV-06-8 indicates Green light OFF, Red light ON COMMENTS:

NRC 22 JPM C-1 Unit 1 Control Room Page 4 of 7 JPM C-1 Page 4

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCW CHECKLIST STEP 3 (40.C): PERFORM BOTH of the following on RTGB 105: CRITICAL STEP

1. PLACE V6301 , Rx Orn Tk Cntmt lsol , to RESET and then to OPEN .

STANDARD: POSITION V6301 control switch to RESET, then to OPEN .

SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: V6301 indicates RED light ON, Green light OFF UN SAT COMMENTS :

STEP 3 (40.C): PERFORM BOTH of the following on RTGB 105: CRITICAL STEP STANDARD: 2. PLACE V6302 , Rx Drain Tank Cntmt Isolation, to RESET and THEN to OPEN.

POSITION V6302 control switch to RESET, then to OPEN. SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: V6302 indicates Red light ON, Green light OFF UN SAT COMMENTS:

NRC 22 JPM C-1 Unit 1 Control Room Page 5 of 7 JPM C-1 Page 5

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCW CHECKLIST STEP 4 (Step 40 .D) : VERIFY Annunciator Y-19, ECCS Pump Room Leakage Valves Misaligned , is LIT.

STANDARD: VERIFY Annunciator Y-19 is LIT.

EXAMINER'S CUE: Annunciator Y-19 is LIT COMMENTS:

STEP 5 : NOTIFY the US that the ECCS Sumps have been ALIGNED to the ROT.

STANDARD : NOTIFY the US that the ECCS Sumps have been ALIGNED to the ROT. SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: Unit Supervisor ACKNOWLEDGES UN SAT COMMENTS:

END OF TASK STOP TIME: _ _ __

NRC 22 JPM C-1 Unit 1 Control Room Page 6 of 7 JPM C-1 Page 6

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED TO THE EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF THE TASK)

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

Unit 1 has experienced a LOCA. RAS has occurred and all normal post-trip power is available.

INITIATING CUES:

You are the Desk RCO. The Unit Supervisor has directed you to align the ECCS Sumps to the Reactor Drain Tank in accordance with 1-EOP-03, "Loss of Coolant Accident", Step 40 .

JPM C-1 Page 7

REVISION NO .: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE :

36 LOSS OF COOLANT ACCIDENT 33 of 72 PROCEDURE NO.:

1-EOP-03 ST. LUCIE UNIT 1 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS (continued)

INSTRUCTIONS CONTINGENCY ACTIONS 0 40. Align ECCS Sumps to ROT J1 RAS is present, Then ALIGN the ECCS sumps to the reactor drain tank by performing ALL of the following :

A. PLACE the ECCS Area Leakage System control switch , located on CRAC panel , to the ROT position.

B. VERIFY ALL of the following :

1. HCV-06-9, ROT Pump Suction, CLOSES .
2. HCV-06-7, Sump Pump to EDT, CLOSES.
3. HCV-06-8, Sump Pump to ROT , OPENS.
c. PERFORM BOTH of the following on RTGB 105:
1. PLACE V6301 , Rx Orn Tk Cntmt lsol , to RESET and then to OPEN .
2. PLACE V6302 , Rx Drain Tank Cntmt Isolation , to RESET and then to OPEN .

D. VERIFY Annunciator Y-19 ,

ECCS Pump Room Leakage Valves Misaligned , is lit.

JPM C-1 Page 8

,.._

I

"° 0

I

~

c CIC)
  • co 0

I

>

(.)

O> :c I

co 0

1

>

(.)

r:

JPM C-1 Page 9

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

18 6 CONTROL ROOM PANEL R RTGB-106 PROCEDURE NO.: WINDOW:

1-ARP-01-ROO ST. LUCIE UNIT 1 R-3 (Page 1 of 1)

CAUSES: An y of the following :

  • Automatic actuation of RAS
  • instrumentation failure CHANNEL A/B ACTUATION R-3 DEVICE: SETPOINT: LOCATION:

RAS CH A Energized ESC-SA PB 302-2/RAS ON Depressed RTGB-106 CS-302-2 Placed to RAS ON position RTGB-106 BA 105/205/305/405 At least two of the bistables tri p lights are ON ESC-MA/MB/MC/MD (RAS)

RAS CH B Energized ESC-SB PB 303-2/RAS ON Depressed RTGB-106 CS-303-2 Placed to RAS ON position RTGB-1 06 BA 105/205/305/405 At least two of the bistables trip lights are ON ESC-MA/MB/MC/MD (RAS)

ALARM CONFIRMATION

1. Channel A RAS , red light ON.

2 . Channel B RAS , red light ON.

3 . At least two of indicators LIS-07-2A thru 20 , REFUELING WATER TANK LEVEL, are 4.0 feet or less.

OPERA TOR ACTIONS

1. IF at least two of indicators LIS-07-2A thru 20, REFUELING WATER TANK LEVEL, are less than 4.0 feet or less, THEN ENSURE RAS is ACTUATED.
2. IF an inadvertent RAS occurs, THEN IMPLEMENT 1-AOP-69.01 , Inadvertent ESFAS Actuation .
3. IF an ESFAS Refueling Water Tank Level channel is failed , THEN IMPLEMENT 1-AOP-99.01, Loss of Tech Spec Instrumentation .

REFERENCES:

1. CWD 8770-B-327 sheets 302 and 303 JPM C-1 Page 10
  • FPL St. Lucie Nuclear Plant JOB PERFORMANCE MEAStJRE ALTERNATE CHARGING FLOW PATH TO RCS THROUGH THE A HRSI HEADER HLC 22 NRC JPM P-1 In-Plant This JPM is NOT TIME CRITICAL This is NOT an ALTERNATE PATH JPM

'- NRC 22 JPM P-1 In-Plant Pag e 1 of 6 JPM P-1 Page 1

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS Task: 05002180 Respond to a Loss of Charging Alternate Path JPM? No Facility JPM #: 0521305 KIA: 006A2.02 Ability to predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the ECCS and based on these predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations: Loss of flow path KIA Rating(s): 3.9/4.3 Task Standard: This JPM is complete when the control room is notified that SNPO actions of 2-AOP-02.03, "Charging and Letdown," Attachment 2, Alternate Charging Flow Path through A HPSI Header have been completed .

Evaluation Location: Performance Level:

Simulator In Plant Lab Other Perform Simulate Discuss x x

References:

  • 2-AOP-02.03 , "Charging and Letdown"
  • 2-ARP-01-M14 Validation Time: 20 minutes Time Critical:

Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:

  • Standard Personal Protective Equipment
  • Flashlight
  • Radio
  • Shift Keys
  • 2-AOP-02.03 , "Charging and Letdown" Specific Safety Rules, Personal Protective Equipment and Hazards associated with the task.
  • None Radiological Protection and RWP Requirements:
  • RCA General Entry RWP NRG 22 JPM P-1 In-Plant Page 2 of 6 JPM P-1 Page 2

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS:

  • The task you are to perform is: Perform the SNPO actions of 2-AOP-02 .03, "Charging and Letdown,"

Attachment 2, Alternate Charging Flow Path through A HPSI Header.

  • The performance level to be used for this JPM is Simulate
  • This is not a time critical JPM.
  • You may use any approved reference materials normally available in the execution of this task, including logs.
  • Indicate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you.

SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS FOR SIMULATOR JPMs:

  • All simulator JPM steps, including communications, shall be performed for this JPM.
  • You are to operate any plant equipment that is necessary for the completion of this JPM.
  • The simulator will provide the cues as you perform this JPM.
  • Indicate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you .

Initial Conditions:

Unit 2 is at 100% Power and Charging and Letdown are in-service. The Charging header has developed a bad leak down-stream of V2523, Charging Pump Disch at Penetr # 27 lsol, and the normal charging flow path is unavailable. There is no fire event involved .

Initiating Cues:

RCO has verified that in accordance with 2-ARP-01-M14, that Charging flow has been lost. You are the SNPO and the RCO has given direction for you to assist in the performance of Steps 1F and 1G of 2-AOP-02 .03, "Charging and Letdown," Attachment 2, Alternate Charging Flow Path to RCS Through the A HPSI Header.

NRC 22 JPM P-1 In-Plant Page 3 of 6 JPM P-1 Page 3

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST START TIME: _ _ __

2-AOP-02.03, "Charging and Letdown," Attachment 2, Alternate Charging Flow Path to RCS throu h A HPSI Header - Ste 1. F STEP 1 (1 .F.1): OPEN V3519, CHARGING PUMP TO A HPSI HOR ISOL. (RAB/-3/S-RA1Z/E- CRITICAL RAG , west of the 2A HPSI Pump) STEP STANDARD: OPEN V3519, Charging Pump to A HPSI Hdr lsol.

SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: V3519 is OPEN EXAMINER'S NOTE: Located in the 2A HPSI pump room UN SAT COMMENTS:

STEP 2 (1 .F.2): OPEN V2340, CHARGING PUMP DISCH HOR TO AUX HPSI HOR ISOI. CRITICAL (RAB/7/N-RA3/E-RAE, inside the 2C Charging Pump cubic STEP STANDARD : OPEN V2340, Charging Pump Disch to Aux HPSI Hdr lsol SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: V2340 is OPEN UNSAT EXAMINER'S NOTE: Located in the 2C Charging pump cubicle COMMENTS:

NRC 22 JPM P-1 In-Plant Page 4 of 6 JPM P-1 Page 4

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST NOTE V2429, CHARGING PUMP DISCH AT PENETR # 27 ISOL, must be closed if SAT this attachment is used during a fire event due to potential spurious operation of V2523, CHARGING LINE.

UN SAT STEP 3 (1 .G): CLOSE one of the following:

  • V2523, CHARGING LINE. (RTGB-205, Key 42)
  • V2429, CHARGING PUMP DISCH AT PENETR # 27 ISOL. (RAB/34/N-RA1/W-RAE)

STANDARD : RCO CLOSES V2523 , Charging Line, from the Control Room .

EXAMINER'S CUE : V2523 is CLOSED from the Control Room (RTGB-205, Key

42) by the RCO.

EXAMINER'S NOTE: The NOTE does not apply. The cue stated that there is no Fire event in progress COMMENTS :

STEP 4: Notify the control room that SNPO steps of 2-AOP-02.03, "Charging and Letdown," Attachment 2, Alternate Charging Flow Path through A HPSI Header have been completed . SAT STANDARD : NOTIFY control room .

UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS:

END OF TASK STOP TIME: _ _ __

NRG 22 JPM P-1 In-Plant Page 5 of6 JPM P-1 Page 5

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED TO THE EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF THE TASK)

Initial Conditions:

Unit 2 is at 100% Power and Charging and Letdown are in-service. The Charging header has developed a bad leak down-stream of V2523, Charging Pump Disch at Penetr # 27 lsol, and the normal charging flow path is unavailable. There is no fire event involved .

Initiating Cues:

RCO has verified that in accordance with 2-ARP-01 -M14, that Charging flow has been lost. You are the SNPO and the RCO has given direction for you to assist in the performance of Steps 1F and 1G of 2-AOP-02 .03, "Charging and Letdown," Attachment 2, Alternate Charging Flow Path to RCS Through the A HPSI Header.

JPM P-1 Page 6

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE :

10 CHARGING AND LETDOWN PROCEDURE NO. :

2-AOP-02 .03 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 2 Alternate Charging Flow Path to RCS Through the A HPSI Header (Page 1 of 10)

NOTE Letdown will NOT be available while charging through A HPSI header due to loss of cooling flow through the regenerative heat exchanger.

CAUTION

  • Use of this flowpath has the potential for lifting V3417, 2A HPSI PUMP DISCH HOR RELIEF, once a charging pump is started .
  • When all charging pumps are in the STOP position , Tech Spec. 3.0.3 is applicable.
1. IF charging flow is lost due to a rupture or component failure downstream of V2429, CHARGING PUMP DISCH AT PENETR # 27 ISOL, THEN PERFORM the following :

A. STOP the charging pumps one at a time.

B. MAINTAIN charging pump control switches in the STOP position .

C. PLACE PUMP 2A (2A HPSI PUMP) in STOP.

NOTE Closure of V3656, PUMP 2A DISCHARGE VALVE, will render the A HPSI Header inoperable.

D. CLOSE V3656, PUMP 2A DISCHARGE VALVE .

Jt-'M l"-1 !-'age 7

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

10 CHARGING AND LETDOWN *22 of 44 PROCEDURE NO.:

2-AOP-02 .03 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 2 ...

Alternate Charging Flow Path to RCS Through the A HPSI Header (Page 2 of 10)

1. (continued)

NOTE During a fire event local manual operation of the A HPSI Header Isolation valves may be required . If A Train is the protected train, HCV-3617, HEADER A TO LOOP 2A2 VALVE, should be used. If 8 Train is the protected train ,

HCV-3637, HEADER A TO LOOP 281 VALVE, should be used .

(Section 6.1.3, Management Directive 1)

E. OPEN one of the following valves: (RTG8-206)

o HCV-3647, HEADER A TO LOOP 282 VALVE.

F. PERFORM the following :

(1) OPEN V3519 , CHARGING PUMP TO A HPSI HOR ISOL.

(RA8/-3/S-RA1Z/E-RAG, west of the 2A HPSI Pump)

(2) OPEN V2340, CHARGING PUMP DISCH HOR TO AUX HPSI HOR ISOI. (RA8/7/N-RA2/E-RAE, inside the 2C Charging Pump cubicle)

NOTE V2429, CHARGING PUMP DISCH AT PENETR # 27 ISOL, must be closed if this attachment is used during a fire event due to potential spurious operation of V2523, CHARGING LINE.

G. CLOSE one of the following :

  • V2523 , CHARGING LINE . (RTG8-205, Key 42)
  • V2429 , CHARGING PUMP DISCH AT PENETR # 27 ISOL.

(RA8/34/N-RA 1/W-RAE)

Jt"IVI I"'- I t"age ti

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE :

10 CHARGING AND LETDOWN 23 of 44 PROCEDURE NO. :

2-AOP-02.03 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 2 Alternate Charging Flow Path to RCS Through the A HP.SI Header (Page 3 of 10)

1. (continued)

H. ENSURE RCS Pressure is being maintained less than or equal to 2250 psia .

CAUTION Use of this flowpath will result in a boron addition to the RCS . Up to 650 gallons of highly borated water may be contained in the Auxiliary HPSI header line being used. RCS temperature must be closely monitored during this evolution .

I. START the selected charging pump .

NOTE RCS pressure must NOT exceed 2250 psia at any time a charging pump is discharging into the HPSI header.

J. IF RCS pressure exceeds 2250 psia , THEN STOP the charging pump.

NOTE

  • During a fire event HPSI Loop Flow indication may NOT be available.

(Section 6.1 .3, Management Directive 1)

  • If charging flow to the RCS can NOT be verified, V3417, 2A HPSI PUMP DISCH HOR RELIEF, may have lifted.

K. VERIFY charging flow to RCS by both of the following :

  • Pressurizer level rise.
  • Flow increase on applicable HPSI loop flow indicator:
  • Fl-3311 , HPSI Loop 2A2 Flow.
  • Fl-3321 , HPSI Loop 2A1 Flow.
  • Fl-3331 , HPSI Loop 281 Flow.
  • Fl-3341 , HPSI Loop 282 Flow.

REVISION NO. : PROCEDURE TITLE: P,A.GE:

10 CHARGING AND LETDOWN 24 of 4!4 PROCEDURE NO.:

2-AOP-02 .03 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 2 Alternate Charging Flow Path to RCS Through the A HPSI Header (Page 4 of 10)

1. (continued)

NOTE V3417, 2A HPSI PUMP DISCH A HP HOR RELIEF , will not reseat until HPSI header pressure lowers to approximately 2116 psig . .

L. IF V3417, 2A HPSI PUMP DISCH A HP HOR RELIEF , has lifted, THEN PERFORM the following :

(1) STOP the charging pump .

(2) WHEN V3417, 2A HPSI PUMP DISCH A HP HOR RELIEF, has reseated, THEN DETERMINE the reason it lifted .

(3) IF it has been determined V3417,2A HPSI PUMP DISCH A HP HOR RELIEF, is NOT malfunctioning, THEN START the charging pump .

NOTE Restoring charging system to a normal alignment may NOT be an option during a fire event. (Section 6.1.3, Management Directive 1)

(4) IF it has been determined V3417, 2A HPSI PUMP DISCH A HP HOR RELIEF , is malfunctioning , THEN GO TO Attachment 2, Step 1.0.

M. PERFORM the following:

(1) CYCLE the selected charging pump as necessary to maintain pressurizer level between 27% and 68% .

(2) RETURN the selected charging pump control switch to AUTO .

N. PERFORM the following :

(1) RECORD all charging pump cycles, per AP-0010134 , Components Cycles and Transients.

(2) FORWARD to the Shift Technical Advisor for review.

M P-1 Page 10

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

10 CHARGING AND LETDOWN 25 of 44 PROCEDURE NO.:

2-AOP-02.03 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 2 Alternate Charging Flow Path to RCS Through the A HPSI Header (Page 5 of 10)

1. (continued)
0. WHEN alternate charging to the RCS through A HPSI header is no longer required, THEN PERFORM the following :

(1) STOP the charging pump.

(2) MAINTAIN charging pump control switches in the STOP position.

(3) ENSURE the following valves are LOCKED OPEN :

  • V2523, CHARGING LINE.
  • V2429, CHARGING PUMP DISCH AT PENETR #27 ISOL.

(4) PERFORM the following:

a. CLOSE V2340, CHARGING PUMP DISCH HOR TO AUX HPSI HOR ISOI.
b. CLOSE V3519, CHARGING PUMP TO A HPSI HOR ISOL.

(5) ENSURE the following valves are CLOSED :

a. HCV-3617, HEADER A TO LOOP 2A2 VALVE.
b. HCV-3627, HEADER A TO LOOP 2A1 VALVE.
c. HCV-3637, HEADER A TO LOOP 281 VALVE.
d. HCV-3647, HEADER A TO LOOP 282 VALVE.

(6) LOCK OPEN V3656 , PUMP 2A DISCHARGE VALVE.

P. NOTIFY OSE to perform required check valve leak testing when this evolution is complete.

Q. PLACE all charging pumps switches to AUTO.

R. RESTORE charging and letdown if required .

JPM P-1 Page 11

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

10 CHARGING AND LETDOWN 26 of 44 PROCEDURE NO.:

2-AOP-02 .03 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 2 Alternate Charging Flow Path to RCS Through the A HPSI Header (Page 6 of 10)

NOTE 2C Charging Pump will be required to perform this lineup.

CAUTION When all charging pumps are in the STOP position , Tech Spec 3.0.3 is applicable.

2. IF charging flow is lost due to a rupture or component failure upstream of V2429, CHARGING PUMP DISCH AT PENETR # 27 ISOL, THEN PERFORM the following :

A. STOP the charging pumps one at a time.

B. MAINTAIN charging pump control switches in the STOP position while realigning the system .

C. PLACE PUMP 2A (2A HPSI PUMP) in STOP.

CAUTION Closure of V3656, PUMP 2A DISCHARGE VALVE, will render A HPSI Header inoperable.

D. CLOSE V3656, PUMP 2A DISCHARGE VALVE. (RTG8-206)

E. CLOSE V2338, 2C CHARGING PUMP DISCH TO COMMON DISCH HOR ISOL. (RA8/7/N-RA3/E-RAE)

F. OPEN one of the following valves : (RTG8-206)

(1) HCV-3617, HEADER A TO LOOP 2A2 VALVE.

(2) HCV-3627, HEADER A TO LOOP 2A1 VALVE.

(3) HCV-3637, HEADER A TO LOOP 281 VALVE.

(4) HCV-3647, HEADER A TO LOOP 282 VALVE.

JPM P-1 Page 12

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: Pl,\GE:

10 CHARGING AND LETDOWN 27 of 44 PROCEDURE NO.:

2-AOP-02 .03 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 2 Alternate Charging Flow Path to RCS Through the A HPSI Header (Page 7 of 10)

2. {continued)

G. PERFORM the following :

(1) OPEN V3519, CHARGING PUMP TO A HPSI HOR ISOL.

(RAB/-3/S-RA1Z/E-RAG, west of the 2A HPSI Pump)

(2) OPEN V2340 , CHARGING PUMP DISCH HOR TO AUX HPSI HOR ISOI. (RAB/7/N-RA2/E-RAE, inside the 2C Charging Pump cubicle)

H. ENSURE RCS pressure is being maintained less than or equal to 2250 psia .

CAUTION Use of this flowpath will result in a boron addition to the RCS. Up to 650 gallons of highly borated water may be contained in the Auxiliary HPSI header line being used. RCS temperature must be closely monitored during this evolution.

I. START the 2C Charging pump .

NOTE RCS pressure must NOT exceed 2250 psia at any time a charging pump is discharging into the HPSI header.

J. IF RCS pressure exceeds 2250 psia, THEN STOP the charging pump .

JPM P-1 Page 13

REVISION NO.: . PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

10 CHARGING AND LETDOWN 28 of 44 PROCEDURE NO.:

2-AOP-02 .03 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 2 Alternate Charging Flow Path to RCS Through the A HPSI Header (Page 8 of 10)

2. (continued)

NOTE

  • During a fire event HPSI Loop Flow indication may NOT be available .

(Section 6.1.3, Management Directive 1)

  • If charging flow to the RCS can NOT be verified , V3417 , 2A HPSI PUMP DISCH HOR RELIEF, may have lifted.

K. VERIFY charging flow to RCS by both of the following :

  • Pressurizer level rise .
  • Flow increase on applicable HPSI loop flow indicator:
  • Fl-3311, HPSI Loop 2A2 Flow.
  • Fl-3321 , HPSI Loop 2A1 Flow.
  • Fl-3331 , HPSI Loop 281 Flow.
  • Fl-3341 , HPSI Loop 282 Flow.

NOTE V3417 , 2A HPSI PUMP DISCH A HP HOR RELIEF, will NOT reseat until HPSI header pressure lowers to approximately 2116 psig .

LL IF V3417, 2A HPSI PUMP DISCH A HP HOR RELIEF , has lifted, THEN PERFORM the following :

(1) STOP 2C CHARGING PUMP.

(2) WHEN V3417, 2A HPSI PUMP DISCH A HP HOR RELIEF, has reseated , THEN DETERMINE the reason it lifted .

(3) IF it has been determined V3417 , 2A HPSI PUMP DISCH A HP HOR RELIEF , is NOT malfunctioning , THEN START 2C CHARGING PUMP .

JPM P-1 Page 14

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

10 CHARGING AND LETDOWN 29 of 44 PROCEDURE NO.:

2-AOP-02 .03 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 2 Alternate Charging Flow Path to RCS Through the A HPSI Header (Page 9 of 10)

2. L. (continued)

(4) IF it has been determined V3417, 2A HPSI PUMP DISCH A HP HOR RELIEF, is malfunctioning, THEN GO TO Attachment 2, Step 1.0.

M. PERFORM the following :

(1) CYCLE the 2C charging pump as necessary to maintain pressurizer level between 27% and 68% .

(2) RETURN the selected charging pump control switch to AUTO .

N. PERFORM the following :

(1) RECORD all charging pump cycles, per AP-0010134, Component Cycles and Transients.

(2) FORWARD to the Shift Technical Advisor for review.

0. WHEN alternate charging to the RCS through A HPSI header is no longer desired, THEN PERFORM the following :

(1) ENSURE the charging pumps are STOPPED.

(2) LOCK OPEN V2338, 2C CHARGING PUMP DISCH TO COMMON DISCH HOR ISOL.

(3) PERFORM the following:

a. CLOSE V2340, CHARGING PUMP DISCH HOR TO AUX HPSI HOR ISOI.
b. CLOSE V3519, CHARGING PUMP TO A HPSI HOR ISOL.

JPM P-1 Page 15

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

10 CHARGING AND LETDOWN 30 of 44 PROCEDURE NO. :

2-AOP-02 .03 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 2 Alternate Charging Flow Path to RCS Through the A HPSI Header (Page 10of10)

2. 0. (continued)

(4) ENSURE the following valves are CLOSED :

a. HCV-3617, HEADER A TO LOOP 2A2 VALVE.
b. HCV-3627, HEADER A TO LOOP 2A1 VALVE.
c. HCV-3637, HEADER A TO LOOP 2B1 VALVE.
d. HCV-3647, HEADER A TO LOOP 282 VALVE .

(5) LOCK OPEN V3656, PUMP 2A DISCHARGE VALVE.

P. NOTIFY OSE to perform required check valve leak testing when this evolution is complete.

Q. PLACE all charging pumps switches to AUTO.

R. RESTORE charging and letdown if required .

JPM P-1 Page 16

V2340

'-

-u s:

"E

-u Q)

(C (1)

~

-.J Can access from "B" Chg Pump Room with ladder.

Simulate climbing over scaffolding and stepping on support to operate valve.

Recommend ladder from "B" room. It would be a reach though

'-

-u s:

"E

-u Q)

(C (1)

~

OJ Turn around 1800 when looking at 2A HPSI pump.

In overhead and probably would need ladder. I don't want to go there with having someone get a ladder, particularly a short person.

This valve is in a 3-4 mr/hr field

eFPL Reminder to the TPE Evaluator Refer to the OJTfTPE Procedure and follow the instructions .

St. Lucie Nuclear Plant Operations Training JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE RETURN STATIC INVERTER 2A TO SERVICE - UNIT 2 HLC 22 NRC JeM P-2 In-Plant

  • This JPM is NOT TIME CRITICAL This is NOT an ALTERNATE PATH JPM NRC 22 JPM P-2 In-Plant Page 1 of 1O JPM P-2 Page 1

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS Task: 05049090 , Place an Instrument Inverter in service Faulted JPM? NO Facility JPM #: 0821211 KIA: 062A3 .04 Ability to monitor automatic operation of the ac distribution system ,

including: Operation of inverter (e.g., precharging synchronizing light, static transfer)

KIA Rating(s): 2.7/2 .9 Duty Area(s): NA Task Information: NA Task Standard: Place the 2A Static Inverter in service.

Evaluation Location: Performance Level:

Simulator In Plant Lab Other Perform Simulate Discuss x x

References:

  • 2-NOP-49.0SA, 120 VAC Instrument Bus 2MA (Class 1E) Normal Operation Validation Time: 10 minutes Time Critical:

Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:

  • 2-NOP-49.0SA, 120 VAC Instrument Bus 2MA (Class 1E) Normal Operation Specific Safety Rules, Personal Protective Equipment and Hazards associated with the task.
  • None Radiological Protection and RWP Requirements:

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS:

  • The task you are to perform is: Place the 2A Static Inverter in service IAW 2-NOP-49.0SA.
  • The performance level to be used for this JPM is Simulate
  • This is not a time critical JPM.
  • During the performance of the task, I will tell you which steps to simulate or discuss.
  • I will provide you with the appropriate cues for steps that are simulated or discussed.
  • You may use any approved reference materials normally available in the execution of this task, including logs.
  • Indicate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you .

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

The 2MN2MA-1 Instrument Bus is currently on its alternate source of power due to an inverter failure .

Electrical Maintenance has just completed repairs to the 2A Static Inverter.

INITIATING CUES:

The US has directed you to return the 2A Static Inverter to service IAW 2-NOP-49.0SA, Section 4.2. For the purposes of this JPM , consider all concurrent verifications complete.

NRG 22 JPM P-2 In-Plant Page 3 of 10 JPM P-2 Page 3

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST START TIME: _ _ __

2-NOP-49.05A 120 VAC INSTRUMENT BUS 2MA CLASS 1E NORMAL OPERATION Section 4.2 STEP 1 (4.2.1 ): At Static Inverter 2A, Perform the following :

A. ENSURE B-1 DC INPUT breaker is OFF SAT STANDARD: VERIFY B-1 DC INPUT breaker in the OFF position . UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: B-1 DC INPUT breaker is in the DOWN position.

COMMENTS:

STEP 2 (4 .2.1): At Static Inverter 2A, Perform the following :

B. ENSURE B-2 INVERTER OUTPUT breaker is OFF SAT STANDARD: VERIFY B-2 INVERTER OUTPUT breaker in the OFF position . UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: B-2 INVERTER OUTPUT breaker is DOWN position.

COMMENTS :

STEP 3(4.2.2) : At 125V DC Bus Power Panel 2A, PLACE breaker 2-60126, CKT # 26 CRITICAL (Static Inverter Cab 2A}, in ON . STEP SAT STANDARD: POSITION 2-60126 TO on UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: 2-60126 is ON COMMENTS:

NRC 22 JPM P-2 In-Plant Page 4 of 10 JPM P-2 Page 4

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 4(4.2.3) : At Static Inverter 2A, PERFORM the following : CRITICAL STEP A. PRESS PRECHARGE pushbutton until PRECHARGE light is ON .

SAT STANDARD: DEPRESS AND HOLD PRECHARGE pushbutton until PRECHARGE light is on . UNSAT EXAMINER'S CUE: Amber PRECHARGE light is ON.

COMMENTS:

STEP 5 (4 .2.3): At Static Inverter 2A, PERFORM the following : CRITICAL STEP

8. While the PRECHARGE light is ON, PLACE 2A 8-1 DC INPUT breaker, to ON . SAT STANDARD: POSITION breaker 8-1 to ON . UNSAT EXAMINER'S CUE: B-1 DC INPUT breaker is in the UP position.

EXAMINER NOTE: Per a note in the procedure, the PRECHARGE light will extinguish over time due to normal capacitor discharge.

COMMENTS:

STEP 6 (4 .2.3) : At Static Inverter 2A, PERFORM the following: CRITICAL STEP C. PLACE breaker 2A 8-2, INVERTER OUTPUT breaker, in ON .

SAT STANDARD : POSITION breaker 2A 8-2 to ON .

UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: Breaker B-2 is in the UP position.

COMMENTS:

NRC 22 JPM P-2 In-Plant Page 5 of 10 JPM P-2 Page 5

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 7 (4.2.3): At Static Inverter 2A, PERFORM the following :

SAT D. VERIFY DC INPUT DC VOLTS meter indicates 132 to 137 VDC.

UN SAT STANDARD: Same as step.

EXAMINER'S CUE: DC input Volts indicate 133.6 VDC.

COMMENTS:

STEP 8 (4.2 .3): At Static Inverter 2A, PERFORM the following :

E. PLACE B-4, BYPASS SOURCE AC INPUT breaker, to ON .

SAT STANDARD: POSITION breaker B-4 to ON .

UNSAT EXAMINER'S CUE: Breaker B-4 is in the UP position.

COMMENTS:

STEP 9 (4.2.3): At Static Inverter 2A, PERFORM the following :

SAT F. VERIFY IN SYNC light is ON .

UN SAT STANDARD: Same as step.

EXAMINER'S CUE: Green IN SYNC light is ON.

COMMENTS:

NRC 22 JPM P-2 In-Plant Page 6of10 JPM P-2 Page 6

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 10 (4.2.3): At Static Inverter 2A, PERFORM the following:

SAT G. IF the IN SYNC light is OFF, THEN STOP procedure and NOTIFY Electrical Maintenance .

UN SAT STANDARD : DETERMINE step is N/A.

EXAMINER'S CUE: None.

COMMENTS:

STEP 11 (4.2.3) : At Static Inverter 2A, PERFORM the following :

H. VERIFY INVERTER OUPUT AC VOL TS meter indicates between 118 SAT to 124 VAC .

UN SAT STANDARD: Same as step.

EXAMINER'S CUE: AC Volts indicate 121.3 VAC.

COMMENTS:

STEP 12 (4.2.3) : At Static Inverter 2A, PERFORM the following :

I. VERIFY INVERTER OUTPUT HERTZ meter indicates between 59.4 to SAT 60.6 HZ.

UN SAT STANDARD : Same as step.

EXAMINER'S CUE: Inverter Output Hertz indicates 60.02 HZ.

COMMENTS:

NRC 22 JPM P-2 In-Plant Page 7 of 10 JPM P-2 Page 7

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 13(4.2.3): At Static Inverter 2A, PERFORM the following : CRITICAL STEP J . PLACE MANUAL BYPASS SWITCH in NORMAL OPERATION .

SAT STANDARD : POSITION MANUAL BYPASS SWITCH to NORMAL OPERATION .

UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: MANUAL BYPASS SWITCH is in NORMAL OPERATION.

COMMENTS:

STEP 14 (4.2.3): At Static Inverter 2A, PERFORM the following : CRITICAL STEP K. PRESS INVERTER TO LOAD pushbutton .

SAT STANDARD : DEPRESS the INVERTER TO LOAD pushbutton .

EXAMINER'S CUE: INVERTER TO LOAD pushbutton has been depressed. UN SAT COMMENTS:

STEP 15 (4.2.3) : At Static Inverter 2A, PERFORM the following :

L. VERIFY green INVERTER SUPPLYING LOAD light is ON. SAT STANDARD: Same as step. UNSAT EXAMINER'S CUE: Green INVERTER SUPPL YING LOAD light is ON.

COMMENTS:

NRC 22 JPM P-2 In-Plant Page 8 of 10 JPM P-2 Page 8

Procedure No.

ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 2-NOP-49.0SA NORMAL OPERATING PROCEDURE 1----R-ev-is-io_n_N-o.-----4 FPL SAFETY RELATED 5 CONTINUOUS USE Title:

120 VAC INSTRUMENT BUS 2MA (CLASS 1 E)

NORMAL OPERATION Responsible Department: OPERATIONS Special Considerations:

FOR INFORMATION ONLY Before use, verify revision and change documentation (if applicable) with a controlled index or document.

DATE VERIFIED INITIAL_ _ __

Revision Approved By Approval Date UNIT# UNIT2 DATE DOCT PROCEDURE 0 David Lanyi 05/30/08 DOCN 2-NOP-49.05A SYS STATUS COMPLETED 5 T. Spillman 07/16/14 REV 5

  1. OF PGS JPM P-2 Page 9

REV ISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:*

5 120 VAC INSTRUMENT BUS 2MA (CLASS 1E)

NORMAL OPERATION 2 of 22 PROCEDURE NO .:

2-NOP-49 .05A ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 REVISION

SUMMARY

Rev. No. Description 5 Incorporated PCR 1978044. In Section 4.1 Step 4 the sentence should have stated lsolimiter 2A is supplying 120 VAC Instrument Buses 2MA and 2MA-1 .

(Author: J Fiori)

'

)

4 Incorporated PCR 1769005 to correct procedural references . ,:-_}~

(Author: D. Coggeshall) 3 Incorporated PCR 1714439 to change 132V to 125V to provide use during a wider variety of plant conditions . (Author: Dave deFerrari) 2 Incorporated PCR 1624829 for an editorial change to Section 5.3.1 .B.

Breaker B-2 should read Inverter Output not DC Output. Incorporated PCR 562760 for enhancement items found during PUP extended review. (Author:

J. Fiori) 1 Incorporated PCR 09-0595 for PCM 06005M, operating instructions for the new Ametek Solid State Controls Inverters and lsolimiters .

(Author: Dave deFerrari) 0 THIS NEW PROCEDURE HAS BEEN CREATED BY THE PUP GROUP.

Incorporated PCR 08-1821 to upgrade OP 2-0970020 , Operation of the 120V Instrument AC System (Class1 E), to AD-AA-100-1003 standards. Original procedure has been split into 4 new procedures: 2-NOP-49 .05A, 120 VAC Instrument Bus 2MA (Class 1E) Normal Operation ; 2-NOP-49.05B, 120 VAC Instrument Bus 2MB (Class 1E) Normal Operation; 2-NOP-49.05C , 120 VAC Instrument Bus 2MC (Class 1 E) Normal Operation ; and 2-NOP-49.05D, 120 VAC Instrument Bus 2MD (Class 1E) Normal Operation. Removed Tech Spec NOTE and replaced with step to enter NOP-100.01 where applicable.

Replaced CAUTION concerning IN SYNC light with procedural steps.

Removed step requiring a 30-minute warm-up of the inverter. Added NOTE throughout procedure to warn of possible Control Room alarm. Changed output voltage range from 117 .6 to 122.4 VAC to 118 to 122 VAC and added statement to Limitations section . Provided greater detail to procedure for ground detection and isolation . Added new section for removing power to AC instrument buses (complete shutdown). Corrected l/M number in references . Removed (per System Engineer) 30 minute warm up requirement for inverter as it is not requ ired by the manufacturer; it will actually warm up quicker if loaded . (Author: Robert Ross)

JPM P-2 Page 10

REVISION NO. : PROCEDURE TITLE : PAGE:

5 120 VAC INSTRUMENT BUS 2MA (CLASS 1E)

NORMAL OPERATION 3 of 22 PROCEDURE NO.:

2-NOP-49.05A ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE 1.0 PURPOSE ..... ...................... .... ...... .... ....... .. .. ............ .. ..... .. .... ...... ... ... .. ... ..... ...... ... ....... 4 2.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS ... ...... .......... ............. ... .... .. ..... ................ .... .. ... ... . 4 3.0 PREREQUISITES AND INITIAL CONDITIONS ... ... ... ...... ... ..... ... .. ....... ............... ........ 6 4.0

  • INSTRUCTIONS ....... ......... ..... .. ... ... .. ... ............. .......... .. .. .... ..... ...... ... .... ....... ......... .... .. . 7 4.1 Remove Static Inverter 2A from Service (lsolimiter 2A Available) ........ ....... ........ ..... ... 7 4.2 Return Static Inverter 2A to Service .... ..... ................... .... .. ... .............. ..... ... .. .. .... ... .. .... 9 4.3 Remove lsolimiter 2A from Service (Static Inverter 2A In Service) ................. ... .... .... 12 4.4 Return lsolimiter 2A to Service ................... ................. ..... .. ... .. ............. ..... ..... ... ........ 13 5.0 INFREQUENT OPERATIONS ... .... ... ..... ................ ....... ........ ............ ......... ...... ... ....... 14 5.1 Bus Ground Detection and Isolation ....................... .......... .... ..... .... ..... ........ ... ....... .... . 14 5.2 Remove Power to 120 VAC Instrument Buses 2MA and 2MA-1 ............ ..... .. ............ 17 5.3 Restore Power to 120 VAC Instrument Buses 2MA and 2MA-1 ............ ............ .... .... 19 6.0 RECORDS ... ........ .. ... .. .... ...... .... ........... ......... .......... .... .. .... ... ... ... .. ...... .. ..... ..... ... ... ..... . 22

7.0 REFERENCES

............ ..... .... ...... .. .... .. .............................. ... ... ......... ..... ... ............. ... .. 22 JPM P-2 Page 11

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE : PAGE :

5 120 VAC INSTRUMENT BUS 2MA (CLASS 1E)

NORMAL OPERATION 4 of 22 PROCEDURE NO .:

2-NOP-49.05A ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 1.0 PURPOSE This procedure provides instructions for start-up, transfer and shutdown of the following :

  • Static Inverter 2A
  • Instrument buses 2MA and 2MA-1
  • lsolimiter 2A 2.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS 2.1 Precautions
1. The IN SYNC light shall be verified ON prior to operation of the transfer switch during normal operation. BYPASS SOURCE AC INPUT Breaker B-4 is used to provide the SYNC signal.
2. MANUAL BYPASS SWITCH transfers load . INVERTER TO LOAD Pushbutton only provides light indication .
3. Correct voltage and frequency on inverter shall be verified prior to executing any transfer from bypass to the inverter.
4. Prior to performing any maintenance on the static inverter, the MANUAL BYPASS SWITCH for the inverter should be in the BYPASS TO LOAD position and the inverter placed on bypass.
5. Incorrect execution of this procedure can result in the actuation of Safeguards equipment and a Reactor trip . The Control Room shall be immediately notified if any discrepancies are noted during performance of this procedure.
6. The indicating lights "INVERTER SUPPL YING LOAD" and "BYPASS SOURCE SUPPLYING LOAD" DO NOT necessarily represent which source is actually supplying the MA and MA-1 buses. Only the position of the MANUAL BYPASS SWITCH indicates actual power source NORMAL OPERATION (Inverter) or BYPASS TO LOAD (lsolimiter) 2.2 Limitations
1. The inverter shall be declared INOPERABLE when output voltage is outside the design bases range of 117.6 to 124.4 VAC Normal range of 118 to 124 VAC is used in this procedure since output voltage meter can only be read to an accuracy of 1 volt.

JPM P-2 Page 12

REVISION NO .: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

5 120 VAC INSTRUMENT BUS 2MA (CLASS 1E)

NORMAL OPERATION 5 of 22 PROCEDURE NO .:

2-NOP-49.05A ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 2.2 Limitations (continued)

2. The inverter should not be operated when DC input voltage is below 100 voe or above 140 voe.
3. If the inverter has been removed from service, then the inverter shall be returned to service within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> or the plant shall be in at least HOT STANDBY within the next 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> and in COLD SHUTDOWN within the following 30 hours3.472222e-4 days <br />0.00833 hours <br />4.960317e-5 weeks <br />1.1415e-5 months <br />. (Section 7 .2, Commitment 1)

JPM P-2 Page 13

REVISI ON NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE : PAGE:

5 120 VAC INSTRUMENT BUS 2MA (CLASS 1E)

NORMAL OPERATION 6 of 22 PROCEDURE NO.:

2-NOP-49 .05A ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 INITIAL 3.0 PREREQUISITES AND INITIAL CONDITIONS 3.1 Prerequisites

1. 125V DC Bus 2A is energized to support operation of the static inverter.
2. 480V MCC 2A-5 is energized to support operation of the maintenance isolimiters.
3. Annunciator B-43, 120 VAC INVTR 2NINSTR BUS 2MN2MA-1 TROUBLE (RTGB-201) is capable of providing alarm indications.
4. Tech Specs have been reviewed to determine applicability in accordance with current plant MODE.

3.2 Initial Conditions None JPM P-2 Page 14

REVI SION NO. : PRO CEDURE TITLE : PAG E:

5 120 VAC INSTRUMENT BUS 2MA (CLASS 1E)

NORMAL OPERATION 7 of 22 PROCEDURE NO .:

2-NOP-49 .05A ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 INITIAL 4.0 INSTRUCTIONS 4.1 Remove Static Inverter 2A from Service (lsolimiter 2A Available)

1. INITIATE documentation for removing Static Inverter 2A from service per ADM-09 .22, Equipment Out of Service.

CAUTION Incorrect execution of this section can result in the actuation of Safeguards equipment and a Reactor trip . Control Room notification is expected if any discrepancies are noted during the execution of this section .

Concurrent Verification

2. At 480V MCC 2A-5, VERIFY breaker 2-41207 , ISOLIMITER 2A, is ON .

CV

3. At Static Inverter 2A, PERFORM the following :

A. VERIFY B-4, BYPASS SOURCE AC INPUT breaker, is ON .

CV

8. VERIFY the green IN SYNC light is ON .

CV C. IF the IN SYNC light is OFF, THEN STOP procedure and NOTIFY Electrical Maintenance.

Concurrent Verification D. PLACE the MANUAL BYPASS SWITCH in BYPASS TO LOAD.

CV E. PRESS BYPASS SOURCE TO LOAD pushbutton .

CV JPM P-2 Page 15

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

5 120 VAC INSTRUMENT BUS 2MA (CLASS 1E)

NORMAL OPERATION 8 of 22 PROCEDURE NO .:

2-NOP-49.05A ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 INITIAL 4.1 Remove Static Inverter 2A from Service (lsolimiter 2A Available)

(continued)

3. (continued)

F. VERIFY BYPASS SOURCE SUPPL YING LOAD amber light is ON.

CV

4. NOTIFY Control Room that lsolimiter 2A is supplying 120 VAC Instrument Buses 2MA and 2MA-1 .

NOTE Performance of the following steps will cause annunciator B-43, 120 VAC INVTR 2A INSTR BUS 2MA/2MA-1 TROUBLE, to alarm .

Concurrent Verification

5. At Static Inverter 2A, PERFORM the following:

A. PLACE B-2 , INVERTER OUTPUT breaker, in OFF.

CV

8. PLACE B-1 , DC INPUT breaker, in OFF.

CV PLACE B-4, BYPASS SOURCE AC INPUT breaker, in OFF CV

6. At 125V DC Bus Power Panel 2A, PLACE breaker 2-60126 , CKT
  1. 26 (Static Inverter Cab 2A) , in OFF.

CV

7. NOTIFY Control Room that Static Inverter 2A is removed from service.

JPM P-2 Page 16

REVISION NO .: PROCEDURE TITLE : PAGE:

5 120 VAC INSTRUMENT BUS 2MA (CLASS 1E)

NORMAL OPERATION 9 of 22 PROCEDURE NO .:

2-NOP-49.05A ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 INITIAL 4.2 Return Static Inverter 2A to Service NOTE After energizing the static inverter, annunciator B-43, 120 VAC I NVTR 2A INSTR BUS 2MN2MA-1 TROUBLE, may alarm as the inverter warms up.

CAUTION Incorrect execution of this section can result in the actuation of Safeguards equipment and a Reactor trip . The Control Room notification is expected if any discrepancies are noted during the execution of this section .

Concurrent Verification

1. At Static Inverter 2A, PERFORM the following :

A. ENSURE B-1, DC INPUT breaker, is OFF.

CV B. ENSURE B-2, INVERTER OUTPUT breaker, is OFF.

CV

2. At 125V DC Bus Power Panel 2A, PLACE breaker 2-60126, CKT
  1. 26 (Static Inverter Cab 2A), in ON .

CV

3. At Static Inverter 2A, PERFORM the following :

A. PRESS PRECHARGE pushbutton until PRECHARGE light is ON.

CV JPM P-2 Page 17

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE : PAGE: '

5 120 VAC INSTRUMENT BUS 2MA (CLASS 1E)

NORMAL OPERATION 10 of 22 .

PROCEDURE NO.:

2-NOP-49.05A ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 INITIAL 4.2 Return Static Inverter 2A to Service (continued)

3. (continued)

NOTE The PRECHARGE light will extinguish over time due to normal capacitor discharge.

B. While the PRECHARGE light is ON , PLACE B-1, DC INPUT breaker, in ON .

CV C. PLACE B-2 , INVERTER OUTPUT breaker, in ON .

CV D. VERIFY DC INPUT DC VOLTS meter indicates 125 to 137 voe.

CV E. PLACE B-4, BYPASS SOURCE AC INPUT breaker, in ON .

CV F. VERIFY the green IN SYNC light is ON .

CV G. IF the IN SYNC light is OFF, THEN STOP procedure and NOTIFY Electrical Maintenance.

Concurrent Verification H. VERIFY INVERTER OUTPUT AC VOL TS meter indicates between 118 to 124 VAC.

CV I. VERIFY INVERTER OUTPUT HERTZ meter indicates between 59.4 to 60.6 HZ.

CV JPM P-2 Page 18

REVISION NO .: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE :

5 120 VAC INSTRUMENT BUS 2MA (CLASS 1E)

NORMAL OPERATION 11 of 22 PROCEDURE NO.:

2-NOP-49.05A ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 INITIAL 4.2 Return Static Inverter 2A to Service (continued)

3. (continued)

J. PLACE MANUAL BYPASS SWITCH in NORMAL OPERATION .

CV K. PRESS INVERTER TO LOAD pushbutton .

CV L. VERIFY green INVERTER SUPPL YING LOAD light is ON .

CV

4. NOTIFY Control Room that Static Inverter 2A is supplying 120 VAC Instrument Buses 2MA and 2MA-1 .
5. DECLARE Static Inverter 2A OPERABLE.

us JPM P-2 Page 19

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 16(4.2.4) : NOTIFY Control Room that Static Inverter 2A is supplying 120V AC Instrument Buses 2MA and 2MA-1 . SAT STANDARD : CONTACT the Control Room , and notify them the 2A Static Inverter is UNSAT supplying the 2MA/2MA-1 buses.

EXAMINER'S CUE: Control Room acknowledges, and states that they will declare the 2A Static Inverter operable.

COMMENTS:

END OF TASK STOP TIME: _ _ __

NRC 22 JPM P-2 In-Plant Page 9 of 10 JPM P-2 Page 20

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED TO THE EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF THE TASK)

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

The 2MN2MA-1 Instrument Bus is currently on its alternate source of power due to an inverter fa ilure.

Electrical Maintenance has just completed repairs to the 2A Static Inverter.

INITIATING CUES:

The US has directed you to return the 2A Static Inverter to service IAW 2-NOP-49.0SA, Section 4.2. For the purposes of th is JPM, consider all concurrent verifications complete.

JPM P-2 Page 21

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS Task Number: 03105050 and 07009055 Task Title: Align AFW System in Response to Component Malfunction/Failure Faulted JPM: D Yes [gl No Facility JPM # N/A K/A: 061A1 .03 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the AFW controls including:

Interactions when multi unit systems are cross tied K/A Ratings: 3.1/3.6 Duty Areas: N/A Task Information: N/A Task Standard: Task is complete when the 1C AFW pump is aligned to take suction from the Unit 2 CST.

Evaluation Location Performance Level D Simulator [gl In Plant D Perform [gl Simulate D Discuss D Lab D Other

References:

  • 1-AOP-09.02, "Auxiliary Feedwater" Validation Time: 15 Minutes Time Critical D Yes [gl No Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:
  • Standard Personal Protective Equipment
  • Flashlight
  • Radio
  • Watch Stander Key Ring for Locked Valves
  • None.

Radiological Protection and RWP Requirements:

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS Specific Directions:

  • The Task you are to perform is: Align Unit 2 CST to Supply 1C AFW Pump
  • The performance level to be used for this JPM is Simulate.

(Circle the performance level being used for this implementation of the JPM.)

  • This Is Not a time critical JPM.
  • During the performance of the task, I will tell you which steps to simulate or discuss.
  • I will provide you with the appropriate cues for steps that are simulated or discussed.
  • You may use any approved reference materials normally available in the execution of this task, including logs.
  • Indicate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you.

Initial Conditions:

Unit 1 is experiencing a Total Loss of Feedwater event. Unit 1 CST in unavailable, Unit 2 CST level is 43 Feet. Unit 2 is in Mode 1.

Initiating Cues:

You are the Unit 1 NPO. The Unit 1 Unit Supervisor has directed you to line up the Unit 2 CST to supply the 1C AFW Pump IAW 1-AOP-09.02, "Auxiliary Feedwater," Attachment 5, Steps 1.A through 1.D, and 1.F.1 through 1.F.5.

NRC 22 JPM P-3 In-Plant Page 3of10

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST Start Time:

1-AOP-09.02, "Auxiliary Feedwater,"Attachment 5 Step 1 STEP 1 (1.A) Notify Unit 2 Control Room.

Standard: NOTIFY Unit 2 Control Room that Unit 2 CST will be ALIGNED to - - Sat supply the 1C AFW Pump.

- - Unsat Examiner's Cue: Unit 2 Control Room ACKNOWLEDGES NOTE Comments: In the event Unit 2 CST is utilized to supply condensate to Unit 1, a minimum of 182,000 gallons (19'6") must be maintained in the Unit 2 CST unless Unit 2 is in Modes 4, 5, or 6. This is to ensure that Unit 2 has the capability to cool the RCS to less than 350 degrees.

CAUTION

  • During the performance of this attachment, close communications with the Unit 2 Control Room must be maintained to ensure administrative requirements and safety issues are considered in regards to both units.
  • In the event the Unit 1 AFW Pump suction pressure decreases to 3 psig during the performance of this attachment, the AFW Pump discharge valves must be throttled to maintain suction pressure.
  • Performance of this attachment will require Unit 1 to enter action statement for Tech. Spec. 3.7.1.2 and 3.7.1.3. Unit 2 will be in action statement for Tech. Spec. 3.7.1.3 and possibly 3.7.1.2 depending on valve selection in Attachment 5 Step 1.C.

NRC 22 JPM P-3 In-Plant Page 4of10

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 2 (1.B} ENSURE all Unit 1 Auxiliary Feedwater pumps are OFF.

Standard: ENSURE all Unit 1 Auxiliary Feedwater pumps are OFF by - - Sat calling the Unit 1 Control Room OR physically checking the AFWpumps. - - Unsat Examiner's Cue: All Unit 1 Auxiliary Feedwater pumps are OFF.

Comments:

STEP 3 (1.C.1} At the Unit 2 CST, PERFORM one of the following to establish a flowpath from the Unit 2 CST to Unit 1 AFW pumps: CRITICAL STEP

1. IF the Unit 2 CST level is greater than 40 feet, THEN OPEN V12803, CST INLET TO I FROM UNIT 1 ISOL. (CST/23/N-6/E-
21) - - Sat Standard: UNLOCK and POSITION V12803 to OPEN. - - Unsat Examiner's Cue: V12803 is OPEN.

Comments: Initiating Cue gives Unit 2 CST level as 43 Feet. Valve does not have to be re-locked to meet the Critical Step. Required key is on the Withstander's key ring.

NRC 22 JPM P-3 In-Plant Page 5of10

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 3 (1.C.2} At the Unit 2 CST, PERFORM one of the following to establish a flowpath from the Unit 2 CST to Unit 1 AFW pumps: - - Sat

2. IF the Unit 2 CST level is less than or equal to 40 feet, THEN PERFORM one of the following: - - Unsat
  • OPEN V12801, 2C AFW PUMP SUCT TO I FROM UNIT 1 ISOL. (CST/23/N-14/E-20)
  • OPEN V12802, 2A/2B AFW PUMP SUCT TO I FROM UNIT 1 ISOL. (CST/23/N-14/E-20)

Standard: Determined to be NA, due to initiating cue.

Examiner's Cue: Initiating Cue gives Unit 2 CST level as 43 Feet.

Comments:

STEP 4 (1.D} D. OPEN V12805, CST CROSSTIE TO UNIT 1 ISOL.

CRITICAL STEP (CST/24/N-685/E-1191)

Standard: UNLOCK and POSITION V12805 to OPEN.

- - Sat

- - Unsat Examiner's Cue:

V12805 is OPEN.

(EXAMINERS NOTE) Step 1.E is for aligning 1A and 18 AFW pump. N/A for this task.

Comments: Valve does not have to be re-locked to meet the Critical Step.

NRC 22 JPM P-3 In-Plant Page 6of10

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 5 (1.F.1} To supply 1C AFW pump, PERFORM the following:

CRITICAL STEP CLOSE V12506, CST OUTLET TO 1C AFW PUMP SUCT ISOL at the Unit 1 CST. (CST/23/N-9/E-19)

Standard: UNLOCK and POSITION V12506 to CLOSE. - - Sat Examiner's Cue: V12506 is CLOSED. - - Unsat Comments: Valve does not have to be re-locked to meet the Critical Step.

STEP 6 (1.F.2} To supply 1C AFW pump, PERFORM the following:

CRITICAL STEP OPEN V12175, TO/FROM UNIT 2 FROM 1C AFW PUMP SUCT LINE ISOL, at the Unit 1 CST. (CST/21/N-13/E-24)

Standard: UNLOCK and POSITION V12175 to OPEN. - - Sat Examiner's Cue: V12175 is OPEN. - - Unsat Comments: Valve does not have to be re-locked to meet the Critical Step.

NRC 22 JPM P-3 In-Plant Page 7of10

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 7 (1.F.3} To supply 1C AFW pump, PERFORM the following:

- - Sat ENSURE Pl-12-18C, 1C AFW PUMP SUCT PRESS, instrument isolation valve is OPEN. (TRSL/27/N-T3/W-TA) - - Unsat Standard: POSITION Pl-12-18C instrument isolation to OPEN.

Examiner's Cue: Pl-12-1 SC instrument isolation valve is OPEN.

Comments: Valve is normally open STEP 8 (1.F.4} To supply 1C AFW pump, PERFORM the following:

VERIFY greater than 3 psig suction pressure on Pl-12-18C, 1C - - Sat AFW PUMP SUCTION PRESSURE.

- - Unsat Standard: VERIFY GREATER THAN 3 psig on Pl-12-18C.

Examiner's Cue: Pl-12-18C INDICATES 10.5 psig.

Comments:

NRC 22 JPM P-3 In-Plant Page 8of10

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 9 (1.F.5.a} IF feeding S/Gs with the 1C Auxiliary Feedwater Pump, THEN PERFORM the following: CRITICAL STEP CLOSE V09399, 1C AFW PUMP REC IRC ISOL. (TRSL/23-N-T3/W-TA) - - Sat Standard: UNLOCK and POSITION V09399, 1C AFW PUMP REC IRC - - Unsat ISOL. to CLOSE Examiner's Cue: The 1C AFW will be used to feed the SG's V09399, 1C AFW PUMP RECIRC ISOL. is closed Comments:

STEP 10 (1.F.5.b} START 1C AUXILIARY FEEDWATER PUMP Standard: NOTIFY Unit 1 Unit Supervisor that 1C AFW Pump is lined up to - - Sat take a suction on the Unit 2 CST IAW 1-AOP-09.02, "Auxiliary Feedwater". - - Unsat Examiner's Cue: Unit 1 Unit Supervisor ACKNOWLEDGES.

Comments: If candidate continues onward, then inform him "This JPM is complete."

END OF TASK Stop Time: _ _

NRC 22 JPM P-3 In-Plant Page 9of10

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE CANDIDATE CUE SHEET Initial Conditions:

Unit 1 is experiencing a Total Loss of Feedwater event. Unit 1 CST in unavailable, Unit 2 CST level is 43 Feet. Unit 2 is in Mode 1.

Initiating Cues:

You are the Unit 1 NPO. The Unit 1 Unit Supervisor has directed you to line up the Unit 2 CST to supply the 1C AFW Pump IAW 1-AOP-09.02, "Auxiliary Feedwater," Attachment 5, Steps 1.A through 1.D, and 1.F.1 through 1.F.5.

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS Task: 07200440, PERFORM ACTION ASSOCIATED WITH CSAS 07007040, ALIGN CONTAINMENT SPRAY Faulted JPM? Yes Facility JPM #: Modified from 0821014A KJA: 026A4 .01 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room : CSS controls KJA Rating: 4.5/4 .3 Task Standard: This JPM is complete when CSAS has been verified per 2-EOP-99 Table 3, and the US has been informed that FCV-07-1A could not be opened and the 28 Containment Spray Pump had to be manually started .

Evaluation Location: Performance Level:

Simulator In Plant Lab Other Perform Simulate Discuss x x

References:

2-EOP-03, Loss of Coolant Accident 2-EOP-99, Table 3, Containment Spray Actuation Signal Validation Time: 10 minutes Time Critical:

Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:

2-EOP-03, Step 12

  • 2-EOP-99, Table 3, Containment Spray Actuation Signal Specific Safety Rules, Personal Protective Equipment and Hazards associated with the task.
  • None Radiological Protection and RWP Requirements:

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS:

  • The task you are to perform is: Verify CSAS - Unit 2 The performance level to be used for this JPM is Perform This is not a time critical JPM.
  • You may use any approved reference materials normally available in the execution of this task, including logs.

Indicate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you.

SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS FOR SIMULATOR JPMs:

All simulator JPM steps, including communications, shall be performed for this JPM.

You are to operate any plant equipment that is necessary for the completion of this JPM.

The simulator will provide the cues as you perform this JPM.

Indicate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you .

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

A Loss of Coolant Accident is in progress at Unit 2.

INITIATING CUES:

The US directs you to perform Step 12 of 2-EOP-03, Loss of Coolant Accident.

NRC 22 JPM S-1 Simulator Page 3of10 JPM S-1 Page 3

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST ST ART TIME : _ _ __

2-EOP-03 Ste 12 STEP 1 (12 .1): Ensure Containment Spray Actuation If Containment pressure is greater than 5.4 psig, Then VERIFY BOTH SAT of the following :

1. CSAS has ACTUATED. UN SAT STANDARD: DETERMINE that both CSAS Channel 'A' and CSAS Channel '8' have failed to ACTUATE and refers to contingency step. '

EXAMINER'S CUE: CSAS Channel 'A' indicates Green light ON, Red light OFF. CSAS Channel 'B' indicates Green light ON, Red light OFF.

COMMENTS:

STEP 2: (12.1) MANUALLY ACTUATE CSAS. CRITICAL STEP STANDARD : DEPRESS and HOLD the CSAS Channel 'A' pushbutton and POSITION the Channel 'A' CSAS control switch to "CSAS ON. DEPRESS and HOLD the CSAS Channel 'B' pushbutton and POSITION the Channel 'B' CSAS control SAT switch to "CSAS ON" .

EXAMINER'S CUE: CSAS Channel 'A' indicates Green light OFF, Red UN SAT light ON. CSAS Channel 'B' indicates Green light OFF, Red light ON.

COMMENTS :

STEP 3 (12 .2): Ensure Containment Spray Actuation SAT If Containment pressure is greater than 5.4 psig, Then VERIFY BOTH of the following :

UN SAT

2. Containment Spray flow is at least 2700 gpm from EACH header.

STANDARD : OBSERVE "A" and "B" spray header flows are zero and refers to contingency step.

EXAMINER'S CUE: "A" and "B" spray header flows are zero.

EVALUATOR'S NOTE: Steps 3, 4 and 5 may be evaluated in a different order COMMENTS :

NRC 22 JPM S-1 Simulator Page 4of10 JPM S-1 Page 4

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 4 (12.2): If: Containment Spray flow is less than 2700 gpm from each header, then START/ALIGN CSAS components . REFER to Table 3 of 2-EOP-99 , Containment Spray Actuation Signal.

STANDARD: REFER TO Table 3, Containment Spray Actuation Signal AND Manually START/ALIGN CSAS components.

COMMENTS:

2-EOP-99 Table 3 STEP 5 (Step 1): ENSURE Containment Spray Pumps RUNNING.

  • C.S. Pump 2A
  • C.S. Pump 28 SAT STANDARD : Recognizes C.S . Pump 2A is running.

Recognizes C.S. Pump 28 is not running .

UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE : C.S. Pump 2A shows Green light OFF, Red light ON.

C.S . Pump 28 shows Green light ON, Red light OFF.

If asked 2A pump indicates 30 amps.

If asked 28 pump indicates 0 amps.

-- COMMENTS :

'---* NRC 22 JPM S-1 Simulator Page 5 of 1O JPM S-1 Page 5

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 6 (Step 1): Manually Start 2B Containment Spray Pump. CRITICAL STEP STANDARD : Starts 2B Containment Spray Pump.

SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: 28 Containment Spray Pump indicates Green light OFF, Red light ON.

UNSAT If asked 28 pump indicates 45 amps COMMENTS :

STEP 7 (Step 2) : ENSURE Containment Spray Header NB Valves OPEN . FAULTED STEP

  • FCV-07-1A
  • FCV-07-1 B SAT STANDARD : Recognizes FCV-07-1A is closed .

Recognizes FCV-07-1 B is open .

UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: FCV-07-1A shows Green light ON, Red light OFF.

FCV-07-18 shows Green light OFF, Red light ON.

EXAMINER'S NOTE: Faulted step - FCV-07-1A does not open.

COMMENTS :

STEP 8 (Step 2) : ENSURE Containment Spray Header NB Valves OPEN .

FAULTED

  • FCV-07-1A STEP
  • FCV-07-1B STANDARD : Attempts to open FCV-07-1A. SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: FCV-07-1A show Green lights ON, Red lights OFF. UNSAT EXAMINER'S NOTE: Faulted step - FCV-07-1A does not open.

COMMENTS :

NRC 22 JPM S-1 Simulator Page 6of10 JPM S-1 Page 6

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 9 (Step 3) : VERIFY EACH operating Containment Spray Header is delivering greater than or equal to 2700 gpm .

SAT Fl-07-1A and Fl-07-18 STANDARD : Recognizes Fl-07-1A indicates 0 gpm . UN SAT Recognizes Fl-07-18 indicates greater than or equal to 2700 gpm (if 28 CS pump was manually started).

EXAMINER'S CUE: Fl-07-1A indicates 0 gpm.

Fl 18 indicates 3300 gpm COMMENTS:

STEP 10 (Step 4): VERIFY Hydrazine Pumps RUNNING.

SAT

  • Hyd. Pump 2A
  • Hyd. Pump 28 UNSAT STANDARD: Verify Hydrazine Pumps 2A and 28 are running .

EXAMINER'S CUE : Hyd. Pump 2A shows Green light OFF, Red light ON.

Hyd. Pump 28 shows Green light OFF, Red light ON.

COMMENTS:

STEP 11 (Step 5) : VERIFY Hydrazine Pump Discharge Valves OPEN .

SAT

  • l-SE-07-3A
  • l-SE-07-38 UN SAT STANDARD : Verify l-SE-07-3A and 38 are open.

EXAMINER'S CUE: 1-SE-07-3A indicates Green light OFF, Red light ON.

l-SE-07-38 indicates Green light OFF, Red light ON .

COMMENTS :

NRC 22 JPM S-1 Simulator Page 7of10 JPM S-1 Page 7

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 12 (Step 6): VERIFY Hydrazine flow on ANY of the following :

Fl-07-2-1 (Hydrazine Spray Flow)

  • FR-07-2-2 (Hydrazine Spray Flow)

STANDARD: Verify Hydrazine flow on Fl-07-2-1 and/or FR-07-2-2.

EXAMINER'S CUE: Common flow element (FE-07-2) both Fl-07-2-1 and FR-07-2-2 read:::: .75 to 1.5 gpm.

COMMENTS:

STEP (done) : NOTIFY the US that Table 3 is complete, 28 Containment Spray Pump had to be started manually and FCV-07-1A will not open .

STANDARD : Notify the US that Table 3 is complete, FCV-07-1A could not be opened and SAT the 28 Containment Spray Pump had to be manually started .

UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: US ACKNOWLEDGES.

COMMENTS :

'--*

END OF TASK NRC 22 JPM S-1 Simulator Page 8of10 JPM S-1 Page 8

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE SIMULATOR JPM SETUP

1. RESTORE IC-84.
2. SELECT AND EXECUTE JPM Lesson S-1
3. UNFREEZE the Simulator when the student is ready.

\..____-

NRC 22 JPM S-1 Simulator Page 9of10 JPM S-1 Page 9

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED TO THE EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF THE TASK)

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

A Loss of Coolant Accident is in progress at Unit 2.

INITIATING CUES:

The US directs you to perform Step 12 of 2-EOP-03, Loss of Coolant Accident.

JPM S-1 Page 10

REVISION NO .: PROCEDURE TITLE : PAGE:

34 LOSS OF COOLANT ACCIDENT 13 of 74 PROCEDURE NO.:

2-EOP-03 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS (continued)

INSTRUCTIONS CONTINGENCY ACTIONS

11. (continued) 11. (continued)

A. VERIFY BOTH of the following:

1. CIAS has ACTUATED. 1.1 Manually ACTUATE CIAS .

1.2 START/ALIGN CIAS components.

REFER TO Table 2, Containment Isolation Actuation Signal.

2. !f Containment pressure is 2.1 Manually ACTUATE MSIS.

greater than 3.5 psig, Then VERIFY MSIS has 2.2 START/ALIGN MSIS components.

ACTUATED. REFER TO Table 5, Main Steam Isolation Actuation Signal.

B. ENSURE ALL available Emergency Containment HVAC systems are RUNNING:

  • At least ONE train of SBVS
  • At least ONE train of Containment Fan Coolers 0 12. Ensure Containment Spray Actuation

!f Containment pressure is greater than 5.4 psig, Then VERIFY BOTH of the following:

1. CSAS has ACTUATED .

12.1 Manually ACTUATE CSAS.

2. Containment Spray flow is at least 2700 gpm from EACH 12.2 !f Containment Spray flow is less header. than 2700 gpm from each header then START/ALIGN CSAS components. REFER TO Table 3, Containment Spray Actuation Signal.

JPM S-1 Pa e 11

D 5. VERIFY Hydrazine Pump Discharge Valves OPEN.

  • l-SE-07-3A
  • l-SE-07-38 D 6. VERIFY Hydrazine flow on ANY of the following:

D Fl-07-2-1 (Hydrazine Spray Flow)

D FR-07-2-2 (Hydrazine Spray Flow)

END OF TABLE 3

fj FPL St. Lucie Nuclear Plant Operations Training JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE Withdraw Shutdown Group CEAs in preparation for Reactor Startu~ - Unit 2 HLC 22 NRC ~PM S-2 Simulator This JPM is NOT TIME CRITICAL This is an ALTERNATE PATH JPM NRG 22 JPM S-2 Simulator Page 1 of 16 JPM S-2 Page 1

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS Task: Withdraw Shutdown Group CEAs in preparation for reactor startup - Unit 2 Alternate Path JPM? Yes Facility JPM #:

KIA: 001A2.11 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of situations requiring a reactor trip on the CRDS- and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations. Situations requiring a reactor trip KIA Rating(s): 4.4/4 .7 Duty Area(s): N/A Task Information: N/A Task Standard: This JPM is complete when the reactor is tripped .

Evaluation Location: Performance Level:

Simulator In Plant Lab Other Perform Simulate Discuss x x

References:

  • 2-GOP-302, "Reactor Plant Startup - Mode 3 to Mode 2"
  • 2-EOP-01 , "Standard Post Trip Actions"
  • 2-AOP-02.02, "Emergency Boration"
  • Emergency Boration Hard Card, OA 2-06-04 Validation Time: 08 minutes Time Critical:

Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:

  • Placekept copy of 2-GOP-302, placekept to step 4.3.1.5 with step B circled but not slashed
  • RTGB-204 DCS screen selected to Shutdown Bank "B" RSPT
  • BRCO DCS screen selected to Shutdown Bank "B" Pulse Counts Specific Safety Rules, Personal Protective Equipment and Hazards associated with the task.
  • None .

Radiological Protection and RWP Requirements:

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS:

  • The task you are to perform is: respond to plant conditions - Unit 2
  • The performance level to be used for this JPM is Perform
  • This is not a time critical JPM.

During the performance of the task, I will tell you which steps to simulate or discuss.

I will provide you with the appropriate cues for steps that are simulated or discussed .

  • You may use any approved reference materials normally available in the execution of this task, including logs.
  • Indicate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you.

SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS FOR SIMULATOR JPMs:

  • All simulator JPM steps, including communications, shall be performed for this JPM.
  • You are to operate any plant equipment that is necessary for the completion of this JPM.
  • The simulator will provide the cues as you perform this JPM.
  • Indicate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you .

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

  • Unit 2 is starting up after a 10 day forced outage following repairs to the main generator. 2-GOP-302, "Reactor Plant Startup-Mode 3 To Mode 2 is in progress.
  • Shutdown bank "A" has been withdrawn to the upper electrical limit.
  • The Operating crew is at step 4.3.1.5 with Shutdown Bank "B" having been withdrawn 39 inches.
  • Currently, another crew is being briefed to perform the reactor startup.

INITIATING CUES:

You are to complete the withdrawal of Shutdown Bank "B" to the upper electrical limit continuing at 2-GOP-302 , "Reactor Plant Startup - Mode 3 to Mode 2" step 4.3.1.5.B. Another crew will pick up at step 4.3.2.

NRC 22 JPM S-2 Simulator Page 3 of 16 JPM S-2 Page 3

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST START TIME: _ _ __

2-GOP-302, Reactor Plant Start U - Mode 3 to Mode 2 STEP 1 (4 .3.1.5.B) : PLACE MODE SELECT switch in MG SAT STANDARD: Ensures Group Selector switch is in MG.

EXAMINER'S CUE: None UNSAT COMMENTS:

STEP 2 (4.3.1 .5.C:) PLACE GROUP SELECT switch in "B" SAT STANDARD : Ensures Group Select switch is in "B" EXAMINER'S CUE: None UNSAT COMMENTS:

STEP 3 (4 .3.1.5.D): WITHDRAW Shutdown Group "B" STANDARD: WITHDRAW Shutdown Group "B".

EXAMINER'S CUE: None SAT COMMENTS:

UNSAT STEP 4 (4.3.1.5.E): MONITOR Individual CEA position indications during withdrawal STANDARD: MONITORS CEAs are stepping out and CEA position SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None EXAMINER'S NOTE: Shutdown Group "B" starts at 37" withdrawn and a UN SAT approximately 42" withdrawn, CEA# 40 stops moving with the rest of th group.

COMMENTS:

NRC 22 JPM S-2 Simulator Page 4 of 16 JPM S-2 Page 4

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 5 (4.3.1 .5.F.1): If a deviation between CEA's in Shutdown Group B exceeds 4 inches, FAULTED THEN PERFORM the following : STEP STOP withdrawal SAT STANDARD: STOP Shutdown Group B CEA withdrawal due to CEA 40 not moving and causing a deviation of 4 inches.

UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None EXAMINER'S NOTE: Applicant may stop CEA withdrawal prior t reaching a 6 inch deviation if recognized early. The Pulse Counting system is still sending pulses to CEA 40 during withdrawal so it i counting them. Due to this, no deviation alarm from the pulse coun (DCS) will occur.

COMMENTS:

STEP 6 (4.3.1 .5.F.2) : If a deviation between CEA's in Shutdown Group B exceeds 4 inches, THEN PERFORM the following : SAT REALIGN CEAs to the group using Manual Individual UNSAT STANDARD : REALIGN CEA 40 with the rest of Group Busing Manual Individual EXAMINER'S CUE: None EXAMINER'S NOTE: This step won't be performed since Group B CEA's continue to move out even when the CEA withdrawal selector switch is released.

COMMENTS:

NRG 22 JPM S-2 Simulator Page 5 of 16 JPM S-2 Page 5

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 7 (4 .3.1.5.G.1): If a deviation between CEA's in Shutdown Group B exceeds 6 inches, THEN PERFORM the following:

STOP withdrawal SAT STANDARD: STOP Shutdown Group B CEA withdrawal due to CEA 40 not moving and causing a deviation of 6 inches. UNSAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None EXAMINER'S NOTE: Annunciator K-30 "CEA POSITION DEVIATION MOTION BLOCK (ADS) comes in at 6 inches deviation sensed from the Reed Switch Position Transmitters (ADS).Group B CEA's continue to move out even when the CEA withdrawal selector switch is released.

The applicant may take the CEDMCS Mode Select switch to OFF to try to stop CEA movement.

COMMENTS:

STEP 8 (4 .3.1.5.G.2) : If a deviation between CEA's in Shutdown Group B exceeds 6 inches, THEN PERFORM the following:

REALIGN CEA's per 2-AOP-66.01 , "Dropped or Misaligned CEA Abnormal Operation" SAT STANDARD: Enter 2-AOP-66.01, "Dropped or Misaligned CEA Abnormal Operation" UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None EXAMINER'S NOTE: Applicant may trip the reactor at this time knowing from memory that with continual CEA withdrawal occurring, a manual reactor trip is required IAW 2-AOP-66.01, "Dropped or Misaligned CEA Abnormal Operation" COMMENTS:

NRC 22 JPM S-2 Simulator Page 6of16 JPM S-2 Page 6

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST 2-AOP-66.01, "Dropped or Misaligned CEA Abnormal Operation" Immediate Operato Actions Section 4.1 STEP 9 (4 .1.1): PLACE CEDMCS MODE SELECT switch in OFF.

STANDARD: Places CEDMCS MODE SELECT switch in OFF. SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None UN SAT COMMENTS:

STEP 10 (4.1.2): VERIFY all CEA motion has STOPPED.

STANDARD : Verifies that all CEA motion has STOPPED SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: Group B CEA's continue to withdraw. UN SAT COMMENTS:

STEP 11 (4.1.2.1): Trip reactor. CRITICAL STEP STANDARD: Manually Trip the reactor using the manual trip pushbuttons on RTGB 204 SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS: UN SAT STEP 12 (4.1 .2.1): GO TO 2-EOP-01 , Standard Post Trip Actions.

STANDARD : Exit 2-AOP-66 .01, "Dropped or Misaligned CEA Abnormal Operation" and SAT enter 2-EOP-01 at Reactivity Control Safety Function EXAMINER'S CUE: None UNSAT EXAMINER'S NOTE: On the reactor trip, CEA 40 remains at 42 inche withdrawn (i.e. not fully inserted)

COMMENTS :

NRC 22 JPM S-2 Simulator Page 7 of 16 JPM S-2 Page 7

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST 2-EOP-01, Standard Post Tri Actions Section 4.0 0 erator Actions STEP 13 (4.1.A): DETERMINE Reactivity Control acceptance criteria are met VERIFY Reactor Power is lowering SAT STANDARD: VERIFY reactor power LOWERING using redundant Nuclear Instrumentation UNSAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS:

STEP 14 (4.1.B) : VERIFY Startup Rate is negative.

STANDARD : VERIFY Startup Rate is NEGATIVE using redundant Nuclear Instrumentation SAT indications UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE : None COMMENTS:

STEP 15 (4.1.C): VERIFY ALL CEAs are fully inserted FAULTED STEP STANDARD: Using Core Mimic, ADS CRT, and CEDS Control Panel, DETERMINE that CEA 40 is still at 42 inches withdrawn. SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None UNSAT COMMENTS :

NRC 22 JPM S-2 Simulator Page 8 of 16 JPM S-2 Page 8

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 16 (4.1.C .. 1): INITIATE Emergency Boration to achieve adequate SDM .

STANDARD: ENTER 2-AOP-02.02, 'Emergency Boration' SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None UN SAT EXAMINERS NOTE: Applicant may elect to perform steps from memory.

If so, when lineup is complete he should refer to the procedure to verif proper lineup.

THE APPLICANT MAY CHOOSE ANY ONE OF THE THREE AVAILABLE EMERGENCY BORATION LINEUPS TO COMPLETE THIS TASK. Th order of the lineups in 2-AOP-02.02, "Emergency Boration" are:

1) Boric Acid Makeup pumps and V2514, "Emergency Boration Valve"
2) Gravity Feed valves and V2501, "VCT Outlet valve"
3) Refueling Water Tank outlet valve V2504 and V2501, "VCT Outle valve" COMMENTS:

STEP 17 (4.2.1 ): VERIFY at least one charging pump is running with control switch in START STANDARD: OBSERVES at least one charging pump running with 44 gpm flow and switch SAT position in RUN UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS:

STEP 18 (4 .2.2): VERIFY the MAKEUP MODE SELECTOR switch is in MANUAL.

SAT STANDARD: OBSERVES Makeup Mode Selector Switch to MANUAL UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS:

NRC 22 JPM S-2 Simulator Page 9of16 JPM S-2 Page 9

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 19 (4.2.3) : VERIFY V2525, BORON LOAD CONTROL VALVE is CLOSED.

STANDARD: OBSERVES V2525 is CLOSED SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None UNSA COMMENTS:

STEP 20 (4 .2.4 .A): PERFORM the following to Emergency Borate using V2514, CRITICAL EMERGENCY BORATE: STEP Start at least one of the following: SAT

  • 2B (BORIC ACID PUMP) UN SAT STANDARD: POSITION 2A or 2B BAM Pump control switch to RUN EXAMINER'S CUE: None EXAMINER'S NOTE: Since the procedure doesn't specify which pump to run, either one is acceptable. Optimally, however, the candidate should start the pump associated with the Tech Spec designated BAM tank COMMENTS:

STEP 21 (4.2.4.B): PERFORM the following to Emergency Borate using V2514, EMERGENCY BORATE:

IF 2A BORIC ACID PUMP was started, THEN CLOSE V2650, TANK 2A SAT RECIRC VALVE.

STANDARD: POSITION V2650 control switch to CLOSE if 2A BORIC ACID PUMP was UNSAT started .

EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS:

- NRC 22 JPM S-2 Simulator Page 10of16 JPM S-2 Page 10

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 22 (4 .2.4 .C): PERFORM the following to Emergency Borate using V2514, EMERGENCY BORATE:

SAT IF 2B BORIC ACID PUMP was started, THEN CLOSE V2651, TANK 2B RECIRC VALVE.

UN SAT STANDARD: POSITION V2651 control switch to CLOSE if 2B BORIC ACID PUMP was started EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS:

STEP 23 (4 .2.4.D): PERFORM the following to Emergency Borate using V2514, CRITICAL EMERGENCY BORATE: STEP OPEN V2514 EMERGENCY BORATE. SAT STANDARD : POSITION V2514 control switch to OPEN and OBSERVE that the valve opens. UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None EXAMINER'S NOTE: JPM is complete if the Boric Acid Makeup pump and V2514 Emergency Boration lineup was chosen. Go to Step 32. If th gravity feed valve lineup was chosen to Emergency Borate, continue on with the next step.

COMMENTS:

NRC 22 JPM S-2 Simulator Page 11 of 16 JPM S-2 Page 11

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 24 (4.2.5): IF unable to Emergency Borate using V2514, THEN PERFORM the following :

SAT A. STOP the running BORIC ACID PUMPS STANDARD: POSITIONS the control switch for the 2A and 2B BORIC ACID PUMPS to the STOP position UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS:

  • STEP 25 (4.2.5): IF unable to Emergency Borate using V2514, THEN PERFORM the CRITICAL following: STEP B. OPEN at least one of the following V2508 VALVE (BA Gravity Feed B) SAT STANDARD : POSITION V2508 VALVE (BA Gravity Feed B) to OPEN and observes the valve opens. UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None EXAMINER'S NOTE: Either one of gravity feed valves can be opened to satisfy the step. The applicant may open BOTH gravity feed valves if desired.

COMMENTS:

STEP 26 (4.2.5) : IF unable to Emergency Borate using V2514, THEN PERFORM the CRITICAL following STEP B (Continued). OPEN at least one of the following:

V2509 VAL VE (BA Gravity Feed A) SAT STANDARD : POSITION V2509 VALVE (BA Gravity Feed A) to OPEN and observes the valve opens. UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS:

- NRC 22 JPM S-2 Simulator Page 12of16 JPM S-2 Page 12

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 27 (4.2.5) : IF unable to Emergency Borate using V2514, THEN PERFORM the CRITICAL following STEP C. CLOSE V2501, VCT OUTLET VALVE. SAT STANDARD: POSITION V2501 VCT OUTLET VALVE. to CLOSE and observes the valve closes.

UNSAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None EXAMINERS NOTE: The JPM is complete if the gravity feed valve Emergenc Boration lineup was chosen. Go to Step 32. If the Refueling Water Tan outlet valve lineup was chosen to Emergency Borate, continue on wit the next step.

COMMENTS :

STEP 28 (4 .2.6): IF the Boric Acid Makeup Tanks are unavailable OR both Gravity Fee CRITICAL valves failed to OPEN, Then PERFORM the following : STEP A OPEN V2504, REFUEL WATER TO CHARGING PUMPS SAT STANDARD : POSITION V2504 to OPEN EXAMINER'S CUE: UNSAT COMMENTS:

STEP 29 (4.2.6) : IF the Boric Acid Makeup Tanks are unavailable OR both Gravity Fee CRITICAL valves failed to OPEN , Then PERFORM the following : STEP B. ENSURE V2501, VCT Outlet Valve Closed STANDARD: POSITION V2501 to CLOSE. SAT EXAMINER'S CUE:

UN SAT COMMENTS:

NRC 22 JPM S-2 Simulator Page 13 of 16 JPM S-2 Page 13

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 30 (4.2.6): IF the Boric Acid Makeup Tanks are unavailable OR both Gravity Fee valves failed to OPEN , Then PERFORM the following:

C. CLOSE V2508 , BA GRAVITY FEED B SAT STANDARD : This step is N/A since there is no malfunction on this valve. UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS:

STEP 31 (4 .2.6): IF the Boric Acid Makeup Tanks are unavailable OR both Gravity Fee valves failed to OPEN, Then PERFORM the following:

D. CLOSE V2509 BA GRAVITY FEED A SAT STANDARD: This step is N/A since there is no malfunction on this valve. UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS:

STEP 32 (4.2 .6): IF the Boric Acid Makeup Tanks are unavailable OR both Gravity Fee valves failed to OPEN, Then PERFORM the following :

E. CLOSE V2514 EMERGENCY BORATE SAT STANDARD: This step is N/A since there is no malfunction on this valve. UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: THIS JPM IS COMPLETE.

COMMENTS:

END OF TASK STOP TIME: _ _ __

NRC 22 JPM S-2 Simulator Page 14of16 JPM S-2 Page 14

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE SIMULATOR JPM SETUP

1. RESTORE IC-81
2. SELECT and EXECUTE JPM Lesson S-2
3. FREEZE SIMULATOR
4. Copy of 2-GOP-302, placekept to step 4.3.1.5 with step B circled but not slashed
5. RTGB-204 DCS screen selected to Shutdown Bank "B RSPT
6. BRCO DCS screen selected to Shutdown Bank "B" Pulse Counts JPM NRC S-2 RevO Simulator Page 15 of 16 JPM S-2 Page 15

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED TO THE EVALUATOR'S UPON COMPLETION OF THE TASK)

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

  • Unit 2 is starting up after a 10 day forced outage following repairs to the main generator. 2-GOP-30~ , "Reactor Plant Startup-Mode 3 To Mode 2 is in progress.
  • Shutdown bank "A" has been withdrawn to the upper electrical limit.
  • The Operating crew is at step 4.3.1.5 with Shutdown Bank "B" having been withdrawn 39 inches.
  • Currently, another crew is being briefed to perform the reactor startup.

INITIATING CUES:

You are to complete the withdrawal of Shutdown Bank "B" to the upper electrical limit continuing at 2-GOP-302 , "Reactor Plant Startup - Mode 3 to Mode 2" step 4.3.1.5.B. Another crew will pick up at step 4.3.2 .

JPM S-2 Page 16

REVISION NO .: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

60 REACTOR PLANT STARTUP- MODE 3 TO MODE 2 25 of 83 PROCEDURE NO.:

2-GOP-302 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.3.1 Shutdown Group CEA Alignment for Reactor Startup (continued)

4. (continued)

E. IF a deviation between CEAs in Shutdown Group A exceeds 4 inches, THEN PERFORM the following:

(1) STOP withdrawal.

(2) REALIGN CEAs to the group using Manual Individual.

F. IF deviation between CEAs in Shutdown Group A reaches 6 inches, THEN PERFORM the following :

(1) STOP withdrawal.

(2) REALIGN CEAs per 2-AOP-66.01 , Dropped or Misaligned CEA Abnormal Operations.

G. WHEN Shutdown Group A has been withdrawn to the Upper Group Stop, THEN ALIGN Shutdown Group A CEAs to the h) Upper Electrical Limit using Manual Individual.

(Y WITHDRAW Shutdown Group Bas follows

~VERIFY either of the following :

~ (Section 7.1 .3, Management Directive 2)

~ All Shutdown Group B Lower Electrical Limit (LEL)

U lights are ON f')r- Shutdown Group B LELs light during initial rod

~ withdrawal

~ PLACE MODE SELECT switch in MG.

C. PLACE GROUP SELECT switch in B.

D. WITHDRAW Shutdown Group B.

E. MONITOR individual CEA position indications during withdrawal.

JPM S-2 Page 17

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

60 REACTOR PLANT STARTUP- MODE 3 TO MODE 2 26 of 83 PROCEDURE NO .:

2-GOP-302 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.3.1 Shutdown Group CEA Alignment for Reactor Startup (continued)

5. (continued)

F. IF a deviation between CEAs in Shutdown Group B exceeds 4 inches, THEN PERFORM the following:

(1) STOP withdrawal.

(2) REALIGN CEAs to the group using Manual Individual.

G. IF deviation between CEAs in Shutdown Group Breaches 6 inches, THEN PERFORM the following :

(1) STOP withdrawal .

(2) REALIGN CEAs per 2-AOP-66.01 , Dropped or Misaligned CEA Abnormal Operations.

H. WHEN Shutdown Group B has been withdrawn to the Upper Group Stop, THEN ALIGN Shutdown Group B CEAs to the Upper Electrical Limit using Manual Individual.

JPM S-2 Page 18

REVISION NO .: PROCEDURE TITLE : PAGE:

60 REACTOR PLANT STARTUP- MODE 3 TO MODE 2 27 of 83 PROCEDURE NO. :

2-GOP-302 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.3.2 Regulating Group CEA Alignment for Reactor Startup

1. WHEN performing CEA operations, THEN MONITOR the following:
  • Reed switch position indicators
  • Pulse counting position indicators
2. VERIFY CEA REG GRP WTHDRL PROHIBIT amber light is OFF.
3. VERIFY fil! Regulating Group CEAs are functioning properly as follows:

A. VERIFY either of the following :

(Section 7.1.3, Management Directive 2)

  • All Regulating Group CEAs Lower Electrical Limit (LEL) lights are ON
  • Regulating Group CEA LELs light during initial rod withdrawal NOTE Placing GROUP SELECT switch in 1 is for Regulating Group 1, placing GROUP SELECT switch in 2 is for Regulating Group 2, etc.
8. ALIGN Regulating Group CEAs as follows:

(1) PLACE MODE SELECT switch in MG .

(2) PLACE GROUP SELECT switch in 1.

(3) WITHDRAW each Regulating Group CEA between 2 and 3 inches.

(4) IF any Regulating Group CEA in group is greater than or equal to 4 inches withdrawn, THEN REALIGN CEA to between 2 and 3 inches withdrawn using Ml (manual individual).

(5) IF pulse count position is NOT in agreement with ADS ,

THEN RESET pulse count position indication per 2-NOP-102.01, Distributed Control System (DCS)

Operations.

JPM S-2 Page 19

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

29 33 CONTROL ROOM PANEL K RTGB 204 PROCEDURE NO .: WINDOW:

2-ARP-01-KOO ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 K-30 (Page 1of1 )

CAUSES : Deviation between the highest and lowest CEA in any Group reach ing 5.5 inches. CEA POSITION DEVIATION MOTION BLOCK (ADS)

K-30 DEVICE: SETPOINT: LOCATION:

ADS- ~5 . 5 in. (highest to lowest CEA position within a RTGB-204 Group)

ALARM CONFIRMATION

1. Annunciator K-11 , CEA MOTION INHIBIT, in ALARM .
2. Pulse Count CEA position information.
3. CEA position on ADS.
4. Affected "Group" Button indicated RED on ADS RSPT Group Overview Display.
5. DEV Alarm Indicators on Group Overview and specific Group Display for affected CEAs .

OPERATOR ACTIONS NOTE

  • This condition results in a CEA Motion inhibit (K-11 ).
  • This alarm is part of the Tech Spec 3/4.1 .3.1, Movable Control Assemblies - CEA Position , requirement for CEA Block Circuit.
  • Both the ADS RSPT Group Overview and the CEA Pulse Count Overview displays are based on a group average . Misaligned CEAs within a group will NOT be indicated graphically on these displays except for a small change to the group average on the ADS display. Both display systems indicate a deviation by the DEV Alarm Indicators on the various displays changing from Gray to RED .
  • Both the ADS and Pulse Count displays will show 2 DEV Alarm Indicators (In RED) in the Group with the deviation, indicating the highest and lowest CEAs within that Group. The Pulse Count displays will also show 2 MINOR DEV Alarm Indicators (in RED) for the same 2 rods.
1. ENSURE all CEA motion STOPPED.
2. COMPARE ADS CEA positions with Pulse Count CEA positions on the individual CEA display of the affected group.
3. IF alarm valid and misalignment confirmed , THEN GO TO 2-AOP-66.01 , Dropped or Misaligned CEA Abnormal Operations .
4. IF CEA position indication malfunction is suspected , THEN GO TO 2-AOP-66.02 , CEA Position Indicating System Abnormal Operations .

REFERENCES : 1. CWD 2998-B-327 SH 398 and 1097 JPM S-2 Page 20

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE : PAGE:

5 DROPPED OR MISALIGNED CEA ABNORMAL OPERATIONS 7 of 33 PROCEDURE NO.:

2-AOP-66.01 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 IINSTRUCTIONS I ICONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS 4.1 Immediate Operator Actions D 1. PLACE CEDMCS MODE SELECT switch in OFF.

D 2. VERIFY fil! CEA motion has 2.1 TRIP reactor.

STOPPED.

2.2 GO TO 2-EOP-01, Standard Post Trip Actions.

3. VERIFY NO dropped CEAs: 3.1 IF both of the following conditions are met:
  • Rod bottom lights
  • Unit is in MODE 1 or 2.
  • ADS FLAT PANEL DISPLAY
  • TWO or more CEAs are dropped.
  • Pulse Count Displays THEN PERFORM the following:

A. TRIP reactor.

B. GO TO 2-EOP-01 ,

Standard Post Trip Actions .

JPM S-2 Page 21

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE : ~

33 STANDARD POST TRIP ACTIONS

. 5 of 19 PROCEDURE NO .:

2-EOP-01 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS REACTIVITY CONTROL INSTRUCTIONS CONTINGENCY ACTIONS D 1. DETERMINE Reactivity Control acceptance criteria are met:

A. VERIFY Reactor power is A.1 PERFORM the following AS lowering . NECESSARY to insert CEAs:

1. Manually TRIP the Reactor.
2. DEENERGIZE the CEDM MG Sets by opening BOTH of the following breakers:
  • LC 2A2 , 8kr 2-40212 , CEA Drive MG Set 2A
  • LC 282, 8kr 2-40511 , CEA Drive MG Set 28
3. OPEN TC8-1 through TC8-8 , at Rx Trip Swgr.
8. VERIFY Startup Rate is negative.
c. VERIFY ALL CEAs are fully C.1 INITIATE Emergency 8oration to inserted. achieve adequate SOM .

D. ENSURE NO dilution is in progress.

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE :

6 EMERGENCY BORATION 6of15 PROCEDURE NO.:

2-AOP-02 .02 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 IINSTRUCTIONS I ICONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS 4.1 Immediate Operator Actions None 4.2 Subsequent Operator Actions NOTE

  • This Procedure may contain steps that could adversely affect reactivity.

Proper consideration and appropriate briefings shall occur prior to performance of steps that could challenge reactivity.

  • The following information is posted as an Operator Aid at RTGB-205 Panel "M". Any changes made to this section must be included in the Operator Aid per 0010140 , Control of Operator Aids .

D 1. VERIFY at least one charging pump is running with control 1.1 START at least one charging pump with control switch in switch in START. START.

NOTE The MAKEUP MODE SELECTOR switch is required to be in MANUAL prior to switching the Boric Acid Pump control switches to preclude pump breaker trips .

D 2. VERIFY the MAKEUP MODE SELECTOR switch is in MANUAL.

2.1 PLACE the MAKEUP MODE SELECTOR switch in MANUAL.

D 3. VERIFY V2525, BORON LOAD CONTROL VALVE is CLOSED.

3.1 CLOSE V2525 , BORON LOAD CONTROL VALVE.

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: Pf.GE:

6 EMERGENCY BORATION 7of15 PROCEDURE NO.:

2-AOP-02 .02 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 IINSTRUCTIONS I ICONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2 Subsequent Operator Actions (continued)

NOTE Both Boric Acid Pumps are required to be placed in service when the combined Boric Acid Makeup Tank volumes are being credited as a borated water source. Otherwise, the pump associated with the Boric Acid Makeup Tank being credited as the borated water source should be started .

D 4. PERFORM the following to Emergency Borate using V2514, 4.1 GO TO Section 4.2 Step 5.

EMERGENCY BORATE:

A. START at least one of the following:

IF 2A BORIC ACID PUMP was started, THEN CLOSE V2650, TANK 2A RECIRC VALVE.

C.

  • IF 2B BORIC ACID PUMP was started, THEN CLOSE V2651, TANK 2B RECIRC VALVE.

D. OPEN V2514 ,

EMERGENCY BORATE.

JPM S-2 Page 24

REVIS ION NO. : PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

4 EMERGENCY BORATION 8of15 PROC EDURE NO.:

2-AOP-02 .02 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 IINSTRUCTIONS I ICONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2 Subsequent Operator Actions (continued)

NOTE Both Boric Acid Gravity Feed valves are required to be placed in service when the combined Boric Acid Makeup Tank volumes are being credited as a borated water source. Otherwise, the Gravity Feed valve associated with the Boric Acid Makeup Tank being cred ited as the borated water source should be opened .

D 5. IF unable to Emergency Borate using V2514 ,

5.1 GO TO Section 4.2 Step 6.

THEN PERFORM the following :

A. STOP the running BORIC ACID PUMPS .

B. OPEN at least one of the following :

  • V2508 VAL VE ,

(BA Gravity Feed B)

  • V2509 VALVE, (BA Gravity Feed A)

C. CLOSE V2501, VCT OUTLET VAL VE .

JPM S-2 Page 25

REVI SION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE : PAGE:

  • 4 EMERGENCY BORATION 9of15 PROC EDURE NO.:

2-AOP-02 .02 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 IINSTRUCTIONS I ICONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2 Subsequent Operator Actions (continued)

CAUTION The RWT to Charging Pump Suction line is not seismically designed and may NOT be available during a seismic event.

D 6. IF the Boric Acid Makeup Tanks are unavailable OR both Gravity Feed valves failed to OPEN ,

THEN PERFORM the following :

A. OPEN V2504 , REFUEL WATER TO CHARGING PUMPS.

B. ENSURE V2501, VCT OUTLET VALVE ,

CLOSED.

C. CLOSE V2508 , BA GRAVITY FEED B.

D. CLOSE V2509 BA GRAVITY FEED A E. CLOSE V251 .4 ,

EMERGENCY BORATE.

JPM S-2 Page 26

... I

  • .

'j . .

...:.

..... 2-AOP-02.Q2

. Emergency .:f?or~#9n ..

  • j *;

I;* '.' : *-. *; ;_-:-

St. -Lucie:tJmi'.2-~ ...: ... . . .*

. . NOTE/:' . .::.~ *  :: . . **'"'\ .

This procedure may contain steps that cou:rcf"ad.v~rs.ely ~rt:e.st:t~~-ctGiit)i'.~-Pn;iper *. ~ : . \

consideration

. and appropriate .. briefings .shalLoccifr

. / pnor to

. *'*. .

peffcjifu.aJic*~ 6f step_

. .... - * * , .. *....... ..: .. ,....,..

t that.

.

could challenge re.~ct1VIty.: .,* . * / ' J. -.: :. * * ,.

/,,. *- :.

l. VERIFY at leasfone charging pump is running ,. -- U --STARIi1U~a.:st 9rt.e charging pump with control switch in START./:'_ , ** *1 With control sWitch in START.

---* **. . . . . . .- ,* *NOTE .-. . . . ~ __ .

The MAKEUP MODE SELECTOR switch is required to be in MANUAL prior"to "\

switching the Boric Acid Pump control switches to preclude pump *b reaker trips. '( I

- - .. . / - - -

2. VERIFY the MAKEUP-MODE -:~cc;* ._ 2.1 PLACE the MAKEUP MODE SELECTOR switch is in Ma.D:uill-~--
  • SELECTORsWitcI:i fu MANuAL.

'"-,, -~ *~ .~2s:. ;-~--: . . ~ *- ~ . i~~~t~~}~;~.~*~~;.~*~_ *;~>-f~. *::?:~:~~ .;- ~~-~

3. VERIFY V252~, *.BOR0N LOAD 3.1 C+;QSEW2525, BORtlNtCJAD .

CONTROL\!ALVEisCLOSED . coNTR.oL'v ALyE. ) ,, ..

. .* NOT-E . . .. . .,I ":'.'.p *":

Both Boric Acid Pumps are required to be placed in ~eM,~e,wheri the combilleo-Bori;:

Acid Makeup Tank volumes are being credit~q as a boratec(water sourc.~. *.. Otherwise, the pump assoCiated Vl'.i!h the Bori~ Acid Makeup Tmµ( being eredi~ecJ.:~ tl!e borated water source should be started., * ' - -* * * *

-.. . . . . . *>~ - *~- *. *: ..*

4. PERFORM the following to Emergency  ;""'."\ 4':1 GO TO Section 4.2 Step?:

Borate using V25 l 4,-.EMERGENG¥ BORATE:

'-.,_..., A. START at least one of the following:

"

B. IF 2A BORIC ACID P~was started,

  • THEN CLOSE V26_50, TANK 2A RECIRC VALVE.

C. IF 2B BORJC ACID PUMP wo.S started, THAN CLOSE V26Sl, TANK 2B RECIRC VALVE.

D. OPEN V2514, EMERGENCY BORATE.

NOTE Both Boric Acid GravitY Feed valves are required to be pi~ceo in service when the .,.,,.

  • combined Boric Acid-Makeup Tank volumes. are being credited as a borated water source. Otherwise, the Gravity Feed valve associated with the Boric Acid Makeup Tank being credited as the borated water source should be 9pened.
5. IF unable to Emergency Borate using 5.1 GO TO Section 4.2 Step 6.

V2514, THEN PERFORM thefoll6wip.g: : .. ----*

A. *STOP the.running BORlC_ACII;>_E.UMP.S - - - - -- - --***

B. OPEN.at least one 'q(the follqWfug: . - - .

  • . V2508 VALVE (BA Gravity FeedB)
  • V2509 VALVE (BA Gravity Feed A)

C. CLOSEV2501, VCT OUTLET VALVE.

6. IF the Boric Acid Makeup Tanks are unavailable OR both Gravify Fe"eci :vaives failed OPEN, THEN PERFORM the following:

A. OPENV2504, REFUEL WATER TO CHARGING PUMPS.

B. ENSUREV2501, VCTOUTLETVALVE,CLOSED.

C. CLOSE V2508, BA GRAVITY F_EED B.

  • D. CLOSE V2509, BA GRAVITY FEED A.

E. CLOSE V2514, EMERGENCY BORATE.

fj FPL St. Lucie Nuclear Plant Operations Training JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE RESPOND TO A CCW HEADER RUPfURE-UNIT 2 This JPM IS TIME CRITICAL This is an ALTERNATE PATH JPM NRC 22 JPM S-3 Simulator Page 1 of 11 JPM S-3 Page 1

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS Task: Respond to a CCW Header rupture Unit 2 Alternate Path JPM? Yes Facility JPM #: N/A KIA: 008A2 .02 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the CCWS, and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control , or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations: High I Low CCW surge tank level.

KIA Rating(s): 3.2/3.5 Task Standard: This JPM is complete when all Reactor Coolant Pumps have been stopped within 10 minutes of losing CCW to the RC P's.

Evaluation Location: Performance Level:

Simulator In Plant Lab Other Perform Simulate Discuss x x

References:

  • 2-AOP-14.01 , Component Cooling Water Abnormal Operation
  • 2-AOP-01.09A1, Reactor Coolant Pump Validation Time: 10 minutes Time Critical:

Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:

  • 2-AOP-14.01 Component Cooling Water Abnormal Operation Specific Safety Rules, Personal Protective Equipment and Hazards associated with the task.
  • None Radiological Protection and RWP Requirements:

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS:

  • The task you are to perform is: Respond to a CCW header rupture Unit 2.
  • The performance level to be used for this JPM is Perform
  • This is a time critical JPM.
  • During the performance of the task, I will tell you which steps to simulate or discuss.
  • I will provide you with the appropriate cues for steps that are simulated or discussed.
  • You may use any approved reference materials normally available in the execution of this task, including logs.
  • Indicate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you .

SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS FOR SIMULATOR JPMs:

  • All simulator JPM steps, including communications, shall be performed for this JPM.
  • You are to operate any plant equipment that is necessary for the completion of this JPM.
  • The simulator will provide the cues as you perform this JPM.
  • Indicate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you .

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

Unit 2 is in Mode 3, normal operating temperature and pressure.

INITIATING CUES:

A suspected CCW leak has occurred. CCW surge tank alarms Annunciators LA-10 and LB-10 came in one minute ago. The SNPO has been directed to carry out the local actions as defined in the annunciator summaries for the above alarms. The US has directed you to carry out the actions of 2-AOP-14 .01 Component Cooling Water-Abnormal Operation, Step 4.2.8 "Rupture of a CCW Header".

ELEMENTS OF THIS JPM ARE TIME CTITICAL NRC 22 JPM S-3 Simulator Page 3 of 11 JPM S-3 Page 3

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST START TIME : _ _ __

2-AOP-14.01 Com onent Coolin Water - Abnormal 0 eration EXAMINER'S NOTE The simulator is frozen while the candidate is provided an opportun ity to walk down the RTG8 and reviews the status of alarms that are in.

SAT NOTE The following annunciators will alarm on a rupture of either the CCW Header A , 8 UN SAT or N, or failure of the makeup system.

  • LA-10, CCW Surge Tank Compartment A Level Low
  • L8-10, CCW Surge Tank Level High I Compartment 8 Level Low CCW Header N automatically isolates from CCW Headers A and 8 due to low levels in both compartments of the CCW Surge Tank due to a rupture of any of the cross:-connected CCW headers. CCW will be lost to CCW N Header Com onents , includin RCP's and Letdown HX STEP 1 (4.2.8.1 ): Rupture of CCW Header A. VERIFY CCW Header N isolation valves CLOSED:
  • HCV-14-8A, Normal Hdr Isolation
  • HCV-14-9, From Normal Hdr Isolation
  • HCV-14-88, Normal Hdr Isolation
  • HCV-14-10, From Normal Hdr Isolation STANDARD: DETERMINES HCV-14-8A, HCV-14-88, HCV-14-9, HCV-14-10 have closed . Time Critical clock starts when Applicant has completed this step.

Time Start (Time 1)

EXAMINER'S CUE: NONE (If asked when LA-10 and LB-10 came in, state they just came in (If asked when L-14 'RCP CCW Flow Low 10 minute Timer Started' state it just came in.

EXAMINER'S NOTE: Annunciator LB-10 will clear 45 seconds after the simulator is unfrozen. This indicates that the rupture is occurring on the 'A' header.

EXAMINER'S NOTE: If the applicant calls the SNPO for status of the CCW surge tank, state 'LCV-14-1 is open and a continuous makeup is occurring EXAMINER'S NOTE: If the applicant enters APPENDIX A CCW LEAK SEARCH, state another RO will perform APPENDIX A.

COMMENTS :

NRC 22 JPM S-3 Simulator Page 4 of 11 JPM S-3 Page 4

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 1 (4.2.8.1): Continued.

NOTE SAT

  • If both annunciators LA-10, CCW SURGE TANK COMPARTMENT A LEVEL LOV'{, and LB-10, CCW SURGE TANK LEVEL HIGH I UNSAT COMPARTMENT B LEVEL LOW, clear, then the rupture is in CCW Header N.
  • If both annunciators LA-10 , CCW SURGE TANK COMPARTMENT A LEVEL LOW, and LB-10, CCW SURGE TANK LEVEL HIGH I COMPARTMENT B LEVEL LOW, do NOT clear, then the problem may lie with CCW Sur e Tank Makeu .

STEP 2 (4.2.8.2): IDENTIFY ruptured CCW Header STANDARD: RECOGNIZES LB-10 has cleared and identifies the rupture is in th "A" Essential CCW Header EXAMINER'S CUE: NONE EXAMINER'S NOTE: The 3rd bullet applies for the given conditions COMMENTS:

NRC 22 JPM S-3 Simulator Page 5of11 JPM S-3 Page 5

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 3 (4.2.8.3) : PERFORM the applicable section per Table 2 SAT STANDARD: DETERMINES the applicable section of Table 2 is 4.2.9 EXAMINER'S CUE: NONE UNSAT TABLE 2 Abnormal Condition Section Rupture of CCW Header A Section 4.2.9 Rupture of CCW Header B Section 4.2.10 Rupture of CCW Header N Section 4.2.11 ,..

Loss of CCW Surge Tank makeup Section 4.2.12 EXAMINER'S NOTE: Since it was determined that the leak is in the A CCW, Section 4.2.9 should be selected STEP 4 (4.2.9.1): VERIFY Section 4.2.8, Rupture of CCW Header performed STANDARD: RECOGNIZES Section 4.2.8 has been performed.

EXAMINER'S CUE: NONE COMMENTS:

NRC 22 JPM S-3 Simulator Page 6 of 11 JPM S-3 Page 6

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 5 (4.2.9.2): VERIFY CCW Header A ruptured :

SAT

_ _ UNSAT

  • LA-10, CCW SURGE TANK COMPARTMENT A LEVEL LOW, in alarm STANDARD: VERIFIES LB-10 has cleared and LA-10 is in alarm EXAMINER'S CUE: NONE COMMENTS:

STEP 6 (4.2.9.3): STOP CCW Pump supplying CCW Header A and PLACE th SAT control switch in Pull to Lock

  • CCW Pump 2C STANDARD: STOPS the 2A CCW Pump and places the control switch in Pull t Lock EXAMINER'S CUE: NONE COMMENTS:

NRC 22 JPM S-3 Simulator Page 7 of 11 JPM S-3 Page 7

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 7: (NOTE Prior to step 4.2.9.4A and B): Review the NOTE preceding step 4.2.9.4 SAT NOTE UNSAT Both CCW Header N valves must be taken to CLOSE and then to OPEN, as each valve is in the other's control circuit.

  • There is a 5 second time delay to open HCV-14-10, FROM NORMAL HOR ISOLATION.

STANDARD: REVIEW the NOTE regarding CCW Header N Isolation Valves and OPERATE the valves correctly EXAMINER'S CUE: NONE COMMENTS:

NRC 22 JPM S-3 Simulator Page 8 of 11 JPM S-3 Page 8

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 8: (4.2.9.4A and 8) : RESTORE CCW Header N to Header 8: CRITICAL STEP A. Place the following control switches in CLOSE

  • HCV-14-88, Normal Hdr Isolation
  • HCV-14-10, From Normal Hdr Isolation SAT
8. OPEN the following :
  • HCV-14-88, Normal Hdr Isolation UNSAT
  • HCV-14-10, From Normal Hdr Isolation STANDARD: DETERMINES HCV-14-10 will not open. STOPS all four Reactor Coolant Pumps within 10 minutes of loss of N header.

Time Critical Clock Stop_ _ _ _ _ _ (Time 2) Time 1 minus Time 2 must be less than or equal to 10 minutes.

EXAMINER'S CUE: NONE EXAMINERS NOTE: Applicant may elect to enter 2-AOP-01 .09A1 Reactor Coolant Pump (Step 4.2.10.1.1.5) to find the specific guidance; however the RC P's must be stopped within 10 minutes of losing CCW.

Step 4.2.10.1.1.5: IF an automatic reactor trip is anticipated (time from L-14 alarm recorded approaches 10 minutes), THEN PERFORM the following:

A. TRIP reactor.

B. STOP all RCPs.

C. IMPLEMENT 2-EOP 01, Standard Post Trip Actions.

EXAMINERS NOTE: RCP bearing temperatures may reach the trip setpoint prior to the 10 minute time limit. Applicant may trip the RC P's on bearing temperature.

EXAMINERS NOTE: By the time Annunciator L-6 "RCP CCW Flow Low Trip" comes in the Applicant should have tripped the RCP's.

COMMENTS:

END OF TASK STOP TIME: _ _ _ __

NRC 22 JPM S-3 Simulator Page 9of11 JPM S-3 Page 9

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE SIMULATOR JPM SETUP

  • RESTORE IC-82
  • SELECT and EXECUTE JPM Lesson S-3
  • UNFREEZE the simulator to allow LA-10 and LB-10 to come in
  • FREEZE the Simulator right after the "N" Header valves auto close
  • When the candidate has stated that the RTGB walk down is complete. UNFREEZE and TRIGGER "Open 14-1" NOTE: LB-10 should clear in 45 seconds after the simulator is running NRC 22 S-3 Simulator Page 10 of 11 JPM S-3 Page 10

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED TO THE EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF THE TASK)

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

Unit 2 is in Mode 3, normal operating temperature and pressure.

INITIATING CUES:

A suspected CCW leak has occurred. CCW surge tank alarms Annunciators LA-10 and LB-10 came in one minute ago. The SNPO has been directed to carry out the local actions as defined in the annunciator summaries for the above alarms. The US has directed you to carry out the actions of 2-AOP-14.01 Component Cooling Water - Abnormal Operation , Step 4.2.8.

ELEMENTS OF THIS JPM ARE TIME CTITICAL

  • JPM S-3 Page 11

,,

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

24 13 ***.

CONTROL ROOM PANEL LA PACB PROCEDURE NO. : WINDOW:

LA-10 2-ARP-01-LAOO ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 (Page 1 of 1)

CAUSES: Alarm may be caused by a faulty automatic makeup valve, gas intrusion, or CCW system leak. (Management Directive, Ref# 3) CCW SURGE TANK COMPARTMENT A LEVEL LOW LA-10 DEVICE: SETPOINT: LOCATION:

LS-14-1A/211 2 feet 5 inches above tank bottom RAB/64/S-RA 1Nl/-RAI ALARM CONFIRMATION

1. LG- 14-2A, CCW Surge Tank Level (local indication).

OPERATOR ACTIONS ...,

CAUTION HCV-14-8A and HCV-14-9 automatically CLOSE when level decreases to low level setpoint. CCW flow will be lost to ALL of the following components which may cause equipment damage:

  • Fuel Pool HX
  • 2A and 2B Waste Gas Compressors
  • Letdown HX
  • Sample Hxs
1. Locally PERFORM the following :

A. ENSURE the following valves are OPEN :

  • V14482, Root Valve for LG-14-2A Upper On CCW Surge Tank. (RAB/77/S-RA1/W-RAI)
  • V14483, Root Valve for LG-14-2A Lower On CCW Surge Tank. (RAB/73/S-RA1/W-RAI)

B. CHECK LG-14-2A, CCW Surge Tank Level.

NOTE LCV-14-1 , Demin Water to CCW Surge Tank, receives an OPEN signal at 36 inches above tank bottom and a CLOSE signal at 48 inches above tank bottom . (Manaqement Directive , Ref# 3)

C. VERIFY LCV-14-1 , Demin Water to CCW Surge Tank, is operating properly to maintain surge tank level 36 to 48 inches above tank bottom. (RAB/64/S-RA 1/E-RAJ)

D. IF LCV- 14-1 is NOT operating to maintain surge tank level, THEN PERFORM the following :

(1) THROTTLE OPEN V14103 , LCV-14-1 Bypass, as required to restore CCW surge tank level above low level alarm setpoint.

(2) CLOSE V14102, LCV-14-1 Upstrm lsol.

(3) OPERATE V14103 as required to maintain CCW surge tank level 36 to 48 inches above tank bottom .

(Management Directive, Ref# 3)

(4) REQUEST System Engineering or Maintenance assistance in troubleshooting LCV-14-1 malfunction. (Management Directive, Ref# 3)

E. WHEN local level indication is no longer required, THEN CLOSE the following valves:

  • V14482, Root Valve for LG- 14-2A Upper On CCW Surge Tank.
  • V14483 , Root Valve for LG-14-2A Lower On CCW Surge Tank .
2. IF any of the following conditions exist:
  • CCW system leak is indicated (continuous makeup required to maintain CCW surge tank level or surge tank level lowering) .
  • Abnormal CCW Surge Tank Level (Management Directive , Ref# 3)
  • Signs of gas intrusion by CCW Surge Tank Level rise THEN GO TO 2-AOP-14.01, Component Cooling Water Abnormal Operations
3. IF CCW Surge Tank Level is greater than 54 inches above tank bottom and needs to be lowered, THEN GO TO precautions of 2-NOP-14.02, Component Cooling Water System Operation , prior to draining.

(Management Directive, Ref# 3)

4. REQUEST System Engineering support in determining cause of this annunciator.

REFERENCES : 1. CWD 2998-B-327 SH 211

2. P&ID 2998-G-083 SH 1
3. CAPR CR 403656 Assignment 25, Air Intrusion Into CCW System , (Management Directive , Cause ,

Step 1.C note, Step 1.D.(3), Step 1.D.(4), Step 22nd bullet, Step 3, Step 4)

JPM S-3 Page 12

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE : PAGE:

26 13 CONTROLROOMPANELLBPACB PROCEDURE NO .: WINDOW:

2-ARP-01-LBOO ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 LB-10 (page 1of1)

CAUSES: Any of the following :

  • Faulty automatic makeup valve operation CCW SURGE TANK
  • Leak into (liquid or air intrusion) or CCW system leak LEVEL HIGH/

(Management Directive, Ref# 3)

COMPARTMENT 8 LEVEL LOW LB-10

'

DEVICE: SETPOINT: LOCATION:

71X/211 Energized PACB LS-14-5 4 feet 6 inches above tank bottom (high) RAB/64/S-RA 1/W-RAI LS-14-1 B 2 feet 5 inches above tank bottom (low) RAB/64/S-RA 1/W-RAI ALARM CONFIRMATION

1. LG-14-2A or LG-14-2B , CCW Surge Tank Level (local indication).

OPERATOR ACTIONS CAUTION HCV-14-8B and HCV-14-10 automatically CLOSE when level decreases to low level setpoint. CCW flow will be lost to ALL of the following components which may cause equipment damage:

  • Fuel Pool HX
  • 2A and 2B Waste Gas Compressors
  • Letdown HX \.
  • Sample Hxs
1. Locally PERFORM the following :

A. ENSURE the following valves are OPEN :

  • V14480, Root Valve for LG-14-28 Upper On CCW Surge Tank. (RAB/77/S-RA1 /W-RAI)
  • V14481 , Root Valve for LG-14-28 Lower On CCW Surge Tank. (RAB/73/S-RA 1/W-RAI)

B. CHECK LG-14-28, CCW Surge Tank Level.

NOTE LCV-14-1 , Demin Water to CCW Surge Tank, receives an OPEN signal at 36 inches above tank bottom and a CLOSE siqnal at 48 inches above tank bottom. (Management Directive, Ref# 3)

C. VERIFY LCV-14-1, Demin Water to CCW Surge Tank, is operating properly to maintain surge tank level 36 to 48 inches above tank bottom. (RAB/64/S-RA1/E-RAJ) (Management Directive, Ref# 3)

D. IF LCV-14-1 is NOT operating to maintain surge tank level, THEN PERFORM the following :

(1) IF CCW Surge Tank Level low, THEN THROTTLE OPEN V14103, LCV-14-1 Bypass, as required to restore CCW surge tank level above low level alarm setpoint.

(2) CLOSE V14102 , LCV 1 Upstrm lsol.

(3) OPERATE V14103 as required to maintain CCW surge tank level 36 to 48 inches above tank bottom .

(Management Directive, Ref# 3)

(4) REQUEST System Engineering or Maintenance assistance in troubleshooting LCV-14-1 malfunction. (Management Directive, Ref# 3)

E. WHEN local level indication is no longer required, THEN CLOSE the following valves :

  • V14480 , Root Valve for LG-14-28 Upper On CCW Surge Tank.
  • V14481 , Root Valve for LG-14-28 Lower On CCW Surge Tank.
2. IF any of the following conditions exist,
  • CCW system leakage is indicated (continuous makeup required to maintain CCW surge tank level or surge tank level lowering).
  • Abnormal CCW Surge Tank Level
  • Signs of gas intrusion by CCW Surge Tank Level rise THEN GO TO 2-AOP-14.01, Component Cooling Water Abnormal Operations.
3. IF CCW Surge Tank level is greater than 54 inches above tank bottom and needs to be lowered , THEN REFER TO 2-NOP-14.02 , Component Cooling Water System Operation . (Management Directive, Ref# 3)
4. REQUEST System Engineering support in determining cause of this annunciator.

(Management Directive , Ref# 3)

REFERENCES:

1. CWD 2998-8-327 SH 211
2. P&ID 2998-G-083 SH 1
3. CAPR CR 403656 Assignment 25, Air Intrusion Into CCW System, (Management Directive, Cause 2nd bullet, Step 1.C and note, Step 1.D. (3) & (4), Step 3, Step 4)

JPM S-3 Page 13

REV ISION NO. : PROCEDURE TITLE:

10 COMPONENT COOLING WATER ABNORMAL OPERATIONS PROCEDURE NO.:

.* i 2-AOP-14.01 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2

. *.' ' ii

  • . *. *.:." . *. '*

I INSTRUCTIONS I I CONTINGENCY ACTIONS I ***- ...............

  • The following annunciators will alarm on a rupture of either the CCW Header A , 8 , or N, or failure of the makeup system :

.,, LA-10, CCW SURGE TANK COMPARTMENT A LEVEL LOW

  • L8-10 , CCW SURGE TANK.LEVEL HIGH I COMPARTMENT 8 LEVEL LOW e CCW Header N automatically isolates from CCW Headers A and B due to low levels in both compartments of the CCW Surge Tank due to a rupture of any of the cross-connected CCW headers. CCW will be lost to CCW Header N components , inclu.ding RCPs and Letdown HX.

D 1. VERIFY CCW Header N isolation valves CLOSED:

1.1. ENSURE CCW Header N isolation valves CLOSED:

0 HCV-14-8A, NORMAL " HCV-1 4-8A, NORMAL HOR ISOLATION HOR ISOLATION

  • HCV-14-9, FROM II HCV-14-9, FROM NORMAL HOR ISOLATION NORMAL HOR ISOLATION HCV-14-88; NORMAL IS . HCV-14-88, NORMAL HOR ISOLATION HOR ISOLATION HCV-14-10, FROM *. HCV-14-10 , FROM NORMAL HOR ISOLATION NORMAL HOR ISOLATION

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE: .*

10 COMPONENT COOLING WATER ABNORMAL OPERATIONS PROCEDURE NO .:

2-AOP-14.01 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 IINSTRUCTIONS I ICONTINGENCY ACTIONS I -*' - ...* ..

4.2.8 Rupture of CCW Header (continued)

NOTE

  • If both annunciators LA-10, CCW SURGE TANK COMPARTMENT A LEVEL LOW, and LB-10, CCW SURGE TANK LEVEL HIGH I COMPARTMENT B LEVEL LOW, clear, then the rupture is in CCW Header N.
  • If both annunciators LA-10, CCW SURGE TANK COMPARTMENT A LEVEL LOW, and LB-10, CCW SURGE TANK LEVEL HIGH I COMPARTMENT B LEVEL LOW, do NOT clear, then the problem may lie with CCW Surge Tank Makeup.

D 2. IDENTIFY ruptured CCW Header.

D 3. PERFORM applicable section per Table 2.

\~./'

\ I Table 2 Abnormal Condition Section Rupture of CCW Header A Section 4 .2.9 Rupture of CCW Header B Section 4.2.10 Rupture of CCW Header N Section 4.2.11 Loss of CCW Surge Tank makeup Section 4.2.12

-

JPM S-3 Page 15

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE::','* **,..

. ....... :,:.

10 PROCEDURE NO.:

COMPONENT COOLING WATER ABNORMAL OPERATIONS (56 o~ . 1~*~< i 2-AOP-14.01 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 IINSTRUCTIONS I ICONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.9 Rupture of CCW Header A CAUTION With rupture of CCW Header A, CCW has been lost to the following components and can result in severe thermal stress and flashing upon re-admittance of cooling flow: *

.. CS Pump 2A o 2A and 28 Containment Fan Coolers

  • 2A SOC Heat Exchanger
  • 3A and 3C Control Room NC Units ii Fuel Pool Heat Exchanger, if aligned to CCW Header A D 1. VERIFY Section 4.2.8, Rupture of CCW Header, performed.

1.1 PERFORM Section 4.2.8 , Rupture of CCW Header.

D 2. VERIFY CCW Header A ruptured :

Annunciator LB-10, CCW SURGE TANK LEVEL HIGH I COMPARTMENT B LEVEL LOW, CLEAR.

Annunciator LA-10, CCW SURGE TANK COMPARTMENT ALEVEL LOW, IN ALARM.

JPM S-3 Pa e 16

REVISION NO.: PROC EDURE TITLE: PAGE::.

10 COMPONENT COOLING WATER ABNORMAL OPERATIONS PROCEDURE NO.:

ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 __..-_'. . .. .**

2-AOP-14.01 ..:.* * ,- :1 IINSTRUCTIONS I I CONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.9 Rupture of CCW Header A (continued)

D 3. STOP CCW pump supplying CCW Header A and PLACE control switch in PULL TO LOCK:

., CCWPump 2C NOTE

  • Both CCW Header N valves must be taken to CLOSE and then to OPEN ,

as each valve is in the other's control circuit.

  • There is a 5 second time delay to open HCV-1 4- 10, FROM NORMAL HOR ISOLATION .

D 4. RESTORE CCW Header N to Header B:

A. PLACE the following control switches in CLOSE:

  • HCV-14-88, NORMAL HOR ISOLATION o HCV~14-10 , FROM NORMAL HOR ISOLATION JPM S-3 Page 17

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE :

10 COMPONENT COOLING WATER ABNORMAL OPERATIONS PROCEDURE NO.:

2-AOP-14 .01 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2

_: " :*- --- . *:* I IINSTRUCTIONS I ICONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.9 Rupture of CCW Header A (continued)
4. (continued}

B. OPEN the following: .

o HCV-14-88, NORMAL HOR ISOLATION

  • HCV-14-10, FROM NORMAL HOR ISOLATION D s. CLOSE SB14126, CCW SURGE TANK TO RETURN HOR A ISOL.

(Below CCW Surge Tank) 0 6. PLACE the following control switches in STOP: (RTGB-206)

HPSI Pump 2A Containment Spray Pump 2A D 7. VERIFY SOC Loop 2A is NOT in ser-Vice.

7.1 STOP SOC Loop 2A per 2-NOP-03.05, Shutdown Cooling.

7.2

  • CLOSE V3517, TO HX 2A VALVE. (Key 52)

JPM S-3 Pa e 18

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

37 17 CONTROL ROOM PANEL L RTGB 204 PROCEDURE NO.: WINDOW:

2-ARP-01-LOO ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 L-14 (Page 1 of 1)

CAUSES: Any of the following:

  • Loss of instrument air
  • A failed instrument 10 MINUTE
  • CCW instrumentation testing . TIMER STARTED

),"\.....,\._ L-14 I ( I DEVICE: SETPOINT: LOCATION:

FIS-14-15A Less than 1220 gpm RTGB 206 BOXA/206 Less than 1220 gpm RTGB 206 BOXB/206 Less than 1220 gpm RTGB 206 BOXC/206 Less than 1220 gpm RTGB 206 BOXD/206 Less than 1220 gpm RTGB 206 ALARM CONFIRMATION

1. Any LOSS RCP CCW trip unit pretrip light ON.
2. FIS-14-15A to FIS-14-15D, CCW From RCP HX Flow, less than 1220 gpm CCWflow.
3. FIS-14-1A or FIS-14-1 B, CCW Header Flow, low CCW flow.
4. PIS-14-8A or PIS-14-88, CCW Header Pressure, low CCW pressure.
5. DCS Points F1158_A, F1168_A, F1178_A or F1188_A, CCW From RCP Flow, low Flow.
6. TE-1153 to TE-1183, CCW From RCP Temperature , rising temperature. (Flat Panel Display, U/2 RCP Overview)
7. HCV-14-1, HCV-14-2, HCV-14-6 or HCV-14-7, CCW To/From RCPS, CLOSED .
8. Pl-18-9, INSTR AIR HDR PRESS, low instrument air pressure.

OPERATOR ACTIONS

1. IMPLEMENT applicable 2-AOP-01 .09 Series, Reactor Coolant Pump.
2. Locally CHECK for CCW system leaks.
3. IF CCW System leak is identified, THEN IMPLEMENT 2-AOP-14.01, Component Cooling Water Abnormal Operations.
4. IF an Automatic Reactor trip is anticipated, THEN PERFORM the following :

A. TRIP Reactor.

B. TRIP Turbine.

C. GO TO 2-EOP-01, Standard Post Trip Actions.

5. IF only one CCW From RCP HX Flow Safety channel instrument is tripped or failed, THEN IMPLEMENT 2-AOP-99.01, Loss of Tech Spec Instrumentation.

REFERENCES:

CWD 2998-B-327 SH 206 JPM S-3 Page 19

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITL E: PAGE :

37 9 CONTROL ROOM PANEL L RTGB 204 PROCEDURE NO.: WINDOW:

2-ARP-01 -LOO ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 L-6 (Page 1 of 1)

CAUSES: Any of the following:

  • A CCW pump trip
  • Loss of instrument air CCW FLOW LOW
  • A fa iled instrument. TRIP L-6 DEVICE : SETPOINT: LOCATION:

Module W9P11 K4relay Less than 1209 to 1231' gpm for greater than 10 RPS Cabinets minutes.

ALARM CONFIRMATION

1. FIS-14-15A to FIS-14-150, CCW From RCP HX Flow, indicate less than 1220 gpm CCW flow
2. FIS-14-1A or FIS-14-18 , CCW Header Flow, indicate low CCW flow .
3. PIS-14-8A or PIS-14-88, CCW Header Pressure , indicate low CCW pressure.
4. 2A,or 28 , or 2C CCW Pump indicate OFF.
5. Any Loss of RCP CCW Trip Unit trip light ON.
6. Annunciator L-14, RCP CCW FLOW LOW 10 MINUTE TIMER STARTED, is alarmed.

OPERA TOR ACTIONS

1. IF 2 or more CCW From RCP HX Flow Safety channels are less than 1220 gpm , THEN PERFORM the following :

A. ENSURE Reactor trip .

. 8 . ENSURE Turbine trip .

C. GO TO 2-EOP-01 , Standard Post Trip Actions .

2. IF only one channel is tripped or failed , THEN IMPLEMENT 2-AOP-99.01 , Loss of Tech Spec Instrumentation.

REFERENCES:

CWD 2998-8-327 SH 206, 406 JPM S-3 Page 20

REVI SION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE : PAGE:

2 2A 1 REACTOR COOLANT PUMP 36 of 60 PROCEDURE NO. :

2-AOP-01 .09A1 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 IINSTRUCTIONS I ICONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.10 Multiple RCP Low CCW Flow I High Temperature D 1.

  • VERIFY CCW containment isolation and CCW N Header 1.1 IF annunciator L-14, RCP CCW FLOW 10 MINUTE TIMER valves , OPEN : STARTED has alarmed , THEN MARK time of alarm. - - - -
  • CCW N Header isolation valves (RTGB-206) 1.2 IF valid SIAS has occurred ,

THEN ENSURE CCW N Header

  • HCV-14-8A, remains isolated from Essential NORMAL HOR. Headers.

ISOLATION 1.3 IF an inadvertent SIAS has

  • HCV-14-88, occurred and N Header isolation is NORMAL HOR . NOT required ,

ISOLATION THEN PERFORM the following :

  • HCV-14-9 , FROM A. With US concurrence ,

NORMAL HOR OVERRIDE and OPEN ISOLATION HCV-18-1 , INSTRUMENT AIR TO CONTAINMENT.

  • HCV-14-10, FROM (RTGB-206)

NORMAL HOR ISOLATION B. PLACE each N Header valve control switch to

  • CCW containment isolation CLOSE, then to valves (RTGB-206) OVERRIDE.
  • HCV-14-1 , TO RC c. IF SIAS is reset, PUMP THEN PLACE each N Header valve control switch
  • HCV-14-2 , FROM to CLOSE, then to OPEN .

RC PUMP D. PLACE control switch for

  • HCV-14-6, FROM all CCW containment RC PUMP isolation valves to OPEN RESET.
  • HCV-14-7, TO RC PUMP JPM S-3 Page 21

REVISION NO .: PROCEDURE TITLE : PAGE:

2 2A1 REACTOR COOLANT PUMP 37 of 60 PROCEDURE NO.:

2-AOP-01 .09A1 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 IINSTRUCTIONS I ICONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.10 Multiple RCP Low CCW Flow I High Temperature (continued)

1. (continued) 1.4 IF CCW containment isolation and CCW N Header valves closed due to other than SIAS, THEN PERFORM the following :

A. PLACE N Header valves control switches in OPEN .

B. PLACE CCW containment isolation valves in OPEN RESET 1.5 IF automatic reactor trip is anticipated (time from L-14 alarm recorded approaches 10 minutes) ,

THEN PERFORM the following :

A. TRIP reactor.

B. STOP all RCPs.

C. IMPLEMENT 2-EOP 01, Standard Post Trip Actions .

1.6 IF CEA TCBs are OPEN and CCW has been lost for 10 minutes, THEN STOP all RCPs.

JPM S-3 Page 22

REVISION NO .: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

2 2A 1 REACTOR COOLANT PUMP 38 of 60 PROCEDURE NO .:

2-AOP-01 .09A1 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 IINSTRUCTIONS I ICONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.10 Multiple RCP Low CCW Flow I High Temperature (continued)

1. (continued) 1.7 IF CCW can NOT be reestablished within 30 minutes, THEN ISOLATE CBO by ensuring the following valves , CLOSED:

(RTGB-205)

  • V2505, RCP BLEEDOFF
  • V2524 , RCP BLEEDOFF
  • V2507, RCP BLEEDOFF RELIEF STOP VLV 1.8 GO TO Section 4.2.1, Step 4.

D 2. GO TO Section 4.2.1, Step 5.

JPM S-3 Page 23

  • FPL St. Lucie Nuclear Plant JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE MANUALLY ACTUATE AFAS-1 UNIT 2 HLC 22 NRC jPM S-4 Simulator This JPM is NOT TIME CRITICAL This is an ALTERNATE PATH JPM NRC 22 JPM S-4 Simulator Page 1 of 9 JPM S-4 Page 1

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS Task: Manually Initiate AFAS Alternate Path JPM? Yes Facility JPM # Modified from 0821077 KJA: 035 A2 .01 Ability to predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the SG and based on these predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations: faulted or ruptured S/Gs.

KJA Rating: 4.5/4.6 Task Standard: This JPM is complete when the operator reports that AFW flow has been restored , due to manually initiating AFAS-1 , to the 2A SG (non-ruptured) from the 2A or 2C AFW Pump.

Evaluation Location: Performance Level:

Simulator In Plant Lab Other Perform Simulate Discuss x x

References:

2-EOP-04, SGTR Ops Policy 521 Guidance on Manual Initiation of AFAS 2-NOP-99 .07 Operations Hard Cards 2-NOP-09.02, AFW Operation Validation Time: 10 minutes Time Critical:

Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:

  • 2-EOP-04 SGTR place kept (step circles with a slash) to step 27. Step 27, the Caution and Note above step 27 are circled ONLY (being evaluated but not yet performed).

Specific Safety Rules, Personal Protective Equipment and Hazards associated with the task.

  • None Radiological Protection and RWP Requirements:

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS:

The task you are to perform is: Manually Actuate AFAS-1 , Unit 2 The performance level to be used for this JPM is Perform

  • This is not a time critical JPM.

You may use any approved reference materials normally available in the execution of this task, including logs.

  • Indicate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you .

SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS FOR SIMULATOR JPMs:

  • All simulator JPM steps, including communications, shall be performed for this JPM.
  • You are to operate any plant equipment that is necessary for the completion of this JPM.
  • The simulator will provide the cues as you perform this JPM.

Indicate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you .

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

A Steam Generator Tube Rupture occurred in 28 SG . The reactor was manually tripped .

During the RCS to cooldown to support 28 SG isolation , SIAS , CIAS and AFAS-1 & 2 automatically actuated and responded as expected.

The 28 SG has been isolated IAW 2-EOP-99 Appendix R. .

The STA reports that the RCS Heat Removal Safety Function is not being met due to slowly lowering SG level in the 2A SG .

The Unit Supervisor just reached Step 27 of 2-EOP-04, RCS cooldown (to Shutdown Cooling) .

INITIATING CUES:

The US has directed you to evaluate the status of the Auxiliary Feedwater System and restore the RCS Heat Removal Safety Function .

NRG 22 JPM S-4 Simulator Page 3 of 9 JPM S-4 Page 3

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST START TIME: _ _ __

EOP-04 Steam Generator Tube Rupture STEP 1: Review the current status of the Auxiliary Feedwater System to determine what actions are required to establish adequate AFW flow to the 2A SG.

SAT STANDARD: OBSERVE that 28 SG has been ISOLATED per Appendix R of 2-EOP-99.

Observe the 2A SG NR level indications Ll-9013A thru Dor DCS Display showing that level is 35% NR and slowly lowering AND not being fed by AFW. UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: The 2A SG is 35% NR and lowering slowly. No AFW flow is indicated on Fl (FR) 09-2A and Fl (FR) 09-2C.

COMMENTS:

STEP 2 (Caution prior to step 27): REVIEW the CAUTION preceding step 27:

SAT CAUTION When cooling down and depressurizing using only one SG, AFW flow to the operable steam generator may be isolated by the AFAS Rupture UN SAT identification circuitry. Manual Initiation of AFAS to the operable steam generator could be necessary.

STANDARD: OBSERVE valves MV-09-9, MV-09-11, SE-09-2 and SE-09-4 are CLOSED.

OBSERVE the 2A AFW pump and 2C AFW pump are RUNNING OBSERVE FW Hdr l:i Pressure show greater than 150 psid.

EXAMINER'S CUE: MV-09-9, MV-09-11, SE-09-2 and SE-09-4 INDICATE Red lights OFF, Green lights ON. The 2A and 2C AFW pumps are running.

FW Hdr l:l. Pressure show greater than 150 psid.

EXAMINER'S NOTE: If the candidate tries to open MV-09-9, MV-09-11, SE-09-2 and SE-09-4, they will go open momentarily but will go back closed due to the rupture ID. The auto setpoint for the AFAS rupture ID is FW Hdr l:l. Pressure> 150 psid or SG l:l. Pressure > 275 psid.

The candidate should recognize from the above cues that AFW was in service at one point due to the 2A and 2C AFW pumps running but the header MV's and solenoids closed.

COMMENTS:

'-

NRC 22 JPM S-4 Simulator Page 4 of 9 JPM S-4 Page 4

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 3 (Caution prior to step 27) : Manually in itiate AFAS-1 CRITICAL STEP STANDARD: POSITION all four AFAS-1 manual actuate switches on RTGB 202 SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: All four AFAS-1 manual initiation switches are in "ON" UNSAT EXAMINER'S NOTE: The guidance to manually initiate AFAS is also stated in Ops Policy 521. The candidate may perform this from memory based on this.

COMMENTS:

STEP 4: Valves SE-09-2 and SE-09-4 have opened BUT MV-09-9 AND MV-09-11 , FAUL TED "Pump 2A Disch to SG 2A" and MV-09-11 , "Pump 2C Disch to SG 2A" failed to STEP open on AFAS-1 manual initiation.

STANDARD : OBSERVE SE-09-2 and SE-09-4 open . MV-09-9 and MV-09-11 indicate closed and Fl-09-2NFR-09-2A and Fl-09-2C/FR-092C indicate no AFW flow. SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: SE-09-2 and SE-09-4 INDICATE Red lights ON, Green lights OFF. MV-09-9 and MV-09-11 INDICATE Red lights OFF, Green lights ON. Fl (FR)- UN SAT 09-2A OR Fl (FR)-09-2C indicate 0 gpm, COMMENTS:

NRC 22 JPM S-4 Simulator Page 5 of 9 JPM S-4 Page 5

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST 2-NOP-99.07,"0perations Hard Cards" OR 2-NOP-09-01,"Aux Feedwater Normal Ops" STEP 5 (Att. 5, step 1.1.1. OR OPEN MV-09-9 OR MV-09-11 to establish FAULTED Steps 4.1.2 & 3 or steps 4.3.8 & 9): AFW flow and THROTTLE valves MV-09-9, STEP "Pump Disch to SG 2A Valve" OR MV-11,"Pump 2C to"2A" to 150 GPM .

SAT STANDARD: POSITION the control switch for MV-09-9 or MV-09-11 to the open position .

UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: MV-09-9 or MV-09-11 indicates Green light OFF and Red light OFF.

EXAMINER'S NOTE: When Applicant attempts to throttle open either MV-09-9 0 MV-09-11, MV-09-9 or MV-09-11 will begin to open then trip as indicated by loss of light indication. When MV-09-9 or MV-09-11 trips it will automatically clear the fault on the other valve allowing it to be throttled.

COMMENTS:

STEP 6: DETERMINES MV-09-9 OR MV 11 has tripped and throttles the other CRITICAL available valve (MV-09-9 OR MV-09-11) to establish AFW flow to the 2A SG . STEP STANDARD: THROTTLES MV-09-9 or MV-09-11 a total of 150 GPM as indicated on Fl 2A/FR-09-2A and Fl-09-2C/FR-092C for the FIRST 5 MINUTES or until indicated level rises and is restoring SG 1A level to 60% - 70% narrow range SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: MV-09-11 shows Green and Red lights ON; FR-09-2A OR Fl-09-2C indicates 220 to 250 gpm, SG 2A level should be rising to satisfy the UN SAT safety function.

EXAMINER'S NOTE: Due to the length of time to restore normal SIG level on the simulator, after student has throttled flow to raise the level, STATE that SIG level is being RESTORED to between 60 % and 70% NR level.

The candidate should throttle AFW to the 2A SG at 150 gpm for the first five minutes or until indicated level rises. Failure to feed at that rate is NOT critical but restoring SG levels to satisfy the RCS HR safety function (indication of SG level rising) IS.

COMMENTS :

NRC 22 JPM S-4 Simulator Page 6 of 9 JPM S-4 Page 6

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 7) : Notify the US that AFAS-1 has been manually initiated and AFW flow has been re-established to the 2A SG using the 2A AFW pump or the 2C AFW Pump. Level in the 2A SG is being restored to normal level (60%-70% NR).

SAT STANDARD : NOTIFY the US that AFW flow has been RESTORED to the 2A SG using the 2A AFW pump (or 2C AFW Pump) and level is returning to normal level (60%-

70% NR). UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: US ACKNOWLEDGES.

COMMENTS:

END OF TASK STOP TIME: _ _ __

NRC 22 JPM S-4 Simulator Page 7 of9 JPM S-4 Page 7

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE SIMULATOR JPM SETUP

1. RESTORE IC-83
2. SELECT and EXECUTE JPM Lesson S-4
3. INSERT CHANNEL "A" and "B" MSIS BLOCK KEYS
4. UNFREEZE the Simulator for a few seconds, then FREEZE.
5. ENSURE step "Valves Fail Close" is triggered (remaining steps will Auto Trigger on candidates actions).
6. UNFREEZE the Simulator when the student is ready.

NRC 22 JPM S-4 Simulator Page 8 of 9 JPM S-4 Page 8

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED TO THE EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF THE TASK)

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

A Steam Generator Tube Rupture occurred in 28 SG. The reactor was manually tripped .

During the RCS to cooldown to support 28 SG isolation , SIAS , CIAS and AFAS-1 & 2 automatically actuated and responded as expected .

The 28 SG has been isolated IAW 2-EOP-99 Appendix R. .

The STA reports that the RCS Heat Removal Safety Function is not being met due to slowly lowering SG level in the 2A SG ..

The Unit Supervisor just reached Step 27 of 2-EOP-04, RCS cooldown (to Shutdown Cooling) .

INITIATING CUES:

The US has directed you to evaluate the status of the Auxiliary Feedwater System and restore the safety function JPM S-4 Page 9

Procedure No.

ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 2-EOP-04 EMERGENCY OPERATING Current Revision No.

c PROCEDURE

.Q .._;

!§ c

~

E FPL SAFETY RELATED 31 Q)  ::i CONTINUOUS USE

>- ::iE 0u Title :

...J g~

z -0 0 _J 0 ~~ ~

Z c -a E STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE 0 C'O

.r:: *-

c z

-

I-

-=

0::

Ll -0

-0 ~

<( c 0 C'O !:::

.::: c c

.Q 8 SGTR 0 *~ C'O Responsible Department: OPERATIONS LL. Q) .r::

Z'-:<:=o

-0:: ~

  • c ~ -

s: w REVISION

SUMMARY

0 ~~ ~

LL. Q)

-fJLl 0:::

w Revision 31 - Incorporated PCR 2005279 to enhance guidance for various response not

~ '6- > obtained/contingency action steps. (Author: J. R. Guist)

Q) c._ w

..... C'O f-0 ...... ~

Qj en

= 0 Revision 30 - Incorporated PCR 1993965. Removed the or statement from Attachment 1, Reactivity Control , Safety Function Status check Sheet to align with CEN-152 .

(Author: J. R. Guist)

Revision 29 - Incorporated PCR 1985368. Deleted requirement for MCC 2A2 from Section 4.0 Step 31 since HIC-2201 and HIC-211 OP were removed per EC 246537 from the HSCP in SL2-20. (Author: J. R. Guist)

AND Incorporated PCR 1981549 per EC 249980 to update the Main Feedwater trip setpoint from 83% to 81 %. (Author: J. R. Guist)

Revision 28 - Incorporated 1878551 to revise LPSI Pump shut-off head value as evaluated for EPU conditions per EC 279298. (Author Don Pendagast)

Revision 27 - Incorporated PCR 1710898 to reformat Step 8.A.3.B . (Author: D. Coggeshall)

Revision 26 - Incorporated AR 578592578592to update procedure reference. (Author:

Lamar Mclaughlin)

Revision Approved By Approval Date UNIT# UNIT 2 DATE 0 D. A. Sager 12/23/85 DOCT PROCEDURE DOCN 2-EOP-04 SYS 31 Robert Coffey 12/01/14 STATUS COMPLETED REV 31

  1. OF PGS

--

JPM S-4 Page 10

REVISION NO .: PR OCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

31 STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE 2 of 46 PROCEDURE NO .:

2-EOP-04 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE 1.0 PURPOSE .. .. .. ..... .. .............. ... ......... ....... ..... ... ... ...... ... ... ... ..... .......... ... ......... .... 3 2.0 ENTRY CONDITIONS .... ...... ...................... ............ ....... .... .. .. ... ................. ..... 4 ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENT 1 SAFETY FUNCTION STATUS CHECK SHEET .. ... ......... ........ 36 ATTACHMENT 2 PLACEKEEPER FOR SGTR .... .. .. .... .. .. ............................ ....... 44 JPM S-4 Page 11

REVISION NO .: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE :

31 STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE 3 of 46 ,

PROCEDURE NO.:

2-EOP-04 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 1.0 PURPOSE This procedure provides the operator actions that must be accomplished in the event of a Steam Generator Tube Rupture (SGTR) . The actions in this procedure are necessary to ensure the plant is placed in a stable , safe condition . The goals of this procedure are as follows :

  • Mitigate the effects of a SGTR by taking action to maintain Safety Functions
  • Initiate a plant cooldown to prepare the most affected SIG for isolation
  • Isolate the most affected SIG while continuing plant cooldown and depressurization to reduce break flow and establish shutdown cooling entry conditions
  • Maintain control over the isolated SIG
  • Place the plant on shutdown cooling This procedure achieves these goals while maintaining continuous , adequate core cooling and minimizing radiological releases to the environment.

JPM S-4 Page 12

REVISION NO .: PROCEDURE TITLE : PAGE :

31 STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE 4 of 46 PROCEDURE NO .:

2-EOP-04 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 2.0 ENTRY CONDITIONS 2.1 BOTH of the following conditions exist,

1. EITHER of the following have occurred:
  • 2-EOP-01 , Standard Post Trip Actions , have been performed
  • The event initiated from Mode 3 and SIAS has NOT been blocked
2. Plant conditions indicate that a SGTR has occurred ;

ANY of the following may be present:

  • Rise in SGBD activity or high activity alarm
  • Rise in SGBD liquid sample activity
  • Rise in S/G level
  • Feed flow to steam flow mismatch JPM S-4 Page 13

REVISION NO .: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE :

31 STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE 5 of 46 PROCEDURE NO .:

2-EOP-04 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 3.0 EXIT CONDITIONS 3.1 ANY of the following conditions exist,

1. The diagnosis of a SGTR is NOT confirmed.
2. ANY of the SGTR Safety Function Status Checks acceptance criteria are NOT satisfied .
3. The SGTR procedure has accomplished its purpose by satisfying ALL of the following :
  • ALL SFSC acceptance criteria are being satisfied
  • SOC entry conditions are established
  • An appropriate approved procedure to implement exists JPM S-4 Page 14

REVISION NO .: PROCEDURE TITL E: PAGE :

31 STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE 6 of 46 PROCEDURE NO .:

2-EOP-04 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS INSTRUCTIONS CONTINGENCY ACTIONS I struments should be chann c ecked when one or more confirmatory indications are available. Reg Guide 1.97 designated instruments should be used for diagnosis of events and confirmation of safety functions .

. /s ps designated with an

  • may be performed non-sequentially or are

/ jo be performed continuously.

donfirm Diagnosis VERIFY Safety Function Status 1.1 REDIAGNOSE the event using Check acceptance criteria are 2-EOP-01 Chart 1, Diagnostic satisfied every 15 minutes. Flow Chart, and GO TO ONE of the following:

  • The appropriate Optimal Recovery Procedure
  • 2-EOP-15, Functional Recovery Classify Event EVALUATE EPIP Classification criteria for present plant conditions and Emergency Plan Actions .

REFER TO EPIP-01 , Classification of

_  ; mergencies.

D;Y Implement Placekeeping OPEN the Placekeeper and NOTE the time of EOP entry.

JPM S-4 Page 15

REVISION NO. : PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE :

31 STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE 7 of 46 PROCEDURE NO .:

2-EOP-04 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS (continued)

INSTRUCTIONS CONTINGENCY ACTIONS Sample Steam Generators SAMPLE S/Gs. 4.1 MONITOR other indications of a REFER TO Appendix A, Sampling SGTR.

team Generators.

0 nsure Safety Injection Actuation 5.1 Manually ACTUATE SIAS .

lf RCS pressure is less than 1736 psia, Then VERIFY SIAS has ACTUATED .

Maximize SI Flow A.1 Manually STARTY/ALIGN SIAS components. REFER TO Table 1, Safety Injection Actuation Signal.

8.1 TAKE actions to restore SI flow:

1. ENSURE electrical power to SI pumps and valves .
2. ENSURE correct SI valve alignment.
3. ENSURE operation of necessary auxiliary systems .

VERIFY ALL available Charging C.1 START ALL available Charging Pumps are RUNNING. Pumps.

C.2 lf the Charging Header is NOT available, Then CONSIDER charging to the HPSI Header.

REFER TO Appendix T, Alternate Charging Flow Path to RCS Through 'A' HPSI Header.

JPM S-4 Page 16

REVISION NO .: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

31 STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE 8 of 46 PROCEDURE NO .:

2-EOP-04 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS (continued)

INSTRUCTIONS CONTINGENCY ACTIONS RCP Trip Strategy X !f RCS subcooling is less than minimum subcooling, Then ENSURE ALL RCPs are STOPPED .

J CCW is LOST to the RCPs for greater than 10 minutes, Then STOP ALL RCPs .

JPM S-4 Page 17

REVISION NO .: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE :

31 STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE 9 of 46

  • PROCEDURE NO .:

2-EOP-04 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS (continued)

INSTRUCTIONS CONTINGENCY ACTIONS P Seal Cooling an INADVERTENT SIAS has solated CCW to the RCPs ,

hen RESTORE CCW.

REFER TO Appendix J, storation of CCW and CBO to th Ps .

!f VALID SIAS has isolated CW to the RCPs ,

Then ENSURE ALL RCPs are STOPPED.

- ~IfCCW is lost for greater than 30 minutes,

--- Then PERFORM BOTH of the fo 11 owing :

" S U R E CCW to the RCPs will

~~ain isolated by PLACING

  • the FOUR Containment CCW To/From RC Pump valves to CLO NSURE RCP controlled bleedoff will remain isolated by PLACING the TWO RCP Bleedoff valves to CLOSE .

(continued on next page)

JPM S-4 Page 18

REVISION NO. : PROCEDURE TITLE : PAGE:

31 STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE 10 of 46 PROCEDURE NO .:

2-EOP-04 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS (continued)

INSTRUCTIONS CONTINGENCY ACTIONS (Continued)

" !f BOTH of the following f"'-,conditions exist,

  • CIAS has isolated the normal RCP bleedoff flowpath to the VCT Then ESTABLISH the alternate RCP bleedoff flowpath to the Quench Tank by OPENING V2507 , RCP Bleedoff Relief Stop Viv.

0X Verify RCP Operating Limits 9.1 STOP RCPs that do NOT satisfy operating limits.

!f RCPs are RUNNING ,

Then VERIFY RCP operating limits are satisfied .

REFER TO Table 13, RCP Operating Limits.

Operation of the 2C AFW Pum releas s to the environment. I m av

  • ble, steam from the least RCS Cool down to less than 510°F 10.1 COOLDOWN the RCS to T HOT less than 510°F using ADVs from Cooldown the RCS to T HOT less than BOTH SIGs .

510°F using SBCS.

10.2 COOL DOWN using 2C AFW Pump and alternate steaming flow paths on the unisolated SIG.

REFER TO Table 12, Alternate SIG Heat Removal Paths.

JPM S-4 Page 19

REVI SION NO .: PROCEDURE TITLE : PAGE:

31 STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE 11 of 46 PROCEDURE NO .:

2-EOP-04 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS (continued)

INSTRUCTIONS CONTINGENCY ACTIONS RCP operation is desirable while rizing the RCS during a SGTR event.

  • RCP operation takes preceden e over equalizing primary and secondary pressures.
  • Monitor RCPs for cavitation as the NPSH curve is approached and exceeded.

aintain minimum subcooling within the limits of Figure 1A.

lf RCS pressure can NOT be LOWERED and MAINTAINED PERFORM a controlled RCS within the specified criteria ,

depressurization as follows: Then OPERATE the PORVs or RCGVS to reduce pressure.

AINTAIN RCS pressure with in ALL the following criteria (listed in order of priority) :

~ithin the limits of Figu re 1A,

,A:7 R*CS Pressure Temperature g Less than 930 psia f f Above the minimum pressure for RCP operation

~proximately equal to the fQ ~~st affected SIG pressure (within 50 psia)

~ERA!E

/X! /

Main or Auxiliary ressunzer spray.

HPSI throttle criteria are met, hen THROTTLE SI flow.

, REFER TO Append ix S, Safety Injection Throttling and Restoration .

JPM S-4 Page 20

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE :

31 STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE

  • 12 of 46 PROCEDURE NO.:

2-EOP-04 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS (continued)

INSTRUCTIONS CONTINGENCY ACTIONS RCS inventory and containmen co iti s safety functions should be under positive control prior to blocking a eguards signals . Safety functions should be closely monitored fo r degradation . Manual actuation of ES FAS may be necessary should conditions warrant.

As the RCS cooldown and depressurization proceed ,

PERFORM ANY of the following :

~SIS is NOT present,

~ ~ BLOCK automatic initiation of MSIS .

!f SIAS is NOT present, Then BLOCK automatic initiation

--SIAS .

Protect Main Condenser PERFORM BOTH of the following :

X !f Circulating Water flow to the Main Condenser has been lost, Then PERFORM BOTH of the following to protect the Secondary Plant:

1. ENSURE MSIVs are CLOSED.
2. ENSURE SGBD is ISOLATED.

ABILIZE the Secondary Plant.

FER TO Appendix X, Secondary Plant Post Trip Actions , Section 2.

JPM S-4 Page 21

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE :

31 STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE 13 of 46 PROCEDURE NO .:

2-EOP-04 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS (continued)

INSTRUCTIONS CONTINGENCY ACTIONS estore Instrument Air La LOOP has occurred, Then PERFORM BOTH of the fol ENSURE 2AB 480V Load Center is aligned to an energized bus .

DISPATCH an operator to estore Instrument Air.

REFER TO Appendix H, 0 eration of the 2A and 2B nstrument Air Compressors .

Determine the MOST Affected S/G.

DETERMINE the MOST affected SIG by considering ALL of the following :

Main Steam Line radiation monitoring trending prior to the t.

d

>>~~ding G level change when NOT

~BO radiation monitoring

~ONE SIG level rising faster than the other with feed and steaming rates being essentially the same

  • Feed flow mismatch between SI Gs
  • Steam flow vs. feed flow mismatch in a SIG prior to the rip JPM S-4 Page 22

REVIS ION NO.: PROCEDU RE T ITLE: PAG E:

31 STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE 14 of 46 PROCEDURE NO .:

2-EOP-04 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS (continued)

STRUCTIONS CONTINGENCY ACTIONS olate the MOST Affected SIG When RCS hot leg temperature is less than 510°F, Then ISOLATE the MOST affected SIG .

REFER TO Appendix R, Steam Generator Isolation .

aintain ISOLATED SIG below 15 psig (930 psia)

MAINTAIN the ISOLATED SIG pressure less than 915 psig (930 psia) by ANY Cif the following :

A. Manual operation of the MSIV Bypass valve . (If condenser vacuum exists) .

8 . Manual operation of the associated ADV.

C. Local operation of the associated ADV.

erify Correct SIG was Isolated 18.1 !f the wrong SIG was isolated ,

Then RESTORE feed ing and VERIFY the MOST affected SIG is steaming capability to the isolated isolated by observing ALL of the SIG .

following :

18.2 When RCS heat removal has been

  • SIG sample activities re-established on the least affected SIG ,
  • SGBD monitor radiation levels Then ISOLATE the most affected SIG .
  • SJAE exhaust monitor radiation REFER TO Appendix R, Steam level Generator Isolation.
  • SIG levels JPM S-4 Page 23

REVISI ON NO .: PROCEDURE TITLE : PAGE :

31 STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE 15 of 46 PRO CEDURE NO. :

2-EOP-04 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTl.ONS (continued)

INSTRUCTIONS CONTINGENCY ACTIONS lf HPSI pumps are operating ,

and ALL of the following conditions are satisfied ,

~ RCS subcooling is greater than

'V or equal to minimum subcooling rn Pressurizer level is at least 30%

l:/ and NOT lowering 0 At least ONE SIG is available for RCS heat removal with level being maintained or restored to between 60 and 70% NR

((.\ Rx Vessel level indicates sensors

\ ) 4 through 8 are covered ,

or NO abnormal differences (greater than 20°F) between T HOT and Rep CET temperature Then THROTTLE SI flow.

REFER TO Appendix S, Safety Injection Throttling and Restoration .

HPSI Pump Restart Criteria lf ANY of the HPSI throttle criteria can NOT be maintained ,

Then RESTORE SI flow.

REFER TO Appendix S, Safety Injection Throttl ing and Restoration .

JPM S-4 Page 24

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE :

31 STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE 16 of 46 PROCEDURE NO .:

2-EOP-04 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS (continued)

INSTRUCTIONS CONTINGENCY ACTIONS

~PSI Pump Stop Criteria v~ RCS pressure is greater than 250 psia and controlled, Then PERFORM ALL of the following :

.,,,,_"' __ TOP the LPSI pumps.

CLOSE the LPSI injection valves .

PLACE LPSI Pump handswitches in AUTO.

PSI Pump Restart Criteria

!f ALL of the following conditions exist,

  • RCS pressure lowers to less than 250 psia
  • LPSI pumps have been stopped
  • RAS has NOT actuated Then PERFORM BOTH of the following:

A. START LPSI pumps AS NECESSARY.

B. OPEN the LPSI injection valves .

JPM S-4 Page 25

REVIS ION NO .: PROCEDURE TITLE : PAGE :

31 STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE 17 of 46 PROCEDURE NO .:

2-EOP-04 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS (continued)

INSTRUCTIONS CONTINGENCY ACTIONS

['] £\Maintain RCS Within Figure 1A 23.1 !f the RCS is over-subcooled ,

(Ulimits or RCS pressure exceeds the upper limits of Figure 1A , RCS MAINTAIN the RCS less than the Pressure Temperature ,

upper limits of Figure 1A, RCS Then RESTORE subcooling or Pressure Temperature , by performing pressure to within the appropriate ANY of the following : limit:

A. OPERATE Main or Auxiliary A. STOP the cooldown .

Pressurizer sprays.

B. DEPRESSURIZE the RCS B. !f HPSI throttle criteria are met, using Main or Auxiliary Then THROTTLE SI flow. Pressurizer spray.

REFER TO Appendix S, Safety Injection Throttling and C. !f HPSI throttle criteria are met, Restoration . Then THROTTLE SI flow.

REFER TO Appendix S, Safety Injection Throttling and Restoration .

23.2 !f the cooldown rate is greater than 100°F in ANY 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> period ,

Then RESTORE the cooldown rate to within its limit:

A. STOP the cooldown AS NECESSARY.

B. MAINTAIN the plant in a stable pressure-temperature configuration .

C. CONTINUE the plant cooldown within the 100°F in ANY 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> period limit JPM S-4 Page 26

REVISI ON NO. : PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE :

31 STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE 18 of 46 PROCEDURE NO .:

2-EOP-04 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS (continued)

STRUCTIONS CONTINGENCY ACTIONS Maintain the UNISOLATED S/G Level 60 to 70% NR ENSURE the UNISOLATED SIG has level being restored to or maintained etween 60 and 70% NR.

Evaluate Condensate Inventory ENSURE the condensate inventory is greater than the minimum required .

REFER TO Data Sheet 1, Determination of Condensate equired to Remove Decay Heat and CP Heat.

orate the RCS for SOM BORATE the RCS until SOM is greater than the value required by the COLR.

REFER TO 2-NOP-02 .24, Boron Concentration Control.

JPM S-4 Page 27

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE : PAGE :

31 STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE 19 of 46 PROCEDURE NO .:

2-EOP-04 ST . LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS (continued)

INSTRUCTIONS CONTINGENCY ACTIONS When cooling down and dep sunzin u only one SIG , AFW flow to the operable steam generator may e isolated by the AF AS rupture identification circuitry . Manual initiation of AFAS to the operable steam generator could be necessary.

Coo Id own rates up to 100°F in ,.,.,....~~"" eriod are permitted to regain or maintain minimum subcooling .

CS Cooldown (to SDC) 27 .1 COOL DOWN the RCS using AD Vs .

COOLDOWN the RCS using SBCS:

27 .2 COOL DOWN using 2C AFW Pump A. lf RCPs are OPERATING, and alternate steaming flow paths Then COOLDOWN at a rate not on the unisolated SIG.

to exceed 100°F in ANY 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> REFER TO Table 12, Alternate period. SIG Heat Removal Paths.

REFER TO 2-GOP-305, Reactor Plant Cooldown - Hot Standby to Cold Shutdown .

B. lf RCPs are NOT OPERATING ,

Then COOLDOWN at a rate not to exceed 30°F in ANY 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> period .

REFER TO 2-AOP-01 .13, Natural Circulation Cooldown .

0 28. Sample RCS for Dilution lf RCS pressure is less than the ISOLATED SIG pressure ,

Then SAMPLE the RCS for boron concentration in 30 minute intervals.

JPM S-4 Page 28

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE : PAGE:

5 PROCEDURE AND WORK INSTRUCTION USE AND ADHERENCE 7 of 36 PROCEDURE NO.:

AD-AA- 100-1006 NUCLEAR FLEET ADMINISTRATIVE 2.0 TERMS AND DEFINITIONS (continued)

9. (continued)
  • Multiple Use - Identifies procedures or work instructions that contain sections that are assigned different Levels Of Use. The level of use for each section of the procedure or work instruction SHALL be identified at the front of the applicable section.
10. May - MAY denotes a permitted action .
11. Not Applicable (N/A) - The designation used if a procedure step or group of procedure steps are not appropriate for the task or activity

~eeing e(!r~

fo~rm

~eg d,,,_

. ---------~-;-~::----

12. Placekeeping - Physically marking steps in a procedure or work instruction 'Q prevent the omission or duplication of steps , to maintain an accounting of steps in progress, steps completed , steps not applicable, and steps not yet
  • performed.
13. Placekeeping Aids - Typical placekeeping may utilize, but not be limited to any of the following techniques:
  • Circle I slash (~) method
  • Step signoff or initial lines
14. Procedure Section or Subsection - A group of steps that has its own heading and that is intended to be executed in a stand alone manner.
15. Referencing - Methods used in procedure or work instruction steps to refer a user to a procedure step or information other than the next step in the originating procedure or work instruction. Task performance will continue in the current or next step of the current procedure. Examples of referencing terms that are typically utilized are "refer to", "in accordance with", "per", and "see".
16. Shall - SHALL denotes a required action .
17. Should - SHOULD denotes an expected action . A management expectation .

When should is contained in a procedure or work instruction that contains information for controlling or operating Systems, Structures or Components (SSCs) , any non-performance of a "should" requires written supervisor -

justification in the body of the procedure or work instruction.

JPM S-4 Page 29

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE :

5 PROCEDURE AND WORK INSTRUCTION USE AND ADHERENCE 20 of 36 PROCEDURE NO.:

AD-AA-100-1006 NUCLEAR FLEET ADMINISTRATIVE 4.6 Signoff and Placekeeping

1. Placekeeping shall be used during the performance of a Continuous Use or Reference Use procedure or work instruction . This technique may also be applied during the performance of other procedures, instructions, or tests as directed.

NOTE

  • Check marks shall not be used in place of initials or signature .
  • Ditto marks or one initial and a line through the remaining signoffs shall not be used.

If the procedu~e or wor - instruction requires an individual t~R,

( steps , the.signing or initialing of steps constitutes placekeeping . Typical placekeeping may utilize, but not be limited to any of the following techniques :

  • Circle I slash (~) method
  • Step signoff or initial lines Checkboxes
8. For Con mu -e-pFec-e9tJ-r-es-er-w ins ructions, each step shall be marked as completed before the performer proceeds to the next step ,

except for certain circumstances as listed below:

  • The approved procedure or work instruction provides instructions for performing a step (or series of related steps) concurrently or in a time restricted sequence.

Concurrent actions may be necessary for equipment operation .

To complete the evolution safely and successfully, the steps must be completed in a timely manner.

  • ALARA, Equipment, or Personal Safety may be compromised if step-by-step documentation of the procedure or work instruction is performed during execution .

JPM S-4 Page 30

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE : PAGE:

6 OPERATIONS HARD CARDS '16 of 24 '

PROCEDURE NO.:

2-NOP-99.07 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 5 AUXILIARY FEEDWATER OPERATIONS (Page 1 of 5) 1.0 AUXILIARY FEEDWATER OPERATIONS NOTE

  • An Operator Aid has been placed at RTG8-202. Any revision to this section of the procedure shall verify the validity of the Operator Aid and , if changes are necessary, a Label Request shall be initiated to incorporate these changes on a new Operator Aid placard .

1.1 Restoring Steam Generator Levels using Auxiliary Feedwater after AFAS has occurred NOTE

  • The discharge valves may be taken off the open seat to expedite acknowledgement of their alarms .
  • Feeding with the electric pump is preferred over the steam driven pump .
  • A trip from 100% power (Post EPU) will require -500 gpm total AFW flow.
1. FEED each Steam Generator at the desired flow rate by throttling the following valves OPEN or CLOSED :

2A Steam Generator

  • MV-09-9, PUMP 2A DISCH TO SG 2A VALVE
  • MV-09-12, PUMP 2C TO SG 28
  • MV-09-10, PUMP 28 DISCH TO SG 2B VALVE JPM S-4 Page 31

REVISI ON NO.: PROCEDURE TI TLE : PAGE:

6 OPERATIONS HARD CARDS 17 of 24 PROCE DURE NO.:

2-NOP-99 .07 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 5 AUXILIARY FEEDWATER OPERATIONS (Page 2 of 5) 1.1 Restoring Steam Generator Levels using Auxiliary Feedwater after AFAS has occurred (continued)

2. WHEN AFAS has reached the reset level, THEN RESET either AFAS 1 (2A SG) OR AFAS 2 (28 SG) at the AFAS Cabinets A through D as follows (Key 202) :

NOTE When AFAS is reset in each cabinet the following will occur:

  • Actuation light will illuminate
  • 1-3 AND 2-4 AFAS Lockout Relay Status lights wil l extinguish A. PRESS either AFAS-1 ACT RESET OR AFAS-2 ACT RESET pushbutton .

B. FEED the Steam Generator(s) using the desired flow path :

(1) FEED the 2A Steam Generator using the 2A AFW Pump

a. OPEN SE-09-2, 2A PUMP DISCH TO 2A SIG VLV (KEY 83)
b. THROTTLE MV-09-9, PUMP 2A DISCH TO SG 2AVALVE (2) FEED the 2A Steam Generator using the 2C AFW Pump
a. OPEN SE-09-4, 2C PUMP DISCH TO 2A SIG VLV (KEY 85)
b. THROTTLE MV-09-11 , PUMP 2C TO SG 2A (3) FEED the 28 Steam Generator using the 28 AFW Pump
a. OPEN SE-09-3, 2B PUMP DISCH TO 2B SIG VLV (KEY 84)

JPM S-4 Page 32

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

6 OPERATIONS HARD CARDS .18 of 24

      • .J PROCEDURE NO.:

2-NOP-99.07 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ..... ,,,.- -

ATTACHMENT 5 AUXILIARY FEEDWATER OPERATIONS (Page 3 of 5) 1.1 Restoring Steam Generator Levels using Auxiliary Feedwater after AFAS has occurred (continued)

2. B. (3) (continued)
b. THROTTLE MV-09-10, PUMP 28 DISCH TO SG 28 VALVE (4) FEED the 28 Steam Generator using the 2C AFW Pump
a. OPEN SE-09-5, 2C PUMP DISCH TO 28 SIG VLV (KEY 86)
b. THROTTLE MV-09-12, PUMP 2C TO SG 28 CAUTION Initial feedwater flow should be controlled to less than 150 gpm for the first 5 minutes when using Aux Feed for water hammer and thermal shock concerns .

1.2 Restoring Steam Generator Levels using Auxiliary Feedwater when an AFAS has NOT occured

1. PERFORM any of the following steps as necessary to restore Steam Generator levels.

A. FEED the 2A Steam Generator using the 2A AFW Pump (1) START PUMP 2A (2) OPEN SE-09-2, 2A PUMP DISCH TO 2A SIG VLV (KEY 83)

(3) THROTTLE MV-09-9, PUMP 2A DISCH TO SG 2A VALVE, as necessary to establish and maintain desired AFW flow to 2A SIG B. FEED the 28 Steam Generator using the 28 AFW Pump (1) START PUMP 28 JPM S-4 Page 33

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

6 OPERATIONS HARD CARDS 19 of 24 PROCEDURE NO.:

2-NOP-99 .07 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 5 AUXILIARY FEEDWATER OPERATIONS (Page 4 of 5) 1.2 Restoring Steam Generator Levels using Auxiliary Feedwater when an AFAS has NOT occured (continued)

1. B. (continued)

(2) OPEN SE-09-3, 28 PUMP DISCH TO 28 S/G VLV (KEY 84)

(3) THROTTLE MV-09-10, PUMP 28 DISCH TO SG 28 VALVE, as necessary to establish and maintain desired AFW flow to 28 S/G NOTE The following valves should be opened simultaneously to prevent overspeed tripping of the 2C AFW Pump :

CAUTION Initial feedwater flow should be controlled to less than 150 gpm for the first 5 minutes when using Aux Feed for water hammer and thermal shock concerns .

2. FEED the 2A AND 28 Steam Generators using the 2C AFW PUMP .

A. START 2C AFW PUMP by performing both of the following simultaneously:

  • OPEN MV-08-13, SG 2A STM TO AFW PP 2C B. OPEN the solenoid valve(s) in the header(s) to feed the appropriate S/G(s):

JPM S-4 Page 34

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

6 OPERATIONS HARD CARDS 20 of 24 PROCEDURE NO.:

2-NOP-99.07 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 5 AUXILIARY FEEDWATER OPERATIONS (Page 5 of 5) 1.2 Restoring Steam Generator Levels using Auxiliary Feedwater when an AFAS has NOT occured (continued)

2. 8. (continued)

C. ESTABLISH AND MAINTAIN desired flow in the header(s) to feed the appropriate S/G(s) :

  • THROTTLE MV-09-11 , PUMP 2C TO SG 2A
  • THROTTLE MV-09-12, PUMP 2C TO SG 2B JPM S-4 Page 35

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

, '\

6 AUXILIARY FEEDWATER SYSTEM OPERATION -7 of 36 PROC EDURE NO.:

2-NOP-09.02 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 INSTRUCTIONS 4.1 2A AFW PUMP to 2A S/G

1. START PUMP 2A.
2. OPEN SE-09-2 , 2A PUMP DISCH TO 2A SIG VLV. (KEY 83)

CAUTION To avoid water hammer, when reinitiating flow to a steam generator that has lost all feedwater, the initial flow rate should be limited to less than or equal to 150 gpm for five minutes or until a level rise is observed.

3. THROTTLE MV-09-9, PUMP 2A DISCH TO SG 2A VALVE, as necessary to establish and maintain desired AFW flow to 2A SIG .
4. WHEN desired level is achieved AND the 2A AFW PUMP is NO longer needed , THEN PERFORM the following :

A. CLOSE MV-09-9, PUMP 2A DISCH TO SG 2A VALVE.

B. PLACE key switch for SE-09-2, 2A PUMP DISCH TO 2A SIG VLV, to AUTO.

IV C. VERIFY SE-09-2, 2A PUMP DISCH TO 2A SIG VLV, is CLOSED.

D. STOP PUMP 2A.

E. RETURN PUMP 2A switch to AUTO.

IV Performed By:

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-

Print/Sign Initials Date Print/Sign Initials Date JPM S-4 Page 36

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE:

6

,.

AUXILIARY FEEDWATER SYSTEM OPERATION " 9 of 36 ....

PROCEDURE NO.:

2-NOP-09.02 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.3 2C AFW PUMP to 2A I 28 S/G NOTE If the 2C AFW PUMP has tripped , 2-AOP-09 .02 , Auxiliary Feedwater, provides instructions for restarting .

CAUTION When steam is isolated from the 2C AFW PUMP turbine, water may accumulate in the steam supply lines. Starting the pump with accumulated water could result in an overspeed trip.

1. IF this pump start is for post-maintenance testing AND the steam was completely removed from the turbine, THEN PERFORM the following steps:

A. CLOSE MV-08-3, 2C PUMP, by placing the key switch on RTG8-202 in the CLOSE position . (KEY 78)

B. OPEN MV-08-12 , SG 28 STM TO AFW PP 2C.

C. OPEN MV-08-13, SG 2A STM TO AFW PP 2C.

D. AFTER 5 minutes, CLOSE MV-08-12, SG 28 STM TO AFW PP2C .

E. CLOSE MV-08-1 3, SG 2A STM TO AFW PP 2C.

F. OPEN MV-08-3, 2C PUMP, by placing the key switch on RTG8-202 in the OPEN position .

IV

2. IF the 2C AFW PUMP turbine is rotating , THEN PERFORM the following :

A. UNLOCK AND CLOSE V08884 , SE-08-2 INLET ISOL.

B. WHEN the 2C AFW PUMP stops rotating , THEN SLOWLY OPEN V08884, SE-08-2 INLET ISOL.

C. IF the 2C AFW PUMP does NOT STOP rotating, THEN PERFORM Section 5.4, Establishing And Adjusting 2C Auxiliary Feedwater Pump Warming Steam.

JPM S-4 Page 37

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE:

6 AUXILIARY FEEDWATER SYSTEM OPERATION PROCEDURE NO.:

2-NOP-09.02 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.3 2C AFW PUMP to 2A / 28 S/G (continued)

2. (continued)

D. LOCK OPEN V08884, SE-08-2 INLET ISOL.

I I/'\

An operator will be required at the 2C AFW PUMP local station to verify speed .

CAUTION The 2C AFW PUMP turbine shall NOT be started if turbine bearing or governor oil temperature is less than 40°F.

3. IF outside air temperature is less than 70°F, THEN CHECK (by pyrometer) turbine bearing and governor oil temperature.

A. IF turbine bearing or governor oil temperature is less than 70°F , THEN provisions should be made to warm the oil by external source .

B. IF turbine bearing or governor oil temperature is less than 60°F, THEN 2C AFW PUMP shall be declared OOS.

4. ENSURE the governor oil level is visible between the level mark and top of sightglass.

CAUTION If the oil in the 2C AFW PUMP turbine governor is NOT allowed to fully drain back to the reservoir, restarting may cause overspeed . This can be prevented by waiting 3 minutes after the pump stops rotating or taking the manual speed control knob on the side of the governor fully counter-clockwise then returning full clockwise . Section 7.1.3, Mana ement Directive 3

5. ENSURE the 2C AFW PUMP Turbine is NOT rotating .

A. VERIFY 3 minutes have passed since pump rotation stopped OR B. CYCLE the manual speed control knob on the side of the governor fully counter-clockwise, then fully clockwise .

JPM S-4 Page 38

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

6 AUXILIARY FEEDWATER SYSTEM OPERATION PROCEDURE NO.:

2-NOP-09.02 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.3 2C AFW PUMP to 2A I 28 SIG (continued)

6. START 2C AFW PUMP by performing the following :

AND/OR

7. VERIFY turbine speed is stable between 3700 and 3800 rpm AND the governor valve is NOT hunting I oscillating.
8. OPEN the solenoid valve(s) in the header(s) to the S/Gs requiring feed :

CAUTION To avoid water hammer, when reinitiating flow to a steam generator that has lost all feedwater, the initial flow rate should be limited to less than or equal to 150 gpm for five minutes or until a level rise is observed .

9. THROTTLE MV-09-11, PUMP 2C TO SG 2A, as necessary to establish and maintain desired flow to 2A SIG.
10. THROTTLE MV-09-12, PUMP 2C TO SG 28, as necessary to establish and maintain desired flow to 28 SIG .
11. WHEN the 2C AFW PUMP is NO longer being used for feed and it is desired to secure, THEN PERFORM the following :

A. ENSURE MV-09-11, PUMP 2C TO SG 2A, is CLOSED.

B. ENSURE MV-09-12, PUMP 2C TO SG 28, is CLOSED.

C. PLACE key switch for SE-09-4, 2C PUMP DISCH TO 2A SIG VLV, to AUTO.

IV D. VERIFY SE-09-4, 2C PUMP DISCH TO 2A SIG VLV, is CLOSED.

JPM S-4 Page 39

ST. LUCIE PLANT OPS-521 OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT POLICY REVISION EMERGENCY OPERATING PROCEDURE 26 IMPLEMENTATION Page 11 of 16

1. (continued)

K. ESFAS Actuation :

1. The blocking or termination of ESFAS actuation is only allowed during normal plant cooldown , as directed by Operating procedure and during emergency recovery, when directed by the EOPs or the Technical Support Center. NOTE: Even if the MS IVs have been manually closed , the MSIS signal should still be blocked if SIG parameters are under positive control; as an automatic Safety actuation is reportable to the NRC.
2. Under no circumstances shall the automatic actuation of ESFAS be blocked when the actuation limits are being approached in an uncontrolled plant condition. Operators shall NOT manually terminate the operation of ES FAS actuated components during an emergency, except as allowed by plant procedure.
3. If a valid ESFAS actuation occurs, then the operating crew should NOT exit EOP-1 to EOP-2 . EOP-1 should be exited to one of the optimal recovery EOPs or EOP-15 for the following reasons:
a. The optimal recovery EOPs contain procedural steps to determine the extent of the damage.
b. EOP-2 entry conditions assumes an uncomplicated trip has occurred . A valid ESFAS actuation is NOT an uncomplicated trip.
4. Manual initiation (actuation) of AFAS may be required under the following ci rcumstances :
a. Automatic actuation of the system did NOT occur after the appropriate time delay has elapsed .
b. When cooling down the RCS using only one Steam Generator, if the operable Steam Generator is affected by the AF AS rupture identification circuit.
c. During the loss of off-site power conditions , after AFAS actuation , if one feedwater header pressurizes before the other.

This assumes neither feed header is ruptured .

d. SIAS signal trips the Main Feed Pumps and allows the feedwater headers to depressurize at slightly different rates .

JPM S-4 Page 40

-+ FPL St. Lucie Nuclear Plant Operations Training JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE Respond to Abnormal Pressure Control - PCV-1100E Fails Open - Unit 2 Simulator This JPM is NOT TIME CRITICAL This is an ALTERNATE PATH JPM NRC 22 JPM S-5 Simulator Page 1 of 13 JPM S-5 Page 1

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS Task: Respond to Abnormal Pressure Control - PCV-1100E Fails Open - Unit 2 Alternate Path JPM? Yes Facility JPM #:

KIA: 010 A2.02 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of a spray valve failure on the PZR PCS ; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control , or mitigate the consequences of a spray valve failures KIA Rating(s): 3.9/3.9 Duty Area(s): N/A Task Information: N/A Task Standard: This JPM is complete when the reactor is tripped and the 282 RCP is secured .

Evaluation Location: Performance Level:

Simulator In Plant Lab Other Perform Simulate Discuss x x

References:

  • 2-AOP-01.10, Pressurizer Pressure and Level
  • 2-NOP-99.07, Operations Hard Cards, Attachment 4.

Validation Time: 15 minutes Time Critical:

Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:

  • None Specific Safety Rules, Personal Protective Equipment and Hazards associated with the task.
  • None Radiological Protection and RWP Requirements:
  • None .

NRC 22 JPM S-5 Simulator Page 2 of 13 JPM S-5 Page 2

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS:

The task you are to perform is: respond to plant conditions - Unit 2

  • The performance level to be used for this JPM is Perform
  • This is not a time critical JPM.
  • During the performance of the task, I will tell you which steps to simulate or discuss.
  • I will provide you with the appropriate cues for steps that are simulated or discussed .
  • You may use any approved reference materials normally available in the execution of this task, including logs.
  • Indicate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you .

SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS FOR SIMULATOR JPMs:

  • All simulator JPM steps, including communications, shall be performed for this JPM.
  • You are to operate any plant equipment that is necessary for the completion of this JPM.
  • The sin:iulator will provide the cues as you perform this JPM.
  • Indicate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you .

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

Unit 2 is operating at 100% power after an up power from 50%.

INITIATING CUES:

The Unit Supervisor has directed you to remove the Pressurizer from recirculation IAW 2-NOP-99.07, Operations Hard Cards, "Attachment 4".

-- NRC 22 JPM S-5 Simulator Page 3 of 13 JPM S-5 Page 3

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST START TIME: _ _ __

2-NOP-99.07, Operations Hard Cards, Attachment 4 Section 1.2. "Removing th Pressurizer from Recirculation" STEP 1 (NOTE):

SAT NOTE:

Normally, the required number of Backup Bank heaters in service is dependent upon: UNSAT A. The magnitude of thermal losses from the system, including leakage to the Quench Tank.

B. The number of heater elements out of service.

  • The normal configuration is to have enough Backup Bank heaters in service to keep the Proportional Bank heaters at approximately 50%

output.

  • This section is performed on RTGB-203 STEP 2 (1 .2.1): REMOVE Backup heaters from service one at a time by returning the control switches to AUTO STANDARD : Places the control switch from 'ON' to 'AUTO' and observes red light off and green light on while monitoring Pressurizer pressure EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS:

STEP 3 (1 .2.2) : IF desired to maintain normal operating pressure, SAT THEN ADJUSTthe AUTO setpoint on the selected Pressurizer Pressure Control Channel on one of the following controllers:

UNSAT PIC-11 OOX Pressurizer Pressure PIC-1100Y Pressurizer Pressure STANDARD: On PIC-1100X, adjust setpoint UPWARD as necessary to maintain pressure at 2250 psia. as Backup heaters are removed from service.

EXAMINER'S CUE: None EXAMINER'S NOTE: PIC-1100X is the selected control channel. Th candidate may adjust the non-selected channel setpoint as well.

COMMENTS:

JPM NRC S-5 Simulator Page 4 of 13 JPM S-5 Page 4

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 4 (1 .2.3}: VERIFY Main Spray flow has stopped AND Proportional Heater FAULTED banks at approximately 50% output by observing the following : STEP A. OBSERVE the output on HIC-1100, PZR Pressure spray CNTL VLV. SAT B. OBSERVE the valve position on the following Pressurizer Spray Valves: UN SAT PCV - 11 ODE, Spray Valve 2B2 PCV - 11 OOF, Spray Valve 2B1 STANDARD: Monitors Pressurizer pressure and spray valves. Observes PCV-11 DOE not fully closed (dual indication) and pressurizer pressure lowering .

EXAMINER'S CUE: None EXAMINERS NOTE: At this point the candidate may elect to turn bac on the Backup heaters that were removed. This action will not result in pressure continuing to lower. The candidate may elect to manually tri the plant OR enter 2-AOP-01.10, Pressurizer Pressure and Level, Section 4.0. If the Applicant tripped the plant go to step 14 of this JPM.

COMMENTS:

2-AOP-01.10, Pressurizer Pressure and Level, Section 4.0 Section 4.1, Immediate 0 erator Actions STEP 5 (4.1.1} : If at Normal Operating Pressure, THEN VERIFY PIC-1100X(Y) ,

Pressurizer Pressure, stable SAT STANDARD: Looks at PIC-1100X(Y) and determines that pressurizer pressure is lowering UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS:

JPM NRC S-5 Simulator Page 5 of 13 JPM S-5 Page 5

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 6 (4.1.1 .1): If Pressurizer pressure less than 2300 psia AND PORV leakage is indicated or PORV has failed OPEN THEN PLACE affected PORV in OVERRIDE and CLOSE associated block valve: SAT STANDARD: Notes that PORV is NOT OPEN as indicted by tell pipe temperatures normal, QT temperature and pressure are not rising and no lights are on acoustic UN SAT monitor. No action required .

EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS:

STEP 7 (4.1.2): Verify selected Pressurizer pressure control channel PIC-1100X(Y),

PRESSURE, NORMAL.

SAT STANDARD : Notes pressure controller is operating normally. No action required.

EXAMINER'S CUE: None UN SAT COMMENTS:

STEP 8 (4 .1.3): VERIFY selected RRS channel Pressurizer level set point NORMAL as

-- indicated on LR-1110, PRESSURIZER LEVEL SAT STANDARD : Notes that level setpoint is normal. No action required .

UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS:

STEP 9 (4.1.4): VERIFY Selected Pressurizer level control channel LIC-111 OX(Y), SAT LEVEL, NORMAL.

STANDARD : Notes that level control channel is normal. No action required . UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS:

JPM NRC S-5 Simulator Page 6of13 JPM S-5 Page 6

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 10 (4.1.5): IF either of the following conditions are met:

  • Pressurizer pressure is less than 2275 psia
  • Pressurizer pressure is lowering uncontrollably SAT THEN VERIFY spray valves CLOSED:
  • PCV-1100E , SPRAY VALVE 282, status lights
  • PCV-1100F, SPRAY VALVE 281, status lights UNSAT
  • TIA-1103, 281 SPRAY LINE (Water Temperature), and TIA-1104, 282 SPRAY LINE (Water Temperature) , indicate approximately equal temperatures.

STANDARD : Identifies PCV-1100E is OPEN EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS:

STEP 11 (4.1.5.1): IF PCV-1100E , SPRAY VALVE 282, is OPEN, FAULTED THEN PLACE Pressurizer spray valve selector switch in 1100F. STEP STANDARD: Places selector switch in 11 OOF. Valve remains open.

SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS: UN SAT STEP 12 (4.1.5.2) : IF PCV-1100F, SPRAY VALVE 281, is OPEN, THEN PLACE Pressurizer spray valve selector switch in 11 OOE. SAT STANDARD : Notes 1100E is CLOSED. No action required .

UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS:

JPM NRC S-5 Simulator Page 7of13 JPM S-5 Page 7

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST Section 4.2.1 Subse erator Actions - General Actions STEP 13 (Note): SAT NOTE:

  • Attachment 2, Automatic Response to Pressurizer Deviations, contains a listing of automatic actions associated with Pressurizer pressures. UNSAT
  • Attachment 3, Automatic responses to Pressurizer Level Deviations, contains listings of automatic actions associated with Pressurizer levels.
  • Attachment 4, Pressurizer Level Program Graph, provides Pressurizer level ro ram vs T-av .

Section 4.2.1.1 Perform a licable section er Table 1 STEP 14 (4.2.1.1): PERFORM applicable section per Table 1.

SAT STANDARD : Chooses Section 4.2.4, Pressurizer Spray or Auxiliary Spray Valves OPEN or leaking UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS : If applicant has not recognized spray valve open, he may choose to go t Section 4.2.7, Pressurizer pressure or level abnormal. This will have him veri T-avg and T-ref are matched , verify level is stable, then take manual control o spray valves. When the applicant sees that he does not have control of th spray valve, he should go to Section 4.2.4.

Section 4.2.4, Pressurizer S STEP 15 (Note):

NOTE: SAT Divergence of spray line temperatures between 281 and 282 spray lines may indicate a stuck open spray valve. The stuck open spray valve would have the spray line with the higher temperature approaching cold leg temperature. UN SAT STANDARD: Acknowledges Note. No action required EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS:

JPM NRC S-5 Simulator Page 8 of 13 JPM S-5 Page 8

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST

....__ STEP 16 (4.2.4.1 ): IF either of the following conditions are met: FAULTED

  • Pressurizer pressure is less than 2275 psia STEP
  • Pressurizer pressure is lowering uncontrollably THEN VERIFY spray valves CLOSED:
  • PCV-1100E, SPRAY VALVE 282, status lights
  • PCV-1100F, SPRAY VALVE 281, status lights SAT
  • TIA-1103, 281 SPRAY LINE (Water Temperature), and TIA-1104, 282 SPRAY LINE (Water Temperature), indicate approximately equal temperatures. UNSAT STANDARD : Identifies PCV-1100E is OPEN EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS:
  • STEP 17 (4.2.4.1.1): IF PCV-1100E, SPRAY VALVE 282 , is OPEN , THEN PLACE Pressurizer spray valve selector switch in 11 OOF. SAT STANDARD: Places selector switch in 1100F. Valve remains OPEN .

UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS:

STEP 18 (4 .2.4.1.2) : IF PCV-1100F, SPRAY VALVE 281 , is OPEN, THEN PLACE Pressurizer spray valve selector switch in 11 OOE. SAT STANDARD: This step does not apply. Valve is CLOSED UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS :

JPM NRC S-5 Simulator Page 9of13 JPM S-5 Page 9

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 19 (4 .2.4.1.3.A): IF spray valve is still failed OPEN AND Pressurizer pressure CRITICAL approaches TM/LP setpoints, STEP THEN PERFORM the following:

A. TRIP reactor. SAT STANDARD : Applicant announces and trips the reactor.

UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS :

STEP 20 (4.2.4.1.3.B) :

A. IMPLEMENT 2-EOP-01 , Standard Post Trip Actions.

STANDARD: Transitions to EOP-01 .

SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None UN SAT EXAMINERS NOTE: Applicant may elect to stop 282 RC immediately after tripping the Reactor. This is acceptable in tha stopping the 282 RCP is the next step in this AOP.

COMMENTS :

2-EOP-01, Standard Post Tri Actions.

STEP 21 (4.1.A): DETERMINE Reactivity Control acceptance criteria are met: SAT A. VERIFY Reactor power is lowering.

UN SAT STANDARD : Verifies reactor power indication is lowering on RTGB-204 and/or RPS cabinets.

EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS:

JPM NRC S-5 Simulator Page 10of13 JPM S-5 Page 10

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 22 (4 .1.8) : DETERMINE Reactivity Control acceptance criteria are met (cont) SAT 8 . VERIFY Startup Rate is negative.

UN SAT STANDARD : Verifies startup rate indication is negative on RTG8-204 and/or RPS cabinets.

EXAMINER'S CUE: None COMMENTS :

STEP 23 (4.1.C) : DETERMINE Reactivity Control acceptance criteria are met (cont) SAT C. VERIFY ALL CEAs are fully inserted.

UNSAT STANDARD: Verifies rod bottom lights lit on mimic and/or ADS.

EXAMINER'S CUE: If the applicant attempts to perform step 2 of SPTAs, inform him that the BRCO will complete them.

EXAMINER'S NOTE: Applicant should transition back to 2-AOP 01.10, "Pressurizer Pressure and Level" at this point.

COMMENTS:

Section 4.2.4, Pressurizer S ra or Auxilia STEP 24 (4.2.4 .1.3.C) : IF PCV-1100E, SPRAY VALVE 282 , is NOT CLOSED, CRITICAL STEP THEN STOP 282 RCP .

SAT STANDARD : Applicant STOPs the 282 RCP EXAMINERS NOTE: Applicant must stop the 282 RCP before UNSAT SIAS actuation setpoint of 1736 psia to meet critical step.

COMMENTS:

END OF TASK STOP TIME: _ _ __

JPM NRC S-5 Simulator Page 11 of 13 JPM S-5 Page 11

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE SIMULATOR JPM SETUP

1. RESTORE IC-1
2. UNFREEZE and RUN the simulator for a few minutes.
3. PLACE the Pressurizer on Recirc and verify 2250 psia and stable.
4. SELECT AND EXECUTE JPM Lesson S-5
5. UNFREEZE the Simulator when the student is ready .

JPM NRC S-5 Simulator Page 12of13 JPM S-5 Page 12

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED TO THE EVALUATOR'S UPON COMPLETION OF THE TASK)

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

Unit 2 is operating at 100% power after an up power from 50%.

INITIATING CUES:

The Unit Supervisor has directed you to remove the Pressurizer from recirculation IAW 2-NOP-99.07 ,

Operations Hard Cards, "Attachment 4".

JPM S-5 Page 13

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: Pf\GE: . * >*.

. r .... '.

6 PROCEDURE NO. :

OPERATIONS HARD CARDS '*.{3of24*.

. _ _I 2-NOP-99 .07 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 4 PRESSURIZER HEATER OPERATIONS (Page 1 of 3) 1.0 PRESSURIZER HEATER OPERATIONS NOTE An Operator Aid has been placed at RTGB-203. Any revision to this section of the procedure shall verify the validity of the Operator Aid and , if changes are necessary, a Label Request shall be initiated to incorporate these changes on a new Operator Aid placecard .

1.1 Placing the Pressurizer on Recirculation NOTE

  • The purpose of placing the Pressurizer on recirculation is to keep the Pressurizer and RCS boron concentration within 25 ppm when changing RCS boron concentration .
  • From measured data, the estimated time in minutes to correct a greater than or equal to 25 ppm boron mismatch by operating 6 Backup Bank heaters may be determined as follows:

Time (in minutes) to correct mismatch= [(Pzr ppm - RCS ppm) - 25 ppm] x 3

  • This section is performed on RTGB-203
1. PLACE all available Backup Bank heater control switches to ON.
2. IF maintaining normal operating pressure is desired , THEN slowly REDUCE the AUTO setpoint on the SELECTED Pressurizer Pressure Control Channel:
  • PIC-11 OOX Pressurizer Pressure
  • PIC-11 OOY Pressurizer Pressure
3. VERIFY Main Spray flow by observing the following :

A. OBSERVE the output on HIC-1100, PZR Pressure spray CNTL VLV.

JPM S-5 Page 14

REVISION NO .: PROC EDURE TITLE: PAGE:

6 OPERATIONS HARD CARDS * ._, *{1of24 PROC EDURE NO.:

2-NOP-99 .07 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 4 --'*-- ... ~: ..:~. - .. ... ---

PRESSURIZER HEATER OPERATIONS (Page 2 of 3) 1.1 Placing the Pressurizer on Recirculation (continued)

3. (continued)

B. OBSERVE the valve position on the following Pressurizer Spray Valves :

  • PCV - 11 OOE, Spray Valve 282
  • PCV - 1100F, Spray Valve 281 1.2 Removing the Pressurizer from Recirculation:

NOTE

  • Normally, the required number of Backup Bank heaters in service is dependent upon :
  • The magnitude of thermal losses from the system, including leakage to the Quench Tank.
  • The number of heater elements out of service .
  • The normal configuration is to have enough Backup Bank heaters in service to keep the Proportional Bank heaters at approximately 50% output.
  • This section is performed on RTGB-203
1. REMOVE Backup heaters from service one at a time by returning the control switches to AUTO .
2. IF desired to maintain normal operating pressure, THEN ADJUST the AUTO setpoint on the selected Pressurizer Pressure Control Channel on one of the following controllers:
  • PIC-1100X Pressurizer Pressure
  • PIC-1100Y Pressurizer Pressure

'--*

JPM S-5 Page 15

REVIS ION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE: -: '. *c *..._

' *.,

6 -.

OPERATIONS HARD CARDS ~* s of 2*4

  • PROCEDURE NO.: ---'

2-NOP-99.07 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 i' ,

ATTACHMENT 4 PRESSURIZER HEATER OPERATIONS (Page 3 of 3) 1.2 Removing the Pressurizer from Recirculation: (continued)

3. VERIFY Main Spray flow has stopped AND Proportional Heater banks at approximately 50% output by observing the following:

A. OBSERVE the output on HIC-1100 , PZR Pressure spray

B. OBSERVE the valve position on the following Pressurizer Spray Valves :

  • PCV - 11 OOE, Spray Va lve 282'
  • PCV - 11 OOF, Spray Valve 281 JPM S-5 Page 16

ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ABNORMAL OPERA TING PROCEDURE FPL SAFETY RELATED 8 CONTINUOUS USE Title:

PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL Responsible Department: OPERATIONS Special Considerations:

-0:: - -~p~S::=L--i- \'

- g\

I

~

~ 136 ~\

en '- OUR,... PRODU1..,;:~.I 101~

" ..

PROCE c -

FOR INFORMATION O_NLY Before use, verify revision and change documentation (if applicable) with a controlled index or document.

DATE VERIFIED INITIAL Revision Approved By Approval Date UNIT# UNIT2 DATE DOCT PROCEDURE 0 John Owens 12/08/09 DOCN 2-AOP-01 .10 SYS STATUS COMPLETED 8 R. Webber 11/26/13 REV 8

  1. OF PGS JPM S-5 Page 17

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE:

8 PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL PROCEDURE NO.:

2-AOP-01.10 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 REVISION

SUMMARY

Rev. No. Description 8 Incorporated PCR 1920706. In Attachment 5 Step 3 and 4 removed bullet that Annunciator A-19 and B-19 would be clear. The annunciator will be in alarm if pressurizer heater breaker is open . (Author: J. Fiori) 7 Incorporated PCR 1794878 to place stuck open spray valves to immediate operator actions. (Author: D. Coggeshall) 6 Incorporated PCR 1705906 supporting modification EC 249980.

Attachment 4 Graph is being revised to reflect changes mage to Tavg. The pressurizer level program and values are not changed . Tavg is being rescaled. (Author: Larry D. Brewer) 5 Incorporated PCR 1643540 to add guidance in Step 4.1, Contingency 1.1 for isolating a PORV when leakage is indicated. (Author: J. Fiori) 4 Incorporated PCR 1645409 to update procedure number reference. (Author:

A. Rives) 3 Incorporated AR 579873579873to update procedure number reference : (Author: L.

Mclaughlin)

  • 2 Incorporated PCR 10-1717 to add restoration of Backup Interlock Bypass Key Switch . (Author: Stephen Joubert) 1A Incorporated PCR 10-2081 to update procedure number references.

(Author: Gordon Briggs) 1 Incorporated PCR 10-0222 to change % deviation setpoint for PZR Level Alarm . (Author: David Beakes)

\ ~**** ,,

...

- .-: ..

.

JPM S-5 Page 18

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE:

8 PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL PROCEDURE NO.:

2-AOP-01 .10 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE 1.0 PURPOSE .. ........ .............. ..................... ... ...... ............. ......... ........... .... .................... .... 4 2.0 ENTRY CONDITIONS .. ........... ....... ....... ...... .. .......................... ... ........ .. ........... ............ 4 3.0 EXIT CONDITIONS ............................................ ...................... ... ............................. ... 5 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS .......................................................................... ... .. .......... .. .. .. 6 4.1 Immediate Operator Actions ........................................................................................ 6 4.2 Subsequent Operator Actions .......... ............................... .............. .................... .. ......... 8 4.2.1 General Actions ........................................................................................................... 8 4.2.2 Pressurizer PORV or Safety Valve OPEN or Leaking ............................................... 1O 4.2.3 Selected Pressurizer Pressure Control Channel Failure ........................................... 18 4.2.4 Pressurizer Spray or Auxiliary Spray Valves OPEN or Leaking ........ .. ........ .... ........... 19 4.2.5 Selected RRS Channel Failure ....... ..................................... .. .................................... 22 4.2.6 Selected Press.urizer Level Control Channel Failure ................... ..... ............... .... .. .... 24 4.2.7 Pressurizer Pressure or Level Abnormal ......................... .......................................... 26 5.0 RECORDS ........................... ...................................................................................... 30

6.0 REFERENCES

AND COMMITMENTS ................. .. ............................... ................... 30 ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENT 1 General Information ..................................................................... 32 ATTACHMENT 2 Automatic Responses to Pressurizer Pressure Deviations .......... 34 ATfACHMENT 3 Automatic Responses to Pressurizer Level Deviations ............... . 35 ATTACHMENT 4 Pressurizer Level Program Graph ................... ... .......................... 36 ATTACHMENT 5 Recovering Power to Pressurizer Heaters ................................... 37 JPM S-5 Page 19

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE:

8 PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL PROCEDURE NO.:

2-AOP-01 .10 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 1.0 PURPOSE This procedure provides instructions for operator action in the event of a malfunction of the Pressurizer Pressure or Level Control Systems, or conditions affecting Pressurizer pressure or level.

2.0 ENTRY CONDITIONS 2.1 Indications Control Room instrumentation indicates Pressurizer pressure or level is NOT responding as expected for current operating conditions.

2.2 Annunciators

  • H-5, 2A HOT LEG TEMP HIGH
  • H-6 , 2B HOT LEG TEMP HIGH
  • H-7, 2A2 COLD LEG TEMP HIGH
  • H-8 , 2B2 COLD LEG TEMP HIGH
  • H-9, PZR CHANNEL X PRESS HIGH/LOW
  • H-10, PZR CHANNEL Y PRESS HIGH/LOW ..
  • H-11 , PZR SAFETY V1200 DISCH TEMP HIGH
  • H-16, QUENCH TANK PRESS HIGH
  • H-17, PZR CHANNEL X LEVEL HIGH/LOW H-18, PZR CHANNEL Y LEVEL HIGH/LOW H-19, PZR SAFETY V1201 DISCH TEMP HIGH
  • H-20, PORV V1475 RELIEF LINE TEMP HIGH
  • H-24, QUENCH TANK TEMP HIGH
  • H-27, PZR SAFETY V1202 DISCH TEMP HIGH
  • H-29, PZR PROPORTIONAL HTR LOW LEVEL TRIP/INTERLOCK
  • H-30; PZR BACKUP HTR LOW LEVEL TRIP/SS ISOUINTLK .

JPM S-5 Page 20

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE:

8 PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL PROCEDURE NO.:

2-AOP-01.10 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 2.2 Annunciators (continued)

  • H-32, QUENCH TANK LEVEL HIGH I LOW
  • H-36, PORV V1474 RELIEF LINE TEMP HIGH
  • K-14, RRS SELECTED INOPERATIVE
  • L-28, PZR PRESS HIGH CHANNEL PRE TRIP
  • L-44, TM/LP CHANNEL PRE TRIP
  • LA-5, PZR CHANNEL X LEVEL HIGH
  • LA-11, PZR CHANNEL X LEVEL LOW-LOW
  • LB-5, PZR CHANNEL Y LEVEL HIGH
  • LB-11, PZR CHANNEL Y LEVEL LOW-LOW
  • LC-1, PZR PORV I SAFETY OPEN
  • LC-15, LETDOWN RELIEF V2345 DISCH TEMP HIGH
  • M-5, LETDOWN PRESS HIGH/LOW
  • M-13, LETDOWN FLOW HIGH 3.0 EXIT CONDITIONS Pressurizer pressure and level are stable or returning to expected values for current operating conditions.

JPM S-5 Page 21

REvlSION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE:

8 PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL PROCEDURE NO.:

2-AOP-01.10 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 IINSTRUCTIONS I ICONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS 4.1 Immediate Operator Actions D 1. IF at Normal Operating Pressure, THEN VERIFY PIC-11 OOX(Y), -

1.1 IF Pressurizer pressure less than 2300 psia PRESSURIZER PRESSURE, AND PORV leakage is indicated stable. or PORV has failed OPEN, THEN PLACE affected PORV in OVERRIDE and CLOSE associated block valve:

V1474, PORV, and V1476, PORV BLOCK VALVE V1475, PORV, and V1477, PORV BLOCK VALVE D 2. VERIFY selected Pressurizer 2.1 PLACE PRESSURE CONTROL pressure control channel CHANNEL selector switch to PIC-1100X(Y), PRESSURE, non-affected pressure control NORMAL. channel.

D 3. VERIFY selected RRS channel Pressurizer level setpoint 3.1 PLACE REACTOR REGULATING SYSTEM selector switch to NORMAL as indicated on non-affected RRS channel.

LR-1110, PRESSURIZER LEVEL.

D 4. VERIFY selected Pressurizer level control channel LIC-111 OX(Y) ,

4.1 PLACE LEVEL CONTROL CHANNEL selector switch to LEVEL, NORMAL. non-affected level control channel.

JPM S-5 Page 22

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE:

8 PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL PROCEDURE NO.:

2-AOP-01 .10 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 IINSTRUCTIONS I ICONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.1 Immediate Operator Actions (continued)

D 5. IF either of the following conditions are met:

5.1 IF PCV-1100E, SPRAY VALVE 282, is OPEN, THEN PLACE Pressurizer spray

  • Pressurizer pressure is less valve selector switch in 11 OOF.

than 2275 psia 5.2 IF PCV-1100F, SPRAY VALVE

  • Pressurizer pressure is 281 , is OPEN ,

lowering uncontrollably THEN PLACE Pressurizer spray valve selector switch in 11 ODE.

THEN VERIFY spray valves CLOSED:

  • PCV-110bE, SPRAY VALVE 282, status lights
  • PCV-11 OOF, SPRAY VALVE 281 , status lights
  • TIA-1103, 281 SPRAY LINE (Water Temperature) ,

and TIA-1104, 282 SPRAY LINE (Water Temperature) ,

indicate approximately equal temperatures.

JPM S-5 Page 23

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE:

8 PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL PROCEDURE NO.:

2-AOP-01 .10 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 IINSTRUCTIONS I ICONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2 Subsequent Operator Actions 4.2.1 General Actions NOTE

  • Attachment 2, Automatic Responses to Pressurizer Pressure Deviations, contains a listing of automatic actions associated with Pressurizer pressures.
  • Attachment 3, Automatic Responses to Pressurizer Level Deviations, contains a listing of automatic actions associated with Pressurizer levels.
  • Attachment 4, Pressurizer Level Program Graph, provides Pressurizer level program vs T-avg .

D 1. PERFORM applicable section per Table 1.

Table 1 Abnormal Condition Section Pressurizer PORV or safety valve OPEN or leaking Section 4.2.2 Selected Pressurizer pressure control channel failure Section 4.2.3 Pressurizer Spray or Auxiliary Spray Valves OPEN or leaking Section 4.2.4 Selected RRS channel failure Section 4.2.5 Selected Pressurizer level control channel failure Section 4.2.6 Pressurizer pressure or level abnormal Section 4.2. 7 Pressurizer heaters deenergized Attachment 5 JPM S-5 Page 24

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE:

8 PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL PROCEDURE NO.:

2-AOP-01 .10 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 IINSTRUCTIONS I ICONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.1 General Actions (continued)

NOTE The following Technical Specifications apply to Pressurizer malfunctions:

  • 3.2.5, DNB Parameters
  • 3.3.3.5, Remote Shutdown System Instrumentation (Section 6.1 .3 Management Directive 1)
  • 3.3.3.6, Accident Monitoring Instrumentation (Section 6.1.3 Management Directive 1)
  • 3.4.3, Pressurizer

THEN REVIEW Tech Specs for any required actions.

D 3. WHEN Section 3.0, EXIT CONDITIONS, are met, THEN EXIT this procedure.

JPM S-5 Page 25

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE:

8 PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL PROCEDURE NO.:

2-AOP-01 .10 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 IINSTRUCTIONS I ICONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.2 Pressurizer PORV or Safety Valve OPEN or Leaking NOTE One PORV is normally isolated in Modes 1, 2, or 3.

D 1. VERIFY any Pressurizer PORV or safety is OPEN or leaking using 1.1 IF PORV position indication status lights are NOT available, any of the following: THEN GO TO Section 4.2.2 Step 11 :

  • V1474, PORV, status lights
  • V1475 , PORV, status lights
  • Acoustic Monitor (PACB-2) 1.2 RETURN TO
  • PORV discharge Section 4 .2.1 Step 1.

temperature greater than 210°F:

  • TIA-1106, PORV LINE TIA-1110, PORV LINE Safety valve discharge temperature greater than 185°F OR rising greater than 1°F per hour:
  • TIA-1107, SAFETY VALVE
  • TIA-1108, SAFETY VALVE
  • TIA-1109, SAFETY VALVE
  • Quench tank level ,

temperature and pressure JPM S-5 Page 26

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE:

8 PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL PROCEDURE NO.:

2-AOP-01.10 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 IINSTRUCTIONS I ICONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.2 Pressurizer PORV or Safety Valve OPEN or Leaking (continued)

D 2. IF safety valve leakage is identified, THEN GOTO Section 4.2.2 Step 9.

D 3. IF PORV flow is indicated, THEN VERIFY Tl-1115, 3.1 IF V1474, PORV, indicates flow AND Pressurizer pressure is less 2A1 COLD LEG TEMPERATURE, than 490 psia, AND Tl-1125, 281 COLD LEG THEN PERFORM the following:

TEMPERATURE, indicate RCS temperature is greater than the

  • PLACE V1474, PORV, in following: OVERRIDE.
  • 255°F during heatup
  • CLOSE V1476, PORV BLOCK VALVE.
  • 240°F during cooldown 3.2 IF V1475 , PORV, indicates flow AND Pressurizer pressure is less tlian 490 psia, THEN PERFORM the following:
  • PLACE V1475, PORV, in OVERRIDE.
  • CLOSE V1477, PORV BLOCK VALVE.

JPM S-5 Page 27

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE:

8 PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL PROCEDURE NO.:

2-AOP-01 .10 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 IINSTRUCTIONS I ICONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.2 Pressurizer PORV or Safety Valve OPEN or Leaking (continued)

3. (continued) 3.3 IF affected PORV can NOT be identified AND Pressurizer pressure is less than 490 psia, THEN ENSURE both PORVs in OVERRIDE and associated block valves CLOSED:

V1474, PORV, and V1476, PORV BLOCK VALVE V1475, PORV, and V1477, PORV BLOCK VALVE 3.4 IF affected PORV MODE SELECT switch was NOT in LTOP, THEN EVALUATE positioning affected PORV switches as follows:

  • PORV in OFF 3.5 GO TO Section 4.2.2 Step 8.

JPM S-5 Page 28

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE:

8 PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL PROCEDURE NO.:

2-AOP-01 .10 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 IINSTRUCTIONS I ICONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.2 Pressurizer PORV or Safety Valve OPEN or Leaking (continued)

D 4. IF V1474 , PORV, indicates flow AND Pressurizer pressure is less than 2300 psia, THEN ENSURE the following:

  • V1474, PORV, in OVERRIDE.
  • V1476, PORV BLOCK VALVE, CLOSED D 5. IF V1475 , PORV, indicates flow AND Pressurizer pressure is less than 2300 psia, THEN ENSURE the following :
  • V14 75, PORV, in OVERRIDE.
  • V1477, PORV BLOCK VALVE, CLOSED

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE:

8 PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL

~ PROCEDURE NO.: .

2-AOP-01 .10 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 I1.NSTRUCTIONS I ICONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.2 Pressurizer PORV or Safety Valve OPEN or Leaking (continued)

D 6. IF affected PORV can NOT be identified AND Pressurizer pressure is less than 2300 psia, THEN ENSURE both PORVs in OVERRIDE and associated block valves CLOSED:

  • V1474, PORV, and V14 76, PORV BLOCK VALVE
  • V1475, PORV, and V1477, PORV BLOCK VALVE D 7. VERIFY both PORV Mode Select 7.1 EVALUATE position ing switches switches in NORMAL: as follows:
  • V1474, MODE SELECT
  • PORV MODE SELECT switch in NORMAL
  • V1475, MODE SELECT

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE:

8 PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL PROCEDURE NO.:

2-AOP-01.10 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 IINSTRUCTIONS I ICONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.2 Pressurizer PORV or Safety Valve OPEN or Leaking (continued)

D 8. IF either PORV was isolated AND is available, THEN EVALUATE placing isolated PORV in service as follows:

  • IF placing V1474, PORV, in service, THEN OPEN V1476, PORV BLOCK VALVE .
  • IF placing V1475, PORV, in service, THEN OPEN V1477, PORV BLOCK VALVE.

D 9. IF Quench Tank parameters are normal AND either of the following safety valve leakage conditions exist:

  • Safety valve tailpipe temperature(s) are increasing greater than 1°F per hour.

Safety valve tailpipe temperature(s) are greater than 185°F.

THEN PLACE Pressurizer on recirculation per 2-GOP-101, Reactor Operating Guidelines During Steady State and Scheduled Load Changes.

I \.__..

JPM S-5 Page 31

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE:

8 PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL PROCEDURE NO.:

2-AOP-01.10 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 IINSTRUCTIONS I ICONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.2 Pressurizer PORV or Safety Valve OPEN or Leaking (continued)

D 10. VERIFY Pressurizer PORVs and safety valves CLOSED using ill! of 10.1 IF PORV or safety valve is still leaking ,

the following : THEN IMPLEMENT 2-AOP-01 .08, RCS Leakage Abnormal

  • V1474, PORV, status lights Operations .
  • V1475, PORV, status lights
  • Acoustic Monitors
  • TIA-1107, SAFETY VALVE
  • TIA-1108 , SAFETY VALVE
  • TIA-1109, SAFETY VALVE
  • Quench tank level, temperature and pressure 11 . VERIFY position indication status 11.1 MONITOR the following for lights available for the following: indications of PORV leakage:
  • TIA-1106 , PORV LINE
  • Quench tank level, temperature and pressure 11 .2 DOCUMENT tailpipe reading and quench tank parameters every eight hours.

-

JPM S-5 Page 32

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE:

8 PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL PROCEDURE NO.:

2-AOP-01.10 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 IINSTRUCTIONS I ICONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.2 Pressurizer PORV or Safety Valve OPEN or Leaking (continued)

11. (continued) 11.3 IF PORV leakage is indicated, THEN RETURN TO Section 4.2.2 Step 1.

D 12. VERIFY Pressurizer pressure stable 12.1 RETURN TO Section 4.2.1 Step 1.

OR trending to Pressurizer pressure setpoint:

  • PR-1100, PRESSURE
  • PIC-11 OOX, PRESSURE
  • PIC-1100Y, PRESSURE D 13. GO TO Section 4.2.1 Step 2.

JPM S-5 Page 33

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE:

8 PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL PROCEDURE NO.:

2-AOP-01 .10 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 IINSTRUCTIONS I . ICONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.3 Selected Pressurizer Pressure Control Channel Failure D 1. VERIFY PRESSURE CONTROL CHANNEL selector switch 1.1 PLACE PRESSURE CONTROL CHANNEL selector switch to selected to non-affected pressure non-affected pressure control control channel. channel.

D 2. IF pressure control channel failed high (greater than 2340 psia),

THEN RESET Pressurizer heaters by placing heater control switches to OFF/RESET and to AUTO or ON .

D 3. VERIFY Pressurizer pressure stable 3.1 CONTROL Pressurizer pressure at 2250 psia (2225 to 2275 psia)

OR trending to Pressurizer as follows:

pressure setpoint:

A. PLACE HIC-1100, SPRAY,

  • PR-1100, PRESSURE in MANUAL.
  • PIC-11 OOX, PRESSURE 8. OPERATE spray controller HIC-1100, SPRAY.

PIC-11 GOY, PRESSURE C. OPERATE Pressurizer heaters.

D 4. GO TO Section 4.2.1 Step 2.

JPM S-5 Page 34

REVISION NO.: . PROCEDURE TITLE:

8 PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL PROCEDURE NO.:

2-AOP-01.10 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 IINSTRUCTIONS I ICONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.4 Pressurizer Spray or Auxiliary Spray Valves OPEN or Leaking NOTE Divergence of spray line temperatures between 2B1 and 2B2 spray lines may indicate a stuck open spray valve . The stuck open spray valve would have the spray line with the higher temperature approaching cold leg temperature.

D 1. IF either of the following conditions are met:

1.1 IF PCV-1100E, SPRAY VALVE 2B2, is OPEN ,

THEN PLACE Pressurizer spray

  • Pressurizer pressure is less valve selector switch in 11 OOF.

than 2275 psia 1.2 IF PCV-1100F, SPRAY VALVE

  • Pressurizer pressure is 2B1, is OPEN, lowering uncontrollably THEN PLACE Pressurizer spray valve selector switch in 11 ODE.

THEN VERIFY spray valves CLOSED: 1.3 IF spray valve is still failed OPEN AND Pressurizer pressure

  • PCV-11 OOE, SPRAY approaches TM/LP setpoints, VALVE 2B2, status lights THEN PERFORM the following:
  • PCV-1100F, SPRAY A. TRIP reactor.

VALVE 2B1, status lights B. IMPLEMENT 2-EOP-01 ,

TIA-1103, 2B1 SPRAY Standard Post Trip Actions .

LINE (Water Temperature),

and TIA-1104, 2B2 SPRAY c. IF PCV-1100E, SPRAY LINE (Water Temperature), VALVE 2B2, is NOT indicate approximately CLOSED, equal temperatures : THEN STOP 282 RCP.

D. IF PCV-1100F, SPRAY VALVE 2B1, is NOT CLOSED ,

THEN STOP 2B1 RCP.

i '--

JPM S-5 Page 35

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE:

8 PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL PROCEDURE NO.:

2-AOP-01 .10 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 IINSTRUCTIONS I ICONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.4 Pressurizer Spray or Auxiliary Spray Valves OPEN or Leaking (continued)

1. (continued)

E. IF Pressurizer pressure continues to lower, THEN ENSURE both RCPs are stopped:

  • 282 RCP EXIT this procedure.

D 2. VERIFY auxiliary spray valves are 2.1 ENSURE auxiliary spray valves CLOSED: CLOSED using control switch:

  • SE-02-3, AUX SPRAY VALVE VALVE (Key 76)
  • SE-02-4, AUX SPRAY VALVE VALVE (Key 77) 2.2 IF auxiliary spray valve(s) still NOT CLOSED, THEN PERFORM the following:

A. CLOSE letdown isolation valves:

  • V-2515, STOP VALVE-IC
  • V2516, CONTAINMENT ISOL VALVE-IC
  • V-2522 ,

I CONTAINMENT

"----

ISOL VALVE-QC JPM S-5 Page 36

REVI SION NO. : PROCEDURE TITLE:

8 PRESSURIZER PRESSURE AND LEVEL PROCEDU RE NO.:

2-AOP-01.10 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 IINSTRUCTIONS I ICONTINGENCY ACTIONS I 4.2.4 Pressurizer Spray or Auxiliary Spray Valves OPEN or Leaking (continued)

2. (continued)

B. STOP .fill charging pumps and PLACE in AUTO.

C. IMPLEMENT 2-AOP-02.03, Charging and Letdown .

2.3 WHEN plant is stable, THEN EVALUATE documenting auxiliary spray operation per 0010134, Component Cycles and Transients.

I

-- D 3. VERIFY Pressurizer pressure stable 3.1 RETURN TO Section 4.2.1 Step 1.

OR trending to Pressurizer pressure setpoint:

  • PR-1100, PRESSURE
  • PIC-1100X, PRESSURE
  • PIC-1100Y, PRESSURE D 4. GO TO Section 4.2.1 Step 2.

JPM S-5 Page 37

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

33 STANDARD POST TRIP ACTIONS 5of19 PROCEDURE NO.:

2-EOP-01 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS REACTIVITY CONTROL INSTRUCTIONS CONTINGENCY ACTIONS D 1. DETERMINE Reactivity Control acceptance criteria are met:

A. VERIFY Reactor power is A.1 PERFORM the following AS lowering. NECESSARY to insert CEAs :

1. Manually TRIP the Reactor.
2. DEENERGIZE the CEDM MG Sets by opening BOTH of the following breakers:

LC 2A2, 8kr 2-40212, CEA Drive MG Set 2A

  • LC 282, 8kr 2-40511, CEA Drive MG Set 28
3. OPEN TC8-1 through TC8-8, at Rx Trip Swgr.

B. VERIFY Startup Rate is negative.

c. VERIFY ALL CEAs are fully C.1 INITIATE Emergency 8oration to inserted . achieve adequate SOM .

D. ENSURE NO dilution is in progress.

JPM S-5 Page 38

&FPL St. Lucie Nuclear Plant JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE RESPOND TO CONTROL ROOM OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE RADIATION ALARMS This JPM is NOT TIME CRITICAL This is a FAULTED JPM NRC 22 JPM S-6 Simulator Page 1 of 15 JPM S-6 Page 1

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS Task: Respond to Control Room outside air intake radiation alarms.

Faulted JPM? YES Facility JPM #:

KIA: 072.A3.01 Ability to monitor automatic operation of the ARM system including : Changes in ventilation alignment.

KIA Rating: 2.9/3 .1 Task Standard: This JPM is complete when Unit 2 control room ventilation has been lined up IAW 2-AOP-25.02 , "Ventilation Systems" Attachment 5.

Evaluation Location: Performance Level:

Simulator In Plant Lab Other Perform Simulate Discuss x x

References:

  • 2-AOP-25.02 , "Ventilation Systems" Validation Time: 20 minutes Time Critical:

Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:

  • 2-AOP-25.02 , "Ventilation Systems" Specific Safety Rules, Personal Protective Equipment and Hazards associated with the task.
  • None Radiological Protection and RWP Requirements:

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS:

  • The task you are to perform is: Respond to Control Room outside air intake radiation alarms.
  • The performance level to be used for this JPM is Perform
  • This is not a time critical JPM.
  • You may use any approved reference materials normally available in the execution of this task, including logs.

Indicate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you .

SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS FOR SIMULATOR JPMs:

  • All siml)lator JPM steps, including communications, shall be performed for this JPM.
  • You are to operate any plant equipment that is necessary for the completion of this JPM.
  • The simulator will provide the cues as you perform this JPM.
  • Indicate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you .

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

Unit 1 has experienced a LBLOCA. SIAS and CIAS have occurred, but a breach of the Containment is in progress. Unit 2 Control Room has Outside Air Intake Radiation Monitors are in high alarm INITIATING CUES:

The US has directed you to evaluate step 4.2.2 .3 of 2-AOP-25.02, "Ventilation Systems" NRC 22 JPM S-6 Simulator Page 3 of 15 JPM S-6 Page 3

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST START TIME: _ _ __

2-AOP-25.02, "Ventilation S stems" Section 4.2.2 STEP 1 (4 .2.2.3.) Verify the following :

All CONTROL ROOM OUTSIDE AIR INT Radiation Monitor Alarms CLEAR SAT

  • RC-26-61 (North OAI)
  • RC-26-62 (North OAI) UN SAT
  • RC-26-65 (South OAI)
  • RC-26-66 (South OAI)

STANDARD: DETERMINE that RC-26-61 (North OAI) , RC-26-62 (North OAI) are IN ALARM .

RC-26-65 (South AOAI) and RC-26-66 (South OAI) are CLEAR.

EXAMINER'S CUE: None EXAMINER'S NOTE: The applicant may use the Radiation Monitor Control Station (RMSC) or the Radiation Monitor Panel to verify the status of the Outside Air Intake radiation monitors.

COMMENTS:

STEP 2:(4.2.2 .3.1) GO TO Attachment 5, Control Room Ventilation Recirculation Mode STANDARD : REFER to Attachment 5, Control Room Ventilation Recirculation Mode SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None UN SAT COMMENTS:

NRC 22 JPM S-6 Simulator Page 4of15 JPM S-6 Page 4

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST 2-AOP-25.02, "Ventilation S stems" Attachment 5 STEP 3: (1) ENSURE the following system alignment (on the HVCB): CRITICAL STEP FCV-25-16, North OAI Isolation Valve CLOSED STANDARD: CHECKS FCV-25-16, North OAI Isolation Valve to be CLOSED.

DETERMINES valve is OPEN . CLOSES FCV-25-16, North OAI Isolation SAT Valve.

EXAMINER'S CUE: FCV-25-16, North OAI Isolation Valve indicates red light UN SAT ON, green light OFF.

COMMENTS:

STEP 4: (1) ENSURE the following system alignment (on the HVCB):

SAT FCV-25-17, South OAI Isolation Valve CLOSED STANDARD : CHECKS FCV-25-17, South OAI Isolation Valve CLOSED. UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: FCV-25-17, South OAI Isolation Valve indicates red light OFF, green light ON.

COMMENTS:

STEP 5: (1) ENSURE the following system alignment (on the HVCB):

FCV-25-18 , Toilet Exhaust Isolation Valve CLOSED SAT STANDARD: CHECKS FCV-25-18, Toilet Exhaust Isolation Valve to be CLOSED UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: FCV-25-18, Toilet Exhaust Isolation valve indicates red light OFF, green light ON.

COMMENTS:

NRC 22 JPM S-6 Simulator Page 5 of 15 JPM S-6 Page 5

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 6:(1) ENSURE the following system alignment (on the HVCB):

FCV-25-24 , Kitchen Exhaust Isolation Valve CLOSED SAT STANDARD: CHECKS FCV-25-24, Kitchen Exhaust Isolation Valve to be CLOSED.

UNSAT EXAMINER'S CUE:FCV-25-24, Kitchen Exhaust Isolation Valve indicates red light OFF, green light ON.

COMMENTS:

STEP 7: (1} ENSURE the following system alignment (on the HVCB):

HVE-13A, Control Room Emergency Filter Fan RUNNING SAT STANDARD : CHECKS HVE-13A, Control Room Emergency Filter Fan to be RUNNING.

EXAMINER'S CUE: HVE-13A, Control Room Emergency Filter Fan indicates UN SAT red light on, green light off COMMENTS:

STEP 8: (1) ENSURE the following system alignment (on the HVCB):

SAT D-17A Emerg Filter A Inlet Damper OPEN STANDARD : CHECKS D-17A Emerg Filter A Inlet Damper to be OPEN UNSAT EXAMINER'S CUE: D-17A, Emerg Filter A Inlet Damper indicates red light ON, green light OFF.

COMMENTS:

- NRC 22 JPM S-6 Simulator Page 6 of 15 JPM S-6 Page 6

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 9: (1) ENSURE the following system alignment (on the HVCB):

D-18 Emerg Filter Fan 13A Inlet Damper OPEN STANDARD : CHECKS D-18 Emerg Filter Fan 13A Inlet Damper to be OPEN. SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: D-18 Emerg Filter Fan 13A Inlet Damper indicates red light ON green light OFF. UN SAT EXAMNIERS NOTE: There are no controls for Damper D-18.

COMMENTS:

STEP 10: (1) ENSURE the following system alignment (on the HVCB): CRITICAL STEP FCV-25-14, North OAI Isolation Valve CLOSED STANDARD: CHECKS FCV-25-14, North OAI Isolation Valve to be CLOSED.

DETERMINES valve is OPEN . CLOSES FCV-25-14, North OAI Isolation SAT Valve EXAMINER'S CUE: FCV-25-14, North OAI Isolation Valve indicates red light UN SAT OFF, green light ON COMMENTS:

STEP 11 (1): ENSURE the following system alignment (on the HVCB):

FCV-25-15, South OAI Isolation Valve CLOSED SAT STANDARD: CHECKS FCV-25-15, South OAI Isolation Valve to be CLOSED EXAMINER'S CUE: FCV-25-15, South OAI Isolation Valve indicates red light UN SAT OFF, green light ON COMMENTS:

NRC 22 JPM S-6 Simulator Page 7of15 JPM S-6 Page 7

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 12: (1) ENSURE the following system alignment (on the HVC8):

FCV-25-19, Toilet Exhaust Isolation Valve CLOSED SAT STANDARD : CHECKS FCV-25-19, Toilet Exhaust Isolation Valve to be CLOSED UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: FCV-25-19, Toilet Exhaust Isolation Valve indicates red light OFF, green light ON.

COMMENTS:

STEP 13: (1) ENSURE the following system alignment (on the HVC8):

SAT FCV-25-25 , Kitchen Exhaust Isolation Valve CLOSED UN SAT STANDARD : CHECKS FCV-25-25, Kitchen Exhaust Isolation Valve to be CLOSED EXAMINER'S CUE: FCV-25-25, Kitchen Exhaust Isolation Valve indicates red light OFF, green light ON.

COMMENTS:

STEP 14: (1) ENSURE the following system alignment (on the HVC8):

HVE-138 Control Room Emergency Filter Fan RUNNING SAT STANDARD : CHECKS HVE-138 Control Room Emergency Filter Fan to be RUNNING.

EXAMINER'S CUE: HVE-13B Control Room Emergency Filter Fan indicates red UNSAT light ON, green light OFF.

COMMENTS:

- NRC 22 JPM S-6 Simulator Page 8 of 15 JPM S-6 Page 8

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 15: (1) ENSURE the following system alignment (on the HVC8):

D-178 Emerg Filter 8 Inlet Damper OPEN SAT STANDARD: CHECKS D-178 Emerg Filter 8 Inlet Damper to be OPEN EXAMINER'S CUE: D-178 Emerg Filter 8 Inlet Damper indicates red light UNSAT ON, green light OFF.

COMMENTS:

STEP 16: (1) ENSURE the following system alignment (on the HVC8):

D-19 Emerg Filter Fan138 Inlet Damper OPEN

  • STANDARD: CHECKS D-19 Emerg Filter Fan138 Inlet Damper to be OPEN.

EXAMINER'S CUE: D-19 Emerg Filter Fan138 Inlet Damper indicates red light ON, green light OFF. UN SAT COMMENTS:

STEP 17: (2) VERIFY two Control Room Air Conditioner units are RUNNING SAT

  • HVA/ACC-3A
  • HVA/ACC-38
  • HVA/ACC-3C UN SAT STANDARD: VERIFIES that two Control Room Air Conditioner units are RUNNING EXAMINER'S CUE: HVA/ACC-3A and HVA/ACC-38 indicate red light ON, green light OFF.

COMMENTS:

NRC 22 JPM S-6 Simulator Page 9 of 15 JPM S-6 Page 9

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 18: (3) STOP HVE-14, Cntr Rm Toilet Exhaust Fan .

STANDARD : POSITIONS HVE-14, Cntr Rm Toilet Exhaust Fan to the stopped position SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: HVE-14 local switch position is in the down position.

EXAMINER'S NOTE: HVE-14 is NOT modeled on the simulator - must provide UN SAT verbal cue.

COMMENTS:

STEP 19: (4) STOP HVE-33, Kitchen Exhaust Fan.

STANDARD: POSITIONS HVE-33, Kitchen Exhaust Fan to the stopped position EXAMINER'S CUE: HVE-33, local switch position is in the down position UN SAT EXAMINER'S NOTE: HVE-33 is NOT modeled on the simulator - must provide verbal cue COMMENTS:

STEP 20: (5) If both Control Room OAI Radiation Monitors on any intake are inoperable, Then REFER TO Tech Spec 3.3.3.1, Radiation Monitoring Instrumentation. SAT STANDARD: DETERMINES both Control Room OAI Radiation Monitors are operable.

EXAMINER'S CUE: None UN SAT COMMENTS:

NRC 22 JPM S-6 Simulator Page 1Oof15 JPM S-6 Page 10

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 21 : (NOTE AND step 6) CRITICAL STEP NOTE

  • Depressing the G (~+y) button displays the detected background gamma radiation plus beta radiation .
  • Depressing the G (BG) button displays only the detected background SAT gamma radiation .
  • Depressing the G (B) button displays the G (~+y) value minus the G (BG) value. Due to instrument inaccuracies the G (BG) value can be greater than the G (~+y) value resulting in a calculated negative UN SAT number. The RM-23 can NOT display a negative number and defaults to a minimum display value of 1 E-10.
  • Due to changing environmental conditions during long term events, it may be necessary to repeat steps Attachment 5 Step 5 and Attachment 5 Step 6 to maintain the lowest possible dose.

(Section 6.2 Commitment 1), (Section 6.1.3 Management Directive 6) ,

Section 6.2 Commitment 2 DETERMINE which Control Room OAI has the lowest radiation with G (~+y) button displayed :

  • North OAI
  • RC-26-61 (North OAI)
  • RC-26-62 (North OAI)
  • South OAI
  • RC-26-65 (South OAI)
  • RC-26-66 (South OAI)

STANDARD: MONITORS OAI on RMCS or OAI RM 23s (on the Radiation Monitoring Panel). DETERMINES lowest dose is South .

EXAMINER'S CUE: South indicates south intake is not in alarm EXAMINERS NOTE: Applicant should refer to RMCS or RM 23s OAI radiation monitors to determine which OAI has the lowest dose. The South OAI indicates the lowest dose due to Unit 1 being North of Unit 2.

COMMENTS:

NRC 22 JPM S-6 Simulator Page 11 of 15 JPM S-6 Page 11

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 22 : (7.A) When the OAI to be opened has been determined based on the lowest radiation levels AND this changes the existing OAI configuration, THEN PERFORM the following: SAT If opening the North OAI, THEN PERFORM the following :

UN SAT STANDARD : Applicant should have previously DETERMINED that the lowest dose is in the South OAI. The North OAI is NOT to be opened . This step is N/A EXAMINER'S CUE: None EXAMINER'S NOTE: Step 7A in its entirety is NOT APPLICABLE since the North OAI has high radiation readings.

The South OAI is to be opened IAW step 7B. 2.

COMMENTS:

Step 7.B.1 is NOT APPLICABLE since the North OAI was never opened .

STEP 23 (7.B.2) : OPEN FCV-25-15, South OAI Isolation Valve SAT STANDARD : POSITIONS FCV-25-15, South OAI Isolation Valve to OPEN EXAMINER'S CUE: FCV-25-15, South OAI Isolation Valve indicate red light ON UN SAT green light OFF. V-16 alarms.

EXAMINER'S NOTE: Inching valve to Open.

COMMENTS:

STEP 24 (7.B.3.a): Maintain the following parameters as follows: CRITICAL STEP THROTTLE OPEN FCV-25-17, South OAI Isolation Valve, to achieve the Control Room Differential Pressure and Flow below SAT STANDARD: THROTTLES OPEN FCV-25-17, South OAI Isolation Valve EXAMINER'S CUE: FCV-25-17, South OAI Isolation Valve indicates :S 450 SCFM UN SAT on Fl 25-1 SB.

COMMENTS:

NRC 22 JPM S-6 Simulator Page 12 of 15 JPM S-6 Page 12

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 23: (7.3.b) IF Control Room differential pressure and flow parameters are NOT achieved, THEN ENSURE either Control Room to Outside t.P controller in MANUAL and ADJUST Control Room to Outside t.P controller in MANUAL to achieve Control Room differential pressure SAT and flow below:

  • PDIC-25-23A1, CONTROL ROOM TO OUTSIDE t.P
  • PDIC-25-2381 , CONTROL ROOM TO OUTSIDE t.P . UN SAT Pressure Indication Required FLOW FLOW Differential INDICATION RATE Pressure PDIC-25-23A1or81 , 2:0.125 in. H20 Fl-25-188 , South ~ 450 scfm Control Room to OAI flow Outside t.P STANDARD: PLACES PDIC-25-2381, Cont Room to Outside 6. P to MAN EXAMINER'S CUE: PDIC-25-2381, Cont Room to Outside 6. Pis in manual and adjusted to zero demand. No adjustment is required.

Control Room Pressure is steady EXAMINER'S NOTE: No adjustment necessary due to current system conditions.

COMMENTS:

STEP 23: (7 .3.c) IF Control Room pressure indication is erratic AND required pressure differential can NOT be verified , THEN MAINTAIN outside air intake SAT air flow rate between 440 and 450 scfm .

UN SAT STANDARD: MONITORS above parameters and DETERMINES that Control Room pressure is stable EXAMINER'S CUE: This JPM is complete EXAMINER'S NOTE: Current line up needs to be maintained because Unit 1 still has a Containment Breach and a release is still occurring COMMENTS :

END OF TASK STOP TIME: _ _ __

NRC 22 JPM S-6 Simulator Page 13 of 15 JPM S-6 Page 13

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE SIMULATOR JPM SETUP

1. RESTORE IC-1 .
2. SELECT and EXECUTE JPM Lesson S-6
3. ENSURE step "CR Ventilation Failures" are triggered .
4. UNFREEZE the simulator.
5. TRIGGER step "CR OAI RAD and ACKNOWLEDGE Radiation Monitor Control Station alarm .
6. The last two steps will auto trigger on the candidates actions.
7. Scenario must be stopped and re-executed after each candidate.

NRC 22 JPM S-6 Simulator Page 14of15 JPM S-6 Page 14

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED TO THE EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF THE TASK)

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

Unit 1 has experienced a LBLOCA. SIAS and CIAS have occurred , but a breach of the Containment is in progress. Unit 2 Control Room has Outside Air Intake Radiation Monitors are in high alarm INITIATING CUES:

The US has directed you to evaluate step 4.2.2.3 of 2-AOP-25.02, "Ventilation Systems" JPM S-6 Page 15

ST. LUC~E UN~T 2 ABNORMAL OPERAT!NG PROCEDURE FPL SAFETY RELATED 3 CONTINUOUS USE Title :

VENT~LA T~ON SYSTEMS Responsible Department: OPERATION S Special Considerations:

I.LThis is an Upgraded Procedure .

....:.:.=_.:..=....=.~:..::..:.-==-=:.__:__:_::.::..=...=..=.:...::_:_ _ _~~=::_:::~.:::__~=======:t--- * *,

P.~L I' I\

~.

~~

~

1- 00 1 ~a 8~

'

(/) L-----~

\ PROCEDURE PRODUCTION 1

FO R INFORMAT ION ONLY Before use, verify revision and change documentation (if applicable) with a controlled in.dex or document.

DATE VERIFIED INITIAL Revision Approved By Approval Date UNIT# UNIT2 DATE DOCT PROC EDURE 0 John Owens 12/11 /09 DOCN 2-AOP-2 5:02 SYS STATUS COMP LETED 3 R. Well er 10/28/12 REV 3

  1. OF PGS JPM S-6 Page 16

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE : P~Gs~f({~'>.

~- .. - . :- *-- ~ .. . . _.,.

3 PROCEDURE NO.:

VENTILATION SYSTEMS (~~(2 of S~~:**:*** i

- /.'r .. . ..

2-AOP-25.02 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ,.<f:;;~;_>~ ;

-***.

!~~::-:I~~.:~~,-~.:.*2: ...

  • REVISION

SUMMARY

  • .,"I,*

Rev. No. Description 3 Incorporated PCR 1812439 for EC 249981 . Added Contro l Room AC Room Oxygen Monitor to Section 4.2.2. Revised Attachment 6 directions for positioning PDIC-25-23A 1 and PDIC-25~23B1 to operate the controllers as is performed in 2-NOP-25-07. (Author: K Sokol)

AND Incorporated PCR 1809035 for EC 277248. Revised Attachment 5 to address the auto start of a Control Room NC unit on OAI Hi Radiation, U1 or U2 CIS signal. .(Author: K. Sokol) 2 Incorporated PCR 1780649 for EC249981. Added step to verify one Control Room NC unit operating and reset lockout and start one NC unit if required.

Revised Section 4.2.2 changed Freon to Refrigerant and added YE-25-1 ,

Control Room AC Refrigerant Monitor. Updated reference drawings to include Control Room NC Electrical Schematic and Control Room NC Refrigeration P&ID. (Author: K Sokol) 1 Incorporated PCR 1744240 to enhance note regarding EOG roof ventilator.

Changed note stating that associated ECCS train ventilation is inoperable if the RAB Supply fan is inoperable. (Author: D. Coggeshall)

JPM S-6 Page 1°7

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: P~GE; *.

'.** ....* .. -*

3 VENTILATI ON SYSTEMS PROCEDURE NO.:

2-AOP-25.02 ST. LU CIE UNIT 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION 1.0 PURPOSE .. .. ..... .. .... ........ ... ..... .... .. ... ..... ..... ............... ........ ... ... ... ... .... ............. .... .... ..... 4 2.0 ENTRY CONDITIONS .................. .. ..... .... ... ......... .. .......... ...... ..... ... .. .. ..... ............. ........ 4 3.0 4.0

  • EXIT CONDITIONS .. .. ... ....... ....... ........... ............... ..... .............. ... .... ...... ...... ..... .. ... ..... . 6 OPERATOR ACTIONS ....... ... .......... ...... .. .. .. .... ...................... ....... .......... ........... ......... 7 4.1 Immediate Operator Actions ... ... ..... ...... .. ....... ........... ........ ......... ..... .......... ............ ....... 7 4.2 Subsequent Operator Actions ... ~ ..................... .. ............. ......... .. .. .. ... ... ... :.. ...... ...... .... ... 7 4.2.1 General Actions ......... ... .... .. ...... .- ...... ... .... .. .. .. ...... .. ....... .... .. .. ..... ... ...... ......... .... .. .. .... ... .. 7 4.2.2 Control Room Ventilation ... .... .. .. ..... ..... ......... ... .. ... ........ .... ....... .. .......... .. .. ....... .... ........ . 8 4.2.3 RAB Ventilation .............. .... ..... .... ........ ... .... .. ......... ..... .... .. ... .. .... .. .... ...... ... ....... ..... ..... 14 5.0 RECORDS ..... ... .. .... ...... .. .... ... .. .... .. .... ...... ........ ............ ........... ..... .. .. .. .. ........... ......... .. 21

6.0 REFERENCES

AND COMMITMENTS .. .. ...... ..... .. ..... .... ..... ...... .... .... .. ..... .. .. .. .. .. .. ." .. .. 21 ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENT 1 RAB Switchgear Area Ventilation .......... ..... ............ ... ..... .. .......... .. 24 ATTACHMENT 2 Turbine Building Switchgear Room Ventil.ation .. .. .... .... ....... .... .. ... 29 ATTACHMENT 3 CEDMCS I ER DADS Air Condition ing System ....... ... ... .. ... .......... 30 ATTACHMENT 4 DGB Ventilation ........*. .......... ~ ... .. ..... ......... ... ... ... .... ... ... ........ ........ 39 ATTACHMENT 5 Control Room Ventilation Recirculation Mode .... ..... .......... ......... .. 41 ATTACHMENT 6 Control Room Low Pressure Restoration .. ...... ..... .. ..... .. ....... .. ...... 48 JPM S-6 Page 18

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE: .: :.~.::__::- '.. *.

.* * ...*. . -~ :;;....:_ '** -:** * :. . l

0~J4 of 5~1.r~ i 3

VENTILATION SYSTEMS

  • \ PROCEDURE NO.:

2-AOP-25.02 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 1.0 PURPOSE This procedure provides operator actions for responding to events associated with the following ventilation systems:

  • Q Control Room Ventilation e RAB Ventilation a RAB Electrical Equipment Room Ventilation ill Turbine Building Switchgear Room Ventilation 11 CEDMCS Room Air Conditioning System a Diesel Generator Ventilation 2.0 ENTRY CONDITIONS

- 2.1 Indications Symptoms include any of the following :

a Control Room Ventilation events:

,. Control Room Outside Air Intake (OAI). Radiation Monitor high .alarm ii Unit 1 CIS actuation ii Unit 2 CIAS actuation

  • High Temperature Condition at the North Control Room OAI
  • Refrigerant Leak in a Control Room Air Conditioner
  • Control Room AC Room Refrigerant Monitor alarm
  • Control Room AC Room Oxygen Monitor alarm
  • Control Room Air Conditioner trouble
  • Low differential pressure between Control Room and outside

" Control Room to Cable Spreading Room differential pressure less than .

'- . ~0.1 in WC

" RAB Switchgear Area temperature greater than 110°F JPM S-6 Page 19

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE:

3 VENTILATION SYSTEMS PROCEDURE NO.:

2-AOP-25 .02 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 2.1 Indications (continued)

  • RAB Static Inverter Room temperature greater than 104°F o Turbine Bu ilding Switchgear Room temperature greater than 100°F a CEDMCS Enclosure Air Conditioning Trouble o

High Temperature greater than 70°F High Humidity greater than 90%

  • o 2A or 28 Diesel Generator Room temperature greater than 100°F 2.2 Annunciators o K-34, CEDMCS ENCL HVA/ACC - SA I 58 TROUBLE a P-40, RAB TEMP HIGH/AUX STM LINE TCV-08-06/PCV-16-1 CLOSE a V-5 , CNTL ROOM TO OUTSIDE LiP LOW

.. V-12 , CNTL ROOM HVA/ACC-3A OVRLD/SS ISOL o V-22, CNTL ROOM !SOL FCV-25-14/16 OVRLD/OVRD o . V-24 , CNTL ROOM HVA/ACC-3A FAILURE * *

  • W-4 , RAB EXH HVE-1 OA FLOW LOW/OVRLD/TRI P o W-5 , RAB EXH HVE-108 FLOW LOW/OVRLD/TRIP
  • W-7 , CNTL RM HVA/ACC-38 OVRLD/SS ISOL W-8, CNTL RM HVA/ACC-3C OVRLD/SS !SOL W-16 , RAB SUPPLY HVS-4A TROUBLE
  • W-17, RAB SUPPLY HVS-4B TROUBLE
  • W-18 , A BATTERY ROOM VENT FLOW LOW

" W-19 , CNTL RM HVA/ACC-38 FAILURE

  • W-20, CNTL RM HVA/ACC-3C FAILURE *

'\....- .

  • W-21, ECCS PUMP ROOMS TEMP HIGH JPM S-6 Page 20

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE T ITLE:

3 VENTILATION SYSTEMS

'-

\ PROCEDURE NO .:

ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 . .. .-

2-AOP-25 .02 .*~

~ *(*.:;.::;'.~:* ;';~:..:-*.. 1~-;

2.2 A nnunciators (conti nued)

" W-24, B BATTERY ROOM VENT FLOW LOW

., X-6, ELEC EQUIP ROOM HVS-5A/HVE-11/RV-3 TROUBLE/SS !SOL

~ X-12, A ELECT EQUIP ROOM TEMP HIGH G X-18 , ELEC EQUIP ROOM HVS-5B/HVE-12/RV-4 TROUBLE e X-20, STATIC INVTR ROOM TEMP HIGH

  • X-24, B ELECT EQUIP ROOM TEMP HIGH 3.0 EXIT CONDITIONS
1. Ventilation systems are in a normal operating alignment and the cause of any annunciators IN ALARM is understood and acceptable.
2. The following provides exit criteria for specific ventilation systems:

s Control Room normal ven tilation in service with Control Room pressure greater than Cable Spreading Room pressure (PDl-25-23, CR to CSR D/P, indicating greater than 0 in WC) s RAB Ventilation in service

  • RAB Switchgear Area temperature less than 110°F
  • RAB Static Inverter Room temperature less than 104°F Turbine Building Switchgear Room temperature less than 100°F CEDMCS Enclosure temperature less than 70°F and humidity less than 90%
  • Diesel Generator Room temperatures less than 100°F JPM S-6 Page 21

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE:

.~ ~~~L.i~}5}>

3 PROCEDURE NO.:

VENTILATION SYSTEMS b.~/7 Of 5~:-.c.. c.

.: ~- ...

_.,.. *:~* *.* -~.* * ..:*

2-AOP-25.02 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 IINSTRUCTIONS I 4.0 OPERA TOR ACTIONS 4.1 Immediate Operator Actions None 4.2 Sufoseguent Operator Actions 4.2.1 General Actnouis

.D GO TO applicable section for affected ventilation system:

9 Section 4.2.2, Control Room Ventilation o Section 4.2.3, RAB Ventilation 9 Attachment 1, RAB Switchgear Area Ventilation o Attachment 2, Turbine Building Switchgear Room Ventilation 9 Attachment 3, CEDMCS I ERDADS Air Conditioning System

  • Attachment 4, DGB Ventilation JPM S-6 Page 22

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE:

3 *". :*s of s6,' *. :._:*

  • VENTILATION SYSTEMS

.,_i.J PROCEDURE NO.:

2-AOP-25.02 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2

.-**: : **::..:*.:**  :::---:

.. *:.*.:.-. *.~-*- -* - '. -

, . .. . *"* **." --~- .'*.* .

- . ---. *., .. *- .... :* ..:

ICONTINGEN.C Y ACTIONS I

~

IINSTRUCTIONS I _..,:...!; *:-_:.:::_::__= .:* -- - ~ ::. *

  • 4.2.2 Control Room Ventilation
1. VERIFY at least one Control 1.1 PERFORM the following:

Room NC Unit OPERATING A. IF a lockout reset is 0 HVNACC-3A, Control Room required to restore one NC Air Conditioner unit to operation, THEN REFER.ENCE

  • HVNACC-38, Control Room 2-NOP~25.67, Control Air Conditioner Room Ventilation System to
  • HVNACC-3C Control Room reset the lockout.

Air Conditioner B. START one Control Room NC Unit.

-- D 2. VERIFY at least two Control Room NC Units are OPERABLE:

2.1 REFER TO Tech Spec 3.7.7.1 ,

Control Room Emergency Ventilation System.

  • HVNACC-3A, Control Room Air Conditioner
  • HVNACC-3B, Control Room Air Conditioner HVNACC-3C, Control Room Air Conditioner JPM S-6 Page 23

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE:

3 VENTILATION SYSTEMS PROCEDURE NO.:

2-AOP-25 .02 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2

....~ :*~* _. ~--:::-' .*.* .

IINSTRUCTIONS I lCONTINGENCY ACTIONS I [=-~~~~-_;,~~c~\E~.

4.2.2 Control Room Venti lation (continued) 3.1 GO TO Attachment 5, Control D 3. VERIFY the following:

Room Ventilation Recirculation

" All CONTROL ROOM Mode.

OUTSIDE AIR INT Radiation Monitor alarms CLEAR:

  • RC-26-61 (North OAI)

RC-26-62 (North OAI)

--

RC-26-65 (South OAI)

  • RC-26-66 (South OAI)

Unit 1 CIS has NOT occurred.

  • Unit 2 CIAS has NOT occurred.

4.1 GO TO Attachment 6, Control D 4. VERIFY annunciator V-5, CNTL ROOM TO OUTSIDE .6.P LOW, is Room Low Pressure Restoration.

CLEAR.

(Section 6.1 .3 Management Directive 3)

  • JPM S-6 Page 24 .

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE :

3 VENTILATION SYSTEMS PROCEDURE NO.:

2-AOP-25.02 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 5 Control Room Ventilation Recirculation Mode (Page 1 of 7) .

NOTE With a LOOP and loss of either EOG, affected OAI Isolation Valves will NOT operate automatically or remotely. These OAI Isolation Valves must be manually operated using the local manual actuator to place them in their required position.

1. ENSURE the following system alignment (Heating and Ventilation Control Board):

COMPONENT POSITION PERFORMED COMPONENT DESCRIPTION TRAIN NUMBER REQUIRED BY

  • FCV-25-16 NORTH OAI ISOLATION VALVE A CLOSED FCV-25-17 SOUTH OAI ISOLATION VALVE A CLOSED

"-...-

FCV-25-18 TOILET EXHAUST ISOLATION VALVE A CLOSED FCV-25-24 KITCHEN EXHAUST ISOLATION VALVE I A CLOSED HVE-13A CONTROL ROOM EMERG FILTER FAN I A Running D-17A EM ERG FILTER A INLET DAMPER A OPEN EMERG FILTER FAN 13A INLET D-18 A OPEN DAMPER FCV-25-14 NORTH OAI ISOLATION VALVE 8 CLOSED FCV-25-15 I SOUTH OAI ISOLATION VALVE .8 CLOSED FCV-25-1 9 TOILET EXHAUST ISOLATION VALVE 8 CLOSED FCV-25-25 KITCHEN EXHAUST ISOLATION VALVE 8 CLOSED HVE-138 CONTROL ROOM EMERG FLTR FAN 8 Running D-178 EMERG FILTER 8 INLET DAMPER 8 . OPEN EMERG FILTER FAN 138 INLET D-19 8 OPEN DAMPER I

2. VERIFY two Control Room Air Conditioner units are RUNNING :

.. HVAIACC-3A

.. HVNACC-3B

}..._..

.. HVNACC-3C JPM S-6 Page 25

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: Pfl,GE; * .

3 /*::*~ :~*/ ~* .- .

~>i42 of ;,;~
~'.~ *.

VENTILATION SYSTEMS PROCEDURE NO.:

....: *- . ~

2-AOP-25.02 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 5 Control Room Ventilation Recirculation Mode (Page 2 of 7)

3. STOP HVE-14, CNTR RM TOILET EXHAUST FAN.
4. STOP HVE-33, KITCHEN EXHAUST FAN .
5. IF both Control Room Outside Air Intake Radiation Monitors on any intake are INOPERABLE, THEN REFER TO Tech Spec 3.3 .3.1 , Radiation Monitoring Instrumentation .

NOTE

., Depressing the G (13+y) button displays the detected background gamma radiation plus beta radiation.

@ Depressing the G (BG) button displays only the detected background gamma radiation.

C?J Depressing the G (B) button displays the G (13+y) value minus the G (BG) value. Due to instrument inaccuracies the G (BG) value can be greater than the G (13+y) value resulting in a calculated negative number. The RM-23 can NOT display a negative number and defaults to a minimum display value of 1 E-10.

"' Due to changing environmental conditions during long term events, it may be necessary to repeat steps Attachment 5 Step 6 and Attachment 5 Step 7 to maintain the lowest possible dose.

(Section 6.2 Commitment 1), (Section 6.1.3 Management Directive 6),

(Section 6.2 Commitment 2)

6. DETERMINE which Control Room OAI has lowest radiation with G (13+y) button displayed :

$ North OAI:

GI RC-26-61, CONTROL ROOM OUTSIDE AIR INT (North OAI Radiation Monitor)

RC-26-62, CONTROL ROOM OUTSIDE AIR INT (North OAI Radiation Monitor)

JPM S-6 Page 26

PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE::.~*: ' :*:**.-.

REVISION NO .:

3 VENTILATION SYSTEMS PROCEDURE NO.:

2-AOP-25.02 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2

... -.. *~ ~~~*~*r~ ~\.

ATTACHMENT 5 s:j.**~-=~,,~:"L" _;_:_

Control Room Ventilation Recirculation Mode (Page 3 of 7)

6. (continued) o South OAI :

" RC-26-65, CONTROL ROOM OUTSIDE AIR INT (South OAI Radiation Monitor)

RC-26-66, CONTROL ROOM OUTSIDE AIR INT (South OAI Radiation Monitor) * * *

7. WHEN the OAI to be opened has been determined based on lowest rad iation levels AND this changes the existing OAI configuration, THEN PERFORM the following :

A. IF opening North OAI , THEN PERFORM the following :

(1) IF South OAI is OPEN AND swapping to the North OAI , THEN CLOSE the fo ll owing :

() FCV-25-15, SOUTH OAI ISOLATION VALVE o FCV-25-17, SOUTH OAI ISOLATION VALVE (2) OPEN FCV-25-16, NORTH OAI ISOLATION VALVE.

JPM S-6 Page 27 .

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE:

3 VENTILATION SYSTEMS PROCEDURE NO.:

2-AOP-25 .02 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 5 Control Room-Ventilation Recirculation Mode (Page 4 of 7)

7. A. (continued}

(3) MAINTAIN the following parameters as follows :

a. THROTTLE OPEN FCV-25-14, NORTH OAI ISOLATION VALVE, to achieve Control Room differential pressure and flow below.
b. . IF Cont~ol Room diffe.rential pre~su_r~ and flow parameters are NOT achieved, THEN ENSURE either Control Room to Outside .6.P controller in MANUAL and ADJUST Control Room to Outside .6.P controller in MANUAL to achieve Control Room differential pressure and flow below:

11 PDIC-25-23A1, CONTROL ROOM TO OUTSIDE 6.P (t PDIC-25-2381 , CONTROL ROOM TO OUTSIDE 6.P c *ontrol Room Pressure Control Room Flow Rate Required Required Pressure Indication Differential Flow Indication Flow Rate Pressure PDIC-25-23A1 or 81 , Fl-25-18A, CONTROL ROOM ~ 0 . 125 in. HzO NORTH OAI ~ 450 scfm TO OUTSIDE t..P FLOW B. IF opening South OAI, THEN PERFORM the following :

(1) IF North OAI is OPEN AND swapping to the South OAI, THEN CLOSE the following :

s FCV-25-14, NORTH OAI ISOLATION VALVE

  • FCV-25-16, NORTH OAI ISOLATION VALVE (2) OPEN FCV-25-15, SOUTH OAI ISOLATION VALVE.

(3) MAINTAIN the following parameters as follows :

JPM S-6 Page 28

REVISION NO .: PROCEDURE TITLE:

3 VENTILATION SYSTEMS PROCEDURE NO.:

2-AOP-25 .02 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 5 Control Room Ventilation Recirculation Mode (Page 5 of 7)

7. B. (3) (continued)
a. THROTTLE OPEN FCV-25-17, SOUTH OAI ISOLATION VALVE ,

to achieve Control Room differential pressure and flow below.

b. IF Control Room differential pressure and flow parameters are NOT achieved, THEN ENSURE either Control Room to Outside ti.P controller in MANUAL a,nd ADJUST Control Room to Outside ti.P controller in MANUAL to achieve Control Room differential pressure and flow below:

" PDIC-25-23A1, CONTROL ROOM TO OUTSIDE L\.P 9 PDIC-25-2381 , CONTROL ROOM TO OUTSIDE L\.P

-- Control Room Pressure Pressure Indication Required

.

Differential Control Room Flow Rate Flow Indication Required Flow Rate*

Pressure PDIC-25-23A 1 or 81, Fl-25-188, CONTROL ROOM ~ 0 .125 in. H2 0 SOUTH OAI 5450 scfm TO OUTSIDE t.P FLOW C. IF Control Room pressure indication is erratic AND required pressure differential tan NOT be verified, THEN MAINTAIN outside air intake air flow rate between 440 and 450 scfm.

8. MONITOR OAI radiation levels as follows:

A. INITIATE OP-2-0010125A, Surveillance Data Sheets, Data Sheet 30, Unscheduled Surveillances and Evolutions Tracking .

8. MONITOR wind direction.

JPM S-6 Page 29

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE:

3 VENTILATION SYSTEMS PROCEDURE NO.:

2-AOP-25.02 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 5 Control Room Ventilation Recirculation Mode (Page 6 of 7)

8. (continued)

C. IF either of the following cond itions are met:

a 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> have elapsed since OAI radiation levels were last evaluated

" Wind direction changed by greater than 90° since OAI radiation levels were last eva.luated .

THEN REPEAT Attachment 5 Step 6 and Attachment 5 Step 7.

(Section 6.2 Commitment 1), (Section 6.1.3 Management Directive 6) ,

(Section 6.2 Commitment 2) .

NOTE 11 Each Control Room Emergency Filter Fan is rated at 100%.

o While an auto-start signal is present, one Control Room Emergency Filter Fan can be manually stopped as long as the other fan is running , and the standby will auto start if the running fan trips .

9. IF directed by US, THEN STOP one of the following _Control Room Emergency Filter Fans (Section 6.1 .3 Management Directive 1):
  • HVE-13A, CONTROL ROOM EMERG FILTER FAN

" HVE-138, CONTROL ROOM EMERG FLTR FAN

10. WHEN initiating signals are CLEAR, THEN PERFORM the following :

A. ENSURE both Control Room Emergency Filter Fans are stopped: .

  • HVE-13A, CONTROL ROOM EMERG FILTER FAN
  • HVE-138, CONTROL ROOM EMERG FLTR FAN JPM S-6 Page 30

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE:

3 VENTILATION SYSTEMS PROCEDURE NO.:

2-AOP-25.02 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 ATTACHMENT 5 Control Room Ventilation Recirculation Mode (Page 7 of 7)

10. (continued)

B. !ENSURE both Control Room Emergency Filter Fans control switches are in AUTO:

g HVE-13A, CONTROL ROOM EMERG FILTER FAN IV HVE-13B, CONTROL ROOM EMERG FLTR FAN IV C. RESTORE Control Room Ventilation normal system alignment per 2-NOP-25.07, Control Room Ventilation System.

JPM S-6 Page 31

  • FPL St. Lucie Nuclear Plant Operations Training JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE RESTORE POWER TO 2A3 BUS VIA SBO CROSS-TIE This JPM IS NOT A TIME CRITICAL This is an NOT AN ALTERNATE PATH JPM NRC 22 JPM S-7 Simulator Page 1 of 12 JPM S-7 Page 1

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS Task: 07052130, POWERA3/B3 4.16KV BUS FROM OPPOSITE UNIT'S DIESELS (SBO BREAKER)

Faulted JPM? No Facility JPM #: 0821129 KIA: KIA 062A2 .05 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the ac distribution system ; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations: Methods for energizing a dead bus KIA Rating(s): 2.9/3 .3 Duty Area(s): N/A Task Information: N/A Task Standard: This JPM is complete when Bus 2A3 is energized from Unit 1 via the SBO Crosstie Breakers.

Evaluation Location: Performance Level:

Simulator In Plant Lab Other Perform Simulate Discuss x x x x

References:

2-EOP-99, Appendix V, SBO Crosstie from Unit 1 to Unit 2 2-EOP-99, Table 7, Vital Power Breaker Configuration/Station Blackout Validation Time: 15 minutes Time Critical: NO Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:

  • 2-EOP-99, Appendix V, SBO Crosstie from Unit 1 to Unit 2
  • 2-EOP-99, Table 7, Vital Power Breaker Configuration/Station Blackout Specific Safety Rules, Personal Protective Equipment and Hazards associated with the task.
  • None Radiological Protection and RWP Requirements:

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS AND SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS:

  • The task you are to perform is: Restore Power to 2A3 4160 Switchgear via SBO Crosstie
  • The performance level to be used for this JPM is Perform, or Simulate.

(Circle the performance level being used for this implementation of the JPM)

  • This IS NOT a time critical JPM.
  • During the performance of the task, I will tell you which steps to simulate or discuss.

I will provide you with the appropriate cues for steps that are simulated or discussed.

  • You may use any approved reference materials normally available in the execution of this task, including logs.
  • Indicate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you .

SPECIFIC DIRECTIONS FOR SIMULATOR JPMs:

  • All simulator JPM steps, including communications, shall be performed for this JPM.
  • You are to operate any plant equipment that is necessary for the completion of this JPM.
  • The simulator will provide the cues as you perform this JPM.
  • Indicate to me that you have finished the assigned task by returning the Candidate Cue Sheet that I provided to you .

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

A Station Blackout has occurred on Unit 2 FIVE minutes ago. Unit 1 is in a LOOP with both Emergency Diesel Generators in service. 2C AFW Pump is feeding both Steam Generators. The SM and US have determined the need to crosstie electrical power from the 1A EOG to the 2A3 4.16 KV bus via the SBO AB Crosstie.

INITIATING CUES:

You are the Desk RCO . The US has directed you to energize 4.16 KV Bus 2A3 from Unit 1 via the SBO crosstie breakers in accordance with 2-EOP-01, Contingency Step 2.C.C.3.5. Unit 1 is performing Appendix W of 1-EOP-99. FIVE minutes have elapsed since the SBO event occurred . 2-EOP-99 Table 7 has been completed.

NRC 22 JPM S-7 Simulator Page 3 of 12 JPM S-7 Page 3

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST START TIME: _ _ __

APPENDIX V, SECTION 1: PREPARATIONS FOR CROSSTIE STEP 1: SELECT the train that will be used to receive AC power from Unit 1.

STANDARD: SELECT the A Train to be ENERGIZED (per Initiating Cue)

SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: None.

COMMENTS: UN SAT STEP 2: VERIFY Table 7, Vital Power Breaker Configuration/Station Blackout, has been completed .

SAT STANDARD: PERFORM Table 7 of 2-EOP-99.

EXAMINER'S CUE: Per the initiating cue, Table 7 is complete. All breakers _ _ UNSAT on the electric panel of RTGB-201 have been opened and green flagged.

COMMENTS:

STEP 3: DISPATCH an operator to locally PLACE the selected train EOG Output CRITICAL Breaker NORMAL/ISOLATE switch in ISOLATE. STEP STANDARD: CONTACT the SNPO and DIRECT him to place Breaker 2-20211 NORMAL/ISOLATE switch in ISOLATE.

SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: The field operator reports Breaker 2-20211 is in Isolate.

Breaker 2-20211 shows both Green and Red lights are OFF. Annunciator B-56 is in Alarm. UN SAT COMMENTS:

NRC 22 JPM S-7 Simulator Page 4of12 JPM S-7 Page 4

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 4: PLACE the following CCW Pumps in PULL TO LOCK: CRITICAL STEP

  • Selected train CCW Pump SAT STANDARD : POSITION the 2A CCW Pump control switch to PULL-TO-LOCK and VERIFY the 2C CCW Pump control switch is in PULL-TO-LOCK UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: 2A and 2C CCW Pump Control switches are in PULL-TO-LOCK.

EXAMINER'S NOTE: Verifying the 2C CCW Pump control switch is in PULL-TO-LOCK is not necessary to complete the Critical Step.

COMMENTS:

STEP 5: PLACE the selected train Containment Spray Pump in STOP . CRITICAL STEP STANDARD: POSITION 2A CS Pump to STOP.

EXAMINER' S CUE: 2A CS Pump in STOP Position.

SAT COMMENTS :

UN SAT STEP 6: PLACE the following Safety Injection Pumps in STOP: CRITICAL STEP Selected train HPSI Pump Selected train LPSI Pump SAT STANDARD : POSITION 2A HPSI and 2A LPSI Pumps in STOP .

UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE : 2A HPSI and 2A LPSI pumps in STOP.

COMMENTS:

NRG 22 JPM S-7 Simulator Page 5of12 JPM S-7 Page 5

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 7: PLACE the following Charging Pumps in STOP : CRITICAL STEP

  • 2C Charging Pump SAT
  • Selected train Charging Pump STANDARD: POSITION the 2A and 2C Charging Pump control switches to STOP. UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: 2A and 2C Charging Pump Control switches are in STOP (as each is positioned).

COMMENTS:

STEP 8: PLACE ALL RCP Oil lift Pumps in OFF. CRITICAL STEP STANDARD : POSITION ALL RCP Oil Lift Pump control switches to OFF.

SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: ALL RCP Oil Lift Pump control switches show Green lights ON, Red lights OFF. Annunciators J-17, J-18, J-19 and J-20 alarm.

UN SAT COMMENTS :

STEP 9: PLACE the selected train motor driven AFW Pump in STOP . CRITICAL STEP STANDARD: POSITION the 2A AFW Pump control switch to STOP SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: 2A AFW Pump control switch is in STOP. Annunciator G-44 alarms.

UNSAT COMMENTS:

NRC 22 JPM S-7 Simulator Page 6 of 12 JPM S-7 Page 6

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 10: PLACE the following ICW Pumps in PULL TO LOCK: CRITICAL STEP

  • 2C ICW Pump SAT
  • Selected train ICW Pump STANDARD: POSITION the 2A ICW Pump control switch to PULL-TO-LOCK and UN SAT VERIFY and 2C ICW Pump control switch is in PULL-TO-LOCK.

EXAMINER'S CUE: 2A and 2C ICW Pump Control switches are in PULL-TO-LOCK.

EXAMINER'S NOTE: Verifying the 2C ICW Pump control switch is in PULL-TO-LOCK is not necessary to complete the Critical Step.

COMMENTS :

STEP 11 : PLACE ALL Containment Fan Coolers in STOP. CRITICAL STEP STANDARD: POSITION ALL Containment Fan Coolers to STOP SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: ALL Containment Fan Coolers control switches show Green lights ON, Red lights OFF. Annunciators T-22, T-23, T-24 and U-19 alarm. UN SAT COMMENTS:

STEP 12: ENSURE further attempts to restore power to the selected train from a Unit 2 source are suspended while Unit to Unit crosstie efforts are in progress.

SAT STANDARD: NOTIFY the US to SUSPEND attempts to restore while Unit to Unit crosstie efforts are in progress.

UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: US acknowledges.

COMMENTS:

NRC 22 JPM S-7 Simulator Page 7of12 JPM S-7 Page 7

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST SECTION 2: RECEIVING POWER FROM UNIT 1 STEP 13 (1 .A):When Unit 1 is ready to supply power to Unit 2, Then PERFORM ALL of CRITICAL the following : STEP A. CLOSE the Unit 2 SBO crosstie breaker, 2AB 4.16 KV BUS SBO TIE SAT (20501 ).

STANDARD : OBTAIN Key 155 and POSITION Breaker 2-20501 control switch to UNSAT CLOSE.

EXAMINER'S CUE: Unit 1 reports READY to crosstie. Breaker 2-20501 indicates CLOSED. Annunciator B-1 Alarms.

If asked prior to closure, 2-20501 Green and Amber lights are LIT, If asked after Bkr 2-20501 is closed, Green light OFF, Amber light ON, Red light ON.

EXAMINER'S NOTE: Student should verify that Unit 1 is ready to cross-tie before closing this breaker but this is not necessary to complete the Critical Step.

COMMENTS :

STEP 14 (1 .B) : When Unit 1 is ready to supply power to Unit 2, Then PERFORM ALL of CRITICAL the following : STEP B. REQUEST Unit 1 close their SBO crosstie breaker, 4160V SWGR 1AB UNIT X-TIE BKR (1-20501). SAT STANDARD: REQUEST Unit 1 to CLOSE its SBO breaker, 1-20501 .

UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: Unit 1 ACKNOWLEDGES and REPORTS Bkr 1-20501 is CLOSED. Green light is OFF, Red light is OFF.

COMMENTS:

NRC 22 JPM S-7 Simulator Page 8 of 12 JPM S-7 Page 8

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP 15 (1.C) : When Unit 1 is ready to supply power to Unit 2, Then PERFORM ALL of the following :

C. VERIFY the 2AB 4.16KV bus has power restored . SAT STANDARD: VERIFY the 2AB bus white lights are LIT and voltmeter VM-942 indicate approximately 4160V. UN SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: 2AB bus white lights are lit and VM-942 indicates 4160V.

COMMENTS:

STEP 16 (2): ALIGN the selected train Vital 4.16KV bus to the 2AB 4.16KV bus by CRITICAL CLOSING the TWO crosstie breakers: STEP 2AB-2A3 (20505)

SAT 2A3-2AB (20208)

STANDARD : POSITION breaker 20505 to CLOSE. POSITION breaker 20208 UNSAT CLOSE.

EXAMINER'S CUE: Breakers 20505 and 20208 are closed, Green lights OFF, Red lights ON.

COMMENTS:

NRC 22 JPM S-7 Simulator Page 9of12 JPM S-7 Page 9

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST STEP17 (3): VERIFY the selected train Vital 4.16 KV bus has power restored .

STANDARD : VERIFY 2A3 4.16 KV bus has power RESTORED.

SAT EXAMINER'S CUE: 2A3 bus white lights are lit and VM-954 indicates 4160V.

Annunciator B-46 clears.

COMMENTS: UNSAT END OF TASK STOP TIME: _ _ _ _ __

NRC 22 JPM S-7 Simulator Page 10of12 JPM S-7 Page 10

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE SIMULATOR JPM SETUP

1. RESTORE IC-85
2. SELECT and EXECUTE JPM Lesson S-7 .
3. UNFREEZE the Simulator when the student is ready
4. TRIGGER the step to place the 2A EOG output breaker in isolate when directed by the student.
5. TRIGGER the step to close the Unit 1 SBO crosstie breaker when directed by the student.

NRC 22 JPM S-7 Simulator Page 11 of 12 JPM S-7 Page 11

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE CANDIDATE CUE SHEET (TO BE RETURNED TO THE EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF THE TASK)

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

A Station Blackout has occurred on Unit 2 FIVE minutes ago. Unit 1 is in a LOOP with both Emergency Diesel Generators in service. 2C AFW Pump is feeding both Steam Generators. The SM and US have determined the need to crosstie electrical power from the 1A EOG to the 2A3 4.16 KV bus via the SBO AB Crosstie.

INITIATING CUES:

You are the Desk RCO. The US has directed you to energize 4.16 KV Bus 2A3 from Unit 1 via the SBO crosstie breakers in accordance with 2-EOP-01, Contingency Step 2.C.C.3.5. Unit 1 is performing Appendix W of 1-EOP-99. FIVE minutes have elapsed since the SBO event occurred . 2-EOP-99 Table 7 has been completed.

JPM S-7 Page 12

Procedure No.

ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 2-EOP-01 EMERGENCY OPERATING Current Revision No.

PROCEDURE c

0

  • -

N -

a3

.

FPL SAFETY RELATED 33 c E Q)

E

J u CONTINUOUS USE

>- :J 0 Title:

z -0g ~0

..J

_J 0

Z ro Q) g>~ E x ~

STANDARD POST TRIP ACTIONS c z 0 L: *-

-

I-

<( c 0

-=

u -0

-0 ~

ro .b c:; c c 0::: .Q 8 SPTA 0 *~ ro Responsible Department: OPERATIONS LL a> L:

z ... ~ 0

- .?:' ~ UJ REVISION

SUMMARY

0::: *;::: - -

0 g;?~ !::!::

LL Q)

-"f5u 0:::

UJ Revision 33 - Incorporated PCR 2008620 editorial correction to typographical error "RCO" to

~ 'Q_ > RCP", adding heading "RCS Inventory Control" and "continued on next page" to any page Q) Q. UJ

._ ro l- that had steps continuing to next page. (Author: M DiMarco) o .._ ~

a;~ 0 en Revision 32 - Incorporated PCR 1978699 to make enhancement identified in AR 1964319 to ensure RCS dilutions are secured during a reactor trip. Also incorporated guidance for RCPs and controlled bleedoff during a loss of AC power. (Author: J. R. Guist)

Revision 31 - Incorporated PCR 1889671 to replace HP turbine inlet pressure with turbine first stage pressure. (Author: J. R. Guist)

Revision 30 - Incorporated PCR 1881850 to revise SIG level expected post-trip band from 20%-83% to 20% - 81% as evaluated for EPU conditions per EC 279298, EPU EOP Setpoint Basis Update. (Author: Don Pendagast)

Revision 29 - Incorporated PCR 1788750 to add notes describing SBCS operation due to EPU modifications to PCV-8801 response per EC 249979, to revise instructions for closing MSR TCVs due to modifications per EC 249966, to replace turbine first stage pressure with HP turbine inlet pressure as modified per EC 249980 and to require stopping all RCPs if no feedwater can be established to the S/Gs as modified for EPU conditions per EC 249985 and the EPU LAR. (Author: Don Pendagast)

Revision Approved By Approval Date UNIT# UNIT2 DATE 0 D. A. Sager 12/23/85 DOCT PROCEDURE DOCN 2-EOP-01 SYS 33 A. Terezakis 11/21/14 STATUS COMPLETED REV 33

  1. OF PGS JPM S-7 Page 13

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE:

33 STANDARD POST TRIP ACTIONS PROCEDURE NO.:

2-EOP-01 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 1.0 PURPOSE This procedure provides the immediate operator actions that must be accomplished after a Reactor trip has occurred or is required to have occurred . These actions are necessary to ensure the plant is placed in a stable, safe condition or configured to respond to a continuing emergency. This is the entry procedure for the entire EOP system.

JPM S-7 Page 14

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE:

33 STANDARD POST TRIP ACTIONS PROCEDURE NO.:

2-EOP-01 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 2.0 ENTRY CONDITIONS 2.1 ANY of the following symptoms of a Reactor trip:

  • CEAs are fully inserted
  • Rapid drop in Reactor power
  • Any RPS trip setpoint exceeded JPM S-7 Page 15

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE:

33 STANDARD POST TRIP ACTIONS PROCEDURE NO.:

2-EOP-01 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 3.0 EXIT CONDITIONS 3.1 BOTH of the following conditions exist,

  • ALL safety function acceptance criteria have been evaluated
  • Chart 1, Diagnostic Flow Chart, has been reviewed to determine the appropriate Optimal or Functional Recovery Procedure required for use JPM S-7 Page 16

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE:

33 STANDARD POST TRIP ACTIONS 5of19 PROCEDURE NO.:

2-EOP-01 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS REACTIVITY CONTROL INSTRUCTIONS CONTINGENCY ACTIONS D 1. DETERMINE Reactivity Control acceptance criteria are met:

A. VERIFY Reactor power is A.1 PERFORM the following AS lowering. NECESSARY to insert CEAs:

1. Manually TRIP the Reactor.
2. DEENERGIZE the CEDM MG Sets by opening BOTH of the following breakers:
  • LC 2A2, 8kr 2-40212, CEA Drive MG Set 2A
  • LC 282, 8kr 2-40511, CEA Drive MG Set 28
3. OPEN TC8-1 through TC8-8, at Rx Trip Swgr.

B. VERIFY Startup Rate is negative.

c. VERIFY ALL CEAs are fully C.1 INITIATE Emergency 8oration to inserted. achieve adequate SOM .

ENSURE NO dilution is in progress.

JPM S-7 Page 17

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

33 STANDARD POST TRIP ACTIONS 6of19 PROCEDURE NO.:

2-EOP-01 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS (continued)

MAINTENANCE OF VITAL AUXILIARIES (AC & DC POWER)

INSTRUCTIONS CONTINGENCY ACTIONS D 2. DETERMINE Maintenance of Vital Auxiliaries acceptance criteria are met:

A. VERIFY the Turbine is A.1 PERFORM ALL of the following:

tripped by ALL GVs and TVs indicate CLOSED. 1. Manually TRIP the Turbine.

2. VERIFY Turbine First Stage pressure indicates 0 psig.
3. VERIFY Turbine speed is LOWERING.

!f the Turbine is NOT tripped, Then PERFORM the following AS NECESSARY to isolate steam to the turbine:

1. Locally TRIP the Turbine.
2. CLOSE BOTH MSIVs.

B. When the Turbine is B.1 OPEN Main Generator breakers:

TRIPPED, Then VERIFY the Main

  • 8W49, Generator No. 2 East Generator breakers are Breaker OPEN:
  • 8W52, Generator No. 2 Mid
  • 8W49, Generator No. 2 Breaker East Breaker
  • 8W52, Generator No. 2 Mid Breaker
  • FB 2, Exciter Supply Breaker (Continued on next page) (Continued on next page)

JPM S-7 Page 18

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

33 STANDARD POST TRIP ACTIONS PROCEDURE NO. :

1of19" 2-EOP-01 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS (continued)

MAINTENANCE OF VITAL AUXILIARIES (AC & DC POWER)

INSTRUCTIONS CONTINGENCY ACTIONS

2. (continued) 2. (continued)

C. VERIFY ALL Vital C.1 !f EITHER Vital 4.16 KV Bus is NOT and Non-Vital AC buses powered from offsite, transfer from Auxiliary to Then ENSURE BOTH of the following:

Start-up Transformers and are ENERGIZED. 1. The associated EOG has STARTED.

2. The associated EOG output breaker is CLOSED.

C.2 !f ANY 6.9 KV or non-vital 4.16 KV bus is NOT powered from offsite, Then INITIATE action to RESTORE power to the bus.

C.3 !f NO Vital 4.16 KV buses are energized, Then PERFORM ALL the following :

1. CONTACT Unit 1 to determine power availability.
2. NOTIFY Unit 1 to PERFORM Appendix W, Supplying Unit 2 with AC Power Using SBO Crosstie.

(Continued on next page) (Continued on next page)

JPM S-7 Page 19

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE:

33 STANDARD POST TRIP ACTIONS PROCEDURE NO.:

2-EOP-01 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 4.0 OPERATOR ACTIONS (continued)

MAINTENANCE OF VITAL AUXILIARIES (AC & DC POWER)

INSTRUCTIONS CONTINGENCY ACTIONS

3. ENSURE ALL RCPs are STOPPED.
4. ENSURE RCP controlled bleedoff will remain isolated by PLACING the TWO RCP Bleedoff valves to CLOSE
5. PERFORM Appendix V, Receiving AC Power from Unit 1 Using SBO Crosstie.

D. VERIFY ALL Vital and D.1 !f the 2AB DC Bus is de-energized, Non-Vital DC Buses are Then ALIGN the 2AB DC Bus to an ENERGIZED. energized Vital DC Bus.

JPM S-7 Page 20

REVISION NO. : PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

50 APPENDICES I FIGURES I TABLES I DATA 105of171 PROCEDURE NO.: SHEETS 2-EOP-99 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 APPENDIXV RECEIVING AC POWER FROM UNIT 1 USING SBO CROSSTIE (Page 1 of 9)

Section 1: Preparations for Crosstie 0 1. SELECT the train that will be used to receive AC power from Unit 1 (.,./).

A Train B Train NOTE All of the following factors should be considered:

  • The potential for recovering a Unit 2 AC power source
  • Equipment availability
  • 10 CFR 50 A end ix R considerations 'A' train is referred on Unit 2 0 2. ENSURE Table 7, Vital Power Breaker Configuration I Station Blackout, has been completed .

0 3. DISPATCH an operator to locally PLACE the selected train EOG Output Breaker NORMAL / ISOLATE switch in ISOLATE .

0 4. PLACE the following CCW Pumps in PULL TO LOCK:

0 2C CCW Pump 0 Selected train CCW Pump 0 5. PLACE the selected train Containment Spray Pump in STOP.

0 6. PLACE the following Safety Injection Pumps in STOP:

0 Selected train HPSI Pump 0 Selected train LPSI Pump 0 7. PLACE the following Charging Pumps in STOP:

D 2C Charging Pump D Selected train Charging Pump 0 8. PLACE ALL RCP Oil lift Pumps in OFF .

JPM S-7 Page 21

, REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

50 APPENDICES I FIGURES I TABLES I DATA 106 of 171 PROCEDURE NO.: SHEETS 2-EOP-99 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 APPENDIXV RECEIVING AC POWER FROM UNIT 1 USING SBO CROSSTIE (Page 2 of 9)

Section 1: Preparations for Crosstie (continued)

D 9. PLACE the selected train motor driven AFW Pump in STOP.

D 10. PLACE the following ICW Pumps in PULL TO LOCK:

D 2C ICWPump D Selected train ICW Pump D 11.PLACE ALL Containment Fan Coolers in STOP.

D 12. ENSURE further attempts to restore power to the selected train from a Unit 2 source are suspended while Unit to Unit crosstie efforts are in progress.

HOLDPOINT Do not proceed to Section 2 until ALL steps of Section 1 have been completed.

End of Section 1 JPM S-7 Page 22

REVISION NO.: PROCEDURE TITLE: PAGE:

50 APPENDICES I FIGURES I TABLES I DATA PROCEDURE NO. : SHEETS 2-EOP-99 ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 APPENDIX V RECEIVING AC POWER FROM UNIT 1 USING SBO CROSSTIE (Page 3 of 9)

Section 2: Receiving Power from Unit 1 D 1. When Unit 1 is ready to supply power to Unit 2, Then PERFORM ALL of the following :

D A. CLOSE the Unit 2 SBO crosstie breaker, 2AB 4.16 KV BUS SBO TIE (20501 ).

D B. REQUEST Unit 1 close their SBO crosstie breaker, 4160V SWGR 1AB UNIT X-TIE BKR (1-20501).

D C. VERIFY the 2AB 4.16 KV bus has power restored .

D 2. ALIGN the selected train Vital 4.16 KV bus to the 2AB 4.16 KV bus by CLOSING the TWO crosstie breakers:

2AB to 2A3 (°'1) 2AB to 283 (°'1) 2AB-2A3 (20505) __ 2AB-2B3 (20504) _ _

2A3-2AB (20208) _ _ 2B3-2AB (20409) _ _

D 3. VERIFY the selected train Vital 4.16 KV bus has power restored .

D 4. !f TWO Unit 1 EDGs are RUNNING ,

Then GO TO Section 3, Restoring Loads With TWO Unit 1 EDGs Running .

D 5. !f only ONE Unit 1 EOG is RUNNING ,

Then GO TO Section 4, Restoring Loads With ONE Unit 1 EOG Running.

D 6. !f Unit 1 has Offsite Power, Then GO TO Section 5, Restoring Loads With Unit 1 Offsite Power.

End of Section 2 JPM S-7 Page 23

Retrieved from "https://kanterella.com/w/index.php?title=ML15201A545&oldid=2031032"